didactic_katalog_2011_en_monitor_mi120.pdf

Lear

ning

Sys

tem

s 20

11/2

012

www.festo-didactic.com 5308

4 en

© 2

011

Fest

o D

idac

tic

Gm

bH &

Co.

KG

Learning Systems 2011/2012The current range of products from Festo Didactic

Festo DidacticYour ideal partner for vocational and further training

Learning, knowledge and education are major themes of this century

Festo Didactic brings over 40 years‘ experience to the table when develop-ing solutions for fast learning and successful retention for the entire spectrum of automation and technology. This expertise and experience puts us in a key position in the market of the future. Demand for training will continue to grow rapidly. And that‘s why we have set ourselves the goal of making learning ever more efficient. A great challenge for us. A great partner for you.

Everything from a single source

The Learning System for Automation includes all current automation topics in its product range: pneumatics, electropneumatics, hydraulics, electrohydrau-lics, electronics, electrical engineering, sensors, robotics, CNC technology, PLC and fieldbus technology, manufacturing technology and process engineering as well as mechatronics.

From fundamentals to a complete training centre

From basic training packages and technology-specific courses right through to the planning, control and handling of complex networked CIM systems and complete, fully furnished learning centres – we have created a world of learn-ing for you which is tailored to your personal needs for efficient study and guaranteed learning success.

Your partner, worldwide

We speak your language! And we‘re just around the corner – in more than 100 countries around the world. We‘ll gladly visit you at your office or home – whether you want to book courses or buy software, books or other products. Or perhaps you want to use the extensive range of online services – we‘re just a mouse click away!

www.festo-didactic.com

The Internet marketplace for education and training.

Content

Media ............................................................................................................ 12

Workstation systems ..................................................................................... 74

Pneumatics training packages ...................................................................... 96

Hydraulics training packages ...................................................................... 124

Electrical engineering/Electronics training packages ................................ 148

Automation technology/PLC training packages .......................................... 168

Accessories/Optional components for training packages ........................... 196

Robotino® .................................................................................................... 214

Mechatronics and factory automation ......................................................... 224

Process automation and closed-loop control technology ........................... 352

Hybrid training factories ............................................................................. 382

Appendix .......................................................................................................401

Quality with a certificate

Prized quality

The quality of training concepts, the quality of the product and the com-pany processes are integral parts of innovation. As the leading supplier of automation technology worldwide we offer you guaranteed quality.

However, the best training concepts are of little value if the products do not meet the demands of everyday practice.

Here too, we guarantee 100% quality:Festo Didactic‘s training systems and components meet the require-ments of all the relevant standards and guidelines such as DIN/ISO and VDE. Only industrial components are employed.Festo Didactic is DIN EN ISO 9001 quality certified. As a solution partner to Siemens Automation, we offer customised, forward-looking solutions using products and systems from Sie-mens Automation and Drives. Qual-ified product and system expertise combined with superior solution and sector competence provide the basis for this.As the first choice partner to „Sie-mens Automation Cooperates with Education“ (SCE), we offer custom-ised solutions for research, devel-opment and training centres.Our customers‘ opinions are im-portant to us. As such, we regularly carry out customer surveys. Together with other market-leading companies from various sectors, we are a member of Mitsubishi Electric‘s „e-F@ctory Alliance“. This means that you can profit from the best possible solutions in terms of costs, productivity and integration.

–

–

–

–

–

–

–


The training hardware and study ma-terials conform to the latest teaching requirements and perspectives.

The awards speak for themselves: Equipment set TP 1011 Fundamentals of electrical engineering/electronics iF product design award 2011MecLab® Worlddidac Award 2008Robotino® reddot Design Award 2006 Worlddidac Award 2006 Learnline Winner of international design prizes: iF product design award 2006 Focus design award in Silver 200

–

–

–

–

Service with Value added


Low-cost industry qualityBrand-name quality at low prices. We always select products from industry and we do not use gadgets that are not up to the rigours of use in training.

Modular and future-proofWe build learning systems that are 100% modular. This means you can always expand them flexibly and make your investments future-proof without reaching a dead end.

Quality with no ifs or butsAll products (except consumables) come with a 2-year warranty. And if a part should cease to function years down the line, you can obtain spare parts from us quickly and easely, or else you can purchase a new part at a cut price using our exchange service.

Didactic and designErgonomics, didactic concepts and design go hand-in-hand at Festo Didactic. Numerous international awards underline our commitment.

Your partner, worldwideWe speak your language! And we‘re just around the corner – in more than 100 countries around the world. Advice and orders can be phoned, faxed, e-mailed or done via the Inter-net. Alternatively, give your techni-cal consultant a call for a qualified needs analysis conducted onsite.

Teacher training, info events and special seminars for trainersYou can take part in free teacher training and info events. Alterna-tively, you can visit us at numerous trade shows around the world. What is more, there is a large number of fee-paying special seminars availa-ble for trainers.

Free software, demos and sample extractsFor example, EasyVEEP is a new graphic 2D process simulation soft-ware that is available for download free of charge. It comes with numer-ous attractive examples for PLC train-ing. You can sample many software products and all books free of charge on the Internet using test and demo versions.

Online configuratorsMake the selection and ordering process simple. For example, you can configure laboratory furniture and EduTrainer® easely and conven-iently on the Internet.

Free of charge online dictionary Only Festo Didactic offers an exten-sive Dictionary of Automation in 6 languages, free of charge on the Internet.

Free symbol library according to DIN ISO 1219More teaching aids are available to be down-loaded from our website.

We support you and deliver advice and assistance.

Whether you need information, are looking for advice before making an investment or have questions abouteveryday use of the products: we are always only a phone call away – and have been for more than 40 years now.

Training and Consulting

Consistently adding value

Festo Training and Consulting: 40 years‘ experience in training and 20 years‘ experience in process optimisation.

Various projects in over countries worldwide show that we can suc-cessfully design change processes together with our customers.

Seminars, workshops and corporate strategic planning simulations, pub-lic or in-house seminars. Gathering hands-on experience and learning using real products and training fac-tories is always top priority. Individu-al learning success can be measured and thus the ability to quickly apply the knowledge gained to day-to-day work situations is a crucial indication of the quality of the training.

Training

Training and skills development pro-grammes for technical staff and man-agers from industry.

More than 2,900 events are attend-ed by more than 42,000 participants annually. Modular and high-quality course topics in more than 9 lan-guages relate to the topics: people, technology and organisation.

Public or in-house training sessions with individually tailored content – hands-on learning with a focus on in-dustry and fast transfer to industrial applications takes centre stage.

Certified skills development programmes for:

Mechatronics engineersProduction managersMaintenance managers

–––

Consulting

Identifying and optimising value-added processes.

Together we trace the flow of infor-mation and products through your company from beginning to end, al-ways with the aim of making it more efficient and to prevent waste. We use world-renown methods and tools which are also implemented at Festo. Together we define goals by which we can be measured.

Projects in the areas of:Production and logisticsManagement and teamworkSkills developmentProcurement and SCMProduct development

–––––


You can find information, dates, locations and prices on the internet: www.festo-didactic.com

Success with the right combination of methods

11

Software ........................................................................................................ 14

Digital training programmes/WBTs .................................................................16Designing/Simulating with FluidSIM® .............................................................4Projecting/Designing with EPLAN ...................................................................6Simulating system and virtual learning environment CIROS® ..........................8Programming software ....................................................................................44Visualisation software .....................................................................................46Measuring/Open-loop control/Closed-loop control with Fluid Lab®-PA ..........4Interface EasyPort ...........................................................................................48

Courseware .................................................................................................... 50

Pneumatics .....................................................................................................2Hydraulics .......................................................................................................Electrical engineering/Electronics ...................................................................61Automation technology/PLC ...........................................................................6Mechatronics/Process automation .................................................................69Multimedia data base Mechatronics Assistant ................................................2CNC technology/Working material ..................................................................

1

Worldwide at your fingertips. Find your contact person at: www.festo-didactic.com

Media > Software

14

Learn, teach and organiseTeachers and trainers design their training based on requirements and the available methods.

Digital training programs from Festo Didactic ensure professional confi-dence and can either be used to help explain topics during teaching or as self-study programs.

The Classroom Manager helps to organise target groups and create individual training courses.

Control, operate, observeSoftware applications are the vis-ible face of automation for techni-cal staff. Anyone who wants to get to grips with the technology must be able to confidently use the program-ming systems, operating and visuali-sation software, configuration tools and other packages. The transfer of knowledge acquired during the train-ing must be quick. This is why mar-ket leading software solutions are a key element of any training system.

Programming and simulationA training environment for PLC or fluid engineering can meet very different requirements:

Maximum practical relevance: Real controller and real processLow budget: Real controller and virtual processFlexible range of control systems: Virtual controller and real process

Simulation environments in D and software controllers are standard equipment in a modern training laboratory.

–

–

–

SoftwareLearning, controlling, simulating

Importance of software in the learning process

Anyone who wants to design suc-cessful training processes and courses must make sure that every-thing fits together.

The electronic Classroom Manager manages target groups, content and media. Interactive self-study programs replace textbooks. CIROS® or FluidSIM® simulations supplement the range of realistic training environments. The PC becomes a complete platform for virtual and yet practical training. STEP classroom licenses ensure that every student can access the industrial controller.

Without software, contemporary training courses are almost impos-sible.

–

–

–


Media > Software

1

Pneumatics

Hydraulics

Electrical

engineering

Automation

technology/PLC

Mechatronics and

factory automation

Robotics

Mobile Robotics

Process automa-

tion and closed-loop

control technology

Metal technology/

CNC

WBT

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

TrainConcept

Measurement and

control

Fluid Lab®-P

Fluid Lab®-H

Fluid Lab®-PA

Control

FluidSIM® P

FluidSIM® H

FluidSIM® P and H

PLCSIM

CIROS® Mechatronics

CIROS® Studio

CIROS® Robotics

Robotino® View

WinNC

Programming

STEP

CoDeSys

CIROS® Robotics

Robotino® View

WinNC

Circuit design

Planning

FluidSIM® P

EPLAN Fluid

FluidSIM® H

EPLAN Fluid

EPLAN P8

EPLAN P8

EPLAN PPE

CAMConcept

Process simulation

FluidSIM® P

FluidSIM® H

FluidSIM® P and H


EasyVeep


CIROS® Production

CIROS® Robotics

Robotino® SIM

WinD-View

Process

visualization

WinPISA

WinCC

WinCC

InTouch

EasyPort: Bridge to added value

Anyone who wants to extend the range of exercises depends on using simulation environments. FluidSIM® or CIROS® are standard equipment in control technology.

For example, EasyPort connects the PLC with the simulated process on the PC. The D models in CIROS® extend the range of exercises by more than 4 times and provide brand new possibilities for differentiated training.

WBT: The key to independence

The automation technology learning system contains self-study programs for almost all basic topics. They

support the design of differentiated trainingpromote competent activityprovide structured background knowledgeease the burden on the trainer

–

––

–

16

Media > Software > Digital training programmes/WBTs


Digital training programmesWell-prepared knowledge

Festo Didactic training programmes are flexible; they offer tutors room to be creative and increase students‘ motivation.

All our training programmes have the following features:

Excellent didactic and multimedia course topicsScope for self-study during class-room-based training Learning scenarios can be individually customisedVaried programme functions, such as a glossary, search function, notesCan be used in conjunction with Classroom ManagerCan be integrated into training concepts which use other media (Word, Excel, PDF, etc.)Participant guidanceMonitoring of learning progress and certification

–

–

–

–

–

–

––

TrainingBasic principles of accounting*Industrial safety*General law on equality and discrimination*

Management systemsClassroom ManagerCompetence Manager*Content Builder*Recruiting Manager*Knowledge Portal Manager*

System requirements for WBTsPC with Win 2000/XP/Vista/ Windows Flash Player, version 8.0 or higherSound cardDVD driveScreen resolution: minimum 1024 x 68 pixels

LanguagesAll of our WBTs are available in several languages. The language is selected when starting the WBT and can be changed directly on every page during the training. This gives you a multilingual dictionary in addi-tion to our training programs.

If your language is not listed, we can provide an individual quotation.

–––

–––––

–

––––

* Detailed descriptions of these products can be found on the Internet.

The training programmes are option-ally available as follows:

CD-ROMLicence for local networks (on request)Web-based training (WBT) for Classroom ManagerFor installation on one of your servers For use via the internet (on request)

Should you have any other wishes, we will be pleased to create an e-learning package specially tailored to your needs. We will gladly advise and guide you through each step, from the design phase through to the installation of the complete Learning Management system.

––

–

–

–

Overview of our programmes:

Fluid engineering PneumaticsElectropneumaticsHydraulicsElectrohydraulics

Electrical engineeringElectrical engineering 1Electrical engineering 2Electronics 1Electronics 2Electrical safety measures

Automation technologySensor technology 1Sensor technology 2Actuators – DC motorElectric drives 1Electric drives 2Open- and closed-loop controlLOGO! TrainingFieldbus technologyGRAFCETDiscover MPS® 200Machine visionSafety engineeringProcess automation

The fascination of technologyThe fascination of technology

Organisation and methodsEnvironmental protection in the office Project managementTime managementInternet search

Lean Management/Lean ProductionValue stream analysis and mappingPoka YokeS – Workstation organisationTPM – Total Productive Maintenance

Management and teamworkCustomer orientationTeam performancePersonnel management

––––

–––––

–––––––––––––

–

–

–––

–

–––

–––

1



Everything on the subject of pneu-matics in about 12 hours of learning. The program is divided into technical knowledge and coursework.

Technical knowledge This interactive self-taught program covers the basics of pneumatic con-trol. Participants learn to find practi-cal and theoretical solutions to the key tasks of a basic course on pneu-matics, e.g. as part of a basic voca-tional training course.

Course In this course the theoretically ac-quired technical knowledge is re-inforced. A wide range of exercise types makes the course interesting and successful: participants have to draw symbols and circuit diagrams, answer multiple-choice questions and set up and connect circuits in PC-based video clips.

From the contents:Physical basics (units, properties, laws)Energy supply (production, prep-aration and distribution of com-pressed air)Circuit diagram (circuit diagram, symbols)Drive components (applications, linear drives, rotational drives)Valves (designs, directional valves, stop valves, pressure control valves, flow control valves, valve combinations, logic elements)Signalling components (manual signalling, endpoint detection)Additional requirements

Training time: approx. 12 hours

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Online DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/ET/EL/ZH

Order no. 540911

Network DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/ET/EL/ZH

Order no. 540913

The Electropneumatics training pro-gram builds on the Pneumatics train-ing program and reinforces mate-rial already learned from practical projects. Starting with concrete in-dustrial applications, fundamental electropneumatic circuits are pro-duced. With the help of numerous exercises, learnt material will be re-vised, applied and further developed by you. During an exercise, the pro-gramme reacts to each answer with varying feedback.

The trainee is supported by the basic knowledge module, which provides fundamental knowledge on elec-tropneumatics in a structured, sys-tematic manner. In the components module, the structure, function and application of typical electropneu-matic components is described. Vari-ous supporting materials are availa-ble to complete the exercise such as PDF documents, a variety of down-loads and a comprehensive glossary.

From the contents:Advantages and drawbacks of electropneumaticsSafety in electropneumatic circuitsFundamentals of electrical engineeringPneumatic circuit diagramElectrical circuit diagramBasic logic functionsDirect and indirect electrical con-trol, time and pressure dependent process controlsSignal storage in the power and in the control unit, latching circuitDocumentation for a control unitMaintenance and repair of electropneumatic systemsSolenoid actuated valvesDouble-acting cylindersElectrical buttons and switchesSensorsRelays and contactors, timed relaysPressure switchStandardised circuit diagrams, electrical and pneumatic circuit diagrams


–

––

––––

–

––

–––––––

Online DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/ET/ZH

Order no. 540923

Network DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/ET/ZH

Order no. 540925

E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD


Pneumatics Electropneumatics

18


All training programs on CD-ROM or as a WBT version, also for installation on networks and learning management systems – with as many licences as you need.

Everything on the subject of hydraulics in about 12 hours of training. The program is divided into technical knowledge and coursework.

Technical knowledge This interactive self-taught program covers the basics of hydraulic con-trol. Participants learn to find practical and theoretical solutions to the key exercises in a basic course on hydraulics, e.g. as part of a basic vocational training course.

Course In this course the theoretically acquired technical knowledge is reinforced. A wide range of exercise types makes the course interesting and successful: participants have to draw symbols and circuit diagrams, answer multiple-choice questions and set up and connect circuits in PC-based video clips.

From the contents:Physical basics (units, properties, laws)Hydraulic systems (principles of a hydraulic system)Drive units (components, pumps, containers, filters)Drives (single-acting cylinders, double-acting cylinders, hydrau-lic motors)Directional valves (design characteristics, 2/2 directional valves, /2 directional valves, 4/2 directional valves, 4/ direc-tional valves, special circuits)Stop valves (non-return valves, pilot operated non-return valves)Pressure control valves (pressure relief valves, pressure regulation valves)Flow control valves (throttle valves, flow control valves)Additional requirements


–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Online DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/ET/EL/ZH

Order no. 540917

Network DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/ET/EL/ZH

Order no. 540919

The Electrohydraulics training pro-gram builds on the Hydraulics training program and reinforces material already learnt from practi-cal projects. Starting with concrete industrial applications, fundamen-tal electrohydraulic circuits are pro-duced. With the help of numerous exercises, learnt material will be re-vised, applied and further developed by you. During an exercise, the programme reacts to each answer with varying feedback.

The trainee is supported by the basic knowledge module, which provides fundamental knowledge on elec-trohydraulics in a structured, sys-tematic manner. In the components module, the structure, function and application of typical electrohydrau-lic components is described. Various supporting materials are available to complete the exercise such as PDF documents, a variety of downloads and a comprehensive glossary.

From the contents:Advantages and drawbacks of electrohydraulicsSafety in electrohydraulic circuitsFundamentals of electrical engineeringHydraulic circuit diagramElectrical circuit diagramBasic logic functionsDirect and indirect electrical control, time and path-dependent process controlsSignal storage in the power and in the control unit, latching circuitDocumentation for a control unitMaintenance and repair of electro-hydraulic systemsSolenoid actuated valves: spring return and pulse valvesDouble-acting cylindersElectrical buttons and switchesSensorsRelays and contactors, timed relaysStandardised circuit diagrams, electrical and hydraulic circuit diagramsDocumentation of electrohydraulic controllersSimulation of a hydraulic and electrical circuit diagram


–

––

––––

–

––

–

–––––

–

–


Order no. 540929


Order no. 540931



Hydraulics Elektrohydraulics

Our authoring tool: Content Builder Devise and design your own training media

19



The „Electrical Engineering 1“ train-ing program is one of a series of new programs in the field of electrical engineering and electronics. These programs are practically oriented and authentically structured. Case studies from practice provide a con-cise illustration of the matters cov-ered. All training content is taught by means of audio clips. Additionally, the narrative text can be viewed on the sitemap. Trainees experience a regular exchange of input and output, with phases of presentation and explanation alternating with phases of activity and interaction. This enhances motivation and learning. Progress monitoring exercises are scheduled after a maximum of five pages of learning. The aim of this is to have trainees repeat, apply and develop what they have learned themselves. Exercises are incorpo-rated during teaching, at the end of each learning step and within the case studies. During an exercise, the program responds to each of the trainee‘s answers with the appropri-ate feedback. Various tools are built-in to the train-ing program, such as Excel work-sheets, an integrated calculator, PDF files and various downloads. The training programs include an exten-sive glossary and a full text search facility.

Content extracts: Closed circuitElectrical conductivityUnits and symbolsOhm‘s LawMeasuring in the circuitVoltage suppliesThe resistor as a componentSeries connection of resistorsParallel connection of resistorsVoltage dividerThe resistor as a sensor

The theory learnt will be applied using various practical examples:

Battery-powered screwdriver (components and functions, voltage measurement, current measurement)Measuring range extension (volt-age measurement, current meas-urement, high-voltage shunt)Temperature controlled heating (control diagram, switching on closed-loop controller, upper and lower switching value, controlled heating, switching value setting via potentiometer)Level detection (level detection with full and empty tank, test in operation)


–––––––––––

–

–

–

–

The „Electrical Engineering 2“ train-ing program is one of a series of new training programs in the field of elec-trical engineering and electronics.

These programs are practically ori-ented and authentically structured. Case studies from practice provide a concise illustration of the mat-ters covered. All training content is taught by means of audio clips. Ad-ditionally, the narrative text can be viewed on the sitemap.

Various tools are built into the train-ing program, such as Excel work-sheets, an integrated calculator, PDF files and various downloads. The training programs include an exten-sive glossary and a full text search facility.

Content extracts:Electric chargeCapacitorA capacitor in a DC circuitA capacitor in an AC circuitApplications of the capacitorVariable capacitorCoilA coil in a DC circuitA coil in an AC circuitApplications of the coilPhysical variablesCalculating with changing values


Light switch-off delayElectrical behaviour of a grinde (work, performance, efficiency) rPower generation and transmission (generator 6 kV/10 kV, transform-er 110 kV)


––––––––––––

––

–

Online DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/ET/SV/EL/ZH

Order no. 549623

Network DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/ET/SV/EL/ZH

Order no. 549625


Online DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/ET/SV/EL/ZH

Order no. 549626

Network DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/ET/SV/EL/ZH

Order no. 549628


Electrical engineering 1 Electrical engineering 2

20



The „Electronics 1“ training program is one of a series of new programs in the field of electrical engineering and electronics. These programs are practically oriented and authentically structured. Case studies from prac-tice provide a concise illustration of the matters covered. All training content is taught by means of audio clips. Additionally, the narrative text can be viewed on the sitemap.

Trainees experience a regular ex-change of input and output, with phases of presentation and explana-tion alternating with phases of ac-tivity and interaction. This enhances motivation and learning.

Various tools are built into the train-ing program, such as Excel work-sheets, an integrated calculator, PDF files and various downloads. The training programs include an exten-sive glossary and a full text search facility.

Content extracts:Semiconductor technologyDiodesBipolar transistorsField-effect transistors


Regulated power supply (trans-former, rectifier, smoothing, voltage regulation by Zener diode, transistor amplifier, current limi-tation) Audio amplifier (components, FET preamplifier with volume control-ler, power end stage, loudspeaker with/without frequency shunt) Audio amplifier with sound control (preamplifier, power amplifier, low-pass, high-pass)


––––

–

–

–

The „Electronics 2“ training program is one of a series of new programs in the field of electrical engineering and electronics. These programs are practically ori-ented and authentically structured. Real case studies provide a con-cise illustration of the matters co-vered. All training content is taught using audio clips. Additionally, the narrative text can be viewed on the sitemap.

Various tools are built into the trai-ning program, such as Excel work-sheets, an integrated calculator, PDF files and various downloads. The training programs include an exten-sive glossary and a full text search facility.

Content extracts:Signal typesIntegrated circuitsOperational amplifier (OpAmp)AC voltage of various frequenciesCharacteristic values of amplify-ing circuitsCircuit technology of amplifiersFiltersBistable flip-flopSingle flip-flopSine wave generatorRectangle generator

The theory learnt will be applied us-ing various practical examples:

Thyristor-controlled drilling ma-chineBrightness control with triacAdjusting the speed of an electric screwdriver


–––––

––––––

–

––

Online DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/ZH

Order no. 549629

Network DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/ZH

Order no. 549631

Online DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/ZH

Order no. 549632

Network DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/ZH

Order no. 549634

Electronics 1 Electronics 2




21www.festo-didactic.com


This interactive multimedia training program provides an introduction to the complex topic of protective measures. It explains what electrical protective measures are and how they are classified. Trainees will also become familiar with all the legal regulations in this area.

The measures that are effective in preventing direct and indirect contact are outlined using various specific examples and functional principles.

Finally, there is an explanation of how protective measures are tested and what actions should be taken in case of an accident involving electricity.

From the contents:The dangers of electricityHumans and electricityElectric shock hazardsWhat are electrical protective measures and how are they classified?Protection levelsProtective measures, protection classesDifferences between DIN stand-ards, VDE regulations and DIN-VDE standards, statutory requirements and legal consequences.

––––

––

–

Definition and overview of protective measures to prevent direct contactProtection by insulating active componentsProtection by covering or claddingProtection by barriersProtection by distanceDefinition and overview of protective measures to prevent indirect contactProduction by disconnecting power supplyMains systems (TN, TT, IT systems)Protection by disconnectionTesting protective measuresMeasurement and measuring devicesSafety and assistanceSummary and questions to check understanding

Training time: Approx. 4 hours

–

–

––––

–

––––

––

Online DE/EN/ES/FR/ZH

Order no. 571118

Network DE/EN/ES/FR/ZH

Order no. 571119


Electrical protective measures

22

Sensors in pneumaticsThis training program deals in de-tail with the sensors used to detect end position on cylinders and with pressure and flow sensors in pneu-matic systems. Based on a complex example from industrial practice, trainees are taught to select suitable sensors. The necessary basic knowl-edge for this is provided in the Tech-nical Knowledge and Components modules, to which they can refer at any time.

All training content is taught by means of audio clips. Additionally, the narrative text can be viewed on the sitemap.

Content extracts:Project: Selection of sensors in one of the clamping units of a process-ing centreAdvantages and disadvantages of various end position sensors on cylindersSimple displacement encoders on cylindersUse of pressure sensors to improve safety in pneumatic systemsUse of flow sensors to safeguard system cycle timesOutput signals from sensors

–

–

–

–

–

–

Connection technologyNO/NC (Normally Open, Normally Closed)Switching functionsSensors for end position detec-tion: Pneumatic and mechanical limit switch, reed switch, transistor switch, Hall sensor, position sensorTypes of pressure measurementSensors for pressure measure-ment: Mechanical pressure switch, electronic pressure sensor,Sensors for flow measurement: Volumetric flow meter, effective pressure principle, ultrasonic flow meter, mass flow meter, heat-loss method


––

––

––

–

Online DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/ET/ZH/USA

Order no. 549752

Network DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/ET/ZH/USA

Order no. 549755

Sensors for object detectionThis training program deals in detail with the sensors used to detect ob-jects in automated systems. Based on a complex example from indus-trial practice, trainees are taught to select the suitable sensors. The nec-essary basic knowledge for this is provided in the Technical Knowledge and Components modules, to which they can refer at any time.

All training content is taught by means of audio clips. Additionally, the narrative text can be viewed on the sitemap.

Content extracts:Project: Selection of sensors in a milk bottling plantObject detection in industrial racticeSwitching characteristics of proximity switchesHysteresisConnection technology: Two-wire technology, three-wire technology, four-wire technologyNO/NC (Normally Open, Normally Closed)Inductive sensors: Construction and mode of operation, factor-1 sensors, special designs, flush fit-ting sensors, application examplesOptical sensors: Diffuse sensor, through-beam sensor, retro-reflec-tive sensor, background fade-out, fibre optic cable, light types, reflec-tion types, adjustment, contrast sensor, colour sensorCapacitive sensors: Construction, mode of operation, usage and examplesUltrasonic sensors: Construction, mode of operation, applications


–

–

–

––

–

–

–

–

–


Order no. 549758


Order no. 549761


Sensor technology 1 Sensor technology 2




2

The „Electric drives 1“ interactive multimedia training program pro-vides an interesting introduction to the world of electric motors.

The first section sets out the basic principles of electric drives. The sec-ond section illustrates the construc-tion and functioning of DC motors, while the third section deals with the special features of AC motors.

From the contents:Basic principles of electric drives Getting to know different motor types (stepper motor, asynchro-nous motor, universal motor) Mechanical principles (conversion of mechanical/electrical energy, motor - generator, circuit diagram and current direction, transmission variables (force, mechanical pow-er, efficiency etc.), definitions of torque and speed) Electronic principles (basic prin-ciple of the motor, Lorentz force using the example of a conduc-tion loop, electrical and magnetic fields, occurrence of torque, right-hand rule) Getting to know different DC motors

––

–

–

–

General (functional principles, commutation, technical data, brushless DC motor, load depend-ency, difference between series and parallel connection) Parallel connection behaviour AC motors Difference in power supply (DC, AC, three-phase AC) Getting to know different AC motors General functional principle (difference between synchronous and asynchronous motor), technical data, rating plate, characteristic curves and their interpretation, definition of reactive, apparent and effective power) Single-phase AC motor Three-phase AC motor special cases (stepper motors) Summary and review exercises


–

–––

–

–

––

–


Order no. 571120


Order no. 571121


Electric drives 1

Using the everyday example of a car park access control system, the trainee learns the basics of a mechatronic system.

Building on this, the training program determines what function the actuators have in the controller. A DC motor is then studied in more detail as an example of a typical actuator, e.g. its structure and the laws which govern its operation. Further chapters cover speed control and the use of data sheets as well as the transmission ratios which can be achieved by using a gearbox.

From the contents:The function of actuators in mechatronic systemsElectric motorsDC motorTorque and currentBehaviour of DC motorsInduced voltage and speed controlCharacteristic torque/speed curveWorking with data sheetsDetermining the transmission ratio


–

––––––––

Actuators – DC motor

Online DE/EN/ES/FR/EL/ZH

Order no. 540953

Network DE/EN/ES/FR/EL/ZH

Order no. 540955




24

The training program uses practical examples to show the difference be-tween open- and closed-loop control in automation. Easy-to-understand tasks are used first to examine the overall process of a simple function-ing system. Later sections then look at different types of controllers, the different ways in which signals are represented and processed and the ways in which programs are imple-mented.

From the contents:Differences between open- and closed-loop control (characteris-tics of controllers, characteristics of regulatorsDIN 19226Signal typesDifferences between types of controlSignal processing (synchronous control, controlling links, asynchro-nous control, process control)Types of control (regulating to fixed values, tracking values)Regulators (P, I and D controllers, combined controllers such as PI or PID controllers)


–

–––

–

–

–

Open- and closed-loop control


Order no. 540947


Order no. 540949


The “Electric drives 2” training pro-gram further explores the material covered in “Electric drives 1” and also includes new topic areas.

This training program is suitable for beginners and advanced students. The first two chapters address the topic of controlling DC and AC motors. The third chapter focuses on the energy efficiency of electric drives, looking at economic and environmental aspects.

Electric drives 2



From the contents:Controlling DC motors

Armature reactionSpeed controlFour-quadrant operation

Controlling AC motors

Motor characteristic curveClosed-loop and open-loop speed controlFrequency convertersSmooth run-up

Energy efficiencyEconomic aspectsDegree of efficiencyMinimising lossReliabilityEnergy efficiency measuresEnvironmental aspectsMerits of electric motors


–––

––

––

–––––––


Order no. 573775


Order no. 573776



2

This training program provides an introduction to logic functions. First of all, AND & OR functions and their processing are shown in function tables. Other basic control functions such as memory, timer and counter functions round off the contents. The second part starts by covering the basics of open-and closed-loop con-trol circuits and describes the ele-ments of a controller. It then takes a detailed look at minicontrollers with their features and areas of ap-plication.

From the contents:Basic technical functions (AND & OR function, memory function, timer function, counter function)Digital minicontrollers (differen-tiation between open- and closed-loop control)Control componentsPositioning with digital mini-controllersDesign and function of a mini-controllerCyclical programme processingAreas of applicationProgramming languages


–

–

––

–

–––

The multimedia and interactive training program will teach you the basics of Fieldbus technology. It is suitable for beginners who would like to get an overview of the subject. Animations are used to illustrate various practical examples. All relevant terms on the subject of bus technology can be found in the integrated lexicon.

From the contents: Advantages of Fieldbus systemsThe design of Fieldbus systems (different areas of application, open and closed technical con-cepts such as message-oriented bus systems, user-oriented bus systems, multi-master concepts, database concepts, installation concepts)RS 48/RS 422 (introduction, cabling, function)Topology (introduction, line, ring, tree)


––

–

–

LOGO! Training Fieldbus technology


Order no. 540941


Order no. 540943

E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD Online DE/EN/ES/FR/ZH

Order no. 540959


Order no. 540961




26

A multimedia introduction makes it simple to work with the MPS® 200 modular production systems by Festo Didactic. First, we introduce you to the principle behind the complete system, and then we show you how to operate and commission it. You then become familiar with the individual „Distribute“ and „Sort“ stations in the process and learn how the modules function. You can apply your new knowledge of MPS® 200 in a short test, then relax and play a game.

Training time: approx. 1 hour

GRAFCET Discover MPS® 200

GRAFCET – The new specification lan-guage for sequential function charts

Good documentation is a prereq-uisite for the quick construction and smooth commissioning of a system. As a result, products reach customers quicker. Furthermore, the sequence description is an important tool for quickly and accurately locating and eliminating errors and thus reduces production downtimes. GRAFCET can describe what the function chart has previously been unable to represent.

It introduces the new standard step by step, with the aid of practice-related examples.

From the content:DefinitionsAdvantages of GRAFCETDifferentiation from PLC programming languageConfiguring a GRAFCETGraphical representation of the language elementsGraphical representation of the sequential structuresStructuring of GRAFCETSCase studiesExercisesGlossary


–––

––

–

––––


Order no. 557688


Order no. 557689


Online DE/EN/ES/FR/EL/PT/ZH

Order no. 542682

Network DE/EN/ES/FR/EL/PT/ZH

Order no. 549834




2

This training programme provides an introduction to the complex subject of safety engineering in industrial machines and systems.

The aim is to make participants more aware of the problems in the design aspects of safety engineering and help them understand safety engineering equipment and hazard analysis methods.

The training programme is based on an amended version of the EC machinery directive 2006/42/EC.

How is the overall performance level of a technical safety meas-ure determined? The training programme explains concepts such as probability of failure (POF), diagnostic coverage (DC), common cause failure (CCF), redundancy and diversity. There is also a detailed explanation of all the components for safety equipment.

From the contents:Introduction to machine safetyThe question of liability (who is liable in the case of an accident?)European directivesThe relationship between directives and standardsThe new EU machinery directive 2006/42/ECThe hierarchy of the European standards for machine safetyMachine safety in the USARisk assessment procedure according to EN ISO 14121 and EN ISO 12100DefinitionsRisk evaluation: determining the required performance levelRisk reduction measurements: design measures, technical safety measures, instructional measuresSelecting the safety functionDetermining the control category


––

––

–

–

––

––

–

––

Machine Vision Safety engineering

Machine Vision – the use of camera systems in production – is a rela-tively young, but swiftly growing area in automation technology. This web-based training unit deals with industrial image processing, from the creation of images up to the evaluation of the information in the picture. Working from actual practical industrial applications, students can follow all the steps in the image processing project in a practical manner. The basic knowledge required for this is clearly explained in the individual chapters of the technical knowledge module. In the components module, cameras and lighting systems are presented using examples.

From the contents:How does a machine see?Steps in industrial image processingImage sensors: CCD and CMOSFocal length and lens formulaAperture and depth of focusTypes of illumination: objects subject to backlighting and incident lightFilters to improve the imagePoint operators, local and globalAverage and median filtersSobel operators and Laplace filtersProcess for image segmentationGlobal and local threshold processesTools to calculate characteristicsThe classification of parts and characteristic curvesImage processing and computing timesIntelligent compact vision systemsLighting systemsSample applications of industrial vision systems


––

––––

––––––

––

–

–––


Order no. 557691


Order no. 557692


Online DE/EN/ES/FR/ET/SV/ZH

Order no. 549766

Network DE/EN/ES/FR/ET/SV/ZH

Order no. 549769




28

This exciting journey through the history of technology shows how inventions have changed the world. New forms of work have been created: from the hunter to the engineer. „The fascination of technology“ is an interactive journey through the world of automation. The program contains many different multimedia components to help you on your journey. Experience the excitement of discovery and learning – this is pure edutainment! The programme consists of 4 modules:

Technology and automation Every day we come across tech-nology and automated processes. This introduction illustrates, with practical examples, just how much life is affected by technology, in earlier times too but particularly today.

The history of automation technologyMankind has always tried to make work easier through mechanisation and automation. Fascinating exam-ples show how hard this develop-ment has sometimes been and how impressive the results can be.

Fundamentals of automation technologyThis training module goes more deeply into practical examples. A manufacturing process previously carried out manually is automated: you learn about the parts (sensors, actuators) and processes (material flow, energy flow, signal flow) involved in an automated process.

Technology and ... Technology and society have always been closely interwoven. This train-ing module uses easy-to-understand examples to show how technology and society influence each other. The module also covers the limitations of technology – and possible negative impacts on society.


Process automation The fascination of technology

Basic principles of process automationThe training programme deals with the broad spectrum of technical process automation in a concise way. The characteristics and special features of process automation are conveyed in a simple manner via im-ages from actual real-life situations, graphic representations of physical-technical processes and animated processes which you yourself can manage and control.

Content topics:The three chapters „Handling sub-stances“, „System planning“ and „Practical processes for process engineering“, guide you step-by-step to a complete on-screen system. The content of these chapters is reflected in the MPS® PA stations, which you will use during the practical part of the training.

Handling substances Product manufacturing is, for the most part, subject to defined phys-ical and chemical characteristics. Students‘ awareness should be heightened so that they can assess production conditions and are able to deal with them correctly.System planning This guides students through a planning office, providing an in- sight into the planning and de-velopment of a system. Students can examine all the fundamental activities of the planning phase, from the basic principles of project management to drawing a circuit diagram, until the system can finally be built.Practical processes for process engineering The vast number of engineering processes can be reduced to four typical ones: filtration, tempering, mixing and filling. Design and function are analysed using the four MPS® PA stations and the modular product systems from Festo Didactic and any questions that arise while learning about process engineering are answered.


–

–

–

Online DE/EN/ES/FR/ET/SV/ZH

Order no. 567705

Network DE/EN/ES/FR/ET/SV/ZH

Order no. 567706


Online DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/SV/EL/ZH

Order no. 540899

Network DE/EN/ES/FR/FI/SV/EL/ZH

Order no. 540901




29


Order no. 549767


Order no. 549771

Time managementOptimise the way you manage your most valuable asset. Create new freedom, thus generating more ener-gy for new things.

In this training program you have the chance to achieve an extremely high return. The time commitment is around 60 minutes; the time you save could be many times more. In two modules, you will learn the ba-sics of time management and how to apply it to your everyday work.

Content extracts:

BasicsThe time phenomenonGoal-oriented workingTime robbersBiorhythmsDay planningLimits of time management

Application to everyday practiceGoals and tasksDefinition as per S.M.A.R.T.Setting prioritiesPareto principleABC0 analysisWorkplace organisationALPEN method


––––––

––––––– Online DE/EN/ES/FR/ZH

Order no. 549759


Order no. 549763

Internet searchGive yourself an advantage by learn-ing quick and easy ways to search for relevant information on the World Wide Web.

In two modules, you will learn to utilise the Internet effectively as an information resource and to use search methods and tools.

Content extracts:

The Internet as an information resource

The right preparationThe difference between catalogues and search enginesSearch terms and logic operationsUsing filters

Tools and methodsSearch processesGoal descriptionConsolidation circleRelevance of search resultsVerification of search resultsMaking content available


––

––

––––––


Order no. 540905


Order no. 540907

Project managementSuccessfully manage complex tech-nical projects and systems.

Investing around 60 minutes of your time in training pays for itself many times over, through increased pro-fessionalism and confidence when managing projects. The three mod-ules contain essential information about basic principles and provide you with lots of practical hints and tips.

Content extracts:

BasicsWhat is a project?Project planningProject organisationProject documentation

Project in practiceAnalysisStructuringTime intervals and datesResourcesOrganisationDocumentation

Means of control4-room apartment methodS.M.A.R.T.Project structure planWork packages and milestonesNetwork planningSuccessive planningTime and expenditure planningAdherence to deadlines and capacity planning


––––

––––––

––––––––




Organisation and working techniques



Online DE/EN

Order no. On request

Network DE/EN


Environmental protection in the officeEnvironmental protection has be-come an essential part of modern working life. You can actively reduce your impact on the environment and the climate in your everyday work. Our web-based training „Environ-mental Protection in the Office“ pro-vides you and your employees with concrete methods to make your daily working routine more environmen-tally friendly. Not only will this allow you to save on energy, water and office supplies but it will also help to reduce the costs of these resources.

From the contents:The carbon-neutral office Saving electricity Paper as a raw material Environmentally friendly office supplies Sustainable waste management Saving and protecting water


––––

––


0

5S – Workstation organisationThe objective of the S training programme is to become familiar with methods to create exemplary, well-organised workstations (both in industrial and administrative areas), where work can be carried out without searching unnecessarily, without long transport distances and without waiting times (i.e. waste-free).

The basic principle of every high-quality product or service is a clean and orderly working environment. Quality, as a basic customer need, has the highest priority at such value-added locations and therefore contributes to securing the order.

From the contents:General basic principlesThe S modelThe seven types of wasteVisualisation in SThe S audit and its applicationS in productionS in administrationS workshop procedure


––––––––

Lean Management/Lean Production

Value stream analysis and mappingThose who deal with value stream analysis and value stream mapping have one goal: to create produc-tion and production processes that achieve a true value stream.

The purpose of value stream analy-sis is to make all the processes (from the initial request through to the delivery of the product) transparent. This can quickly highlight a signifi-cant potential for effective reshaping of processes.

From the contents:Improving the value streamAdded value and value streamValue stream analysisUse of value stream analysis and value stream mappingWorking with value stream mapping methodsOverview of the ACTUAL situationExample: The Cycle Accessories GmbH & Co. KGValue stream mappingThe seven types of wasteThe situation as it SHOULD beTasks and exercises


––––

–

––

––––


Order no. 460,00 565020


Order no. 60,00 565021


Poka YokeNowadays, Poka Yoke measures are an established part of quality assurance. Poka Yoke is a well-known principle, which originated in Japan. In Japanese, Poka Yoke means avoiding unintentional human error. Poka Yoke describes a principle that includes technical measures/equipment for preventing errors and eliminating them immediately.

From the contents:The story of Poka YokeInclusion of the seven types of wasteThe Poka Yoke systemTypical examples of human errorBasic elements of Poka YokeError-oriented approachProcess-oriented approachProduction-oriented approachCase studiesTasks and exercises


––

––––––––


Order no. 564623


Order no. 564624



Order no. 565018


Order no. 565019




TPM – Total Productive MaintenanceIt is always better to act than to react. Bearing this in mind, many businesses strive to stabilise the performance of their plants and to introduce preventative maintenance. The term TPM stands for „Total Productive Maintenance“.

The following results were achieved in industry processes thanks to the implementation of this method: a 40% increase in operating times, a 10% increase in machine speed, a 9% reduction in the number of unexpected machine downtimes, a 90% reduction in the error rate as well as an increase in productivity of up to 0% and an increase of almost 200% in ROI. However, in spite of the concept being very simple, many companies fail at the implementation stage. TPM requires meticulous planning as well as interlinking with other methods of the value added system; it should also be targeted at the specific conditions of employees and machines. 20% of TPM is there-fore a technical challenge, while 80% of it is an organisational challenge.

The learning program imparts fundamental knowledge about TPM. Here you will find out what TPM is and how you can implement this model in practice.


Online DE/EN/ES/FR


Network DE/EN/ES/FR



1

Online DE/EN/ZH

Order no. 567342

Network DE/EN/ZH

Order no. 567343

Team performanceHuman resources and their integra-tion into teams are becoming more and more important. What basic rules should be followed for team success? How do you motivate team members and use group dynamics for improving performance?

Based on specific examples, execu-tive or project managers will learn the most important success factors for leading a team.

From the contents:How does a team work?Phases of team developmentThe role of the team leaderBasic communication modelEfficient meetingsMotivation as a success factorInitiating motivationEmpathyGroup dynamicsConflict managementObstacles to project successMediationDiscussions about conflict and criticism

Training time: approx. hours

–––––––––––––

Personnel managementCompetent management is not a talent, it can be learned. This training programme provides a good over-view of how to delegate successfully by using management tools and how to create a positive working atmos-phere with motivated employees using specific management commu-nication techniques. Furthermore, users discover how to handle diffi-cult situations and how to manage crises and conflicts in a positive way.

From the contents:Optimal personnel managementWhat does personnel management mean?Management behaviour and stylesSocial competence of executive managersTools for personnel selectionEmployee developmentAgreeing on objectivesCompetence management


––

––

––––

Online DE/EN/ZH

Order no. 567340

Network DE/EN/ZH

Order no. 567341

Customer orientationThe subject of customer orientation is playing an increasingly important role. The success of a company also depends on how strongly it focuses on the needs of its customers.

This training programme offers an introduction to the complex subject of customer orientation. With the help of many practical examples, users learn how to optimally prepare for a customer meeting, how to successfully deal with customers and how to develop long-term business relationships.

From the contents:How to correctly prepare for a customer meetingHow to proceed during a customer meetingCustomer expectationsQuestioning techniques, para-phrasingHow to correctly communicate one‘s own servicesHow to keep the customer in mind during discussionsRecognising purchasing signalsNeeds analysisRelationship management


–

–

––

–

–

–––



Cooperation and management

Online DE/EN/ZH

Order no. 567344

Network DE/EN/ZH

Order no. 567345






Order online at: www.festo-didactic.com

Classroom Manager – Administration, Evaluation

Simple, professional, affordable: the learning management system Classroom Manager

Teaching and learning are dependent on time and locationBetter adaptation to individual learning patterns Visualised contents guarantee more attention Central library for digital training mediaSimple navigation through teaching and training media

The Classroom Manager is the quick and easy way to create, manage and supervise training sessions and courses. It enables you to combine presence-based courses, e-learning modules and many other training modules to make complete training units.

All the digital training media are compiled in a central library. Direct access to training media greatly reduces course preparation time.

The participants are provided with the right material for each session. You can create new tests, questionnaires or other training media whenever you need for participants completing courses or training sessions.

–

–

–

–

–

The Classroom Manager defines course structures and sets time frames, dates for attendance, train-ing aids, access requirements and certification options. Participants and potential applicants can access this information as required.

Has everyone done their homework? The Classroom Manager provides a clear indication of participants‘ success in training. The training status monitoring system means you always have an overview of course attendance and the progress of the individual participants.

Access rights can be defined to al-low colleagues to use the library and take a look at the available courses.

The Classroom Manager also allows students to keep an eye on their courses: the qualifications on offer are displayed clearly, and registering is quick and easy.

Ordering information:

Classroom Manager with up to 200 users registered by name at 20 workstations at the same timeCD ROM with installation instruc-tions, in DE/EN/FR/ES/SV/EL/ZH.

Classroom Manager with up to 1000 users registered by name at 100 workstations at the same timeCD ROM with installation instruc-tions, in DE/EN/FR/ES/SV/EL/ZH. General and vocational/technical colleges can use the Classroom Manager option for 2000 users registered by name at 200 workstations at the same time.

Classroom Manager with campus/enterprise licence

ASP solution The software is installed on a server run by us. Access via Internet con-nection.


Order no. 550804

Use attractively priced service pack-ages and benefit from the knowledge of our experts:

Service package 1Service package 1 contains the fol-lowing services: one-day installation support, briefing and training on site.In Germany:

In other countries:

Service package 2Service package 2 contains com-prehensive hotline support for your administrators. It runs for one year and includes up to 1 enquiries per telephone or e-mail.

Update packageSoftware maintenance package available for an annual fee. Includes updates, a hotline package, program improvements and more. The price of the update package depends on the product it covers. Order no. On request


Order no. 550805


Order no. 560621


2



System requirementsWindows operating system Win-dows 2000 server (Web Edition) or higher Flash Player version 8.0 or higher Administrator access is essential for installation In addition to Classroom Manager, a number of free open-source com-ponents must be installed (Apache 2.x/MySQL 4.x or .x/PHP 4.x/Zend Optimizer). These are sup-plied in the installation bundle.For standard installation, the required ports are Port 80 (Apache) and 06 (MySQL) The hardware should be an Intel/AMD x86 or x86-64 platform. No minimum requirements for CPU, memory or hard disk

–

––

–

–

–

We‘ve got great offers for ordering all the training programs with the Classroom Manager – take a look at the table.

Please note:WBTs that have already been installed from CD-ROM cannot be integrated into the Classroom Man-ager after installation. To do this, you will require a new version.The training programs are not included in scope of delivery for the Classroom Manager. Please order separately.

For details of the WBTs and the available languages, please see the product description or the website.

–

–

Training programme

Pneumatics

Electropneumatics

Hydraulics

Electrohydraulics

Electrical engineering 1

Electrical enigneering 2

Electronics 1

Electronics 2

Electrical protective measures

Sensor technology 1

Sensor technology 2

Actuators – DC motor

Electric drives 1

Electric drives 2

Open- and closed-loop control

LOGO! Training

Fieldbus technology

GRAFCET

Discover MPS® 200

Machine Vision

Safety engineering

Process automation

The fascination of technology

Environmental protection in the office

Project management

Time management

Internet search

Value stream analysis and mapping

Poka Yoke

S – Workstation organisation

TPM – Total Productive Maintenance

Customer orientation

Team performance

Personell management

Basic principles of accounting*

Industrial safety*

General law on equality and discrim.*

Training time

in hours

12

12

12

12

4

4

4

4

4

2

2

2

4

4

2

2

2

4

1

4

4

4

6

1

1

1

1

4

4

4

4

1

2

* Detailed descriptions of these products

can be found on the Internet.

FluidSIM® 4.2 Pneumatics/HydraulicsIndividual and multiple licenses

It doesn‘t get much faster than this:GRAFCET – the new graphical de-scription language that describes the logical behaviour and operation of a control system or process – regard-less of the technical software/hard-ware implementation.

The new FluidSIM® Version 4.2 lets you create GRAFCET plans accord-ing to the standard DIN EN 60848 standard. In simulation mode, you can observe and control the result step by step.

If you already use FluidSIM® 4.x, you can download the update for free from the download area of our web-site.

The versatile software packageFluidSIM® can be used to perform experiments, carry out simulations in real time and prepare lessons. It can also be used as a virtual modular control system and integrated into blended learning concepts. Version 4 features outstanding dynamic simu-lation, many new components and enhanced didactic material.

The lesson preparation toolWindows functionality: drag & drop, copy & paste, context-sensi-tive menusCopying of text and graphics to Word and PowerPointPrint preview, scaling and printing in all formatsIntegrated slide show: basic circuits, animated sectional views, instructional units, support for many Windows-compatible image and multimedia file formatsIntegrated fundamentals for pneu-matics and hydraulics on video CD

–

–

–

–

–

Realistic simulations in real timeCalculation of pressure build-up and flow rate, current and voltageConsideration of characteristic data for calculating the pressure drop in valvesRealistic switching timesCalculation of piston acceleration and speed taking into considera-tion inertia, stiction and sliding friction, leakage and end position cushioningProportional and closed-loopcontrol technologyDigital technology in accordance with Siemens LOGO! SoftCylinder and directional control valve configurator

–

–

––

–

–

–

Learn – simulate – apply: FluidSIM® in blended learning concepts

User-friendly project administrationDetailed description of all com-ponents, in most cases with colour illustrationsApplication examples in video CD formatStandard-compliant symbol libraries according to DIN ISO 1219Integrated learning training program as the ideal complement to Festo‘s other learning training programsVariable network licenses or software activation via Internet

––

–

–

–

–

4

Media > Software > Designing/Simulating with FluidSIM®


Dynamic simulationThe new simulator, which rivals those found in much more expensive professional programs, permits the simulation of dynamic effects such as pressure build-up, inertia, accel-eration, stiction and sliding friction. Systems with open-loop and closed-loop control can be simulated.

FluidSIM® 4.2 Pneumatics

Circuit diagram creationThe component library has been greatly extended in comparison with Version .6. All the components are shown in clearly structured trees. In addition to the enhanced valve con-figurator, a flexible cylinder configu-rator is now also available.

DocumentationFlexible, highly detailed diagrams with automatic optimum scaling. Automatic current path numbering, logic element tables, terminal des-ignations and terminal allocation lists in electrical circuits. Function diagram editor and parts list generator.

OPC and EasyPort – open the gateway to the world of 24 volts systemsFluidSIM® can also communicate with other applications. This makes it extremely easy to use FluidSIM® for process simulation.

Didactic materialExtended and updated didactic material. Comprehensive descrip-tions of the physical/-mathematical models of the components used in FluidSIM®. A detailed learning training program makes it easier to get started with simulation using FluidSIM®.

Mini control system with 16 I/OComplete mini control system as a logic module with up to 16 inputs and outputs that can access the EasyPort via OPC or directly.

System requirementsPC with Windows 98/ME/NT/2000/XP/VistaAt least Pentium II 00 MHzAt least 128 MB RAMSound card4-speed CD-ROM drive

–

––––

Network license: Mobile and flexibleOne individual network licence allows you to install and use FluidSIM® on any number of computers. The number of users who can simultaneously work with FluidSIM® is limited only by the number of licences pur-chased.

Further informationMultiple licences for local installation or network instal-lation, with as many licences as you need and in numerous other languages.

Visit us on the Internet.Here you will find all the information you need on currently available versions and updates.

with online activation

DE 544145

EN 544153

ES 556939

FR 556930

with network licence connector

DE 544146

EN 544154

ES 556940

FR 556931

Student version

DE 544143

EN 544151

ES 556937

FR 556928

E.g. single licence on CD-ROM

with online activation

DE 544149

EN 544157

ES 556943

FR 556934

with network licence connector

DE 544150

EN 544158

ES 556944

FR 556935

Student version

DE 544147

EN 544155

ES 556941

FR 556932

E.g. single licence on CD-ROM

FluidSIM® 4.2 Hydraulics

Media > Software > Designing/Simulating with FluidSIM®


6

Media > Software > Projecting/Designing with EPLAN


EPLAN EducationClassroom licence

EPLAN For more than 2 years EPLAN has stood for innovative software solutions and service concepts for electrical and fluid engineering, planning and design. EPLAN Software & Service is the global leader in this branch.Complemented by its partnership with Autodesk in the area of mechanical design, EPLAN Soft & Service also offers CAE and CAD know-how on a global scale.

EPLAN Education brings industrial standards to training and further education. Trainers and teachers benefit from a comprehensive range of services, a wide range of train-the-trainer options and on-site software installation.

Your advantagesEPLAN offers users unimaginable opportunities. EPLAN products not only offer a graphical approach but also an object-oriented engineer-ing approach. The system propos-es the best handling method for every stage of production. The user does not have to predefine any-thing, but has the freedom to plan in a way best suited to the work-flow, thus determining the sys-tem‘s performance rather than the system determining the planning.Trendsetting technologies, such as the new macro variant feature makes projects uniquely flexible: parameterisation instead of (re-) design saves time from the outset.Multi-user functionality enables multi-location, network-wide, global access to a project. The software displays are in the corre-sponding language for the user.

–

–

–

Unlimited foreign language support and dictionaries, in accordance with ISO 98, now make global engineering possible.EPLAN incorporates various stand-ards such as DIN ISO, GOST, NFPA. With freely configurable page and component structures in accord-ance with VDMA standards all pos-sible avenues can be explored.The EPLAN Data Portal with its broad range of component data increases the quality of your docu-mentation and simplifies project planning. Certified equipment and components from well-known man-ufacturers can be easily added via drag & drop. This saves time that would have otherwise been spent searching in various manufacturers catalogues, entering different or-der numbers and generating your own macros. You have round the clock access via the internet to de-vice information such as parts cir-cuit diagrams, schematic diagrams, preview images and manuals incl. updates.

–

–

–

Media > Software > Projecting/Designing with EPLAN


The EPLAN Education packageThe EPLAN Education classroom li-cence includes the following three programs

EPLAN Electric P8EPLAN FluidEPLAN PPE

The concept deftly bridges the gap between industrial practice and the requirements of training and further education. Integrated electrical and fluid engineering, electrical, meas-urement and control technology ena-ble mechatronic design processes to be conveyed comprehensively.

This means that anyone, whether during training, studies or later in practical applications, can design an entire functional system, because the knowledge from the classroom can be transferred to real-life practi-cal applications.

With a broad range of training documentation, online help and video demos.

–––

EPLAN Electric P8 The new CAE dimension for effective planning of complex electro-tech-nical control systems, including support for PLCs, bus systems and assembly planning. A technological lead can be gained with optional graphics and object orientation, variant construction and workgroup engineering.

EPLAN Fluid For specialist and logic controlled development of hydraulic, pneumat-ic, cooling, lubrication and refrigera-tion systems. EPLAN Fluid combines CAD functionality with unique logic and automatises documentation, in-cluding test functions and standards compliance checks.

EPLAN PPE EPLAN PPE (Process Plant Engineer-ing) represents professional plan-ning of electrical, measurement and control technology and design of process engineering machines and systems. The EPLAN PPE engineering system supports the entire planning of a system, from the creation of sys-tem overviews, P&ID diagrams, man-agement of process control tasks to comprehensive automation technol-ogy documentation.

Scope of deliveryThe EPLAN Education package con-tains 2 network licences for use in the classroom and one single user licence for the trainer for

EPLAN Electric P8EPLAN FluidEPLAN PPE workstation licence for the lecturerThe software is available in 16 languages: DE, EN, ES, FR, NL, SE, RU, DK, CN, PL, PT, PT-BR, CZ, HU, IT, KROptional train-the-trainer courses from the current EPLAN course planOn-site installation serviceMaster data and sample projectsTraining materials

Completing the software service contract means you gain access to the EPLAN Data Portal which contains engineering data from well-known manufacturers.

–––

–

–

–––

Differences to the industry versionSpecial data format which is not compatible with the industry versionLimited export functionsWatermarked printouts

Scope of software serviceAccess to the EPLAN Data PortalProvision of current releases and service packs free of chargeSpecial concession for training course updates HelpDesk supportE-mail supportOnline access to special support data and information

–

––

––

–

–––

System requirementsPC with Windows XP SP2 or VistaAt least Pentium 4 with 2 GHz1 GB RAM4 GB free space on hard diskDVD-ROM disk driveMonitor resolution 1280 x 1024

Get to know EPLAN for free As a pupil, student or trainee you can obtain a free version of EPLAN, limited to the duration of your studies, in order to produce lab work and final coursework in the area of electrical engineering, fluid engineering and electrical, measurement and control technol-ogy. Using the software for commer-cial purposes is not permitted.

Further information at: www.eplan.de/uk

––––––

Classroom Licence 566900

Software-Service 2 years 566902

Software-Service 2 years 566903

Media > Software > Simulating system and virtual learning environment CIROS®


CIROS® Automation Suite

The fascination of 3D simulation

Modern PC technology allows us to create realistic D simulations even for the most complex of automa-tion systems. These simulations ex-plore the movement dynamics of mechatronic systems in virtual real-ity. There is no danger to man or ma-chine. This allows us to take an step into automation technology without any worries, providing a great moti-vational boost.

In industrial applications, D simu-lation systems are considered state-of-the-art.

The ways we work and learn have changed – and the CIROS® Automa-tion Suite supports these new meth-ods. The visual conception of ideas takes centre stage. The attractive visual representation on the PC mo-tivates and encourages the learning process.

CIROS® is a general D simulation system – made in Germany. Its flex-ibility makes it suitable for a great variety of application areas, it has a variety of equipment and price op-tions and is efficient and convenient to use on a daily basis. The CIROS® scope of application is huge. It rang-es from applications of D simulation in training and further training and implementation of the digital factory in industrial companies to real-time simulations of complex immersive virtual worlds.

CIROS® Automation Suite is a ver-sion of the software used in industry that has been modified and extend-ed to meet the requirements of train-ing and further training. It consists of five individual, carefully matched program packages with a very real-istic D simulation of simple to very complex automation systems. The numerous learning scenarios can be adapted and extended individually.

CIROS® Automation Suite The powerful successor to the COSIMIR®. Affordable and flexible with many different configurations.

Try it now for free: www.festo-didactic.com

Multiple licencesLicensing the individual CIROS® Automation Suite packages is done via a USB licence plug.

The individual packagesCIROS® RoboticsCIROS® MechatronicsCIROS® Advanced MechatronicsCIROS® ProductionCIROS® Studio

can be extended independently of each other with any number of net-work licences. This can also be done online at a later stage by a simple change in the licence plug.

–––––

Professional training in virtual learning environments

System requirementsThe following apply to all CIROS® Automation Suite products:

Processor Intel Core Duo 2.2 GHz processorRAM 2 GBAvailable hard disk space 20 GBWindows XP or Vista, Microsoft Internet Explorer version .0 or higherGraphics card with D accelera-tion and full OpenGL support, e.g. Graphics card NVIDIA 800GTX, 12 MB RAM or betterMonitor 19“ with resolution of 1280 x 1024 pixelsUSB port for dongle, or Ethernet interface for PC network if a license server is usedDVD ROM driveOptional: serial or USB port for coupling with a PLCAdobe Acrobat Reader version 6.0 or higherIf a license server is used: Stand-ard PC with USB port and Ethernet interface for license serverE-mail client with e-mail account and Internet access from the PC whereby dongle updating will be executed.

–

–––

–

–

–

––

–

–

–

8



The Automation Suite contains the following software products:

CIROS® Robotics CIROS® Robotics is ideally suited for learning how to program and commission industrial robot sys-tems. The program offers a large number of different robot models. The integrated training program on robotics conveys everything from the basic principles of handling technology to the use of robots in space missions.

CIROS® Mechatronics CIROS® Mechatronics is the virtual learning environment for mechatron-ics with a focus on PLC-controlled systems. It offers an ideal working environment for PLC programming based on Siemens S and includes a virtual learning environment for the mechatronic training system MPS®.

CIROS® Advanced Mechatronics CIROS® Advanced Mechatronics ena-bles you to flexibly set up individual MPS® stations for mechatronic plant

systems with a distributed control ar-chitecture, commission and control them using the SIMATIC S.

CIROS® Production The unique software solution for vir-tual learning environments in indus-trial factory automation. The plan-ning of manufacturing plants, the logistics of manufacturing processes and the design and optimisation of manufacturing executing systems as well as product management take centre stage.

CIROS® Studio CIROS® Studio is the professional tool for creating complex models and their simulation. The industrial-ly tried, powerful development plat-form combines the three tools, Simu-lation, Modelling and Programming, in one common interface.

The functions at a glance

D display (with rendering)

Simulation (multi-robot)

Simulation (Mitsubishi Compiler)

Simulation (KUKA, ABB, Adept-Compiler)

Interface Mitsubishi Controller

Robotics learning cells + user interface

Mechatronics learning cells + user interface

Simulation (1 PLC + download)

Simulation (multi-PLC + download)

Simulation (multi-PLC)

Simulation (learning environment for troubleshooting)

Modelling (CAD – import, mechanisms)

Modelling (layout editor + MPS® library)

Modelling (layout editor + iCIM library)

OPC interface (freely configurable)

Permanently configured OPC interface

Manual control environment

Configurable work cell window

Control station (without HW driver)

Production management

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

optional

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

Single licence DE/EN 573233

CIROS®

Robotics

CIROS®

Mechatronics

CIROS® Advanced

Mechatronics

CIROS®

Production

CIROS®

Studio

9


The programs in the CIROS® Automation Suite

CIROS® RoboticsCIROS® Robotics is ideally suited for learning how to program and com-mission industrial robot systems. The program offers a large number of different robot models. The integrat-ed training program on robotics con-veys everything from the basic prin-ciples of handling technology to the use of robots in space missions.

All the required basic knowledge for automation with robots is con-veyed by the integrated CIROS® Robotics Assistant which offers numerous graphics and animations to explain technical terms and facts, videos on a large number of industrial applications involving industrial robots, sample programs for every robot work cell, technical documentation including instruc-tions on processing.3D real-time simulation with all the features of CIROS® Studio.Programming environment for IRL (Industrial Robot Language), pro-gramming languages Movemaster Command and Melfa Basic IV for the class of Mitsubishi robot sys-tems.

–

–

–

Comprehensive library with more than 20 predefined robot work cells enables you to go directly to commissioning and programming of robot applications: from sim-ple pick & place tasks right up to plants with numerous robot systems.

Licensing is done via a USB licence plug. You can extend this single licence by any number of network licences at any point. This can also be done online at a later stage by a simple change in the licence plug. CIROS® Robotics is contained in the CIROS® Automation Suite as a single licence.

– CIROS® MechatronicsCIROS® Mechatronics is the virtual learning environment for mechatron-ics with a focus on PLC-controlled systems. It offers an ideal working environment for PLC programming based on Siemens S and includes a virtual learning environment for the mechatronic training system MPS®.

The comprehensive model library contains D process models of all MPS® stations, various convey-or systems and a high bay ware-house. When networked with the Automation Suite, this can be ex-tended or modified.Activation of the models can be done immediately from the inte-grated virtual S-PLC, from STEP of the simulated SIMATIC Con-troller S-PLCSIM or via the Easy-Port of any other external hard-ware PLC.In manual mode single-step move-ments can be performed and com-piled to form flow sequences with-out programming.

–

–

–

Powerful error simulation with multiple error scenarios incl. ad-justment errors for sensors. Set-ting errors is password-protected. Locating and eliminating errors can be logged and the results can be evaluated, thus enabling you to design effective training for sys-tematic commissioning and repair in the event of malfunctions within the simulation environment.3D real-time simulation with all the features of CIROS® Studio.

Licensing is done via a USB licence plug. You can extend this individual licence by any number of network licences at any time. This can also be done online at a later stage by a simple change in the licence plug. CIROS® Mechatronics is contained in the CIROS® Automation Suite as a single licence.

–

–

x-licence DE/EN 573234

x-licence DE/EN 573235


40


CIROS® Advanced Mechatronics CIROS® Advanced Mechatronics ena-bles you to flexibly set up individual MPS® stations for mechatronic plant systems with a distributed control architecture, commission and control them using the SIMATIC S.

Comprehensive model library with all the current MPS® stations from Festo Didactic.The convenient layout editor per-mits setting up, programming and commissioning mechatronic plant systems with a distributed control architecture. A second library also enables you to design MPS® plants with conveyors.Distributed control concept: Each station has its own virtual STEP- controller with a separate control program that can be modified or created from scratch at any time. Simple communication program-ming: during layout planning, all communication connections are created automatically.

–

–

–

Commissioning of distributed control systems: Each station of the plant can be operated in manu-al mode. This enables you to com-mission the control programs in the individual stations step by step and to test the communication.3D real-time simulation with all the features of CIROS® Studio.Integrated, powerful error simula-tion. The focus with the error simu-lation is now on the errors that may occur as a result of combining dif-ferent stations.

–

–

–

CIROS® Production The unique software solution for vir-tual learning environments in indus-trial factory automation. The plan-ning of manufacturing plants, the logistics of manufacturing processes and the design and optimisation of manufacturing executing systems as well as product management take centre stage.

CIROS® Production links the simula-tion with the control of real plants and consists of the integrated soft-ware components Production Simu-lation, Supervision and Production Management.

Production Simulation is used to create the D models of your produc-tion line from library elements.

The library has numerous manu-facturing, assembly, warehouse and measuring stations for setting up an iCIM production line. The sta-tions have integrated control func-tionalities that can be extended with CIROS® Studio at any time.The 3D simulation comprises all the most important components of a manufacturing system from flex-ible material flow up to individu-al sensors, and uses the complex functionality of CIROS® Studio.The Layout module permits you to create the layout of future produc-tion lines with only a few clicks of the mouse as well as the D model at the same time.

–

–

–

CIROS® Supervision enables you to create basic versions of an MES system (Manufacturing Executing System) for your production line at the push of a button, including the functions of a manufacturing control station with graphic process tracking and a link to the production database.

The integrated constructed process language of CIROS® Supervision can be used to extend, optimise or com-pletely revise the MES system.

The production management of CIROS® Supervision provides the fol-lowing data: parts lists with work schedules, warehouse and resource administration, as well as order ad-ministration and time scheduling of orders. This enables you to simulate the basic structures of a planning system. The database can also be used in order to integrate an external planning system or ERP system.

CIROS® Advanced Mechatron-ics is contained in the CIROS® Automation Suite as a single licence, but is not available as a separate product.

CIROS® Production is contained in the CIROS® Automation Suite as a single licence, but is not available as a separate product.


41


The programs in the CIROS® Automation Suite

CIROS® Studio CIROS® Studio is the professional tool for creating complex models and their simulation. The industrial-ly tried, powerful development plat-form combines the three tools, Simu-lation, Modelling and Programming, in one common interface.

3D modelling with the standardised STEP import filter for external CAD systems:

CAD basic functionsDefinition of local coordinate sys-tems (Master Frames) for simple relative positioning of objectsModelling through parameterisa-tion of the shape, the kinemat-ics and the material and physical propertiesLibraries with industrial robot systems and numerous automation componentsLibrary of powerful automation mechanisms. Optional: VRML export

––

–

–

–

Robot programming that supports different programming languages:

IRL (DIN 6612)Movemaster Command and Melfa Basic IV for Mitsubishi robotsProgramming assistant with syntax checking and syntax highlightingOptional: KRL for KUKA robots, RAPID for ABB robots, V+ for Adept and Stäubli robotsRCI Explorer for Mitsubishi robots: powerful interface to the Mitsubi-shi robot controllers via Ethernet TCP/IP or serial interface. With a convenient program editor, pro-gram downloads and uploads, on-line visualisation of robot system data, program tracking in individu-al step mode and automatic mode, project backups.

3D real-time simulation includ-ing transport simulation, simulation of tubing connections and energy chains, error simulations, sensor simulations. All D objects are con-trolled by integrated virtual control-lers via mechanical or electrical in-terfaces. This enables very realistic experiments and analyses:

Transport simulation is a very pow-erful extension to the D simula-tion core. It is used for the flexible design of any transport processes.

––

–

–

–

–

Collision detection through colour change or warning messages with/without acknowledgement. Simple selection of the objects that are to be checked for collision.Sensor simulation: from the induc-tive sensor to the camera, almost all sensors and their physical prop-erties can be simulated. In this way it is possible to analyse realistic interactions with the peripheral equipment.Simulation of tubing connections and energy chains. Tubing connec-tions and energy chains are not taken into account in numerous D simulation systems. However, they are often the reason for collisions in practical operations.Error simulation: creation of user interfaces for configuring error scenarios and for troubleshooting.Virtual control multitasking: proc-ess models can be controlled simultaneously by several robot and/or PLC controllers (S or S).OPC client with configuration menu for communication with any OPC servers.

–

–

–

–

–

–

CIROS® Studio is contained in the CIROS® Automation Suite as a single licence, but is not available as a separate product.

42


CIROS® additional licences and updates


CIROS® Automation Suite additional licences

Can only be installed in combination with the CIROS® Automation Suite, Order No. 2.

Licensing the individual CIROS® Automation Suite licence is done via a USB licence plug.

The individual packagesCIROS® RoboticsCIROS® MechatronicsCIROS® Advanced MechatronicsCIROS® ProductionCIROS® Studio

can be extended independently of each other with any number of net-work licences. This can also be done online at a later stage by a simple change in the licence plug.

–––––

System requirementsProcessor Intel Core Duo 2.2 GHz processorRAM 2 GBAvailable hard disk space 20 GBWindows XP or Vista, Microsoft Internet Explorer version .0 or higherGraphics card with D accelera-tion and full OpenGL support, e.g. Graphics card NVIDIA 800GTX, 12 MB RAM or betterMonitor 19“ with resolution of 1280 x 1024 pixelsUSB port for dongle, or Ethernet interface for PC network if a license server is usedOptional: serial or USB port for coupling with a PLCIf a license server is used: Stand-ard PC with USB port and Ethernet interface for license serverE-mail client with e-mail account and Internet access from the PC whereby dongle updating will be executed.

–

–––

–

–

–

–

–

–

COSIMIR® turns into CIROS® – Save on updates now

Update now and discover the advan-tages of the new CIROS®.

Your advantages All the learning environments for mechatronics, robotics and factory automation under one roof!New activity-based user for tasks and projectsAttractive learning environments that you can help designNew online learning assistant New rendering system permits clearly improved visualisation of the D simulationNew, very powerful STEP import filter for CAD data

Update 1 Update from COSMIR® Profession-al incl. all further COSIMIR® soft-ware packages to CIROS® Automa-tion Suite

Update 2 Update from COSMIR® Robotics or Educational to CIROS® Robotics

Update 3 Update from COSMIR® PLC to CIROS® Mechatronics

–

–

–

––

–

x-licence CIROS® Robotics

Order no. 573253-R

x-licence CIROS® Mechatronics

Order no. 573253-M

x-licence CIROS® Advanced Mechatronics

Order no. 573253-A

x-licence CIROS® Production

Order no. 573253-P

x-licence CIROS® Studio

Order no. 573253-S

CIROS® CAD

Order no. 573253-D

CIROS® Compiler

Order no. 573253-C

Update 1 573236

Update 2 573237

Update 573238

4


CIROS® Automation Suite Version 1.1 Version 1.1 of the CIROS® Automation Suite is now available with immediate effect.

New and improved functionsEnhanced performance in terms of graphical representationImport via drag & dropPowerful collision detectionInteractive configuration of kinematics and mechanismsSupported by MELFA Basic VTracking of inputs/outputsOPC serverIntegration of PLCSIMOnline update via the internetSupported by the operating systems Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows in 2- and 64-bit

Update AUpdate from CIROS® Automation Suite Version 1.0, including all other CIROS® software packages, to version 1.1

Update BUpdate from CIROS® Robotics Version 1.0 to version 1.1

Update CUpdate from CIROS® Mechatronics Version 1.0 to version 1.1

–

–––

––––––

Update A 572737

Update B 572738

Update C 572739

Media > Software > Programming software


Programming softwareSiemens

STEP 7 Trainer Package UpgradeTo the current version of the STEP Trainer Package.

Prerequisite: Trainer package for 12 students.

Intended for non-industrial educa-tional users only.

The Trainer Package contains 60 li-cences ( x 20) for the STEP Soft-ware for Students (6-day licence).

For 12 students. Scope as for STEP Trainer Package (order no. 48).

STEP 7 Software for StudentsThe trial licence for 6 days in-cludes the programming languages Statement List (STL), Function Chart (FCH) and Ladder Diagram (LDR) (ba-sic package), STEP -SCL, STEP -GRAPH, as well as the S-PLCSIM simulation software.

The software and documentation are supplied on CD-ROM whilst 20 float-ing licences are supplied on a USB stick (DE/EN/FR/ES/IT).

Prerequisite: S Trainer Package for 12 users.

STEP 7 Professional for TrainingContains the programming lan-guages Statement List (STL), Func-tion Chart (FCH) and Ladder Dia-gram (LDR) (basic package) as well as STEP -SCL, STEP -GRAPH, iMap, Distributed Safety, S-Technology software package and S-PLCSIM.

The software and documentation are supplied on CD-ROM whilst the float-ing licence is supplied on a USB stick (DE/EN/FR/ES/IT).

Intended for industrial educational users.

STEP 7 Trainer PackageThe STEP Trainer Package for 12 users contains the programming lan-guages Statement List (STL), Func-tion Chart (FCH) and Ladder Diagram (LDR) (basic package) as well as STEP -SCL, STEP -GRAPH, Distrib-uted Safety, S-Technology software package and distributed intelligence iMap. It facilitates the realisation of networked solutions with SIMATIC S-00/-400, SIMATIC C. The Train-er Package also contains the S-PLC-SIM simulation software. Using the simulation software S-PLCSIM it is possible to carry out the functional test of the SIMATIC S user blocks on PG/PC regardless of the availabil-ity of the target hardware. Detection and elimination of program errors are therefore possible at a much ear-lier stage in development. The Train-er Package contains 60 copies ( x 20 licences) of the STEP Software for Students (6-day licence).

S-PLCSIM can be used for all user blocks and a selection of existing system functions which have been created in one of the following pro-gramming languages: STL, LDR, FCH, STEP -GRAPH, STEP -HiGraph, STEP -SCL.

The software and documentation are supplied on CD-ROM whilst the float-ing licence is supplied on a USB stick (DE/EN/FR/ES/IT).

Intended for non-industrial educa-tional users only.

DE/EN/FR/ES/IT 548573




System requirementsPC with Win XP Professional SP/Windows Professional, Enter-prise, UltimateAt least Pentium 4 with 1, GHzAt least 1 GB RAM At least 1024 x 68 Pixel

–

–––

44


Programming software

DE/EN 541149

Mitsubishi GX Trainer PackageThe standard programming software for controller type FX from Mitsubi-shi includes GX Developer for the programming of AWL, FUP, KOP, as well as GX IEC Developer, the power-ful development environment to IEC 6111 (AWL, FBS, KOP, AS, ST). The Trainer Package consists of six full licences and six student versions on separate CD-ROMs for doing home-work.

Scope of delivery: GX IEC Developer (DE/EN)GX IEC Developer for students (DE/EN)GX Developer (DE/EN)GX Developer for students (EN)Manual on CD-ROM (DE/EN)

System requirementsPC with Win 98/ME/NT/2000/XPAt least PentiumII 40 MHz64 MB RAM10 MB free space on hard disk

The Trainer Package is intended ex-clusively for basic and further train-ing.

––

–––

––––

RSLogix 500 StarterThe programming software for the Micro Logix controller type by Allen-Bradley contains the RSLogix 00 Starter as well as RS Linx Lite for pro-gramming LDR. The CD-ROM (EN) manual incorporates Getting Results with RSLogix 00.

System requirementsPC with Win NT/2000/XPAt least Pentium II 00 MHz128 MB RAM4 MB free space on hard disc.“ floppy disc drive

–––––

EN 535829

Media > Software > Programming software

4

DE/EN/FR/ES/IT/PT 526505

LOGO! Soft ComfortPowerful programming software for the creation of LOGO! programs by means of drag and drop. With simu-lation and extensive program docu-mentation. Program creation in FCH or LDR.

System requirementsPC with Win 9/98/2000/ME/NT/XPPentium processor64 MB RAM90 MB of hard disk space

–

–––

CoDeSys provided by FestoThe CoDeSys software for the FEC range of controllers allows stand-ardised programming in accord-ance with IEC 6111-. Optimised for the configuration, programming, commissioning and maintenance of pneumatic and electrical automation solutions.

Your advantagesThanks to the IEC 6111- stand-ard, CoDeSys is flexible and can be used for all kinds of control tasksVery simple to commission and programEthernet communication for sim-ple programming, module library includedModule library for electric drives

The following functions and languages are supported

Ladder diagramStructured textSequential function chartContinuous function chartFunction block diagramIntegrated visualisationTrace functionsOffline simulationExtension to object-orientated programmingFunction block library „FST4“All programming languages can be used in combination with one anotherSimultaneous conversions possibleAll standard data types: BYTE, WORD, DWORD, SINT, USINT, INT, UINT, DINTSymbolic operands with no length restrictionContext-sensitive help functionsGlobal search and replaceDisc space check prior to downloadUnlimited number of function parameters

–

–

–

–

–––––––––

––

––

–

––––

46

Visualisation software

Media > Software > Visualisation software


WinCCSIMATIC WinCC is a PC-based control and monitoring system designed for the visualisation and control of proc-esses, sequences and machines.

The package consists of a configu-ration (development) system and a runtime system for 1024 variables (PowerTags). Coupling with S, S, Profibus (DP) is integrated into the package. Coupling with other sys-tems on request.

Supplied on CD-ROM, without doc-umentation. Detailed documenta-tion and configuration manuals on request.

System requirementsPC with Win 2000/XP At least Pentium 800 MHZ 12 MB RAM Approx. 20 GB of hard disk space 8-speed CD-ROM drive

–––––

InTouchInTouch is an interactive system for visualising, monitoring and control-ling industrial processes.

It comprises the InTouch devel-opment and runtime version for Windows with 12 PLC variables. A comprehensive library with over 00 „intelligent“ and individually adaptable graphic and object symbols is also included.

The package includes a manual and there are context-related help texts in the software. Supplied on DVD with USB licence plug in the mini-systainer.

Also order:InTouch manual containing detailed descriptions of how to use the soft-ware and the functions for creating visualisation applications (order no. 9241 DE, order no. 9242 EN)

System requirementsWin XP SP/Win Server200/VISTAPC with at least 1.2 GHz processor12 MB RAM (recommended: 1 GB or more)At least 4 GB free space on hard diskGraphics card and monitor with Super VGA resolution (1024 x 68) or higherCD-ROM or DVD drive (for installation)

–––

–

–

–

1 Licence DE/EN 567426

6 Licences DE/EN 567427

1 Licence

DE/EN/ES/FR/IT 195439

6 Licences (Trainer Package)

DE/EN/ES/FR/IT 195442

Trainer Package WinCC/Web NavigatorSystems operation and monitoring via the internet, in-house intranet or LAN connection using SIMATIC WinCC.

6x WinCC Complete version RC 1024 Variable6x WinCC/Web Navigator Diagnostics Server6x WinCC/Web Navigator Diagnostics Client

System requirementsWindows Vista Ultimate, Business or Enterprise, XP PRO SP2, Microsoft Windows 200 Server SP2 and Win-dows 200 Server R2 SP2

–

–

–

Order no. 556238

Trainer Package WinCC flexibleIntegrated range of engineering tools for configuring SIMATIC HMI operator units, the control element of SIMATIC C units, SIMOTION/SINUMERIK panel PCs and the PC-based visualisation software WinCC flexible Runtime.

6x WinCC flexible 200 Advanced6x WinCC flexible 200 Runtime 128 PowerTags6x WinCC flexible/archives + recipes for WinCC flexible Runtime6x WinCC flexible /OPC server for WinCC flexible Runtime1x HMI Manual Collection

System requirementsWindows XP Professional SP2, SP, Windows Vista Ultimate or Business, STEP V.4 SP4

Authorisation on USB stick

––

–

–

–

Order no. 556239

Trainer Package Upgrade WinCC flexible

6x WinCC flexible 200 Advanced6x WinCC flexible 200 Runtime 128 PowerTags6x WinCC flexible/archives + recipes for WinCC flexible Runtime6x WinCC flexible /OPC server for WinCC flexible Runtime1x HMI Manual Collection

System requirementsWindows XP Professional SP2, SP, Windows Vista Ultimate or Business, STEP V.4 SP4

Authorisation on USB stick

––

–

–

–

Order no. 556240

4

Media > Software > Measuring/Open-loop control/Closed-loop control with Fluid Lab®-PA


Using Fluid Lab®-PA step by step to teach and demonstrate the funda-mentals of control technology. The EasyPort is used to connect the PC and real hardware, e.g. the EduKit PA, the MPS® PA compact worksta-tion or the MPS® PA filtration station, mixing, reactor, filling.

Settings Parametrisation of sensor values with factor and offset to represent the physical quantities as well as sig-nal attenuation per median filter for the analogue input signals. Display of the physical value in the variable units field. Other possible settings are the inversion of the controller direction, Y offset in the continuous rules and the selection of the simula-tion mode.

Menu: Measurement All binary and analogue process da-ta, for example the signal statuses of the sensors, process fittings and pump, can be displayed graphically and evaluated directly. To record the sensor characteristic and determin-ing a step response, functions are available such as selection of meas-uring channels, adjusting the test time or cursor evaluation with zoom function.

Menu: Characteristic curve The characteristics of a final control element (e.g. pump or proportional valve) is investigated in various per-spectives (voltage for flow, flow for pressure, pressure for voltage).

Menu: 2-point controller Typical applications are level and temperature controlled systems.

Menu: Continuous regulation Experimentation, configuration and optimisation of the control processes (P, PI, PD or PID controller) with im-mediate effect in the process. Con-trolled systems can be operated via mouse click. Trouble-free documen-tation of the control parameter is possible. The measured values and curve profiles can be documented comprehensively. The block diagram can be displayed as a function menu for all continuous controllers with current numerical values.

Industrial controller functions System operation like in a process control system. It is possible to spec-ify nominal values, display warning limits and switch the controller be-tween manual and automatic.

Simulation A simulated process model illus-trates the sequence identically to the operation of the real hardware.

Fluid Lab®-PA for MPS® PA stations is included.

Simple application of complex relationshipsThe clear menu structure proceeds from the commissioning of the EduKit PA or Compact workstation to the process engineering using the example of a bottling plant.

Menu: Guided commissioning A check list like in the industry. After processing, the system is activated. A commissioning protocol can be printed out for documentation.

Condition monitoring Safety and efficiency are checked by means of permanent recording of machine status. Detect and analy-ses deviations with Fluid Lab®-PA process.

Menu: Operation, open- and closed-loop control with the EasyPortExperience the behaviour of a sys-tem using simple process examples. Control-technology operations and continuous and discontinuous con-trollers are presented. Subsequent analyses bring a valuable, basic re-alisation, which can be transferred to the general technology. Especial-ly general training aims, such as the concentrated observation and analy-sis of systems, are encouraged.

Menu: FluidSIM® Develop and immediately test control-technology relationships – whether virtual or real. Program one‘s own process sequence in FluidSIM®: electrical circuit diagram, logic diagram and GRAFCET.

Menu: Virtual reactor Animated by a sequencer – observ-ing, analysing and documenting the simulated processes. Production ac-cording to customer order and as-sessing and responding to error mes-sages are in demand.

Menu: Virtual PLC – actuating with STEP 7, PLCSIM or CoDeSys simulationLearn the basics of PLC programming and the logical processing of binary and analogue signals. Test the pro-gram on a virtual or real model.

Menu: Filling with Excel interface Fluid Lab®-PA is transmitted order data from MS Excel via the DDE in-terface, e.g. the number and volume of the bottles. Conversely, the cur-rent status of the plant, for example the level of the storage tanks, is re-ported.


Fluid Lab®-PA closed loopControl engineering in focus

Fluid Lab®-PA processGetting started in process engineering

Single licence on CD-ROM DE/EN/ES/

FR/SV

Oder no. 544304

8+1 Multiple licence on CD-ROM DE/EN/

ES/FR/SV

Order no. 567139

Single licence on CD-ROM DE/EN/ES/FR

Oder no. 567224


ES/FR

Order no. 567225

Media > Software > Interface EasyPort


EasyPort USB – An interface for measuring, open-loop control, closed-loop control.

Connection of software/simulation with actual training equipment/all PLCs

The principle is simple: the USB in-terface is connected to the PC. The connection to the automation equip-ment is via standard SysLink connec-tors. Input and output signals can thus be read into and output from a PC. So that EasyPort can adapt to dif-ferent situations, we have developed software for the device drivers with a graphical user interface, via which connections can be made.

Control of numerous practical process model

Numerous practical process models can be controlled using any PLC us-ing EasyPort and the EasyVeep® sim-ulation software included in scope of delivery. The models are docu-mented and meet a broad range of requirements.

The topics covered include the following:

Level crossingsMulti-storey car parksSorting systemsSluice chambersLiftsWashing machines-segment displayGarage doors

––––––––

EasyPort USB 548687

Also order:

For EasyPort with a real process or SimuBox:

I/O data cable with IEEE 488 SysLink connectors at both ends 401

Analogue cable, parallel 29141

For EasyPort with a real PLC:

I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) on both ends, crossover 16106

For EasyPort, freely wirable, with any PLC:

I/O data cable with one SysLink connector (IEEE 488) and bare cable-end sleeves 16122

For EasyPort with a PLC board:

I/O data crossover cable, with terminal socket 1619

For EasyPort with a real PLC or SimuBox:

Analogue crossover cable 09

CoDeSys starter kit with CPX-CEC and EasyPort USB 62

Universal connection unit, digital (SysLink) 16221

EasyPort adapter for slotted profile plate 49806

Technical data24 V power supply via separate screw terminals or via SysLink connectorsInterface to PC (galvanically isolated): USB 2.0, RS 22. Up to 4 modules can be connected via a USB hub. Transmission speed: 11 kbaudAnalogue interface: sub-D 1-pin socket, 12 bit resolution, 4 analogue inputs, 2 analogue outputs, sample frequency 0. kHzDigital interface: 16 digital inputs, 16 digital outputs on 2 x 24-pin Centronics sockets with 8 digital inputs each (24 V), 8 digital outputs (24 V). 24 V power supply. Digital signals represented by LEDsLarge LCD display, display of channel, unit, trend and measured value (4 digits). Selection of the channel to be displayed and the units via keysControllable via ActiveX Control from Labview, C++ or Visual Basic

–

–

–

–

–

–

48

Connects the simulation to the real world

Media > Software > Interface EasyPort


Scope of deliveryEasyPort USB24 V connecting cable on 4 mm safety plugsUSB cableCD-ROM: EasyVeep®, EasyOPC driver, datasheet, Activ-X control, examples of control using Labview

––

––

Example applications Measuring

PC:Software and simulations

Interface:EasyPort USB

Real training equipment

Fluid Lab®-PAFluid Lab®-PFluid Lab®-HLabviewC++Visual Basic

Interface: USB

Interface: digital/analogue

Simulation box, digital/analogueMPS® PATP 210TP 610

EasyPort USB is the PC interface for receiving analogue measurements and digital signals.

Measurement data logged via:

Fluid Lab®-PAFluid Lab®-PFluid Lab®-H

––––––

–

–––

–––

Control (open loop)

EasyVeep®

FluidSIM®

CIROS®

LabviewC++Visual Basic

Interface: USB

Interface: digital

Any PLCSimulation box, digitalEduTrainer®

Recommendation:The CoDeSys starter kit with CPX-CEC and EasyPort USB contains everything that is needed to start on the subject of control Page 18

Simulated process,displayed via:

CIROS®

FluidSIM®

EasyVeep®

––––––

–––

–––

FluidSIM® (only digital)S-PLCSIMCoDeSys Soft-SPSLabviewC++Visual Basic

Interface: USB


Simulation box, digital/analogueMPS® PAMPS®

TP 01

EasyPort USB is the PC interface to control actual processes or simulations on a PC via an actual PLC.

Actual process, controlledvia:

S-PLCSIMFluidSIM®

CoDeSys

––––––

–

–––

–––

Closed-loop control

Fluid Lab®-PAFluid Lab®-P from version 2.0LabviewC++Visual Basic

Interface: USB


Simulation box, digital/analogueMPS® PATP 210TP 610

EasyPort USB is the PC interface to control an actual closed-loop controlled system.

Closed-loop controlled system, controlled via:

Fluid Lab®-PAFluid Lab®-P from version 2.0

––

–––

–

–––

––

Controlling a simulation

49

WorkbooksFor more than 40 years, our training packages have featured: An equip-ment set and tailored textbook and workbook with exercises and sample solutions. The exercises are based on industrial practice and have been successfully used in numerous courses for training specialist staff.

Technical literature and textbooksRead, read, read! The technical literature and textbooks provide the basis for studying technologies and processes. For trainers and teachers, they are essential for preparing courses. They also provide anyone who does not enjoy self-study on a PC with professional guidelines for their practical exercises.

Free of charge reading samples: www.festo-didactic.com

Media > Courseware

0

Dictionaries and manualsSymbols, rules, standards, formulae … You don‘t need to have everything in your head, but you do need to know where to find it!

Theory and practice, our range

PneumaticsHydraulicsElectrical engineering/ElectronicsAutomation/PLCMechatronics/Process automationCNC technology/Equipment

A wide range of different teaching materials for ongoing basic and advanced training are available for these topics.

––––––

CoursewareTeaching materials for basic and advanced training

WorkbookTP 101

With CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

541088 EN

PneumaticsBasic level


Media > Courseware

1

Mechatronics Assistant

To guarantee scientifically sound mechatronics training in colleges and companies, appropriate refer-ence works for self-study are crucial. These can be in paper form or on handy DVDs. The Mechatronics As-sistant provides both these options.

Ready-to-use exercisesStages for different levelsSeparate archivePut documents in a personal formatSupplementary informationPowerful full text searchFree updatesLittle space required

––––

––––

Pneumatics

Hydraulics

Electrical engineer-

ing/Electronics

Automation

technology/

PLC

Mechatronics/

Process automation

Metal technology/

CNC technology

Textbooks

4

61

68

1

Workbooks

2, , 4

8, 9

62, 6, 64

6, 68

69, 0, 1

Manuals

66

Technical books

6

6

Posters

6

60

Working material

,

2

Transparency set

6

The numbers indicate the catalogue pages containing the corresponding teachware for the areas of technology in question.

PneumaticsTraining course documents


Media > Courseware > Pneumatics

52

Workbook

TP 102

With CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

541089 EN

PneumaticsAdvanced level

WorkbookTP 101

With CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

541088 EN


Workbook

TP 202

With CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

541091 EN

ElectropneumaticsAdvanced level

WorkbookTP 201

With CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

541090 EN

ElectropneumaticsBasic Level

Pneumatics, Basic Level TP 101Nineteen project-orientated exercis-es, increasing in complexity and suit-able for equipment set TP 101, are the ideal introduction to pneumatics. Real problem descriptions with posi-tional sketch, concrete project tasks and detailed aids for professional im-plementation provide the ideal prep-aration for ta real-life industrial envi-ronment. A new feature in the latest edition is the separation of the doc-umentation into a workbook and a book of exercises. Each worksheet in the book of exercises has a sample solution in the workbook.

WorkbookSample solutions Training notes Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics, photos of industrial applications, animations and FluidSIM® circuit diagrams 152 pages, in colour, bound Additional book of exercises as sample

Book of exercises for studentsWorksheets 132 pages, bound

–––

––

––

W. Haring, M. Metzger, R.-C. Weber

Edition 2009

Pneumatics, Advanced level TP 102As a continuation of the basic level for pneumatics, the advanced level includes ten additional, challenging tasks which are suitable for the TP 102 equipment set. The documents are targeted at experienced pneu-matics technicians. New features of this revised and updated edition include revised exercise sheets for practical use during instruction. The workbook contains a sample solu-tion for each of the exercise sheets.

The workbook includes:Sample solutionsTraining notesMultimedia CD-ROM with graphics, photos of industrial applications, animations and FluidSIM® circuit diagramsExercise sheets for trainees

–––

–

W. Haring, M. Metzger, R.-C. Weber

Edition 2010, 204 pages, colour, in binder

Electropneumatics, Basic Level TP 201Twelve project-orientated exercises, increasing in complexity and suita-ble for equipment set TP 201, are the ideal introduction to electropneu-matics. Real problem descriptions with positional sketch, concrete project tasks and detailed aids for professional implementation provide the ideal preparation for ta real-life industrial environment. A new fea-ture in the latest edition is the sepa-ration of the documentation into a workbook and a book of exercises. Each worksheet in the book of ex-ercises has a sample solution in the workbook.

WorkbookSample solutionsTraining notesMultimedia CD-ROM with graphics, photos of industrial applications, animations and FluidSIM® circuit diagrams144 pages, in colour, boundAdditional book of exercises as sample

Book of exercises for studentsWorksheets126 pages, bound

–––

––

––

M. Pany, S. Scharf, R.-C. Weber

Edition 2009

Electropneumatics, Advanced level TP 202As a continuation of the basic level for electropneumatics, the advanced level includes twelve additional, challenging tasks which are suit-able for the TP 202 equipment set. The documents are targeted at ex-perienced pneumatics technicians. New features of this revised and up-dated edition include revised exer-cise sheets for practical use during instruction. The workbook contains a sample solution for each of the exer-cise sheets.

The workbook includes:Sample solutionsTraining notesMultimedia CD-ROM with graphics, photos of industrial applications, animations and FluidSIM® circuit diagramsExercise sheets for trainees

–––

–

M. Pany, S. Scharf, R.-C. Weber

Edition 2010, 298 pages, colour, in binder

Workbook DE 540671

Book of exercises DE 567187

Workbook EN 541088

Book of exercises EN 570691

Workbook ES 542503

Book of exercises ES 570695

Workbook FR 542507

Book of exercises FR 570699

DE 540672

EN 541089

ES 542504

FR 542508

Workbook DE 540673


Workbook EN 541090


Workbook ES 542505


Workbook FR 542509


DE 540674

EN 541091

ES 542506

FR 542510



53

WorkbookTP 230

CD-ROM included

Festo Didactic

567258 EN

Fundamentals of vacuum technology

WorkbookTP 220

CD-ROM included

Festo Didactic

559880 EN

Pneumatic drives

WorkbookTP 250

CD-ROM included

Festo Didactic

567266 EN

Safety in pneumatic systems

WorkbookTP 240

With CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

566910 EN

Sensors in pneumatics

Pneumatic drives, TP 220Describes in detail the issues and projects in 16 exercises closely linked to industrial practice, each comprising a problem description and work assignment. Worksheets support the students through the required stages of planning, execu-tion and monitoring. Includes sample solutions and detailed background knowledge for the theoretical funda-mentals.

The workbook includes:Sample solutions Training notes Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics, photos of industrial applications, animations and FluidSIM® circuit diagrams Exercise sheets for trainees

–––

–

F. Ebel, J. Hasel

Edition 2007, 340 pages, in folder

Basics of vacuum technology, TP 230In addition to six comprehensive project tasks for step-by-step con-struction and testing of the vacuum system, the package also includes basic information on the following topics:

Getting started in vacuum technologyBasic concepts of vacuum technolo-gy, vacuum ranges, vacuum genera-tion in handling technology, vacuum pumps, functional principle of displacement pumps, instructions on selecting pumps, ejectors, ejector units

Vacuum elements in handling technologyValves for vacuums, measuring and storing a vacuum, suction grippers, vacuum generation

The workbook includes:Basic informationSample solutionsTraining notesMultimedia CD-ROM with graphics and photos of industrial applicationsWorksheets for students

––––

–

R.-C. Weber

Edition 2010, 116 pages, colour, in folder

Sensors in pneumatics, TP 240Ten projects based on industrial ex-amples, suitable for equipment set TP 240, each including problem de-scriptions, parameters and project tasks, deal in detail with the specific subject of sensors in pneumatic con-trol-system environments. The topics of pressure sensors, flow sensors, analogue position transmitters for pneumatic cylinders, signal convert-ers and sensors for vacuum technol-ogy are covered comprehensively. Each worksheet in the book of ex-ercises has a sample solution in the workbook.

WorkbookSample solutionsTraining notesMultimedia CD-ROM with graphics and photos of industrial applications102 pages, in colour, in a binderAdditional book of exercises as sample


–––

––

––

F. Ebel

Edition 2009

Safety in pneumatic systems, TP 250The workbook contains project tasks that build on each other, together with the solutions for each exercise sheet. In these exercises, students reduce the potential risk level of a pneumatic system step by step. The basic level contains the following topics: overview of relevant stand-ards, laws and regulations; overview and detailed description of operating modes; overview and detailed de-scription of ten relevant safety func-tions; possible technical solutions for each safety function; extensive illustrations and cross-sections to explain the design principles.

The workbook includes:Basic informationSample solutionsTraining notesMultimedia CD-ROM with graphics and photos of industrial applica-tions, safety guidelines, safety posterWorksheets for students

––––

–

R.-C. Weber

Edition 2011, colour, in folder

DE 549982

EN 559880

ES 559881

FR 559882

DE 567257

EN 567258

ES 567260

FR 567259

Workbook DE 566909


Workbook EN 566910


Workbook ES 566912


Workbook FR 566913


DE 567265

EN 567266

ES 567267

FR 567268

Reading samples at: www.festo-didactic.com

PneumaticsTextbooks, Workbooks, Working material



54

Textbook

Festo Didactic

573030 EN

PneumaticsElectropneumaticsFundamentals

Frank Ebel, Siegfried Idler, Georg Prede,

Dieter Scholz

Edition 2010, 212 pages, bound

Basic principles of pneumatics and electropneumatics Textbook

For use in vocational schools, tech-nical colleges, schools for master craftspeople and in company-wide trainingConveys the essential basic principles of pneumatics and electropneumaticsContains technical and mathema-tical content, application exam-ples, workflow descriptions, safe-ty measures for electropneumatic control systems as well as over-views of the relevant symbols and circuit symbolsAlso presents in detail the design of circuit diagrams and individual pneumatic componentsTakes into account the change in the requirements and technical developments in electropneumatic control systems

–

–

–

–

–

DE 567028

EN 573030

ES 573031

FR 573032

Also order:FluidSIM® pneumatics.This software enables you to design and simulate the sam-ple circuits supplied on a PC.

151508 DE

11/06

Pneumatische

Grundsteuerungen

1V1 2

3

1

1A1

1S1 1S22 2

3 31 1

14 12

4

5

DE 151508

Practical knowledge: Basic pneumatic controllersThis booklet has been created for practitioners who need to implement small projects quickly and effective-ly. The various circuit examples facilitate the creation of many simple tasks. The examples shown are com-plementary. If something is not clear, the previous step can be referred to. This means that even those with little experience can quickly get to grips with the subject matter.

Reference work for circuit planning symbolsA detailed overview of the most important circuit planning symbols shows the structure of controllers and gives hints on the practical implementation of circuit diagrams that have been developed.

W. Braungard, P. Löbelenz, G. Mark

Edition 2006, 80 pages, booklet

1B1 1B22 2

3 31 1

1A1 1B21B1

12

1V1 4

14

3

1

5

1S1 2

31

2

1B1 1B22 2

3 31 1

1A1 1B21B1

12

1V1 4

14

3

1

5

1S1 2

31

2

Fundamentals of

pneumatic control

engineering

Text book

Festo Didactic

090851 EN

DE 90850

EN 90851

Fundamentals of pneumatic control engineeringFundamentals of control technol-ogy, pneumatic controls, circuit de-sign, exercises, and drawing pneu-matic symbols are explained in this textbook. Readers and seminar at-tendees will be able to solve simple control problems and develop circuit diagrams. Includes an introduction to general fundamentals of control technology, symbols, definition of terms, and covers topics from basic controls to the systematic develop-ment of control systems.

J.P. Hasebrink, R. Kobler, S. Idler


DE 94459

EN 94465

ES 533499

FR 94347

Closed-loop pneumaticsThe 21 exercises contained in this workbook offer a practical introduc-tion to closed-loop control pneumat-ics. Besides fundamentals, the work-book also covers subjects such as the function of various controllers and control circuits, empirical setting of controller parameters and the in-fluence of interference variables. You will need equipment set Closed-loop control pneumatics, TP 111 to carry out the exercises.

J. Gerhartz, D. Scholz

Edition 2001, 542 pages, in binder



55

DE 53977

EN 54085

The amazing world of pneumaticsThis book uses countless examples to illustrate the range of applications of air and also gives a short history of this technology. But above all, it shows the direction in which air-driv-en systems are developing. Vendor-independent and exciting.

„Amazing world of pneumatics“ is not a textbook, but a book full of ideas – showing all the different things you can do with air and giving some idea of the future development of pneumatics.

Gerhard Vogel, Eugen Mühlberger


DVD Electropneumatics/Electrohydraulics, Basic levelThis video primarily covers electrical controllers. In addition to an intro-duction to electrical engineering, it shows the most important switching elements and basic circuits. Practical applications alternate with anima-tions and circuit examples.

The DVD is multilingual (DE, EN, FR, ES, IT, TR, CN, RU). The language can be selected. The DVD is packed in the systainer.

Order no. 538487

48 minutes

Order no. 539007

Case of cutaway pneumatic modelsFor visualising the structure and function of pneumatic components.

All of the cutaway models used are of industrial design. Dynamic ele-ments and wearing parts correspond to the original. The models select-ed are those relevant to pneumatic training. Some of the cutaway mod-els retain their function or partial function so that they can be demon-strated in use.

The following components are in-cluded in a case of cutaway models:

Single and double-acting cylindersFilter regulatorAND gateOR gateTime delay valveQuick-exhaust valveValve slicePressure gaugeRoller lever valvePressure sequence valvePneumatic valveOne-way flow control valve

––––––––––––



56

PneumaticsSet of posters

Everything that you need to know:5 posters on pneumatics

Now the updated version of the popular A1 poster is supplied rolled up, quickly providing a comprehen-sive overview. All symbols and ter-minology correspond to the current standards ISO 1219-2 and DIN/EN 61346-2.

Subjects on the poster: Electrical, pneumatic and logic symbolsSystematic control diagram of a pneumatic control systemElectrical and electropneumatic componentsPneumatic – Directional control, stop and pressure control valvesPneumatic – Power components

–

–

–

–

–

DE 193129

EN 551015

ES 551014

FR 551013

Timer– adjustable– switch-on

delayed

Memory

Nor

Nand

Implication

Inhibition

Negation

pneumatic motor withalternating flow directionand two directions ofrotation

pneumatic motor withone flow direction

I2

Q

I1

Q

I1

I2

Q

I

© Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG www.festo-didactic.com053614 en

K

Q

I

Q

I

I

Q

Q

I

RS

Q Q

Q

I1I2

2

31

4

2

1

2

1

Electrical, pneumatic and logic symbols

Energy conversion

Manual actuation

Actuation

Directional control valves

Valves

Mechanical actuation

line

pneumaticenergy source

line connection

air outlet withoutconnection option

pressure supply port,closed

quick decoupler withoutnon-return valve, coupled

three-way rotaryconnection

air outlet withconnection option

silencer

crossing linevacuum pump

byplunger

actuated in initial position

bypedal

byroller

bypushing

bylever

by roller lever, actua-tion in one directionof travel only

Energy transfer

shut-off valve

filter

air dryer

service unit with lubricator(simplified representation)

reservoir

lubricator

Combined actuation

Mechanical components

by solenoid coil withone active winding

by solenoid coil andpilot valve

detents

spring-centred

pneumatically actuated,different size controlareas

by electric motor withcontinuous rotary motion

magnetic fieldactuated

by stepper motor

by solenoid coil with twocounter-windings

by solenoid coil ormanual override andpilot valve

Port designations

for 5/2-wayand 5/3-wayvalves



PAR––

ZZ–

1

4

2

5

3

1210*

14

* pilot port, on valves with normally open position(NOT function)

PBRA––

YZ

PBSAR–

YZ

quick decoupler withtwo non-return valves,coupled

I Q1I

01

Q

01

Q=I1 I2

Q=I1 I2

Q=I1I2

Q=I1 I2

Q=I1 I2

Q=I1I2

Q=I

Q=II

01

Q

10

I Q1

I1

0011

I2 Q

0101

0001

QI2I1 &

I1

0011

I2 Q

0101

0010

QI2I1 &

I1

0011

I2 Q

0101

0111

QI2I1

1

I1

0011

I2 Q

0101

1011

1 QI2I1

I1

0011

I2 Q

0101

1000

1 QI2I1

I1

0011

I2 Q

0101

1110

QI2I1 &

S

0011

R Q Q

0101

q010

n-1 q101

n-1 S S QR R Q

I

011

texpired Q

001

001

QIt1

I

010

Q

001

010

QIt2

quick decoupler withoutnon-return valve,decoupled;i.e. line open

quick decoupler with twonon-return valves,decoupled;i.e. line closed

filter with separator,with manual drain

fluid separator,with automatic drain

cooler with flow linesfor the direction of flowof coolant

cooler without flow linesfor the direction of flowof coolant

2/2-way valvenormally closed position

3/2-way valvenormally closed position

3/3-way valvemid-position closed

5/2-way valve

directional control valve withintermediate positions – dynamiccontrol valve

5/3-way valvemid-position closed

2/2-way valvenormally open position

3/2-way valvenormally open position

4/2-way valve

non-returnvalve

shuttle valve

one-way flow control valve, adjustable

non-returnvalve withspring

dual-pressure valve

Stop valves

5/3-way valvemid-position exhausted

pressure relief valve,adjustable

sequence valve withexhaust, adjustable

pressure regulatorwithout vent hole,adjustable

Pressure control valves

flow control valve,adjustable

single-acting cylinder,return motion byexternal force

double-acting cylinderwith piston rod atone end

double acting cylinder with through piston rod

double-acting rodless cylinder with adjustablecushioning at both ends (pneumatic linear drive)

pressure medium converter

double-acting cylinderwith adjustable cushioningat both ends

single-acting cylinder,return motion byspring force

flow meter

temperature gauge(thermometer)

rotary drive/semi-rotary drive with limited angleof rotation

tachometer

pressure gauge

pneumaticallyactuated

Electrical actuation

2

31

2

31

2

31

2

3

4

5 1

2

3

4

5 1

flow control valve, fixed

Q

I

Q

K

I

compressor

bywhisker

2

1

2

1 3

2

1

pressure regulator withvent hole, adjustable

Q

I2I1

I2

Q

I1

Q

I

Q

I2I1

Q

I1

I2

Q

I2I1

Q

I2I1

Q

I1

I2

Q

I2I1 K1

K

K

I1 K1

I2

Q

K

S K

R

K

Q

byturning

5

gripper, double acting,with permanent magneton the piston

fluidic Muscle(hose cylinder)

2

3 1

12

reset via spring

vacuum generator suction cup

p1p2

pressure booster, single-acting, whichconverts a pneumatic pressure p1 intohigher hydraulic pressure p2

31

2

3

2

1 1

2

3

service unit without lubricator(simplified representation)

2

3

4

5 15/3-way valvemid-position pressurised

2

3

4

5 1

Flow control valves

2

1

2

1

piloted non-returnvalve with spring

2

1 21

211

211

quick-exhaust valve

231

service unit – filter with manual drain, regulator withmanual adjustment, pressure control, pressuredisplay and lubricator (detailed representation)

byrocker

2

31

Pneumatic actuation

reset bypneumaticspring

by solenoid coil ormanual override

by solenoid coil or manualoverride with detent

ISO 11727

Standardiseddesignation

1 2 2

21

Q

1

bypulling

Timer– adjustable

witch-offdelayed

– s

Comparison of logic elements

EquationFunction tableDesignation

Identity

Or

And

EN 60617-7electrical

Representation toRepresentation toISO 1219-1pneumatic

Symbol toEN 60617-12

texpired

Previous designation

Measurement and display devices

Accessories

optical indicator digital display

1 2 3 = 1

2

1

2

2 2 2

2

3 3 31 1 1

1 1

1

1B21B11A1

1V3

1V1

1S1

1V4

1B1 1B2

2

3

1

4

5

14 12

1V2

1B2

1S1*1B1

0

1

2

3

Start

1B1

1B2

© Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG www.festo- comdidactic.

cylinder 1A1

front

rear

path

steps

Power component

Supply components

Processing component

Control components

Adjusting component

Input components(forward stroke)

Input component(return stroke)

Displacement-step diagram

GRAFCET (EN 60848)

053615 en

In order to achieve identical identification of mechanicalsignal generators (S) and contactless signal generators (B)in pneumatic and electro-pneumatic circuit diagrams,identification has been selected according to ISO 1219-2and DIN/EN 61346-2.

0Z1

1B1

Systematic control diagram of a pneumatic control system

1A1:=1

1A1:=0

“start condition”

“cylinder advance stroke”

“ ”cylinder return stroke

“forward end position reached”

1S1 “Start”

© Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG www.festo- comdidactic.051269 en

cylinder barrel

piston rod

Mounting types

Rotary drive/semi-rotarydrive with limited angleof rotation

Pneumatic gripper, double-acting

Cylinder with guide unit Single-acting cylinder for sensingproximity

Swivel/linear drive, double-acting withpermanent magnet on the piston

adjustableend position cushioning

adjustableend position cushioning

guide bushpiston seal

seal and wiper

bearing capsealpiston

end cap

cushioning piston

Pneumatic linear drive

Pneumatic linear drive with magnetic coupling

permanent magnet

Pneumatic – Power components

Double-acting cylinder for proximity sensing with adjustable cushioning at both ends


Directional control valves

3/2-way valve

Stop valves

One-way flow control valve


Pressure regulator

Pressure relief valve

Sequence valve

5/2-way valve

5/3-way valve

Shuttle valve

Dual-pressure valve

Quick-exhaust valve

form 2

form 1

2

1 1

2

1 1

1

14 12

24

35

2

31

2 3514 124 1

1

2

3

21

23 1 122 3514 124 1

1

14 12

24

35

1

2

3

2

11

1 2

2

11

2

13

2

1

2

1

112

2

3

2

1 3

2

1

12

3

1 2

3 3

Pneumatic – Directional control, stop and pressure control valves

5/2-way double solenoid valve, pilot actuated

optical

capacitive

inductive

Proximity sensors, electrical

magnetic

3/2-way solenoid valve, directly controlled

3/2-way solenoid valve, pilot actuated

5/2-way solenoid valve, pilot actuated

Pressure switch(PE-converter, adjustable)

Relay

pressure switch: connection to P1vacuum switch: connection to P2

differential pressure switch: p1 p2connection to P1 and P2,


Limit switch, electrical

Electrical and electropneumatic components

2

1

4

1M1

1M1

14(1M1)

1

24

35

12(1M2)

1M2

111214A1 A2

1382 2

2 35 4 1

1M1

A1

A2 2

1

11

14A1

A2

12

21

2422

4

3A1

A2

1

4A1

A2

2

p

BN

BK

BU

p

1

2

3

24 V

0 V

BN

BK

BU

A1

A2

24 V

0 V

BN

BK

BU

A1

A2

24 V

0 V

BN

BK

BU

A1

A2

24 V

0 V

BN

BK

BU

A1

A2

2 35 4 1

2

31

12(1M1)

82

14(1M1)

1

24

35

P1P2

adjusting screw

2

31

12(1M1)

1M1


Media > Courseware > Hydraulics

57

HydraulicsTextbooks

Also order:FluidSIM® Hydraulics. This software enables you to de-sign and simulate the sample circuits supplied on a PC.

DE 93280

EN 93281

ES 93287

FR 93282

Hydraulics, Basic levelThis textbook covers the basics of hydraulic control technology. Prac-tical exercises with model solutions are used to explain the most impor-tant basic hydraulic circuits. Numer-ous illustrations help the reader to understand the descriptions.

D. Merkle, B. Schrader, M. Thomes


DE 93610

EN 93611

Electrohydraulics, Basic levelThanks to the use of electrical con-trol systems, many new areas of ap-plication have now been found for conventional hydraulics. The text-book explains the construction and mode of operation of the compo-nents which are used for electrohy-draulic control. In the following chap-ters, the procedures required to plan and implement electrohydraulic con-trols are described using descriptive and fully substantiated examples.

C. Löffler, D. Merkle, G. Prede, K. Rupp,

D. Scholz


DE 94377

EN 94378

Proportional hydraulics, Basic levelHow can speed be controlled? How is a position held? How is leakage avoided? Where and when can ener-gy be conserved? This book provides a clear and easy-to-understand intro-duction to the fundamentals of pro-portional hydraulics.

D. Scholz


DVD Electropneumatics and Electrohydraulics, Basic levelThis video primarily covers electrical controllers. In addition to an intro-duction to electrical engineering, it shows the most important switching elements and basic circuits. Practical applications alternate with anima-tions and circuit examples.

The DVD is multilingual (DE, EN, FR, ES, IT, TR, CN, RU).The language can be selected. The DVD is packed in the systainer.

Order no. 538487

48 minutes

HydraulicsTraining course documents



58

WorkbookTP 502

CD-ROM included

Festo Didactic

551147 EN

HydraulicsAdvanced level

WorkbookTP 501

CD-ROM included

Festo Didactic

551141 EN

HydraulicsBasic level

WorkbookTP 602

CD-ROM included

Festo Didactic

551153 EN

ElectrohydraulicsAdvanced Level

1A1+ 2A1+ 2A1– 1A1–

WorkbookTP 601

CD-ROM included

Festo Didactic

551150 EN

ElectrohydraulicsBasic Level

Hydraulics, Basic Level TP 501TP 501 Hydraulics, Basic Level is the perfect introduction to hydraulic control technology. 17 exercises help to develop knowledge of the basic physical principles of hydraulic sys-tems, and give instructions on the function and use of hydraulic com-ponents, as well as explain the most important basic circuits. The exer-cises cover how to record character-istic curves, compare applications of different components, construct ba-sic circuits and apply basic hydrau-lic equations. In order to carry out the exercises, students require the equipment set for TP 501 Hydraulics, Basic Level.

The workbook contains:Sample solutionsTraining notesMultimedia CD-ROM with photos and videos of industrial applications and circuit diagramsWorksheets for students

–––

–Renate Aheimer, Frank Ebel

Edition 2010, 130 pages and worksheets,

colour, in folder

Hydraulics, Advanced Level TP 502TP 502 Hydraulics, Advanced Level is aimed at students who require further training in hydraulic control technology. 15 extended circuits lead students further into the com-plex world of hydraulics. They will learn a lot about the physical rela-tionships and complex circuits in-volved in hydraulic systems. The equipment set of package TP 501 Hydraulics, Basic Level and TP 502 Hydraulics, Advanced Level equip-ment set are needed to carry out the tasks.

The workbook contains: Sample solutionsTraining notesMultimedia CD-ROM with photos and videos of industrial applications and circuit diagramsWorksheets for students

–––

–

Electrohydraulics, Basic Level TP 601The basic electrical circuits for hydraulic control technology are presented in 15 exercises. In order to carry out the exercises, students require the equipment set of TP 601 Electrohydraulics, Basic Level.


–––

–

Electrohydraulics, Advanced Level TP 602The complex practical circuits for electrohydraulics are presented in 12 exercises. In order to carry out the exercises, students require the basic level TP 601 and advanced level TP 602 electrohydraulics equip-ment sets.


–––

–

DE 550141

EN 551141

ES 551145

FR 551146

DE 550142

EN 551147

ES 551148

FR 551149

Renate Aheimer, Frank Ebel

Edition 2010, 166 pages and worksheets,

colour, in folder

DE 550143

EN 551150

ES 551151

FR 551152

Frank Ebel, Christine Löffler


DE 550144

EN 551153

ES 551154

FR 551155

Frank Ebel, Christine Löffler




59

DE 94457

EN 94472

ES 94404

FR 94352

Proportional hydraulics, Basic level TP 701The 10 exercises in this book provide an introduction to proportional hy-draulic equipment and circuits. First the individual devices are present-ed and their settings tried out. Then a complete solution is developed based on a series of graduated exer-cises. You will need equipment set Proportional hydraulics, Basic level TP 701 to carry out the exercises.

D. Scholz, A. Zimmermann


DE 94458

EN 94473

ES 94450

Proportional hydraulics, Advanced level TP 702The 10 exercises in this book are used to introduce the most impor-tant devices and circuits used in proportional hydraulics. You will need equipment set Proportional hydraulics, Basic level TP 701 and Advanced level TP 702 to carry out the exercises.

E. Bauer


DE 94460

EN 94469

ES 94368

FR 94348

Closed-loop hydraulics TP 511The 21 exercises in this book are used to introduce the fundamentals of analogue closed-loop hydraulics: pressure and position control with PID controllers and position control with status controllers. You will need equipment set Closed-loop control hydraulics, TP 511 to carry out the exercises.

A. Zimmermann


Reading samples at: www.festo-didactic.com

HydraulicsSet of posters



60

Everything that you need to know: 5 posters on hydraulics

Now the updated version of the popular A1 poster is supplied rolled up, quickly providing a comprehen-sive overview. All symbols and ter-minology correspond to the current standards ISO 1219-2 and DIN/EN 61346-2.

Subjects on the poster: Hydraulic symbolsHydraulics – Structure of a hydraulic systemHydraulics – Directional control and non-return valvesHydraulics – Flow control and pressure control valvesHydraulics – Energy supply and cylinders

––

–

–

–

DE 196948

EN 551012

ES 551011

FR 551010

Mechanical actuation

byplunger

byroller

by roller lever, actuationin one direction of travelonly

examples for connectionidentification:A = portB = portP = pumpT = reservoirX = control oil supplyY = control oil reliefL = leakage oilM = solenoid coil

P

G

A

T

L


Hydraulic symbols

Energy conversion

Manual actuation

Actuation Valves

Basic symbolsline, supply line, return line, component framingand symbol boxed in

hydraulicenergy source

lineconnection

pressure supply port,closed

crossingline

hydraulic variable displacement pump with alternatingdirection of delivery at constant direction of rotation

Energy transfer

filter

heating

spring-centred

quick decoupler withtwo non-return valves,coupled

tubing line

quick decoupler withtwo non-return valves,decoupled;i.e. line closed

cooler without flow linesfor the direction of flowof coolant

Function unit for valves with main ports.The number of ports corresponds to the numberof lines shown above and below a square.

paths and directions of flow through a valve

double-acting cylinderwith piston rod at one end

single-acting cylinderwith piston rod at one end,spring chamber withleakage oil connection

flow meter

fluid level display(sight glass)

temperature gauge(thermometer)

reversible hydraulic pump/hydraulic motor unit withtwo directions of flow and variable displacementvolume, external leakage oil line and two directionsof rotation.

tachometer

pressure gauge

Pressure actuation

hydraulic pump with constant delivery rate

hydraulic motor withconstant displacement/absorption capacity andtwo directions of rotation

rotary drive/semi-rotarydrive with limited angleof rotation and twodirections of flow

electric motor

compact gear unit (simplified representation)

double-acting cylinder with through piston rod ofdifferent diameters, with cushioningat both ends

adjustable

single-acting cylinder, plunger cylinder

telescope cylinder,single-acting

telescope cylinder,double-acting

p1p2

pressure booster, single-acting, whichconverts a pneumatic pressure p1 into ahigher hydraulic pressure p2

internal and external pilot line, leakage oil line,purging line, exhaust line

frames for several components

plug within a fluid line

tank connection, endingbelow and above the oil level

reservoir closedwith cover

reservoir open toatmosphere

pump shaft points tothe left (preferably)or to the right

motor shaft points tothe right (preferably)or to the left

tank – ventilation filter

filter with bypass valve with optical contaminationindicator and switch

gas pressure accumulator, separation ofmedia through:

diaphragm(diaphragmaccumulator)

bladder(bladderaccumulator)

piston(pistonaccumulator)

hydraulic pump and hydraulic motor with shaftcoupling

2

1

3

2

1

3

three-way rotary connection

basic elements with 2, 3, 4 switching positions

function: leak-tight locking, hydraulic seat

directional control valve with intermediatepositions – dynamic control valve

A

T L

Valves

Directional control valves Stop valves

Valves


A

TP

3/2-way valve withsolenoid coil, directlyactuated, reset byspring and manualoverride with detent

BA

TP

4/2-way valve with twosolenoid coils,

with detent(double solenoid valve)

directlyactuated,

BA

TPX1 X2

4/3-way valve, hydraulically actuated, spring-centred

BA

TP

4/3-way proportional valve, directly actuated

G G

4/3-way servo valve piloted by a control solenoid,with closed-loop position control of main and pilotstage, with integrated electronics, external pilotsupply and drain

BA

TP

BA

TP

A

TP

3/2-way poppet valve with solenoid coil andlimit switch

directly actuated2-way pressure regulatorwith external controloil relief

T

P

directly actuatedpressure relief valve,adjustable

A

P L

piloted 2-way pressureregulator with externalcontrol oil relief

G G

double-acting cylinderwith displacementencoder on the piston rod

double-acting cylinderwith integrateddisplacement encoder

Measurement and display devices

Accessories

flow rate display

pressure switch, electro-mechanical, adjustable

P

pressure sensor,analogue output signal

optical indicator digital display

displacement encoderwith analogue outputsignal

G

displacement encoderwith digital output signal

pressure switch, electronically adjustable,output signal switching

4

fluid level switch with4 normally closedcontacts

L

electrical fluid levelmonitoring with analogueoutput signal anddigital display

sequence valve,self-actuating, withbypass valve

A

P L

A

P T

3-way pressure regulator

X

accumulator charging valve

P

T

shut-off/counterbalancing valve

proportional pressurerelief valve, directlyactuated with closed-loopposition control ofsolenoid coil and withintegrated electronics

GT

P

Combined actuation

Mechanical components

by solenoid coil with one winding

by solenoid coiland pilot valve

Detents are to be symmetrically matched with themechanical connection.With more than three detent positions the numberof positions can be displayed above the detentelement.

by electric motor withcontinuous rotary motion

by stepper motor

by solenoid coil with two windings, active directionto and from the valving element

by solenoid coil ormanual override andpilot valve

Electrical actuation

5

– active directiontowards thevalving element

– active directionaway from thevalving element

hydraulicallyactuated

reset by spring

B

TP

A

4/2-way valve with4 ports and2 switching positions

X Y

Connections must be marked on the circuit diagramusing the identification marked on the component,sub-base or block (ISO 1219-2).

2/2-way valve with 2 ports, 2 switching positionsfor 2 flow directions.

– normally closedposition

– normally openposition

3/2-way valve with3 ports and2 switching positions,normally closed position

4/3-way valve with 4 ports and 3 switchingpositions – various mid-position variants

1M1 1M2

1M1

4/3-way servo valve, piloted, solenoid coil with twowindings, with mechanical feedback of the valve slideposition to the pilot stage

A

P

3-way stop-cockshut-off valve

non-return valve with springnon-return valve

B

XA

piloted non-returnvalve with spring

B2

B1

A2

A1

double non-return valve,piloted

shuttle valve(OR function)

dual-pressure valve(AND function)

BA2A1 A1

Flow control valves

flow controlvalve, adjustable

flow controlvalve, fixed

one-way flow controlvalve, adjustable

orifice, fixed

B

A

BA

flow distributor

B2

A

B1

T

A

B B

A

3-way flow controlvalve, adjustable

2-way flow controlvalve, non-adjustable

BA2

closed exhaustport

bypulling

bypushing

byturning

byrocker

actuated in initial position

A

TP

pneumaticallyactuated

by solenoid coilor manual override

by solenoid coil ormanual override withdetent

by pullingand pushing

bylever

X Y

BPAT

BAX

BAX

BAX

T A P B XY

1M1 1M2

B

TP

A

1M1

1M1

B

A X

valve slide

T A P B

1M1 1M2

B

TP

A

1M1 1M2


flowdirection

Directional control valves, directly controlled

4/2-way solenoid valve

Directional control valve, pilot actuated

4/3-way solenoid valve,mid-position closed

Non-return valves

Non-return valve, spring-loaded

4/3-way solenoid valve,mid-position closed

Poppet principleSlide principle

flow from B to A closed

flow from A to B

flow from B to A

high-resistancedirection

manual override

ar mature

return springcoil

housing

Non-return valve, piloted

B

TP

A

1M1 1M2

X Y

Hydraulics – Directional control and non-return valves

960 3000–

960 3000–

...... 3000750 3000750 3000

–––

5 160–

5 160–

10025 80025 800

––

10 16–

16 32–

2016 2516 32

––

0.80 0.93–

0.90

0.82 0.920.82 0.920.80 0.92

–––

500 4000– 4 630– 2.5 16– 0.70 0.84–

500 3500– 4 250– 16 25– 0.80 0.91–

500 – 3500 1.2 250– 6.3 16– 0.80 0.91–area ratio 2:1(piston area :piston ring area)

A1 A2=

Double-acting cylinder

pump holder

Filtration

Hydraulic filters are installed indifferent ways, depending onthe application in question.

return-line, intake-line and pressurefiltration (also in combination)

bypass filtration

Classic filter applications:

Further application:

Hydraulic power pack

baffle platedrainscrew

cleaning aperture

filling strainer

return line

directionalcontrol valve

pressure gauge

temperaturegauge

air filter

level indicator suction filter

suction pipe

hydraulic pump

cooling watercircuit

pressure relief valve

electric motor

cooler

return filter

breather filter

suction filter

pressure filter withcontamination indicator

high-pressure filter

differentialcylinder

synchronouscylinder

cylinder withend positioncushioning

telescopiccylinder

pressureintensifier

tandem cylinder

pressurised areasidentical in size;advance and returnspeed identical

gives higher pressure

for cases requiringhigh forces and wherethe available space islimited

DesignsSchematicrepresentation

Designs Remarks Schematic representationSpeedrange

(min )-1

Displace-mentvolume

(cm )3

Nominalpressure

(MPa)

Overallefficiency

Designs of cylindersSingle-acting cylinder,hydraulic ram

Pump types

© Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG www.festo-didactic.com053034 en

gear pump,externallygeared

gear pump,internallygeared

Screwpump

vanepump

radialpistonpump

axialpistonpump

to reduce the speed ofheavy loads and toprevent heavy impact

increased stroke travel

Hydraulics – Energy supply and cylinders

m

A

P T

M

TP

A B

1A1

1V1

0Z1 0Z1

1Z1

1A1

L

P

T

T L

A

P

P L

A

P L

A

P

A L

X

P

A L

P

T L

B

A

A

B

l

l d<<

d

l

l d>

d0 1 2 3 4 5 6 8

0

3

5

MPa

2

1

7

4

l/min

p

q

B

A

B

A

B

A

P

A

X

L

L

A

P

A

P T L

opening characteristics p = f (q)

adjustablefixedadjustablefixed

Flow control valves

Throttle Orifice

2-way flow control valve

Pressure relief valve,internally controlled, damped

Sequence valve,externally controlled

Pressure relief valve, application example: pressure relief valve

Pressure relief valve, application example: counter-pressure valve

Pressure relief valve, application example: brake valve



adjustment range

adjustmentrange

helix

differentialpressureregulator

throttlepoint

counter-pressure valve2 MPa

system pressure limitation8 MPa

safety valve10 MPa


Hydraulics – Flow control and pressure control valves

B

A

safety valve and10 MPa

system pressurelimitation

brake valve16 MPa

suctionvalve

brake valve16 MPa

suctionvalve

T

P

1M1

A B

TP

T

P

m

A

B

1M1

1A1

0Z3

0Z2

0V10Z1

1V1

8 MPa

10 MPa

T

P

A B

TP

0Z4

P

1M1

A B

TP1M2

T

m

P

T

B

A

1A1

1Z1

1V1

0Z1

0V1

B

A

form 2

form 1 0Z1

0V1

0Z3

0Z2

1V1

1V2

1A1

1Z1

1V3

10 MPa

10 MPa

1Z1 1Z2

1A1

1V2

0Z1

1V11V3

1V41V5

T

B

A

P

system pressure limitation8 MPa

safety valve10 MPa

X

T

P

T

P

pumps and compressors:

ignal input:alves:

all other componets:

fluid drives:sv

Identification keyExamples for the identification of components to ISO 1219-2and DIN/EN 61346-2

1A1

1B11B2

1V31V6

1V4

1V5

1V2

double-acting cylinder

limit switchlimit switch

non-return valvenon-return valve

2-way flow control valve

pressure relief valve,adjustable(counter-pressure valvefor tractive load)

4/3-way solenoid valve,spring-centred

0Z21Z21Z3

0V1

1V1

0Z1

0P1

0M1

1Z1

pressure gaugepressure gaugepressure gauge

pressure relief valve,adjustablepressure relief valve,adjustable

fluid level indicator

pump

electric motor

filter

Ø2

2x

2

Ø1

6x

2

Ø1

6x

2

Ø 22x2

1Z315 MPa

Ø 63/45x300

16 cm35.5 kW

1500 min-1

b = 7510

P

5 MPa

T

P

A B

A

Ø 16

TP1M1 1M2

PASVZ, or any

letter not yet included in the list

1 – 1 S 2

K1 K2 1M2

24 V 2 3 4 51 6

1B2

S2

0 V

S3

K2

1M1

S1

P

Ø 16

34

31

32

K134

31

3211

12

13

14

13

14K1

14

11

12

K224

21

22

A1

A2

A1

A2

12

22

32

42

.214

24

34

44

11

21

31

41

.3

.5

K214

11

12

4

1

2

1B14

1

2

K124

21

22

22

32

42

.114

24

34

44

11

21

31

41

.4

.6

1B11A1 1B2

1V61V3 1V41V5

1V2

8 MPa

1V1

0Z1

15 MPa

1Z215 MPa

10 MPa

0V1

1Z1

0M1 0P1

0Z2

Component identification toISO 1219-2

signal receiver:relay:electric drives:

BKM

Component identification toDIN/EN 61346-2


component designation

component number

Drive section

Energy controlsection

Energy supplysection

• energy conversion• pressure medium

preparation

Control energy supply

Signalprocessing

Signalinput

Control sectionPower sectionHydraulic power sectionSignal control section

En

erg

yfl

ow

Signal flow

system number

circuit number

Variants of signal control section

• Electrical relay technology

• PLC controllers

• Pneumatic controllers (explosion-proof applications)

• Mechanical controllers (e.g. cam-driven)

• Manual control (e.g. excavators)

Hydraulics – Structure of a hydraulic system

12


Media > Courseware > Electrical engineering/Electronics

61

Electrical engineering/ElectronicsFundamentals books

Skills for the Electrical Industry TextbookElectronic engineers for operating technology, electronic engineers for power engineering and building technology, electronic engineers for automation technology

As per current syllabusFollows a thematic structureDeals with all topics in the elementary and advanced level descriptively and clearlyContains numerous drawings, illustrations and overviews of formulas as well as extensive review and practical exercises for each chapterCovers new technologies as well as solar and wind energyIncludes bilingual German/ English index

–––

–

–

–

DE 567297

Electrical Engineering TextbookGeneral basic education, subject areas 1 to 6

All the basic knowledge in a thematic and easy-to-understand approachProvides a detailed explanation of the relationships between and backgrounds to the individual topicsLots of examples, definitions, tables, formulas and drawingsConcludes each unit with an extensive set of exercisesIntegrates English terms, brief English technical papers and a bilingual indexSuitable for trainees, students at technical colleges and technical assistantsIdeally suited as a reference book and for independent studyIncludes a CD-ROM with additional exercises, manufacturer‘s documents and additional material

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

DE 567298

Friedrich Book of Tables Electrical Engineering/Electronics

Provides a separate and detailed explanation of network configura-tions and computer technologyCovers the topics of automation as well as power and supply engi-neeringMatches standards and provisions to the technical textsIntegrates numerical data and tables in explanatory textsSuitable for all forms of basic and further training as well as vocational practice

–

–

–

–

–

Protective Measures to DIN VDE Workbook

Rasit Özgüc, Josef Elpers, Siegfried

Gairing, Norbert Meyer, Wolfgang

Skornitzke, Waldemar Willner

3rd edition 2009, 679 pages, bound

Franz-Josef Lintermann, Udo Schaefer

1st edition 2009, 608 pages, bound, incl.

CD-ROM

Electrical Engineering SolutionsGeneral basic education, subject areas 1 to 6

1st edition 2009, CD-ROM

DE 567299

Antonius Lipsmeier, Heinz-Werner Beck-

mann, Kurt Lampe, Helmut Milde, Horst

Rohlfing, Martin Scheurmann, Fritz Tornau,

Franz-Peter Zantis

6th edition 2009, 516 pages, bound

DE 567303

Georg Scheuermann, Hans Schleker


DE 567304

Protective Measures to DIN VDE Solutions


DE 567305

Also order:

Also order:

Electrical engineering/ElectronicsWorkbooks



62

Workbook

With CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

567217 EN

Fundamentals of alternating current technology

Workbook

With CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

567209 EN

Fundamentals of direct current technology

Fundamentals of direct current technology WorkbookThe basic principles of direct current technology provide an introduction to the world of electrical engineer-ing/electronics. The content is ex-plained and elaborated in realistic projects. The primary focus is on the explanation of the basic variables, behaviour and relationships and the recording of these using measure-ments.

Among the variables covered are voltage, current, resistance and con-ductance as well as energy and ca-pacity. Ohm‘s law is explained in de-tail. Particular emphasis is placed on the use of measuring devices. The circuit examples include series and parallel connection, voltage divider, bridge circuit and voltage sources.

The workbook contains:SolutionsDidactic notesWorksheets for the studentMultimedia CD-ROM with graphics260 pages, some in colour, in binder

–––––

Edition 2010

Workbook

With CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

567291 EN

Basic electronics circuits

Workbook

With CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

567283 EN

Fundamentals of semiconductors

DE 567207

EN 567209

ES 567211

FR 567213

Fundamentals of alternating current technology WorkbookThe workbook for the basic princi-ples of AC technology continues the introduction to electrical engineer-ing/electronics components and sys-tems with topics relating to AC tech-nology. The main topics covered are the electric field and induction and the resulting behaviour of compo-nents in the AC circuit.

Topics such as the capacitor and coil in the DC and AC circuit as well as the series and parallel connection of resistor, coil and capacitor are cov-ered in project exercises. The vari-ables of active resistance, reactance and impedance as well as the rela-tionships between them and the top-ic of phase shift of current and volt-age are covered in detail.


–––––

Edition 2010

DE 567215

EN 567217

ES 567219

FR 567221

Fundamentals of semiconductors WorkbookThe third volume of the basic princi-ples of electrical engineering/elec-tronics deals with semiconductors. The design and mode of operation of modern semiconductors is covered and their application demonstrated in project exercises.

As an introduction to the topic, dif-ferent diodes such as the semicon-ductor diode, Zener diode and LED are considered and the basic con-cepts are worked out. Content in-cluding PN junction, reverse volt-age or conducting state current is demonstrated both theoretically and, where possible, using meas-urements. The topic of transistors is also explained using bipolar and uni-polar transistors. The book also cov-ers power electronics components such as diac, triac and thyristor.


–––––

Edition 2010

DE 567281

EN 567283

ES 567285

FR 567287

Basic electronics circuits WorkbookThe workbook for basic electron-ics circuits completes the series of workbooks for the basic principles of electrical engineering/electron-ics. Particular emphasis is placed on the analytical examination of the in-teraction between the components already covered in the first three books on the basic principles.

The content in this case is project ex-ercises with selected basic circuits, whereby the design is first worked out and then analysed on the basis of measurement technology. The cir-cuits include power supply unit cir-cuits, amplifier circuits, flip-flops and power electronics circuits as well as circuits commonly used in industrial practice.


–––––

Edition 2010

DE 567289

EN 567291

ES 567293

FR 567295



63

Workbook

TP 1111

With CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

567309 EN

Power supply systems and protective measures

Workbook

TP 1211

With CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

567315 EN

Fundamentals of circuits with contacts

Workbook

With CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

571791 EN

Fundamentals of AC machines

Workbook

With CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

571783 EN

Fundamentals of DC machines

Fundamentals of circuits with contacts WorkbookContactor controls still have their place despite increasing automa-tion and increasingly cost-effective control electronics. The workbook for the basic principles of circuits with contacts covers the specific top-ics relating to relays and contactor controls in six realistic projects. The control circuit with topics such as self-latching loop and locking plays just as important a role here as the primary circuit with the circuits for asynchronous three-phase motors, from simple starting to star-delta re-versing circuit.


–––––

Edition 2010

DE 570901

EN 567315

ES 567317

FR 567319

Power supply systems and protective measures WorkbookThe workbook for power supply sys-tems and protective measures cov-ers the topic of the safety of electri-cal systems in accordance with DIN VDE in detail.

The specific conditions and the measures for avoiding dangerous sit-uations are dealt with using realistic situations. Different types of network (TN-C, TN-CS, TT and IT network), protection against direct and indi-rect contact, protection against elec-tric shock (including in the event of a fault), protection through RCD and initial and repeat testing of electrical systems and devices are explained in project form.


–––––

Edition 2010

DE 567307

EN 567309

ES 567311

FR 567313

Fundamentals of DC machines WorkbookIn drive technology, DC drives cur-rently play a major role in mobile drive solutions. The workbook for the basic principles of DC machines covers the specific topics relating to DC drives. The content is first elabo-rated theoretically and then consoli-dated in exercises. In addition to the design of the machines, their circuit-ry and areas of application are dem-onstrated in realistic projects.


–––––

Edition 2010

DE 571781

EN 571783

ES 571785

FR 571787

Fundamentals of AC machines WorkbookWe come into contact with AC drives every day, as these motors are com-monly used in household appliances and electric handheld tools in par-ticular. The workbook for the basic principles of AC machines introduces the topics relating to AC motors in re-alistic projects. Particular emphasis is placed on design, circuitry and ar-eas of application. Control questions on the content facilitate the assess-ment of learning success.


–––––

Edition 2010

DE 571789

EN 571791

ES 571793

FR 571795

Electrical engineering/ElectronicsWorkbooks



64

Workbook

With CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

571799 EN

Fundamentals of three-phase current machines

Workbook

TP 1422

With CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

571861 EN

Fundamentals of stepper motor drive technology

Workbook

TP 1421

With CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

571853 EN

Fundamentals of servo motor drive technology

Fundamentals of three-phase current machines WorkbookThe sturdy design and wide range of applications thanks to modern pow-er electronics have contributed to three-phase motors becoming the standard drives for industrial ap-plications. In the workbook for the basic principles of three-phase cur-rent machines, the design, connec-tion and areas of application are explained on the basis of realistic project exercises. The machines are exposed to a wide range of simulat-ed load situations in order to deter-mine their options.


–––––

Edition 2010

DE 571797

EN 571799

ES 571801

FR 571803

Fundamentals of servo motor drive technology WorkbookServo drives play a particularly im-portant role in automation, as they have developed into the standard drive in recent years thanks to state-of-the-art controller technology. The workbook for the basic princi-ples of servo motor drive technology provides a detailed introduction to the topics relating to modern servo drives in practical exercises.

The topics covered include the de-sign and commissioning of a servo drive, RPM regulation, regulating torque and homing as well as addi-tional content such as positioning with variable speeds, acceleration, braking and positioning tasks.


–––––

Edition 2010

DE 571851

EN 571853

ES 571855

FR 571857

Fundamentals of stepper motor drive technology WorkbookThe workbook for the basic princi-ples of stepper motor drive technol-ogy provides a detailed introduction to the topics relating to modern step-per motor drives in practical exercises.

In addition to basic content such as the design and commissioning of a stepper motor drive, practical topics such as homing, speeds, positioning, acceleration and braking ramps play an important role. More detailed con-tent such as current reduction for a stepper motor drive is also covered.


–––––

Edition 2010

DE 571859

EN 571861

ES 571863

FR 571865

Festo Didactic

ISBN 3-8127-9265-6

Stefan Hesse

Lexikon der elektrischenAntriebstechnik

Glossary of electrical drive technologyModern drive technology is increas-ingly recognised by the bringing to-gether of electrical and mechanical components in drive systems. New and improved drive capabilities can be achieved through the use of com-pact power electronics, innovative motor concepts, optimised mechani-cal components, new materials and high-performance communication technology. This book lists the main concepts in glossary format and pro-vides brief explanations to facili-tate a better understanding of these drives. However since there is more to an electrical drive that just the electric motor, it also touches on ar-eas such as measurement systems, power electronics, gear units, con-trollers and components for trans-mitting power.

DE 539265

Stefan Hesse



Media > Courseware > Automation technology/PLC

Automation technology/PLCSiemens technical books

DE 194039

EN 540686

Automating with SIMATICUsing the S7-300/400 programma-ble logic controller as an example, the reader is given an overview of the structure and mode of operation of a modern automation system. The book also covers project planning and parameterisation of the control-ler and the distributed peripherals, explains communication via network connections and describes the ways in which a system can be operated and monitored. The reader is given an introduction to the various lan-guages and their differences.

The book is excellent for all readers who have little knowledge in the ar-ea and wish to learn more about pro-grammable logic controllers.

Hans Berger


DE 194040

EN 540687

Automation with STEP 7 in STL and SCLThis book describes the elements and applications of the text-oriented programming languages STL (State-ment List) and SCL (Structured Con-trol Language), both for the SIMATIC S7-300 and the SIMATIC S7-400. It is designed for all users of SIMATIC S7 controllers. Beginners are given an introduction to the area of program-mable logic controllers, while expe-rienced users are shown the special applications of the SIMATIC S7 au-tomation system. All programming examples of the book are available for download on the publisher‘s In-ternet site.

Hans Berger


DE 194041

EN 540688

Automation with STEP 7 in LAD and FBDThis book describes the elements and applications of the graphic-ori-ented programming languages Lad-der Diagram (LAD) and Function Chart (FBD), both for the SIMATIC S7-300 and the SIMATIC S7-400. It is designed for all users of SIMATIC S7 controllers. Beginners are given an introduction to the area of program-mable logic controllers, while expe-rienced users are shown the special applications of the SIMATIC S7 au-tomation system. All programming examples of the book are available for download on the publisher‘s In-ternet site.

Hans Berger


DE 194043

Decentralisation with PROFIBUS-DPIn addition to basic knowledge of the PROFIBUS, this book focuses mainly on PROFIBUS-DP project design us-ing STEP 7. It explains the various possibilities for data exchange with application programs and provides tips for commissioning and trouble-shooting. A range of practical ap-plication examples on the basis of SIMATIC programmable logic con-trollers helps users put theory into practice.

This book is particularly well suited to PROFIBUS planners, project en-gineers and programmers because of its practical orientation. The ba-sic and comprehensive presentation also makes it ideal for students and instructors.

Josef Weigmann, Gerhard Kilian


Automation technology/PLCSiemens manuals, GRAFCET



66

Manual Siemens S7-300This documentation package com-prises the following manuals:

Setup, CPU dataModule dataOperations liste

–––

DE 184557

EN 184558

Edition 2003

LOGO! manualOperating and programming instruc-tions and sample applications of LOGO! DE 526506

EN 526507

STEP 7 FundamentalsThe package comprises:

Booklet „S7-300 simply assemble and program“User‘s manual STEP 7Programming manual S7-300/400Converter manual

–

–––

The package Siemens documenta-tion for S7/STEP 7 on DVD contains all manuals for:

S7-200/300/400C7 300/400STEP 7-STL/LDR/FCH/GRAPH/SCLSIMATIC HMI/NET/DPLOGO!

–––––

System requirementsPC with WIN 95/98/2000/NT/XPDVD drive

––

Edition 2008, DVD

STEP 7 Fundamentals

DE 184563

EN 184564

STEP 7 Manual AWL, KOP, FUP (STL, LAD,

FCH)

DE 184565

EN 184566

DE/EN/ES/FR/IT 192883 Order no. 528612

Edition 2001, CD-ROM

Instructional material for Siemens S7, STEP 7 and Festo valve terminalsThis CD contains training documents for Siemens S7/STEP 7 in the form of a PDF file. It also contains Power-point displays on the AS-interface, distributed automation with Siemens ET 200S and Profibus-DP as well as Festo valve terminals.

DE 548678

EN 548679

ES 548680

FR 548681

Practical knowledge: GRAFCETThe brochure describes the specifi-cation language for function charts of the GRAFCET sequence control. The contents of the DIN EN 60848 standard are described in detail. Through examples, the knowledge imparted is presented with reference to practice and greater detail is pro-vided. Also highly suitable as a refer-ence work.

Gerhard Schmidt

Edition 2007, 64 pages, brochure

548679 EN

07/07

GRAFCET

S1*1B2* *3B1* “Start condition”2B1 B4

3B2 “Downstream station position”

3B1 “Magazine position”

3B2 “Downstream station position”

3B1 “Magazine position”

2B1 “Vacuum generated”

2B1 “No more vacuum”

1B2 “Workpiece unclamped”

1B1 “Workpiece ejected”

1

3M1:=0

3M1:=1

3M1:=0

3M1:=1

2M1

2M2

1M1:=0

1M1:=1

3M2:=1

3M2:=0

3M2:=1

3M2:=0

2

4

7

5

8

6

3

P1

1B2* *3B1 “Initial position”2B1

“Initial position indicator”

“To downstream station”

“Eject workpiece”

“To magazine”

“Generate vacuum”

“Unclamp workpiece”

“To downstream station”

“Place workpiece”

“To magazine”

Action sectionStructure

9



67

Automation technology/PLCDictionary, Sensors

DE – EN / EN – DE 56975

Dictionary of Automation TechnologyWorldwide use of automation sys-tems and their diverse areas of application have also resulted in a specialised vocabulary. Reliable translation of technical terms is an important prerequisite for success-ful, unambiguous communication within the framework of international collaboration.

This completely revisedand expand-ed new edition of this dictionary now includes more than 16,700 terms, 4,500 new terms have been added.

The terms, designations and defi-nitions included reflect the entire spectrum of industrial automation technology, from pneumatics and hydraulics, as well as electrical en-gineering, electronics and data processing right through to adminis-tration and training.


DE 93960

S. Nestel

Edition 1995, 101 transparencies, in binder

Transparency set SensorsThis transparency set is designed to provide an easy-to-understand presentation of the following topics: measurement of non-electrical vari-ables, sensor technology, process data processing, process technol-ogy, measurement, open-loop and closed-loop control technology.

Workbook

TP 1110

CD-ROM included

Festo Didactic

566920 EN

Sensors for object detection

Workbook DE 566919


Workbook EN 566920


Workbook ES 566921

Book of exercisesES 566925

Workbook FR 566922


Sensors for object detection: Training course documentsFifteen projects based on industrial examples, suitable for equipment set TP 1311, each including problem descriptions, parameters and project tasks, deal in detail with the specific subject of sensors for object detec-tion. The main topics are configura-tion, function and the influence of material properties on behaviour, possible applications and how to select a sensor based on the applica-tion conditions. The content topics are covered by exercises using magnetic, inductive, optical and capacitive proximity sensors.

WorkbookSample solutionsTraining notesMultimedia CD-ROM with graphics and photos of industrial applications130 pages, in colour, boundAdditional book of exercises as sample


–––

––

––

F. Ebel, Edition 2009

d

IA

B

UH

Automation technology/PLCTextbooks and workbooks



68

DE 93310

EN 93311

ES 93317

Programmable logic controllers, Basic level TextbookThis book describes the structure and mode of operation of PLCs. The central topic of the book is the DIN EN 61131-3 programming standard. This standard takes into account expansions and developments for which there was previously no stand-ardised language. Beginners and us-ers will find an easy-to-understand presentation of modern program-ming methods in accordance with the new standard for PLC program-ming. The solutions to the various examples are neutral and can there-fore be used regardless of the PLC manufacturer.

R. Bliesener, F. Ebel, C. Löffler, H. Regber,

E. v. Terzi, A. Winter


Workbook TP 401

Festo Didactic

534272 EN

Fieldbus technologyAS-Interface

Textbook TP 301

Festo Didactic

093311 EN

Programmable Logic ControllersBasic Level

DE 193449

Programmable logic controllers in practiceThis book illustrates possible appli-cations of a PLC, in this case the SI-MATIC S7, through practice-oriented exercises. In addition to the classical programming languages Statement List (STL), Ladder Diagram (LDR) and Function Chart (FCH), the book also contains several programming exam-ples using the sequence language GRAPH, SCL (Structured Control Lan-guage) and HiGraph. The more com-plex exercises relate to the stations of Festo Didactic‘s Modular Produc-tion System MPS®.

Werner Braun


AS-Interface DE 534270

Profibus-DP DE 534271

AS-Interface EN 534272

Profibus-DP EN 534273

Fieldbus technology AS-Interface/Profibus-DP WorkbooksThese two workbooks impart knowl-edge on the application, function, configuration and programming of an AS-Interface network or a Profibus-DP network. The exercise section contains practical exercises based on components that form part of the TP 401 or TP 402 equipment list. The solution part for these exercises de-scribes the necessary steps for con-figuration and programming of the solution based on Siemens STEP 7 software.

The solution programs are provided on CD-ROM. The theory part con-tains key information on application, mode of operation and data trans-mission.

The „Fieldbus technology“ web-based training program is included and gives a general overview of the various fieldbus concepts as well as the application and function of the most commonly used fieldbus sys-tems AS-Interface, Profibus-DP and Interbus. An integrated glossary ex-plains fieldbus terms.

M. Bliesener, R. C. Weber, S. Scharf

Edition 2003, 238/230 pages, with 2 CD-

ROMs, in binder

Festo FPC 101 DE 93315

Festo FPC 101 EN 93316

Allen Bradley SLC500 EN 94440

Siemens S7-300 DE 94524

Siemens S7-300 EN 94537

Available in loose-leaf with program listing

and source program on 3.5“ disk.

Programmable logic controllers, Basic level WorkbookThis workbook covers the structure and mode of operation of a PLC and the systematic development of PLC programs. The content is based en-tirely on the new DIN EN 61131-3 programming standard. Practical ex-ercises require a PLC and an actual process (can be represented using equipment set PLC, TP 301).

DE 93313

EN 93314

ES 94427

R. Bliesener, F. Ebel, C. Löffler, H. Regber,

E. v. Terzi, A. Winter

Edition 2002, 530 pages, in binder

Solution sectionsFor Festo FPC 101, Siemens S7-300 or Allen Bradley SLC500. Geared to equipment set PLC, TP 301.

Also order:


Media > Courseware > Mechatronics/Process automation

69

Mechatronics/Process automationMPS® Transfer system

MPS® Transfer SystemMeasuring Module,analogueWorkbook

With CD-ROM

Festo DidacticC96105 EN

MPS® Transfer SystemTurning ModuleWorkbook

With CD-ROM


MPS® Transfer System Turning Module WorkbookFor mechatronics training and train-ing in electric and metal professions.

Topics: Control technology, simula-tion and safety engineering.

Objective: Step-by-step teaching of basic knowledge, practice-related implementation in FluidSIM®, STEP 7 and CIROS® Mechatronics; independ-ent work with internet, WBT, Mecha-tronics Assistant and print media.

Contents: The learner analyses the module function, completes parts lists, creates hardware configura-tions, determines I/O allocation lists, designs electric/pneumatic circuit diagrams and GRAFCET in FluidSIM®, programs sequencers in S7-GRAPH/KOP and tests programs with real and/or simulated controls and mod-ules. The learner is familiarised with the EC machinery directive.

The workbook contains:Sample solutionsDidactic instructionsWorksheets for the learnerMultimedia CD-ROM400 pages, some in colour, in the folder

–––––

DE C96100

EN C96101

ES C96102

FR C96103

MPS® Transfer SystemFrequency ConverterMM420Workbook

With CD-ROM


MPS® Transfer SystemEjection Module, pneumaticWorkbook

With CD-ROM


A. Zabka, Edition 2010

MPS® Transfer System Measuring Module, analogue WorkbookFor mechatronics training and train-ing in electric and metal professions.

Topics: Control technology, simula-tion, analogue value processing.


Contents: The learner analyses the module function, completes parts lists, creates hardware configura-tions, determines I/O allocation lists, designs electric/pneumatic circuit diagrams and GRAFCET in FluidSIM®, programs sequencers in S7-GRAPH/KOP and tests programs with real and/or simulated controls and mod-ules. The learner configures an ana-logue sensor and evaluates it.


–––––

DE C96104

EN C96105

ES C96106

FR C96107


MPS® Transfer System Ejection Module, pneumatic WorkbookFor mechatronics training and train-ing in electric and metal professions.

Topics: Control technology and simulation.


Contents: The learner analyses the module function, completes parts lists, creates hardware configura-tions, determines I/O allocation lists, designs electric/pneumatic circuit diagrams and GRAFCET in FluidSIM®, programs sequencers in S7-GRAPH/KOP and tests programs with real and/or simulated controls and modules.


–––––

DE C96108

EN C96109

ES C96110

FR C96111


MPS® Transfer System Frequency Converter MM420 WorkbookFor mechatronics training and train-ing in electric and metal professions.

Topic: Drive technology.

Objective: Step-by-step teaching of basic knowledge and practice-re-lated implementation with the MPS® transfer line.

Contents: The learner is familiar-ised with the basic design of a fre-quency converter, carries out a quick setup of the MM420, parametrises the MM420 through the BOP for re-verse, normal and jog mode, adjusts boost, start-up and braking ramps, uses digital inputs and outputs for reverse, normal operation and speed shift through fixed frequencies, para-metrises the MM420 for sensor-con-trolled start-up and braking of the MPS® transfer line.


–––––

DE C96112

EN C96113

ES C96114

FR C96115


Mechatronics/Process automationTraining documentations



70

Projects for teaching the topics of Automation, Operation technology, MechatronicsTraining topics 1 – 13

The complete project work to train as an electronics engineer in auto-mation, operation technology or as a mechatronics engineer.

Based on the proven modular sys-tem from Festo Didactic, Festo and the German educational publisher EINS have jointly developed a project covering all 13 training topics of electronic engineering. The profes-sional profile of a mechatronics en-gineer is also covered. Trainees are guided step by step through differ-ent projects. The training aims of a wide variety of methods and tools are also explained. The accompany-ing DVD presents demo versions of the software products mentioned in the book as well as support tools for further practice.

Part 1: Projects for training topics 1 – 6

Analysing electrical engineering systems and testing functionsPlanning and executing electrical installationsAnalysing and adapting control systemsPreparing information technology systemsAnalysing the sorting unit and verifying its safety

–

–

–

–

–

Student‘s handbooksIncludes a work flow for each projectIncludes exercises at various levels of difficultyAdditionally covers the topics of „Teamwork“ and „Presentation“Includes introductions to the pro-grams as well as tips on working techniques and methodsWork sheetsTransparency sets

Instructor‘s handbooks Includes training tips and sample solutions.

–

–

–

–

––

Part 1:

S. Manemann, J. Rengsdorf

2006 edition, bound

Part 2: Projects for training topics 7 – 13

Programming and implementing new sorting functionsSelecting and integrating drive systemsVisualising and networking the sorting unitCommissioning and releasing automation systemsMaintaining and optimising the sorting unitPlanning and implementing a handling systemIntegrating a safety doorWriting documentation with EPLAN

–

–

–

–

–

–

––

Instructor‘s handbook DE 550585

Student‘s handbook DE 550584

Part 2:

S. Manemann, J. Rengsdorf

2008 edition, bound

Instructor‘s handbook DE 565026

Student‘s handbook DE 565025

538957 DE 11/03

Station Verteilen

Ausbildungsunterlage

539934 DE

MPS® Prozessoptimierung Ausbildungsunterlage

Training document Process optimisationWith the basics of

Analysis of existing systemsProject planPlanning and optimisation of automated systemsValue creation and wastageKANBANSMEDTPMPoka-YokeFMEA

The detailed project task, with seven subsidiary tasks based on the ex-ample of the MPS Distribution, In-spection, Processing, Handling and Sorting stations, enables practical optimisation of a production proc-ess, with material flow analysis, de-vising and appraising suggestions for improvement, procurement and production of components, program-ming and commissioning the opti-mised system.

Includes a CD-ROM with circuit dia-grams, symbols and sample pro-grams for the Siemens PLC S7-300.

–––

––––––

M. Bellenberg, T. Mehwald, H. Regber,

G. Schmidt

Edition 2006, 310 pages, in binder incl.

CD-ROM

DE 539934

Training documentation MPS®

We have put together a complete set of training documentation for MPS®.

Part A, Documentation for trainers, contains exercises and solutions re-lated to the areas of construction, commissioning, programming, com-munication and troubleshooting. Ad-ditional information for the trainer is provided.

Part B, Documentation for trainees, contains solutions for the partici-pants to work through.

The CD-ROM supplied contains both the training documentation as a PDF file as well as worked examples for the Siemens SPS S7-313C-2 DP.

Training documentation: MPS® Distribution Station

DE 538957

484 pages, in binder incl. CD-ROM

Training documentation: MPS® Sorting Station

DE 539308


Training documentation: MPS® Conveyor project kit

DE 539311




71

Mechatronics/Process automationWorkbooks

DE 543068

Arbeitsbuch

EduKit PA

Projektbaukasten

Prozessautomation

Mit CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

563969 DE 548590 DE

MPS® PA Arbeitsbuch

DE 548590

EN 548591

ES 548592

FR 548593

MPS® PA workbookWorkbook including solutions, for training in process automation.

This workbook includes tables that allocate training aims with exercis-es and components with exercises, together with the fundamentals of closed-loop control technology, exer-cises with all necessary worksheets and didactic instructions about an-alysing and inspecting a system, measuring, open and closed-loop control, as well as the solutions for the instructors. The workbook pro-vides detailed descriptions of the problem definition and parameters. The worksheets support the stu-dents through the required steps of planning, execution and function testing.

The exercises refer to the filtering, mixing, temperature maintenance and bottling processes. The train-ees acquire the ability to inspect sys-tems, to describe components and functions as well as the operation of systems.

The workbook includes a CD-ROM with the worksheets and the solu-tions.

J. Helmich, H. Kaufmann

Edition 2007, workbook 270 pages, with

CD-ROM, in folder, solutions 160 pages,

bound

DE 563969

EN 563971

ES 563973

FR 563975

Workbook for EduKit PAWorkbook with solutions for training in closed-loop control/process tech-nology with EduKit PA.

This workbook explains the basic principles of process technology and provides an introduction to the sub-ject. It covers manual and automated measurement, open and closed-loop control and system design topics such as planning, installation, com-missioning, marketing and sales. You will be provided with exercises in-cluding all necessary worksheets as well as didactic information and so-lutions as support for trainers. The workbook contains detailed descrip-tions of the problems and parame-ters. The worksheets guide students through the required steps of plan-ning, execution and function testing.

The measurement/open and closed-loop control exercises relate to flow, level and pressure technology.

The workbook includes a CD-ROM with the worksheets, data sheets and solutions.

B. Schellmann, H. Kaufmann

Edition 2009, workbook 270 pages, with

CD-ROM, in folder, solutions 160 pages,

bound

Projects for teaching the topics ofControl technologyExercises, applications, simulations

A comprehensive textbook and work-book for professions in electrical engineering, metals, chemicals and mechatronics. It meets the require-ments of the new learning plan and provides a practical introduction to control technology. The workbook is suitable for self-study or for class-room-based lessons. It has been completely updated, and the topic of „level control“ has been added.

The combination of theory and simu-lation provides extra support during self-study.

Contents of the CD-ROM:Control simulationsManufacturer documentsFurther exercisesExamples

––––

Josef Uphaus

2nd edition 2008, 208 pages, bound, incl.

CD-ROM

DE 556242

Communication-oriented approach to system malfunctionsThe importance of maintenance and servicing, in particular with respect to malfunction management, cannot be underestimated in production.

The purpose of this textbook is to teach students how to reduce down-times. Identifying failure modes, di-agnosing malfunctions and fixing faults requires both specialist knowl-edge and interpersonal communica-tion skills. This practical textbook ad-dresses the situation using the case example of a medium-sized drinks bottling company: training scenarios portray realistic situations, that pro-vide instruction in a range of faults from the simple to the cross-linked.

Includes a CD-ROM with presenta-tions on the topic of communica-tion and troubleshooting, circuit di-agrams and function charts for the MPS® distributing and sorting sta-tions plus the textbook.

Walter E. Theuerkauf, Sarah Funke,

Gabriele Graube

Edition 2006, 144 pages, in binder incl.

CD-ROM

543068 DE

Kommunikations-

orientiertes

Handeln bei

Störungen in

Anlagen

Leitfaden für die

Ausbildung

Media > Courseware > Multimedia data base Mechatronics Assistant


Mechatronics AssistantVersion 2

The multimedia tool for training at school and at work

Structured archive on DVD with complete documentation.For project work, as well as for training and preparation for tests.For all training-related areas in the field of automation technology.For teachers and learners: struc-ture and content have been organ-ised in such a way that trainees can work independently with the Me-chatronics Assistant on any given task.

ContentPractice and topic related range of tasks with solutions.Graphics, photos, animations, videos sequences, presentations.Manuals, operating instructions, data sheets and circuit diagrams.Additional teaching aids and com-plete technical documentation, as well as lots of tips for working with MPS®.

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Your advantagesTraining with MPS® can begin im-mediately with ready-to-use tasks involving modules, stations and systems.Various degrees of difficulty for different levels of learning: from introductory tasks to complex projects.Create your own archive: all tasks can be easily modified and saved as individualised assignments.Format documents to suit your in-dividual needs and reuse them: many of the documents included with the Mechatronics Assistant are available in source format (e.g. doc, ppt, dxf).Supplementary information and cross-references can be accessed quickly by means of hyperlinks.The high-performance full text search function retrieves content as required. Graphics, animations and videos are also linked to key-words and can be retrieved using the search function.Always the latest thanks to free updates: you can download up-dates, new tasks, sample pro-grammes and project ideas free of charge. Your Mechatronics Assist-ant develops as your knowledge in-creases: www.festo-didactic.com.

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

NoteMultiple licences for local or net-work installations with any desired number of licences, with online ac-tivation or dongle.Can be installed in German, English or Spanish, as well as other lan-guages upon request.Shipped on DVD in Systainer.

–

–

–

System requirementsPC with Windows 2000, XP or VistaOffice packageFlash Playerdxf-ViewerSound cardDVD driveScreen resolution: at least 1024 x 768 pixels

–––––––

6 Licences with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR 562483

6 Licences with network licence connector DE/EN/ES/FR 562482

x-Licence with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR 563358

x-Licence with network licence connector DE/EN/ES/FR 563359

Mechatronics Assistant Update 1.0 – 2.0

72

73

CNC technology/Working material

Media > Courseware > CNC technology/Working material


CNC textbookBasic principles of numerically con-trolled machine tools (CNC). Pro-gramming in accordance with ISO and SINUMERIK 840D.

Book of solutions for the sample exercises from the CNC text book DE 540693

DE 540692

Also order: Pneumatics/Hydraulics 162340

Electrical engineering 162341

Magnetic symbol setsFor step-by-step development of cir-cuit diagrams. The symbols adhere to a metal-backed board. Connec-tions and designations are marked with chalk. The symbol sets are stored in a Systainer.

Control technology 90021

Program flow chart 90022

Drawing templateThe drawing templates for control technology. For fast designing of pneumatic circuit diagrams or flow diagrams.

Can be used to draw all electrical (DIN 40713), electronic (DIN 40719), pneumatic, hydraulic (DIN/ISO 1219) and logic symbols (DIN 40700).

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Makro-Schritt

Aktion / Action

Anfangsschritt

Zwangssteuernde Aktion / Forcing action

Positionierhilfe zumAnordnen mehrerer Aktionen

Transition undVerbindungen

Pfeil fürRückführung

EinschließenderSchritt

Parallele Linie für Parallelverzweigung

M

www.festo-didactic.com / www.grafcet.de

Ergänzung fürkontinuierlich wirkende Aktion

GRAFCETDIN EN 60848Best.-Nr.: / Order No.:562474

(Ergänzung und Positionierhilfe)

Initial step

Transitionand links

Loop backarrow

Schritt

Ergänzungen fürspeichernde Aktion

Supplements forstored action

Parallel cable for parallel branching

Supplement forcontinuous action

(extension and positioning aid)

Positioning aid forconfiguring several actions

Step

Enclosing step

Macro-step

DE/EN 562474

ES/FR 562481

GRAFCET drawing templateDrawing assistance for the simple creation of a GRAFCET plan to DIN EN 60848. All essential components such as steps, actions and transi-tions are available. Positioning aids support alignment of and compliance with appropriate distances. It is de-signed in flexible, semi-transparent plastic, is supplied in two languages and comes with a ruler.

Workstation systems

Universal laboratory furniture ....................................................................... 76

Learnline .........................................................................................................78LabCreator ......................................................................................................85Learntop .........................................................................................................86

Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering ............................................. 88

Swing ..............................................................................................................90Basic and cabinet systems ..............................................................................94PowerLab ........................................................................................................95

75

Workstation systems > Universal laboratory furniture

24-month Festo Didactic warranty

The universal laboratory furniture

Learnline and Learntop

The modular workstation systems for basic and further training. With many practical details to make teaching and learning easier.

With Learnline, you have an integrat-ed storage principle that can be used for training in pneumatic, hydraulic or electrical engineering without the need for modifications. Design and function are combined, which is evi-dent in every practical detail. Learn-line consists of basic mobile and sta-tionary units with a cable/oil tray, various modular systems and exten-sion elements, rolling and fixed con-tainers, in addition to special storage systems, attachments and the corre-sponding accessories. The modular workstation system offers a multi-tude of configurations and mounting options. Expert consultants in over 50 countries are available to prepare an individual quotation for you.

Learntop is the least expensive work-top support system for entering the world of Festo Didactic training pack-ages at a low price.

Quality from FestoWe don‘t make compromises when it comes to quality. Workmanship and functionality are of the highest lev-el. The torsionally rigid design and the high-quality coating of the work surface and frame guarantee a long service life despite many stresses and strains. Learnline can handle the rigorous routine of everyday teach-ing as well as a vibrating load during hydraulic position control. Even high mechanical forces, e.g. of servo- hydraulics, proportional pneumat-ics or robotic superstructures, can be easily accommodated by Learnline.

Versatile, flexible and expandableOne glance at the basic structure proves that Learnline meets a mul-titude of requirements. After all, with just a few individual and well thought-out components results can be achieved which are geared towards the needs of people, the available space and to any techni-cal challenges. The functional profile column is a prerequisite for modular-ity. As the central attachment point, it opens up a multitude of options for putting together each desired con-figuration.

All components can be placed any-where on the slotted assembly board and can be fastened tightly and se-curely in the profile slot with a T-head nut or the patented Quick-Fix® with-out any effort and without addition-al tools.

A mounting system for all technolo-gies and applications.

76

Planning with the LabCreatorDefine rooms in 2D and design in 3D! Use our 3D models and keep up to speed with the automatic software and library updates. Equip your lab-oratory with learning systems and add your own designs. You can cre-ate professional laboratories or en-tire training centres in just a few steps. The effects will be impressive. Detailed descriptions are available for all learning systems. Download your free LabCreator from the Inter-net today.

Standard for design and functionLearnline – Winner of international design prizes:

iF product design award 2006Silver Focus design award 2005

––

Learnline und Learntop

Workstation systems > Universal laboratory furniture


Keeping order

It doesn‘t matter whether you keep your training packages in the Sys-tainer or in the container. The stor-age equipment from Festo Didac-tic always ensures you have a quick overview. The lockable containers are equipped with self-closing draw-er runners and a safety stop. Every drawer holds up to 20 kg. The ship-ping packaging for the pneumatic and hydraulic equipment sets can be used as orderly drawer inserts. That saves material and gives you a quick overview of the drawer contents.

Integrated electrics

With various electrical insert pan-els, a supply duct and different superstructures, workstations can be put to universal use. The mounting frames can be used for a large number of assembly boards and ER units. The ER mounting frame is compatible with the electrical components of the training packages. Alter-natively, you can choose an A4 mounting frame according to the electrical engineering standard.

Learnline online configuratorFamiliarise yourself with Learnline‘s functional design and configure your workstation quickly and easily on the Internet according to your individual requirements. Opt for a predefined standard workstation or put togeth-er your own configuration accord-ing to your wishes. Slotted assembly boards, drawer units and accessories can be easily selected and added to your configuration. The result is a graphic representation of your selec-tion with a parts list.

77


Learnline mobileMore versatile than ever!

Flexible and modular Learnline is of modular design and offers an almost unlimited range of configuration possibilities for your Learnline workstation.

High mobility and optimum use of spaceIndividual or group training work-stations can be created with a mini-mum of effort wherever they are re-quired. Transport through doors is also possible. This mobile worksta-tion is designed in such a way as to permit several people to work simul-taneously. This is further facilitated by the two integrated fixed drawer units that ensure quick and easy ac-cess to the required components of the Learning System.

LearnlineWinner of the international design prices

Workstation systems > Universal laboratory furniture > Learnline

78


Optimum use of space The positioning of the storage plate means that the free space beside the fixed drawer units can be used for Systainer or other storage systems. The hydraulic power unit with single pump fits conveniently beside the 1100 mm profile plate.

Hydraulics for advanced trainees The double pump power unit fits neatly on the frame beside the fixed drawer units with no additional at-tachment required. The discharge measuring container also fits beside the 1100 mm profile plate.

Pneumatic and electrotechnical trainingThe storage plate can hold up to two compressors. Further mounting frames for electronic components in A4 format, for example, can be used in addition to the 700 mm pro-file plate.

Vertical or inclined? Choose the vertical profile plate if you want to use the worktop for books or laptops for example. Or if the workstation is to be used from both sides, opt for the inclination unit with an additional profile plate to adapt the plate inclination to your requirements.

1 2

1 With 1100 x 700 mm profile plate and ER frame 539028


3 With 2x 700 x 700 mm profile plate and ER frame 572155

The preferred types with price advantage. Flexibly expandable.

(Overall dimensions W1556 x D780 x H1773)

3


79


Stationary LearnlineErgonomic and flexible

LearnlineWinner of the international design prices

The stationary solution With the stationary workstation systems, Learnline combines the requirements for typical desk systems with high functionality. They provide ample desk space and legroom thanks to the roller container. The containers also ensure quick and easy access to any required components.

Vertical or inclined? The reliable profile plate is fastened to the stable profile of the angle adjustment. The inclination of the slotted profile plate can be infinitely adjusted, all the way down to a horizontal position. The workstation arrangement thus always offers the best ergonomic position for any exercise.


80


1 2

Move up into another dimension: profile columns as set-up spaceUse the versatile profile columns as a set-up space, compatible with Quick-Fix®, for equipment sets or for attaching additional components vertically. Further components, for example cylinders with a 400 mm stroke, can be mounted on the angle adjustment profile.

Optimum space utilisation Thanks to the angle adjustment, the profile plate can be lowered into a horizontal position. Use the available space for A4 or ER mounting frames.

Pneumatic and electrical training In addition to the 700 mm profile plate, additional mounting frames can be inserted for electronic com-ponents.



3 Order no. 539025 with supply duct On request

The preferred types with price advantage. Flexibly expandable.

(Overall dimensions W1512 x D780 x H1718)

3

Ergonomic connections With the supply duct, you have all important interfaces within reach. Not only the electrical and pneumatic supply, but also PC interfaces, such as USB, Ethernet or serial interfaces, can be integrated in the supply duct.


81


Your individual design

1

3

7 8

Basic unitsStable and with a high-quality coat-ing, the basic worktables are guaran-teed to fulfil your high requirements.

1 Basic mobile unitWith castors and wheel brakes. The high worktop ensures a comfortable working position when standing. The flexible design of this worksta-tion makes it ideally suited to simul-

2

4 6

5

taneous use from both sides. W 1556 x D 780 x H 815.

1 Basic mobile unit 535832

2 Basic stationary unit 535835

Drawer units

3/4 Fixed drawer unit for installation in mobile workstationsDrawer unit with fully extending, lockable steel drawers with safety stop. Fronts can be labelled. Load 20 kg per drawer. External dimen-sions of body W 476 x D 788 x H 592, usable inner dimensions W 375 x D 700.

5/6 Wheeled drawer unit for stationary workstationsWheeled drawer unit with fully extending, lockable steel drawers with safety stop. Fronts can be labelled. Load 20 kg per drawer. External dimensions body W 476 x D 788 x H 657, usable inner dimensions W 375 x D 700. All wheels freely movable, 2 wheels with lockable brake.

Mounting frame/mounting setsVersatile profile columns form the core of the Learnline system. They are used to mount the profile plate frame, to attach components or as an alternative mounting surface for your training components.

7 For vertical mounting of the profile plateThe profile plate support is mount-ed between the profile columns, the profile plate is securely screwed to the mounting frame and the frame structure. This makes the worksta-tion extremely strong and resilient and means that the profile plate can be used from both sides.

8 For inclined mounting of the profile plateThe profile plate support can be mounted at any height between the two profile columns, ensuring work-station ergonomics tailored to your requirements. You can also place the components from the training pack-age directly on the mounting frame, thereby freeing up additional work-space.

Please order one mounting set per profile plate (Not shown).

3 Fixed drawer unit pneumatic with 4 drawers 535833

4 Fixed drawer unit hydraulic with 3 drawers 539026

2 Basic stationary unitThe height of the worktop ensures a comfortable working position when seated. With height-adjustable de-sign and continuously variable tilting of the profiled plate. W 1512 x D 780 x H 760.

5 Wheeled drawer unit pneumatic with 4 drawers 535834

6 Wheeled drawer unit hydraulic with 3 drawers 539731

7 Mounting frame for vertical mounting of the profile plate 540698

Mounting set for vertical mounting of the profile plate 540697

8 Mounting frame for inclined mounting of the profile plate 539032

Mounting set for inclined mounting of the profile plate 539735


82


One mounting frame can be attached to each side of the mobile worksta-tion.

4/6 Mounting frame (700 mm wide)The small mounting frame permits the use of ER/A4 components to the direct left or right of a 700 mm broad profile plate. The ER mounting frame can be used from each side of the mobile workstation.

1

3

2

4 6

1/2 Aluminium profile platesThe anodised aluminium profile plate forms the basis for all Festo Didactic training packages. All of the compo-nents fit securely and safely on the profile plate. There are grooves on each side and, if required, both sides can be fitted with components.

The grooves are compatible with the ITEM profile system. Side caps in-cluded. Grid dimensions: 50 mm.

For installation on tables we recom-mend the appropriate rubber feet (Order no. 158343).

1 1100 x 700 mm 159411

2 700 x 700 mm 159410

700 x 550 mm (Not shown) 159409

ER and DIN A4 mounting framesThe mounting frames for the work-stations are designed to hold a large number of exercise boards and ER units from the Learning System for Automation. This compatibility also extends to electrotechnical equip-ment in A4 format. It is thus possible to obtain a satisfactory solution to almost any specific task.

3/5 Mounting frame (1500 mm wide)The mounting frame mounted on the profile column is height-adjustable and holds up to 12 ER/6 A4 units.

5

3 ER mounting frame (1500 mm wide) 539022

4 ER mounting frame (700 mm wide) 539033

5 A4 mounting frame (1500 mm wide) 539021

6 A4 mounting frame (700 mm wide) 539755


83


Accessories

1

1

4

6

5

3

7

8

3 Storage plateFits into the mobile frame in addition to 2 drawer units and offers installa-tion space for 2 JunAir compressors (order no. 91030) for example. W 748 x D 403 x H 30.

2 Oil spillage/protective matBlack, with rubber border. Protects the tabletop of the Learnline system and keeps it clean. 312 x 1512 mm 541133

Order no. 539729

5 Cable guideFor a set of laboratory cables. Ensures that cables are kept neatly and in order. W 150 x D 136 x H 63. Order no. 535812

1 Universal bracketPermits the mounting of up to 2 hydraulic power units with single pump, up to 2 hydraulic measuring containers or holders for storing hoses. W 50 x D 275 x H 130. Order no. 539736

4 Hose holderFor up to 20 hydraulic hoses. Pro-vides neat storage and protects hose couplings from ingress of dirt. W 366 x D 182 x H 80. Order no. 539737

6 Table extensionFor easy attachment to the profile column of a mobile workstation. The height of the table can be ad-justed to between 700 and 815 mm. The tabletop dimensions are W 780 x D 600. Order no. 566435

7 Monitor bracket, shortMonitor bracket for TFT and LCD monitors with drill holes in accord-ance with the VESA standard (dis-tance between holes 75 x 75 mm or 100 x 100 mm)

Short swivel arm for minimum distance to the mounting surface (approx. 5 – 8 cm)For mounting on Learnline mount-ing framesRotatable up to 180°, tiltable up to 45°Supplied complete with mounting materialMaximum load capacity 15 kg

–

–

–

–

– Order no. 556292

8 Monitor bracket, longMonitor bracket for TFT and LCD monitors with drill holes in accor-dance with the VESA standard (distance between holes 75 x 75 mm or 100 x 100 mm)

Long swivel arm for a large swivel angleFor mounting on Learnline mount-ing framesRotatable up to 180°, tiltable up to 45°Supplied complete with mounting materialMaximum load capacity 15 kg

–

–

–

–

– Order no. 556293


84


LabCreatorThe professional design programme for laboratories

LabCreator: The new, professional design programme for laboratories

Create professional layouts and in-dividually equipped laboratories for basic and further training in just a few easy steps. The effects are amaz-ing!

The laboratories can be equipped with Festo Didactic model products or you can create your own personal designs and 3D models.

With automatic software and library updates, you‘ll always be at the cut-ting edge.

In German, English, Spanish and French. Includes a detailed help function.

Download now for free!

The benefits to youCreate plans and layouts quickly and simply thanks to intuitive prompting. The integrated help function offers additional guidance.LabCreator generates rooms to scale; the walls are full-size and can be fitted with windows and doors to help you avoid planning errors.Switch between 2D layout and 3D view. Move the observation point around the room to get a realistic impression of the design progress.Extensive model library with partially animated learning systems, equipment, infrastructure and model people. This means that, for example, robot stations can be animated, giving a more lifelike impression of the labora-tory.Adaptable to new equipment and fully customisable. Drag and drop to import VRML files into the design and create your own 3D models.

–

–

–

–

–

Worldwide platform for exchanging models. The integrated LabCrea-tor server and online library pro-vide you with immediate access to models designed by other LabCrea-tor users.Use textures to give your models a realistic look.Use the flight recorder to create automatic tours which show your laboratory from a number of differ-ent viewpoints. Export the finished „flight“ as a video to complement a presentation of your ideas.Export the laboratory design as a VRML, PDF or one of many picture formats.Generate a complete proposal for equipping your laboratory at the click of a mouse.The finished laboratory is saved in XML-Format. These files are very small and can easily be sent by email to other users.Detailed information on all the Festo products you need for your laboratory.

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Workstation systems > Universal laboratory furniture > LabCreator

85

LearntopThe low-cost desktop mounting system

The low-cost introduction to the world of training packages from Fes-to Didactic: Enjoy the advantages of the profile plate and the ER mount-ing frame when carrying out your pneumatic, hydraulic, sensor or PLC training. The devices can be clearly arranged and ensure an ergonom-ic working position at your existing work tables and benches.

Mounting parts and instructions for mounting the profile plates are included. It is recommended that Learntop be fastened to the table for security reasons.

Learntop-AEquipment holder for use on one side of the workstation. Ergonomic arrangement of components thanks to the inclined profile plate. Not suit-able for hydraulic training.

Can hold up to 2 profile plates of size 350 x 1100 mm (order no. 162360) or one profile plate of size 700 x 1100 mm (order no. 159411).

Profile plates not included.

Learntop-SThe versatile equipment holder for all technologies. Mobile – Can be simply set up on an existing work ta-ble/bench. Versatile – Can be used from both sides. Ergonomic – the angled profile plate enables compo-nents to be easily assembled.

Accepts up to 4 profile plates of size 350 x 1100 mm (order no. 162360) or 2 profile plates 700 x 1100 mm (order no. 159411).


Learntop-LEquipment holder for use on one side of a workstation; for profile plates of size 700 x 1100 mm (order no. 159411). For horizontal profile plate configurations. Not suitable for hydraulic training.


Order no. 540670

Order no. 540668

Order no. 540669


Workstation systems > Universal laboratory furniture > Learntop

86

Accessories


1 Aluminium profile plateThe anodised aluminium profile plate forms the basis for all Festo Didactic training packages. All of the components fit securely and safely into the grooves on the profile plate. There are grooves on each side and, if required, both sides can be fitted with components. The grooves are compatible with the ITEM profile system. Side caps included. Grid di-mensions: 50 mm.

For installation on tables we recom-mend the appropriate rubber feet (order no. 158343).

Size 350 x 1100 mm supplied with-out side caps. 350 x 1100 mm 162360

1100 x 700 mm 159411

6 Slotted mounting plateAll components with the Quick-Fix® mounting system can be mounted on slotted mounting plates. The slotted mounting plates are fitted with elastic buffers and can be used horizontally on a table top. Order no. 159331 can also be inserted in conventional A4 mounting frames. The slotted mounting plates are not intended for use with actuators.(overall dimensions B x H) 694 x 297 mm 159331

550 x 700 mm 544246

2 Cable guideFor a set of laboratory cables. En-sures that cables are kept neatly and in order. W 150 x D 136 x H 63. Order no. 535812

3 Hose holderFor up to 20 hydraulic hoses. Pro-vides neat storage and protects hose couplings from ingress of dirt. W 366 x D 182 x H 80. Order no. 539737

4 Oil drip tray for Learntop-S workstationDimensions: 1160 mm x 760 mm Order no. 357283

1

2

3

5

5 Mounting kit for hydraulic cylinder with weightWhen this mounting kit is mount-ed on Learntop-S, the pulling and pushing load of the basic hydraulics package can be realised with it. For this purpose, the cylinder (order no. 152857) and the weight (order no. 152972) are mounted on the mount-ing kit. The cover (order no. 152973) provides additional security. Order no. 526847

4 9

7 Rubber feet For non-slip, protective mounting of profile plates on tabletops of any type. Set (4 pieces). Order no. 158343

8 Plug-in adapter setThe plug-in adapter set can be used to mount the ER units directly on the blue plug-in board or on the alumin-ium profile plate. One set is required to mount one unit. Order no. 541122

297 x 500 mm 536200

9 A4 ER mounting frameThe ER mounting plate can be in-stalled in any A4 mounting frame. A cut-out permits installation of 2 large or 4 small Festo Didactic ER units (H x W).

Workstation systems > Universal laboratory furniture > Learntop

87

6

7

8


Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering

Professional laboratory equipment Intelligent and innovative laboratory solutions for electrical engineering – from single workstations to complete laboratories.

Together with our partner Haid KG, we are developing the Swing labo-ratory furniture series. Haid KG spe-cialises in consulting, developing, planning and producing equipment for electronic and electrical engineer-ing, laboratory furniture systems for research and training, as well as er-gonomically designed laboratory and assembly workstations.

Choose from a multitude of match-ing modular workstations, intelli-gent and reliable solutions for power supply, device technology, cabinet systems and all the necessary high-quality accessories. It goes without saying that all products have been tested for safety.

Festo Didactic is the sole supplier of Haid KG products on the didactic market. We are happy to assist you with planning, selecting and sizing your workstation or laboratory.

Give us a call!

Table substructures A wide spectrum of workbench sub-structures form part of the Swing program. Under-workbench units and roller containers with drawers in various depths, either with or with-out pull-out shelf, form the basic equipment. It is also available in ESD version, installations for electronic and electrical engineering. We offer special floor units for PCs.

Workstation systems > Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering

88

In addition, you can completely equip your laboratory space with multimedia workstations and cabinet systems.

Basic is the functional, inexpensive laboratory equipment system for electrical engineering, with solid worktop supports made of powder-coated steel tubes. It consists of workbenches in six different widths and three depths.

Swing, Basic and cabinet systems


Swing profile columns The Swing profile solution optimally meets all demands in terms of visual appearance, functionality as well as both flexibility and modularity. The cable duct integrated into the profile facilitates the concealed laying of cables and compressed air supply lines. The cable duct and any unused connection elements are sealed with cover profiles to keep them clean. Levelling screws in all table legs round off the overall concept.

The floating tabletop The Swing profile and the worktop are connected via delicate yet stable connecting components, making the entire system transparent. Swing add-on workbenches are connected to the basic workbench. The height-adjustable worktops lock into one another seamlessly and are all supported by the legs in the centre.

Workstation systems > Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering

89


SwingConfiguration example

Versatility for your individual needs Swing stands for the unlimited pos-sibilities for individual training labo-ratory design. Workbenches are cre-ated from a few basic components in nearly all thinkable dimensions. Three depths and six widths as well as various working heights are pro-vided for by the standard construc-tion kit. Whether 19“ top elements, mounting frames for experimenta-tion plates or perforated metal grid – we will deliver the right solution.

Intelligent solutions The Swing system already offers ful-ly integrated vertical and horizontal cable conduits as a standard feature. The cable duct in the Swing system profile permits a comfortable vertical cable guide. The basic equipment al-so includes cable connections which are mounted in a concealed position on the rear cross frame.

Workstation systems > Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering > Swing

90


Supply duct with electrical system, compressed air and communicationThe aluminium supply duct can be made to various lengths, depending on requirements. The various mount-ing options, such as directly on the workbench or raised up as a cock-pit, make for a tidy work surface. All frequently required interfaces can be optimally arranged to be within reach.

Choose from insert panels, such as safety and switching elements for AC current (230 V or 400 V) with key ac-tuators, indicator lamps, motor pro-tection switches, fault current circuit breakers or emergency stop buttons. Depending on the application, you can equip the duct with CEE or earth-ing contact sockets or safety sockets for three-phase current, direct cur-rent or alternating current. Integrate a compressed air outlet via various one-touch fittings.

The most important PC interfaces, such as USB, RS232 or Ethernet can also be integrated in the supply duct. This enables the PC to be connected quickly and ergonomically to various control components.

We offer numerous devices such as infinitely variable voltage devices, lab power supply units, three-phase supplies, fixed voltage devices, ad-justable isolating transformers for AC/DC and three-phase current, de-vices for test engineering and also compressed air supplies.

Variable equipment with 19“ seg-ments in cassette design or as insert panels is available, according to your wishes and requirements. It goes without saying that all insert panels for power supply and communication can also be integrated.

Worktop components and cockpits with laboratory devicesAlternatively to the supply channel, worktop elements and cockpits in 3 or 6 RU can be integrated. Raised structures are visually elegant and offer optimal utilisation of the work-top. Based on a modular basic grid, each workstation can be individually equipped. Changes, modifications or subsequent extensions can be made at any time.


91


SwingFlexible solutions, configuration examples


Swing – mobile dual work station

Particularly flexible and versatile.

The mobile dual work station Swing (W 1250 x D 800 x H 1850 mm) is perfectly suited for presenting the introductory seminar on installation technology and EIB, as well as for conducting all other tests which re-quire you to stand.

The rollable basic frame can be individually equipped with or without:

Storage areaFloor cabinetPerforated sheetsAluminium profile plateA4 mounting frame: 1-, 2- or 3-rowMonitor bracketPC bracketCable receptacleSocket strip

–––––––––

Swing – demo trolley

Custom design your ideal demon-stration trolley.

You can choose from the following furniture modules:

Floor cabinetsPC bracketMonitor bracketA4 mounting framesCable holderTop cabinets incorporating the entire width of our 19“ modules

The grooved mats enable clean and easy storage of the A4 plates in the floor cabinets. The single, double or triple row A4 mounting frame, posi-tioned above the worktop, provides sufficient space for using the plates.

––––––

Further available options include power ducts with integrated trans-formers, power supply units or PC interfaces.

The dimensions (H x W x D) can be customised on request.

It is even possible to purchase a compatible „garage“. The trolley can be easily stored in the designated space in the wall cabinet. Close the door and the laboratory has been tidied away.

A convenient and reliable solution for PC storage can be found in the floor cabinet equipped with ventila-tion grid and cable openings. Heavy duty extensions for motors can be in-tegrated behind the revolving doors.

A top cabinet or power ducts can be placed on the working surface (1360 x 675 mm) on request.

In terms of the demo trolley‘s dimensions, we will happily take individual requirements into consideration. Nothing stands in the way of the perfect solution!

92



Swing – swivel table

Would you like to make the most of the laboratory‘s size?

No problem. The Swing swivel table is an electric workstation and lesson table in one. The same workstation can be used to conduct electrotech-nical tests in the morning and give theoretical lessons in the afternoon. At the press of a button, the super-structure is lowered out of sight in a matter of seconds. This provides im-mediate access to the entire working surface. And all of the equipment is protected.

All equipment, PC interfaces and power supplies can be integrated in the superstructure.

The tables are available in all stand-ard sizes.

Widths:1200 mm1600 mm1800 mm2000 mm

Depths:800 mm900 mm1000 mm

The manufacture of custom size tables is always possible.

––––

–––

Power transformers or high-tension test devices also fit in the six availa-ble vertical height units (6 HU).

The height of the electrically-driven top cabinet is infinitely adjustable. Only the equipment required at any one time is visible, while the rest is protected.

Safety is the highest priority. When lowering the top cabinet, fingers are protected from injury by the folding anti-pinch guard.

Swing – lifting platform

The right solution for every purpose.

The Swing lifting platform always consists of the lifting unit and a table of your choice, which is positioned in front of the lifting unit. In this case, it really is possible to store every-thing away. The professional double stroke technology even allows ex-tremely heavy top cabinets to com-pletely disappear below the worktop. From device technology and power supply equipment, through to moni-tors or laptops and even A4 mount-ing frames. Anything is possible!

To list a few examples, you can choose from:

Fixed voltagesControllable power supply unitsControllable transformersUSB interfacesSub-D socketsEthernet socketsCompressed air couplingsPlug socketsSafety socketsSoldering stationsTest equipment

–––––––––––

93

Basic and cabinet systemsFunctional diversity for your labs


Workstation systems > Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering > Basic and cabinet systems

Basic – the functional lab equipment system for electrical engineeringA functional equipment system with solid workstation frames made from powder-coated steel tubes forms the basis of the Basic product family.

It consists of workbenches in six dif-ferent widths and three depths. The design is so rigid that it can also sup-port heavy superstructures. Both raised supply bridges and equipment placed directly on the workbench are possible with this system. Further-more, superstructures can be used as partitions or extremely flat cas-sette tops.

Our under-bench units and roller containers provide plenty of stor-age space and make for a tidy work-station. Various depths and drawer configurations leave nothing to be desired.

And EDP isn‘t missed out either. Spe-cial under-bench units for comput-ers and printers, pull-out keyboard shelves and PC racks are among the wide selection.

Multimedia workstationsVarious designs for attractive multi-media workstations are available: PC desks with sliding slides, cable ducts, cable guides, linking elements, PC racks, substructures or socket strips. Furthermore, diverse work-stations and furniture for teaching theory are available: C-shape ta-bles, four-legged tables, mobile ta-ble frames, laptop trolleys, swivel chairs, skid base chairs, four-legged chairs, tables, flip charts, projection screens.

All with integrated design, reliable high quality and functionally sound, made in Germany!

Cabinet systemsWe offer an extensive range of cabi-nets, harmonised with the design of our workstation systems. Based on a simple framework, various tall cabi-nets, medium-high cabinets, storage cabinets, tall corner cabinets and top cabinets are available to choose from. The modular system offers maximum possible combinations and optimal design flexibility with an attractive price/performance ratio.

Shelf inserts with grooved mats for orderly storage of experimen-tation plates are just as much part of the range as strengthened lower shelves. We supply spacious shelf inserts specially for ESD cabinets. Be it cabinet layout, duct systems or various locking systems – we offer the right solution.

And if you have any other special wishes, we will be happy to manu-facture to meet your exact require-ments.

94

PowerLabSoftware for device management


Workstation systems > Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering > PowerLab

PowerLab is the web-based soft-ware for device management of electric labs. Powerful functions are available for remote control of the power supply and representation of the measurement value process-es. Events such as reaching a maxi-mum value are clearly displayed as alarms.

No special software is needed to use PowerLab on the teacher‘s PC; only a HTML5-compatible browser is required.

The most important functions:

Measurement curves Voltage and current flows can be dynamically depicted in measure-ment curves. In this way, the rela-tionship between current and volt-age is displayed graphically on the PC without any additional auxiliary means.

Trace function Events or continuous values can be recorded and archived in a file. The type of events or values to be record-ed and the scanning frequency are set by the user through a configura-tion page.

Remote control PowerLab has read access to the power supply at all times and can depict the current values and lim-its. In the remote control mode, both the limits and the set values can be changes from the teacher‘s PC.

Experiment controlBy means of freely parametrisable value tables, voltage flows can be stored and run down. Characteris-tic curves are depicted in combina-tion with the „Measurement curves“ function (e.g. DC motor, relationship between current and voltage).

Room managementThe placement of devices in the room is clearly graphically depicted. In this view, alarms are depicted in com-pressed form on the affected labora-tory table.

ProfilesSeveral profile files can be assigned to each laboratory room. As a result, all devices in a laboratory room can be parametrised for a new situation with a click of the mouse (e.g. instruc-tional year 1, instructional year 2, instructional year 3).

CommunicationCommunication of the devices runs standard over the Ethernet. As a result, the infrastructure already in the laboratory is used. Each device uses its own IP address, which is determined together with your IT administrator.

No electrical laboratory is the same as the next. We’re always happy to discuss special space situations and requirements regarding the assign-ment of addresses, password protec-tion and access authority.

PowerLab Server

Order no. C05501

Driver (per device type)

Order no. C05500

95

Pneumatics training packages

System description .........................................................................................98

Equipment sets

Pneumatics ...................................................................................................100Electropneumatics ........................................................................................104Measurement and control .............................................................................110Drives ............................................................................................................112Vacuum .........................................................................................................114Sensors .........................................................................................................116Safety............................................................................................................118BIBB pneumatics ...........................................................................................120BIBB electropneumatics ................................................................................122Closed-loop pneumatics ...............................................................................123

97


Pneumatics training packages > System description

98

Pneumatics training packagesInnovative and practical, right down to the smallest details

Position it – clamp it – done!With the Quick-Fix® mounting sys-tem, you can mount all components easily and securely on the profile plate and the profile column of a Learnline workstation. The electrical units are clamped into the ER frame and sequenced individually. The pro-file slots on the workstations are the same for all pneumatic, hydraulic and electrical units – a single invest-ment, with double the functionality.

Everything where you want it – systematic storageMost equipment sets are supplied with an equipment tray or drawer in-sert in a Systainer. This equipment tray fits in the drawers of the work-stations. The large pictogram on the components, designed in accordance with the latest standards, provides clear instructions for connecting the components and ensures short prep-aration and follow-up times. When dismantling circuits, you can quickly and easily locate where the compo-nent goes in the equipment tray.

Connect it – power!No compromise on safety: all electri-cal components and units are con-nected with 4 mm safety sockets or safety plugs. The pneumatic power is supplied by the connection of highly flexible plastic tubing to the Quick Star (QS) push-in fitting. The system therefore requires virtually no con-sumables or tools.

Modular for flexible expansion

Festo Didactic‘s training packages are modular in structure. For exam-ple, you could start with the basic level of electropneumatics and then move onto the advanced level, or start with the subject of electrohy-draulics – the choice is yours. You‘d like to explore a particular special-ised topic? All equipment set compo-nents can also be ordered separate-ly, so you can turn your own ideas into reality.


Pneumatics training packages > System description

99

Your choice of training environmentUser-friendly training environments for specific topic areas:

Self-study phases with the training programsDesigning and documentation with FluidSIM®

Practical implementation with the training packages and the exercis-es in the workbooksFunctional testing and optimisation with measurement technology and FluidLab®

–

–

–

–

Advanced courses made easyNew developments and trends in fluid engineering can be incorporat-ed directly into our learning systems. New control systems can be integrat-ed into the learning system using the EduTrainer® concept. Basic packages can be easily expanded to include the subjects “Pneumatics measure-ment and control TP 210” or the new “Vacuum technology TP 230”.

TP 250 Safety in pneumatic systemsFunction, efficiency and above all safety determine the success of plant machinery and automated systems. New directives and laws require in-telligent solutions and raise the level of professional skills required. The systematic optimisation of a simple pneumatic system helps to identify hazards in pneumatic processes. The appropriate actions to reduce the risk can be implemented in a profes-sional manner.

TP 230 Vacuum technologyHandling workpieces with suction grippers has become an indispensa-ble part of handling technology. It of-fers advantages such as the simple configuration of suction grippers and gentle handling of workpieces while also enabling rapid cycle times, and the capital outlay required is com-paratively low. The training package TP 230 expands the contents of TP 201 to include the key area of vacu-um technology.

Didactic plus

The workbooks accompanying the training packages contain project-oriented exercises of increasing com-plexity. There are also positional sketches, illustrations, videos, ani-mations and cross-sectional draw-ings, which explain how things look in the real world. For a complete and expert treatment of the topic of pneumatics, the training also covers basic physics, technical calculations, safety, economic efficiency, analyti-cal fault-finding and professional documentation.

Practical basic and further training using industrial components pro-vides the confidence to apply the ac-quired knowledge in the workplace. The components are specially select-ed for the exercises in the workbook. Note: nearly all pneumatic and elec-trical connections are located on the easily accessible upper side of the components.

100

Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Pneumatics


Equipment set TP 101 – Basic levelBasic pneumatics training

Pneumatics, Basic level.The fully revised classic

Further enhanced and updated through the lessons learned from over 1,000 seminars on pneumatics.

With brand-new industrial compo-nents, enabling you to teach to-morrow‘s industrial standard today.The workbook contains a series of graduated project exercises based on actual industrial appli-cations, an enhanced section on fundamentals and a multimedia CD-ROM.

The number of components and the design are specially tailored to the projects contained in the workbook so that the main fundamentals can be imparted with little outlay. Sup-plied in the practical Systainer.

–

–

Training aims Structure, function and application of single-acting and double-acting cylindersCalculating basic parametersDirect and indirect actuationApplication and function of 3/2 and 5/2-way valvesMethods of actuation of directional control valvesAnalysing circuitsOptions for pressure measurementPressure-dependent control systemsDistinguishing flow control meth-ods and using them as intendedExplaining and building latching circuitsLogic operations: explaining and implementing AND/OR/NOT operationsCombining logic operationsFunction and application of limit switchesTime delay valvesRealising oscillating movementEconomic considerations of using pneumatic components

–

–––

–

–––

–

–

–

––

–––

Performance through close proximity Switches and valves should be mounted as close to the actuator as possible for optimum performance. You can now apply the same prin-ciple when designing your circuits thanks to the new components. Fur-thermore, this approach also pro-vides you with an easy way of dem-onstrating the performance of a one-way flow control valve. You can even record the measured values and analyse the results, for example using the TP 210!

Worldwide standards – ISO valvesAll inputs and outputs are accessible and compatible with the widest pos-sible range of applications.

Time delay valve The pneumatic time delay valve per-mits precise adjustment and can be read easily from the front – pneumat-ics at its finest!

101

1 2 3

4 5 6

7 8

14 15

16 17 18

19 20 21

22



An impressive blended learning package for TP 101

Training course documentsNineteen project-orientated exercis-es, increasing in complexity and suit-able for equipment set TP 101, are the ideal introduction to pneumatics. Real problem descriptions with posi-tional sketch, concrete project tasks and detailed aids for professional implementation provide the ideal preparation for ta real-life industrial environment. A new feature in the latest edition is the separation of the documentation into a workbook and a book of exercises.

WorkbookSample solutionsTraining notes Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics, photos of industrial applications, animations and FluidSIM® circuit diagrams

Book of exercises for studentsWorksheets

Complementary media Design and simulation using FluidSIM®

Digital training programme, Pneumatics Textbook Basic principles of pneumatics and electropneumaticsCutaway model case

–––

–

–

–

–

–

WorkbookTP 101

With CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

541088 EN


Workbook DE 540671


Workbook EN 541088


Workbook ES 542503


Workbook FR 542507


Complete equipment set TP 101 in the Systainer 540710

The most important components at a glance:

1 2x 3/2-way valve with pushbutton actuator, normally closed 152860

2 1x 3/2-way valve with pushbutton actuator, normally open 152861

3 1x 5/2-way valve with selector switch 152862

4 1x 3/2-way valve with selector switch, normally closed 152863

5 2x 3/2-way roller lever valve, normally closed 152866

6 2x Proximity switch, pneumatic, with cylinder attachment 539775

7 1x Pneumatic timer, normally closed 540694

8 1x Pressure sequence valve 152884

9 1x 3/2-way pneumatic valve, pneumatically actuated, one side 539768

10 1x 5/2-way valve, pneumatically actuated, one side 538694

11 3x 5/2-way double pilot valve, pneumatically actuated, both sides 539769

12 1x Shuttle valve (OR) 539771

13 2x Dual-pressure valve (AND) 539770

14 1x Quick-exhaust valve 539772

15 2x One-way flow control valve 193967

16 1x Single-acting cylinder 152887

17 1x Double-acting cylinder 152888

18 1x Start-up valve with filter control valve 540691

19 1x Pressure regulator valve with gauge 539756

20 2x Pressure gauge 152865

21 1x Manifold 152896

22 2x Plastic tubing 4 x 0.75 Silver 10 m 151496

Aluminium profile plate Page 198

Compressor Page 200

Accessories, also order:

9

10 11 12

13

102



Equipment set TP 102 – Advanced levelAdvanced pneumatics training

Develop the training aims from TP 101 and consolidate your knowledge.

Fully revised: The new workbook contains a series of graduated project exercises based on actual industrial applications and an en-hanced section on fundamentals. It also includes a multimedia CD-ROM. The foundation for competent train-ing. Place your order now!

The number of components and the design are specially tailored to the projects contained in the workbook so that the main training aims can be achieved with little outlay. Supplied in the practical Systainer.

Components from the equipment set TP 101 are required to carry out the projects.

Training aimsBinary reducing stagesEnd positions without limit switchesLatching circuitsConverting 5/2-way valvesFunction of a back pressure end stopBasic stepper control (continuous cycle)Stepper control with operating modes or idle stepSetting and coordinating time delaysVariable step repetition using a predetermining counterInput circuit with self-latching loop and auxiliary functionsEvaluating and using sensors for material sensingRealising stepper control with protected pilot air and auxiliary functionsProximity sensors in the end positions and in the partial stroke rangeCombined use of quick exhaust valves and pressure regulatorsInversion of a timer signalVarying end-position cushioningUsing and adjusting different sensor types

–––––

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–––

Performance through close proximity Switches and valves should be mounted as close to the actuator as possible for optimum performance. You can now apply the same prin-ciple when designing your circuits thanks to the new components that can be plugged in directly. Further-more, this approach also provides you with an easy way of demonstrat-ing the features of a one-way flow control valve. You can even record the measured values and analyse the results, for example using the new TP 210!

Lever valves All of the lever valves contained in the training packages 101 and 102 are equipped with a pilot control, which means they require a low actuating force and deliver high reliability.

103

1 2 3

4 5 6

7 8 9

11 12

13 14 15




Training course documentsAs a continuation of the basic level for pneumatics, the advanced level includes ten additional, challenging tasks which are suitable for the TP 102 equipment set. The documents are targeted at experienced pneu-matics technicians. New features of this revised and updated edition include revised exercise sheets for practical use during instruction.



Digital training programme, PneumaticsTextbook Basic principles of pneumatics and electropneumaticsCutaway model case

–––

–

–

–

–

–

Workbook

TP 102

With CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

541089 EN

PneumaticsAdvanced level

DE 540672

EN 541089

ES 542504

FR 542508




2 1x 3/2-way valve with mushroom-head emergency switch, normally open 152864

3 1x 3/2-way roller lever valve with idle return, normally closed 152867

4 1x Back pressure valve 152868






10 1x Pneumatic timer, normally open 539759

11 1x Pneumatic preset counter 152877

12 1x Stepper module 152886


14 2x Non-return valve, delockable 540715



Compressor Page 200


10

104 24-month Festo Didactic warranty

Equipment set TP 201 – Basic levelBasic electropneumatics training

Electropneumatics, Basic level. The most important basic principles in one compact book.

Top solenoid valves for trainingEasy connection of the solenoid coils via 4 mm safety sockets with LED indicator for actuation. The manual override latches and allows very easy error simulation. The port pattern is as per the current symbols to DIN ISO 1219. The newest valve tech-nology is compact, sturdy and inex-pensive with the Didactic-Plus, and of course comes with the reliable Quick-Fix® mounting system.

Electronic proximity sensors – compatible and reliable These proximity sensors are based on the same slot mounting system as the pneumatic proximity sensors in TP 101. We opted for short circuit-proof, electronic proximity sensors due to their long service life in train-ing applications.

Logic programming? That‘s logical.The basic principles are established with relay control systems and the new supplementary equipment sets „Controllers for fluid engineering“ are used according to individual requirements.

Training aimsStructure, function and application of single-acting and double-acting cylinders Calculating basic parameters Direct and indirect actuation Application and function of 3/2 and 5/2-way solenoid valves Analysing circuits Options for pressure measurement Pressure-dependent control systems Latching circuits Logic operations: AND/OR/NOT Combining logic operations Function and application of limit switches End-position monitoring using electronic proximity sensors

–

–––

–––

––––

–

Realising oscillating movement Economic considerations of using pneumatic components Troubleshooting simple electropneumatic circuits

The Training course documents con-tains a series of graduated project exercises based on actual industrial applications, an enhanced section on fundamentals and a multimedia CD-ROM. The foundation for competent training. Place your order now!

The number and the design of com-ponents are specially tailored to the projects contained in the workbook so that the main training aims can be achieved with little outlay. Supplied in the practical Systainer.

––

–

Training course documents

Workbook DE 540673


Workbook EN 541090


Workbook ES 542505


Workbook FR 542509


WorkbookTP 201

With CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

541090 EN

ElectropneumaticsBasic Level

Complementary media FluidSIM® WBT Electropneumatics Textbook Basic principles of pneumatics and electropneumaticsDVD Electropneumatics/ Electrohydraulics

–––

–

Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Electropneumatics

105

2 3

4 5 6

7 8

10 11 12

13 14 15

16




1 1x Signal input, electrical 162242

2 2x Relay, three-fold 162241

3 1x Limit switch, electrical, left-actuated 183322

4 1x Limit switch, electrical, right-actuated 183345

5 1x Proximity sensor, optical, M12 572744

6 2x Electronic proximity switch with cylinder attachment 540695

7 1x 2 x 3/2-way solenoid valve with LED, normally closed 567198

8 1x 5/2-way solenoid valve with LED 567199

9 2x 5/2-way double solenoid valve with LED 567200

10 1x Pressure sensor with display 572745








Supplementary equipment set to upgrade from Pneumatics, Basic level TP 101 to Electropneumatics, Basic level TP 201

Supplements the Pneumatics, Basic level TP 101 equipment set to form a complete Electropneumatics, Basic level TP 201 equipment set.

Recommended training media and accessories: see TP 201













Complete supplementary equipment set TP 101 – TP 201 in the Systainer 540717


1


Compressor Page 200

Tabletop power supply unit Page 199

Power supply unit for mounting frame Page 199

Safety laboratory cables Page 206

9


106

Supplementary equipment setsControllers for electropneumatics


According to the basic principles of control technology with relay mod-ules, further control systems are available as equipment extension kits for TP 201 and TP 601. The relay modules are replaced by one of the following three equipment sets:

Controlling using FluidSIM® Introduction to logic programming with a soft PLC

Controlling using LOGO! EduTrainer® Compact TP Introduction to logic programming with a mini control system

Controlling using FC 100 EduTrainer® Introduction to programming with CoDeSys

Supplementary equipment set Controlling using LOGO! EduTrainer® Compact TP/LOGO! Soft Comfort

The quick, uncomplicated and inex-pensive introduction to logical signal processing.

With its extensive basic and special control technology functions, LOGO! replaces a variety of conventional switchgears and control devices.

The LOGO! EduTrainer® Compact TP package contains everything you need to control training packages TP 201 and TP 601. A set of brief in-structions provides information on the individual steps. Programming is carried out using the programming software LOGO! Soft Comfort.

The sample solutions are included on a data storage medium as LOGO! Soft Comfort programs.

Supplementary equipment set Controlling using FluidSIM®/EasyPort USB

With this package, the FluidSIM® software can be used to control training packages. FluidSIM® con-trols via EasyPort USB and processes the inputs and outputs connected to the universal connection unit accord-ing to their programming, e.g. using the digital module contained in FluidSIM®.

The Controlling using FluidSIM® package contains everything you need to control training packages TP 201 and TP 601. FluidSIM® Pneumatics is required for TP 201 and FluidSIM® Hydraulics for TP 601. A set of brief instructions provides information on the individual steps.

The sample solutions are included on a data storage medium as FluidSIM® CT programs.

Supplementary equipment set Controlling using FC 100 EduTrainer®/CoDeSys

The first steps in CoDeSys program-ming with the FC 100 EduTrainer® and the training package TP 201. As in the Controlling using FluidSIM® package, the inputs and outputs are also connected to the universal con-nection unit. Programming can now be carried out with the CoDeSys soft-ware included in the package. The program is then transferred to the FC 100 EduTrainer®, where it func-tions as a CoDeSys-compatible PLC.

The Controlling using FC 100 EduTrainer® package contains eve-rything you need to control training package TP 201. A set of brief in-structions provides information on the individual steps.

The sample solutions are included on a data storage medium as CoDeSys programs.



Complete supplementary equipment set Controlling using

LOGO! EduTrainer Compact TP/LOGO! Soft Comfort in the Systainer 556271


1 1x Brief instructions for LOGO! DE/EN/FR/ES 556268

2 1x LOGO! EduTrainer Compact TP 535250

3 1x LOGO! Soft Comfort DE/EN/FR/ES/IT/PT 526505

4 1x LOGO! Programming cable 526504

Prerequisite:

Equipment set TP 201 – Basic level Pages 104 – 105


Compressor Page 200




Necessary accessories, also order:

Complete supplementary equipment set

Controlling using FluidSIM/EasyPort USB in the Systainer 556270


1 1x Brief instructions for FluidSIM DE/EN/FR/ES 556267

2 1x EasyPort USB 548687

3 1x EasyPort adapter for profile plate 549806

4 1x Universal connection unit, digital (SysLink) 162231

5 1x I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends 34031

Prerequisite:


FluidSIM Pneumatics (from version 4) Pages 34 – 35

Complete supplementary equipment set

Controlling using FC 100 EduTrainer/CoDeSys in the Systainer 556272


1 1x Brief instructions for FC 100 DE/EN/FR/ES 556269

2 1x FC 100 EduTrainer 548676



Prerequisite:


321

54

4

321

1 32

4



Equipment set TP 202 – Advanced levelAdvanced electropneumatics training

Electropneumatics, Advanced level: Advanced training in a Systainer!

This training package supplements the training aims of TP 201.

The new workbook contains a series of graduated project exercises based on actual industrial applications, an enhanced section on fundamentals and a multimedia CD-ROM. The foun-dation for competent training. Place your order now!

The number and the design of com-ponents are specially tailored to the projects contained in the workbook so that the main training aims can be achieved with little outlay. Supplied in the practical Systainer.


Training aimsDescribing the structure and appli-cation of valve terminalsRealising sequence controls with signal overlap Solution according to the group method, sequence chain with spring-return valves and sequence chain with bistable valvesDescribing and setting operating modesDescribing the function and appli-cation of a predetermining counterExplaining and realising an emergency-off function using spring-return valvesEmergency-off conditionsExplaining the function and appli-cation of a 5/3-way solenoid valveDescribing and setting the operating mode ‚Set‘Troubleshooting in complex electropneumatic circuits

–

–

–

–

–

–

––

–

–

Fundamentals of modern pneumatics – valve terminalsThis training course helps you to lay the foundation for using valve ter-minals. Designed for a wide range of industries, requirements and appli-cations, valve terminals are sturdy and durable – an investment in the future. The MPA valve terminal used consists of 2 x 5/2-way solenoid valves and 2 x 5/2-way double solenoid valves.

Electrical emergency-off pushbuttonSafety engineering is an important topic, but one that is often neglect-ed in training. The new TP 202 takes an in-depth look at the emergency-off function and also describes the emergency-off function under special conditions. After all, you don‘t want to end up with a pressure-less and voltage-less system after pressing the emergency-off button!


109

2 3

4 5 6

7 8 9



Training course documentsAs a continuation of the basic level for electropneumatics, the advanced level includes twelve additional, challenging tasks which are suit-able for the TP 202 equipment set. The documents are targeted at ex-perienced pneumatics technicians. New features of this revised and up-dated edition include revised exer-cise sheets for practical use during instruction.



Digital training programme ElectropneumaticsDVD Electropneumatics/Electro-hydraulics

–––

–

–

–

–

Workbook

TP 202

With CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

541091 EN

ElectropneumaticsAdvanced level

DE 540674

EN 541091

ES 542506

FR 542510





3 1x Time relay, two-fold 162243

4 1x Preset counter, electrical,incrementing 162355

5 1x Emergency stop pushbutton, electrical 183347

6 1x Proximity sensor, inductive, M12 548643

7 1x Proximity sensor, capacitive, M12 548651

8 1x Valve terminal with 4 valve slices (MMJJ) 540696



Compressor Page 200





1



Equipment set TP 210 – Advanced levelMeasurement and control in pneumatics with Fluid Lab®-P Version 2

Fit for tomorrow?

The TP 210 equipment builds on the training content of the TP 101 and TP 201 equipment sets on the top-ic of pneumatic measurement and control. The training content ranges from the simple measurement of in-dividual, pneumatic components, basic principles of status monitoring (condition monitoring) to (closed-loop) control technology with dis-continuous (two-step action control-ler) and continuous controllers (PID controller).

In addition, great emphasis is placed on raising awareness of how to han-dle compressed air responsibly as a form of energy.

Exercises for measuring and analys-ing system and control behaviour help you to get prepared for a future in which diagnostics, preventative maintenance and saving energy are becoming increasingly important.

Course topicsBasic principles of analogue data processingApplication and adaptation of sensorsInterpretation of measurement resultsReading and understanding of technical data and measurement curvesFluid engineering components, their influence and functionDemonstrating fluid engineering effects and special featuresAnalytical fault findingSaving energyEvaluation of changes in statusProportional technologyControl technology with continu-ous and discontinuous controllers

–

–

–

–

–

–

–––––

The benefits to youFast, PC-supported recording of measured valuesGreater training success through measurement of components and interpretation of resultsSensors that enable students „to look into“ the circuit and componentsSuppositions regarding system behaviour can be easily provenLearning the principles of meas-urement and analysis and applying them directly in other circuitsDemonstrating and understand-ing the principles of fluid engineer-ing fasterSystem analysis via PC: state-of-the-art diagnostic methodBetter understanding of fluid engi-neering components and processes and thus higher quality of training

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Something extra special In order to the complete the exer-cises, sensors (e.g. pressure, flow and proximity switches) are con-nected to the inputs and control sig-nals are guided to the EasyPort USB outputs. The signals are interpreted and visualised on computer by the Fluid Lab®-P software included in the scope of delivery. Analogue val-ues are displayed as measurement curves.

Instructions on how to complete the exercises, positional sketches and block circuit diagrams are included with each exercise, so that you are guided step by step through each of the tests. Measured results are then interpreted, compared with sam-ple solutions and you will be asked to answer questions about compre-hension.

Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Measurement and control

111

1 3

64


System requirementsPC with Windows XP/Vista/7At least Pentium 1 GHz2 GB RAMCD-ROM disk driveUSB 2.01280 x 1024 pixels

NI LabView 8.2.1 Runtime(included in scope of delivery)

Components from the TP 101 and TP 201 equipment sets are required in order to complete the exercises.

––––––

Fluid Lab®-P version 2 inclusiveThe Fluid Lab®-P version 2 software for recording measured values is an important component of the training package TP 210. Just a few simple steps are needed to configure the interface, adapt the sensors and select the language. Exercises can then be started.

These are divided into the areas ba-sic tests, cylinder controls, propor-tional technology and control tech-nology. Exercises are supported by connection diagrams, descriptions and sample solutions. The measure-ment process is also software-con-trolled. Results can be measured with measuring points, printed out or exported to a spreadsheet pro-gram. The software also includes the complete book of exercises in PDF format.



9

5

1 1x I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends 2.5 m 34031


3 1x Connection unit, analogue 567232

4 1x Analogue cable, parallel 2 m 529141




8 1x Flowrate sensor with display 539758

9 1x Proportional-pressure regulator 539779


11 3x Flow control valve 193972


1x Fluid Lab-P 2.0 single licence 556241

2x Non-return valve, delockable 540715

2

7 8

1110 12


Compressor Page 200




Force sensor 539780

Option force measurement:

For piston force measurement exercises the force sensor (Order no. 539780) not included

in scope of delivery is required.


Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Measurement and control


Equipment set TP 220 – Advanced levelDrives in pneumatics

Optimum drive

The TP 220 supplements the TP 201 training package by teaching the ba-sics of pneumatic drives. The train-ing content features the selection and sizing of various state-of-the-art drive types, taking into account their individual properties as well as com-mercial and safety considerations. Each drive unit remains clearly de-fined as an individual design, and so meets the needs of the various entry levels. Use of industrial components throughout emphasises the essential practicality and ensures rapid trans-fer of knowledge from training into practice.

We recommend connection to a compressed air system delivering approx. 100 l/min.

Training aimsDesigning a compressed air networkSizing the pneumatic power sectionInfluence of tubes and fittings on speedReducing cost by using different pressures for advance and return strokesReducing cost by avoiding leakageOperating behaviour of linear drivesCalculation of mass moment of inertiaOperating characteristics of rotary drivesFunction, control and selection of the fluidic muscleComparison between standard cylinders and the fluidic muscleResponse of pneumatic controls to power failure

–

–

–

–

––

–

–

–

–

–

The workbookDescribes in detail the issues and projects in 16 exercises closely linked to industrial practice, each comprising a problem description and work assignment. Worksheets support the students through the required stages of planning, execu-tion and monitoring. Includes sample solutions and detailed background knowledge for the theoretical funda-mentals.

Includes a multimedia CD-ROM con-taining photos and videos of indus-trial applications and circuit dia-grams. The theoretical information is conveyed using animated cutaway models for greater comprehension and worksheets and exercise sheets can be reprinted as necessary.

WorkbookTP 220

CD-ROM included

Festo Didactic

559880 EN

Pneumatic drives

DE 549982

EN 559880

ES 559881

FR 559882

Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Drives

113

1 2 3

4 5 6

7 8 9

10 11 12


Fluidic muscleThe fluidic muscle is a pull actuator which imitates the action of a biolog-ical muscle. Judder free, it offers up to 10 times the initial force of normal cylinders of the same diameter. You will learn how the muscle can be de-ployed as a single-acting actuator.

Semi-rotary driveIn a semi-rotary drive the force is transmitted directly to the drive shaft via a rotary vane. The swivel angle is freely adjustable from 0 to 184°. You will learn the significance of the mass moment of inertia to a semi- rotary drive, and how its operating behaviour under load can be influ-enced in various mounting positions.



1 1x Fluidic muscle, size 10 544311

2 1x Semi-rotary drive, size 16, 184° 544313

3 1x Linear drive, size 18, 170 mm stroke 548641

4 1x Function generator/counter/stopwatch 544315

5 1x 3/2-way fast-switching solenoid valve, normally closed 544312

6 1x 5/3-way double solenoid valve, mid position closed 567201


8 1x Proximity switch, electronic 548589

9 1x On-off valve with filter regulating valve 152894

10 2x Weight, 175 g 548581

11 1x Weight, 2 kg 548582

12 1x Air pressure reservoir, 0.4 l 152912






Linear driveThe rodless cylinder is mechanically coupled to the slide unit, which di-rectly supports loads. You will learn the steps needed to attain optimum operating behaviour, and which applications are most suited to the various options.

Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Drives


Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Vacuum

114

Equipment set TP 230 – Advanced LevelVacuum technology

Vacuums in handling technology

Training package TP 230 follows on from the training content in TP 201 focusing on the topic of handling technology using a vacuum.

The use of suction grippers to handle workpieces has become an integral part of handling technology as they offer advantages such as the ease of construction and the gentleness of the grippers. Suction grippers also enable rapid cycle times, and the investment required is comparatively low.

Training content

Low pressure generation and system design:

Function and use of ejectors according the Venturi principleEffects of system pressure on the attainable low pressure and the evacuation timeSizing and setting up a vacuum system

Selecting suction grippers:Shape and materialsThe relevance of gripper types and workpiece shapeHow the holding force is affected by the workpiece surface and the diameter of the suction cup

–

–

–

––

–

Typical switching for a vacuum system:

Using a vacuum security valve when some of the suction cups are not grippingUsing a pressure switch to monitor the low pressure levelReducing the compressed air consumption in a vacuum systemControlled release and ejection of workpieces from the suction gripper

–

–

–

–


All the workpieces required to com-plete the tasks are included in the scope of delivery.


Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Vacuum

115

2 3

5 6

7 8

10 11 12

13




2 1x Pressure switch, 0 – -1 bar 548624

3 1x Vacuum gauge 573042


5 1x Vacuum generator, type H 573258

6 1x Vacuum generator, type L 573259

7 1x Non-return valve 153462

8 1x Suction gripper 20 SN 573043

9 1x Suction gripper 30 SN 573044

10 1x Suction gripper 20 SS 573045

11 1x Suction gripper 30 SS 573046

12 2x Suction gripper 20 CS with vacuum security valve 573047

13 1x Suction gripper 4x20 ON 573257

1

9

Vacuum elements in handling technology – valves for vacuums, measuring and storing a vacuum, suction grippers, vacuum generation.

The workbook contains:Sample solutionsTraining notesMultimedia CD-ROM with graphics and photos of industrial applicationsWorksheets for students

Supplementary mediaDesigning and simulating with FluidSIM®

Measuring and controlling with FluidLab®

Digital pneumatics/electropneu-matics training programPneumatics/electropneumatics textbookSet of posters on pneumatics

–––

–

–

–

–

–

–

Available media for TP 230

Training course documentsIn addition to six comprehensive project tasks for step-by-step construction and testing of the vacuum system, the package also includes basic information on the following topics: Introduction to vacuum technology – basic concepts of vacuum technology, vacuum ranges, vacuum generation in handling technology, vacuum pumps, functional principle of displacement pumps, instructions on selecting pumps, ejectors, ejector units.

WorkbookTP 230

CD-ROM included

Festo Didactic

567258 EN

Fundamentals of vacuum technology

Workbook DE 567257

Workbook EN 567258

Workbook ES 567260

Workbook FR 567259

4


Compressor Page 200





Different materials and workpieces


Equipment set TP 240 – Advanced levelSensors in pneumatics

The purpose of a pneumatic control system

By using the TP 240 equipment set, you can expand the course topics of the TP 201 training package to in-clude the topic of sensors in pneu-matics.

With topics such as the application of pressure and flow rate sensors, the use of analogue position trans-mitters including the integration of signal converters and sensors for vacuum technology – the special requirements of sensors in pneumatic control-system environ-ments are covered extensively.

Components from the TP 201 are re-quired to carry out the projects.

The special featureThe new advanced level is all about the subject of sensors in pneumatic control systems.

Hands-on experience plays a deci-sive role in teaching the contents. Examples are used to demonstrate the general operational principles of different sensors. Special attention is paid to the selection of the right sen-sor, its connection, the correct setting and functional checking.

With the TP 240 a basic knowledge of sensors in pneumatics can be conveyed thoroughly.

Course topicsBasic principles of connection and circuit technologyBasic principles of measured data acquisition and processingConfiguration, function and appli-cation options of the sensors usedSelecting appropriate sensors by taking into account certain parametersVarious methods of pressure and flow measurementDifferences between absolute, relative and differential pressure measurementSetting and checking sensorsUsing signal converters

–

–

–

–

–

–

––

Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Sensors

117

WorkbookSample solutions Training notes Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics and photos of industrial applications

Book of exercises for students

Worksheets

Supplementary mediaDigital training programme, sensor technology 1: Sensors in pneumaticsTextbook: Proximity switchesDesign and simulation using FluidSIM®

Measurement and control using Fluid Lab®

Set of posters on pneumatics

–––

–

–

––

–

–

1 2 3

4 5 6

7 8


The strong blended learning range for TP 240

Training course ducumentsTen projects based on industrial examples, suitable for equipment set TP 240, each including problem descriptions, parameters and project tasks, deal in detail with the specific subject of sensors in pneumatic con-trol-system environments. The topics of pressure sensors, flow sensors, analogue position transmitters for pneumatic cylinders, signal convert-ers and sensors for vacuum technol-ogy are covered comprehensively.

WorkbookTP 240

With CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

566910 EN

Sensors in pneumatics



1 1x Position transmitter, 0 – 50 mm, analogue 560124

2 1x Signal converter for position transmitter 548621

3 1x Electronic pressure sensor, 0 – 10 bar 548622

4 1x Flow sensor, 0.5 – 10 l/min, analogue 548626

5 1x Flow sensor, -1 – 1 l/min, analogue 548625

6 1x Pressure switch, 0 – -1 bar 548624

7 1x Vacuum generator 548628

8 1x Suction gripper, 10 mm diameter 560158



11 1x Stop, 35 mm adjustment path 548630

12 1x Double-acting profile cylinder 549832 9

10 11 12






Workbook DE 566909


Workbook EN 566910


Workbook ES 566912


Workbook FR 566913


Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Sensors


Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Safety

118

Equipment set TP 250 – Advanced LevelSafety in pneumatic systems

Risk reduction!

Just like good functionality and eco-nomic efficiency, safety is essential to the success of any product. What is more, new directives and laws re-quire intelligent solutions and raise the level of professional skills re-quired. As a result, there is a wide range of different products, informa-tion and qualifications for safety en-gineering. However, most of these focus on the control level, meaning that safety usually only goes as far as the output of a fail-safe PLC, for example. Risks can also arise outside of the power section, however, so it is important that systems include risk reduction measures to cope with such problems.

But what does the „pneumatics specialist“ entrusted with the commissioning, troubleshooting, set-up, maintenance and simple optimisation of a system need to know? And how can this knowledge be conveyed in a clear manner, with easy-to-follow steps?

TP 250!TP 250 builds on the training content of TP 101 and TP 201, focusing on the systematic optimisation of safety in pneumatic systems. The aim of the training package is to detect risks in pneumatic processes, to assess the risks for a simple „machine“ and to learn what measures can be used to reduce risks and how to implement them properly.

Training contentReducing pressure and force according to the work to be performedReducing the speed and accelera-tion while observing the cycle time and the flow control for the specific loading conditionsEmergency stop and release: suitable measures for stopping and properly recommissioning a pneumatic driveSuitable measures in case of compressed air failure and return, as well as instructions on how to store and use auxiliary energySuitable measures in case of power failure and returnGetting to know the operating modes and signals for operating statusesUsing sensors to detect mal-functionsIncreasing the performance level using a dual-channel emergency stop systemSelecting and using suitable protective measures

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Components from equipment sets TP 101 and TP 201 are required to carry out the projects.


Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Safety

119

2 3

4 5 6

7 8







5 1x Weight, 2 kg for cylinder 572778

6 1x Cover for cylinder 572777

7 1x Operational status display 567263

8 1x Mushroom-head safety switch 567261

9 1x Safety relay for emergency stop and safety door 567262

1

9

extensive illustrations and cross- sections to explain the design principles.

The workbook contains:Sample solutionsTraining notesMultimedia CD-ROM with graphics and photos of industrial applica-tions, safety guidelines, safety posterWorksheets for students

Supplementary mediaTraining program in digital safety engineeringTraining program in digital pneumatics/electropneumaticsDesigning and simulating with FluidSIM®


Pneumatics/electropneumatics textbookSet of posters on pneumatics

–––

–

–

–

–

–

–

–


Training course documentsThe workbook contains project tasks of progressive difficulty level, to-gether with the solutions for each exercise sheet. In these exercises, students reduce the potential risk level of a pneumatic system step by step. The basic level contains the fol-lowing topics: overview of relevant standards, laws and regulations; overview and detailed description of operating modes; overview and detailed description of ten relevant safety functions; possible technical solutions for each safety function;

WorkbookTP 250

CD-ROM included

Festo Didactic

567266 EN

Safety in pneumatic systems

Workbook DE 567265

Workbook EN 567266

Workbook ES 567267

Workbook FR 567268


Compressor Page 200






BIBB pneumatics equipment setSuitable for BIBB pneumatics course

BIBB Pneumatics 2007/2008

The new edition of the „Pneumatic control technology“ training course is recommended and published by the Bundesinstitut für Berufsbildung (BIBB, German Federal Institute for Vocational Education and Training).

Festo Didactic offers the suitable equipment set for this course.

The 2007/2008 edition contains a few new additions compared with the 1999 edition:

Piloted non-return valves to stop pneumatic drives in any position in case of a drop in pressure.Pneumatic proximity sensors as a modern alternative to roller lever valves for cylinder sensing.Getting started in vacuum tech-nology: vacuum generation with a venturi nozzle/laval nozzle and simple handling with suction grippers.

–

–

–

The Festo Didactic Plus A CD-ROM complete with all circuit diagrams for all the exercises and activities is an integral part of the scope of delivery. These are in CT file format for FluidSIM® Pneumatics and in PDF file format.

It goes without saying that all equip-ment set components are compatible with the Festo Didactic training pack-age components.

This means you can either supple-ment your TP 101 with the BIBB pneumatics equipment set or your BIBB pneumatics equipment set with the TP 101.

A wealth of information on the basic principles of pneumatics!

Pneumatic control technology – exercises for trainees Recommended and published by the Bundesinstitut für Berufsbildung (BIBB, German Federal Institute for Vocational Education and Training).

In addition to 11 exercises, which require the BIBB pneumatics equip-ment set, the following topics are also included:

Compressed air generationBasic terms in control technologyServicingMaintenanceInspectionRepair procedureFault finding/analysis/documen-tation

–––––––

Pneumatic control technology – exercises and solutions Recommended and published by the Bundesinstitut für Berufsbildung (BIBB) (German Federal Institute for Vocational Education and Training).

The „Pneumatic control technology, exercises for trainees“ book contains questions for trainees about the 11 exercises, as well as the solutions and circuit diagrams.

DE 90070

DE 90090

Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > BIBB pneumatics

120

1 2

4

3

15

7 9

10 11 12

13

16 17

22

21

23 24


Complementary mediaDigital pneumatics training programFluidSIM® Pneumatics design and simulation programCutaway model caseSet of posters on pneumaticsTextbook: Pneumatics, Basic levelWorkbook: Pneumatics, Basic level TP 101Workbook: Pneumatics, Advanced level TP 102GRAFCET drawing template

–

–

––––

–

–

Complete equipment set BIBB Pneumatics in the Systainer 549840



2 1x 3/2-way valve with pushbutton actuator, normally open 152861

3 3x 3/2-way roller lever valve, normally closed 152866


5 1x 5/2-way valve, pneumatically actuated, one side 538694


7 1x 5/3-way valve, pneumatically actuated, both sides, normally closed 541138

8 1x Pneumatic timer, normally closed 540694

9 1x Pressure sequence valve 152884



12 1x Quick-exhaust valve 539772



15 2x Proximity switch, pneumatic, with cylinder attachment 539775

16 1x Suction gripper, 10 mm diameter 560158

17 1x Vacuum generator 548628



20 1x Driving/tractive load 152889






Compressor Page 200


5 6

8

14

18

19 20

Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > BIBB pneumatics

121


BIBB electropneumatics equipment setSuitable for BIBB electropneumatics course

Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > BIBB electropneumatics

2 3

4 5 6

7 8 9

10 11 12

13 14

1

Training aimsPhysical fundamentals of electrics and pneumaticsFunction and application of electropneumatic devicesRepresenting motion sequences and switching statesConstructing control systems using relaysElectrical latching circuitsUsing magnetic proximity sensorsUsing pressure switchesDirectionally dependent control systems using sensorsDirectionally dependent control systems using predetermining countersControllers with parameters (e.g. single/continuous cycle, EMERGENCY-OFF)Step diagram controls/process-controlled sequence controlsTiming controls/time-controlled sequence controlsProgram controls with non-deleting and deleting sequencerTroubleshooting large electropneu-matic control systems

The selection of components complies with the German Feder-al Institute for Vocational Training (Bundesinstitute für Berufsbildung (BIBB)) course.

–

–

–

–

––––

–

–

–

–

–

–

Recommended training media

Self-tuition program Electropneumatics, Basic levelDesign and simulation program, FluidSIM® Pneumatics

Also order: BIBB Electropneumatics course

and accompanying exercises, log sheets and exercise circuits

–

–

DE 93070

Complete equipment set BIBB Electropneumatics in the Systainer 184462



2 1x Indicator unit and distributor, electrical 162244







9 2x Electronic Proximity switch with cylinder attachment 540695






DE 93080


Compressor Page 200




Recommended accessories

122

Equipment set TP 111Basic closed-loop pneumatics training


Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Closed-loop pneumatics

2 3

4 5 6

7 8 9

10 11 12

13 14 15

16 17 18

19 20

1

Training aimsControlling pressure and positionAction sequence of a control cir-cuit: controlled, manipulated, dis-turbance and reference variablesActivity and timing of control units: discontinuous and continuous controls, P, I, D, PI, PD, PID controls Behaviour of control sequences: transfer characteristics, transient response, system with and without compensation, system of first, second and third order, idle timesInteraction of closed-loop controls and control systems, control circuit optimisation, stability con-siderationsSetup, commissioning and optimisation of closed-loop control assemblies, devices and systems with analogue controller cards

––

–

–

–

–

Recommended training mediaSelf-tuition program, Fundamentals of pneumaticsDesign and simulation program, FluidSIM® Pneumatics

Also order: Workbook Closed-loop pneumatics

Workbook Closed-loop pneumatics

Partial equipment sets for controlling pressure and position on request.

Note:The linear drive and linear potenti-ometer are mounted perpendicular to the profile slot.

–

–

DE 94459

EN 94465

ES 533499

FR 94347








6 1x On-off valve with filter/regulator, 5 µm 526337



9 1x PID controller 162254

10 1x Comparator 162257

11 1x Pressure sensor, analog 167094


13 1x 5/3-way proportional valve 167078


15 1x Status controller 162253

16 1x Linear drive, pneumatic, with guide and accessories 192501

17 1x Position encoder 152628

18 1x Ruler 525927

19 1x Weight, 5 kg for linear drive 34065

20 2x Shock absorber 34572

1x Connecting cable for linear potentiometer 376177

1x Adapter for Y-axis or weight 167032

1x Mounting accessories for position encoder 178441


Compressor Page 200

Oscilloscope Page 209

Digital multimeter Page 207

Function generator 152918

Cable BNC – 4 mm 152919

Cable BNC – BNC 158357

T-connector BNC 159298





123

Hydraulics training packages

System description .......................................................................................126

Equipment sets

Hydraulics .....................................................................................................128Electrohydraulics ..........................................................................................132Measurement and control .............................................................................138Proportional hydraulics .................................................................................140Closed-loop hydraulics ..................................................................................144BIBB hydraulics .............................................................................................146Mobile hydraulics ..........................................................................................147

125


Hydraulics training packages > System description

Hydraulics training packagesTailored training in industrial and mobile hydraulics

126

Modular for flexible expansion

Festo Didactic‘s training packages are modular in structure. For exam-ple, you could start with the basic level of electrohydraulics and then move onto the advanced level. Or are you more interested in electropneu-matics? The choice is yours. You‘d like to explore a particular special-ised topic? All equipment set compo-nents can also be ordered separate-ly, so you can turn your own ideas into reality. Position it – clamp it – done!

With the Quick-Fix® mounting sys-tem, you can mount all components easily and securely on the profile plate or on the profile column of a Learnline workstation. The electrical units are clamped into the ER frame and sequenced individually. The sup-ports and the electrical units are the same for both hydraulics and pneu-matics – a single investment, with double the functionality.

Everything where you want it – systematic storageMost equipment sets are supplied with an equipment tray or drawer in-sert in a Systainer. This equipment tray fits in the drawers of the work-stations. The large pictogram on the components, designed in accordance with the latest standards, provides clear instructions for connecting the components and ensures short prep-aration and follow-up times. When dismantling circuits, you can quickly and easily locate where the compo-nent goes in the equipment tray

Connect it – power!Hydraulic power is supplied by the tool-free connection of low-leakage couplings – the latest generation in high-grade stainless steel. The cou-pling is self-sealing when uncoupled. During the low-friction coupling pro-cedure, only the front surface is coat-ed with oil, which saves resources, is easy on the environment, and redu-ces contamination.


Hydraulics training packages > System description

127

Mobile hydraulicsThe new training packages for mo-bile hydraulics systematically and informatively explore complex topics and systems, such as work hydrau-lics, hydrostatic steering and drive systems for the agricultural, forestry and construction vehicle sectors and warehouse and municipal vehicles.

Didactic plus

The workbooks accompanying the training packages contain project-oriented exercises of increasing com-plexity. There are also positional sketches, illustrations, videos, ani-mations and cross-sectional draw-ings, which explain how things look in the real world. For a complete and expert treatment of the topic of hy-draulics, the training also covers ba-sic physics, technical calculations, safety, efficiency, analytical fault-finding and professional documen-tation.

Practical basic and further training using industrial components pro-vides the confidence to apply the ac-quired knowledge in the workplace. The components are specially select-ed for the exercises in the workbook. Note: nearly all hydraulic and elec-trical connections are located on the easily accessible upper side of the components.

Your choice of training environmentUser-friendly training environments for specific topic areas:

Self-study phases with the training programsDesigning and documentation with FluidSIM®

Practical implementation with the training packages and the exercis-es in the workbooksFunctional testing and optimisation with measurement technology and Fluid Lab®

–

–

–

–

Quality not quantity!Bigger is not necessarily better. Volumetric flow rates and pressures should be chosen with care and in coordination with the system as a whole. This applies especially to hydraulic training systems. High forces and cylinder speeds not only increase the danger for the user, but also require a larger hydraulic power pack with higher power consumption. So our offer is: as large as necessary and as small as possible, without compromising on teaching effectiveness.

New technologies – new skills neededModern measurement and diagnos-tic technology and cartridge valves are among the international trends in hydraulics. So you‘ll find those tech-nologies in our learning systems as well. Benefit from the compact, inte-grated design, the low weight, ease of handling, and easy-to-read sym-bol system.


Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > Hydraulics

128

Equipment set TP 501 – Basic LevelBasic training hydraulics

The classic reissued

The solid basis for practical basic and further education. Training package TP 501 contains only purely hydraulic control systems.

The number and version of the com-ponents are specifically adapted to the projects in the workbook. This is a cost-effective way of achieving the important training objectives.

TP 501, Basic Level is suitable for basic training in hydraulic control technology and imparts knowledge of the basic physical principles of hydraulics, as well as the function and use of hydraulic components.

Pure convenience

Easy and exact switching of hand lever valvesSimple and precise setting of the flow and pressure valves thanks to the ergonomic handwheels and the fine resolutionTool-free, single-hand operation with quick action mounting system Quick-Fix®

Easy and secure plugging and releasing of the new, low-leakage, self-sealing quick connection couplings

The training package is delivered in practical trays, packaged in a Sys-tainer. The trays, in turn, fit exactly into the drawers in Learnline work-stations.

–

–

–

–

Training content

Power packs and components:Design, function and most impor-tant characteristics of a hydraulic power unitDesign and function of pressure- relief valves, cylinders and direc-tional control valves Design and function of the non- return valve, one-way flow control valve and piloted non-return valveDesign and function of flow control valves

Measurements and calculations:Recording and interpreting the characteristic curve of a hydrau-lic pumpMeasuring the volume flow of a hydraulic control systemRecording the characteristic curve of a pressure-relief valveIdentifying and calculating times, pressures and forces during ad-vancing and retracting of a cylinderRecording the characteristic curve of a flow control valveCalculating performance ratios when using 4/3-way valves with different mid-positions

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Hydraulic circuits:Commissioning hydraulic circuits safelyUsing the flow control valve in the inflow and outflow and adjusting the drive speed Difference between a flow control valve and one-way flow control valve in hydraulic control systemsDesign and mode of operation of a differential circuitEffect of the piston surfaces on pressures, forces, speeds and travel timesProper use of piloted non-return valvesCircuits with different types of counter pressureOperating cylinders with varying loads

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

4



129

1 2 3

5 6

7 8 9

10 11

12 13 14

15

The media on offer for TP 501

Training course documentsThe basic circuits for hydraulics are presented in 17 exercises. The sym-bols used in the circuit diagrams are according to DIN/ISO 1219. In order to carry out the exercises, students require the equipment set for TP 501 Hydraulics, Basic Level.

The workbook contains:Sample solutionsTraining notesMultimedia CD-ROM with photos and videos of industrial applications and circuit diagramsWorksheets for students



Digital learning program Hydraulics/electrohydraulicsTextbook: Hydraulics – Basic LevelHydraulics poster set

–––

–

–

–

–

––

WorkbookTP 501

CD-ROM included

Festo Didactic

551141 EN

HydraulicsBasic level

DE 550141

EN 551141

ES 551145

FR 551146

Complete equipment set TP 501 in Systainer 573035


1 1x Pressure relief valve 544335

2 1x 2-way flow control valve 544338



5 1x Non-return valve, 0,6 MPa opening pressure 548618

6 1x 4/2-way hand lever valve, spring return 544342

7 1x 4/3-way hand lever valve, relieving mid-position (AB->T), detenting 544344

8 1x 4/3-way hand lever valve, closed mid-position, detenting 544343

9 1x Shut-off valve 152844

10 1x Differential cylinder 16/10/200 with cover 572746


12 1x Hydraulic motor 152858

13 1x T-distributor 152847

14 2x 4-way distributor with pressure gauge 159395


16 1x Flow sensor 567191

7x Hose line with quick release couplings 600 mm 152960





Hydraulic power unit Page 204

Protective cover for weight Page 202



10

16



130

Equipment set TP 502 – Advanced LevelHydraulics for advanced students

The new advanced level

The training package TP 502 builds on the material covered in training package TP 501 – Basic Level, and adds 15 new projects to it.

The course expands students‘ know-ledge about the basic physical prin-ciples of hydraulics and the function and use of further hydraulic compo-nents.

In order to carry out the projects, users require the components and the necessary accessories from equipment set TP 501.

Hydraulics plus!

The new components provide added training value and relevant project tasks form the basis for advanced training in fundamental principles.

The training package is delivered in practical trays, packaged in a Systainer. These trays, in turn, fit exactly into the drawers in Learnline workstations.

Training content

Power packs and components:Design and function of a hydrau-lic motorSetting the direction and speed of rotation of a hydraulic motorDesign, function and use of a flow dividerUsing a hydraulic reservoir as a volume and pressure accumulatorDesign, function and use of a pressure regulatorSpecifying the cylinder pressureDifference between pressure-relief valves and pressure regulators

Measurements and calculations:Calculating performance ratios of hydraulic circuits from measured valuesCalculating forces on the cylinderCreating procedure descriptions

–

–

–

–

–

––

–

––

Hydraulic circuits:Implementing bypass circuitsEnsuring synchronised forward and return strokesGetting to know the bypass circuitGetting to know the rapid traverse feed circuitAdvancing and retracting of a cylinder after the pump from the reservoir is switched offUse of a hydraulic reservoir for a rapid traverse circuitGetting to know the rectifier circuitConfiguration and description of a sequence control with two cylindersGetting to know the pressure sequence and pressure stage circuitGetting to know the fuse protection for tensile loads

––

––

–

–

––

–

–



131

1 2 3

4 5 6

7 7 7/8


Training course documentsThe tasks explain further hydraulic circuits. The equipment set of pack-age TP 501 – Hydraulics Basic Level and TP 502 – Advanced Level equip-ment set are needed to carry out the tasks.



Measuring and controlling with Fluid Lab®

Hydraulics/electro-hydraulics digital learning programTextbook: Hydraulics – Basic LevelHydraulics poster set

–––

–

–

–

–

––

WorkbookTP 502

CD-ROM included

Festo Didactic

551147 EN

HydraulicsAdvanced level

DE 550142

EN 551147

ES 551148

FR 551149



1 1x Pressure relief valve, compensated 567237

2 1x 3-way pressure reduction valve 544337

3 1x Flow dividing valve 544340

4 1x 2/2-way stem actuated valve, convertible 544353


6 1x Diaphragm accumulator with shut-off block 152859


8 1x Mounting kit for cylinders 544371












9

4

132 www.festo-didactic.com

Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > Electrohydraulics

Equipment set TP 601 – Basic LevelBasic training in electrohydraulics

New edition of electrohydraulics!

TP 601 is a logical further develop-ment of electrohydraulics for train-ing and further education. The equipment set contains only elec-tro-hydraulic circuits and control systems.

The number and version of the com-ponents are specifically adapted to the projects in the workbook. This is a cost-effective way of teaching the important training objectives.

This equipment set provides stu-dents with knowledge about the basic physical principles of electrical engineering and electrohydraulics, as well as how electrohydraulic and control technology components function and are used.

Training content

Power packs and components:Design, mode of operation and ar-eas of application of 2/2, 3/2, 4/2 and 4/3-way solenoid valves, as well as 4/2-way double solenoid valvesDesign and mode of operation of electrical pushbuttons, switches and limit switchesDesign and mode of operation of a relayKnowing and accounting for the contact load capacity of electrical signal transmittersSelecting and using hydraulic and electrical components according to economic criteriaDesign and mode of operation of a pressure switchKnowing different ways of sensing a cylinder‘s end position and se-lecting the right one

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Hydraulic circuits: Commissioning hydraulic circuits safelyExplaining and designing direct and indirect actuationCreating and using a sequence tableExplaining and designing signal storage in the hydraulic power sectionSelecting solenoid valves according to the technical control requirementsUsing and designing basic logic functionsExplaining and designing an electric latching circuit with a dominant switch-off signalDesigning and arranging pressure-dependent control systemsKnowing simple operating modes and accounting for them in the circuitElectrically and mechanically locking of signals in a relay control systemExpanding existing control systems and adjusting the documentation accordingly

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Implementing sequence control with two cylindersGetting to know and creating a procedure description as GRAFCET and as a function diagramAnalysing circuits and carrying out systematic fault finding and error elimination with restart

Measurements and calculations:Measuring and calculating the flow in an electrohydraulic installationCalculating electrical characteris-tic values

–

–

–

–

–

133

17



1 2 3

4 5 6

7 8 9

10 10/11

12 13 14

15



1 1x Pressure relief valve 544335




5 1x 4/2-way solenoid valve, spring return 544346

6 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve, closed mid-position 544347

7 1x 4/2-way double solenoid valve, detenting 544352






13 2x 4-way distributor with pressure gauge 159395


15 1x Pressure switch, electronic 548612

















10

16

18 19 20




Hydraulics/electrohydraulics digital learning programTextbook: Electrohydraulics, Basic LevelHydraulics poster set

–––

–

–

–

–

–

–


Training course documentsThe basic electric circuits for hydrau-lic control technology are presented in 15 exercises. In order to carry out the exercises, students require the equipment set of TP 601 Electrohy-draulics, Basic Level.

DE 550143

EN 551150

ES 551151

FR 551152

WorkbookTP 601

CD-ROM included

Festo Didactic

551150 EN

ElectrohydraulicsBasic Level

134

Supplementary equipment setsControllers for electrohydraulics


Supplementary equipment set – Controlling using FluidSIM®/ EasyPort USB

With this package, the FluidSIM® software can be used to control training packages. FluidSIM® controls via EasyPort USB and processes the inputs and outputs connected to the universal con-nection unit according to their programming, e.g. using the digital module contained in FluidSIM®.

Complete supplementary equipment set in the Systainer 556271


1 1x Brief instructions for LOGO! DE/EN/FR/ES 556268

2 1x LOGO! EduTrainer Compact TP 535250

3 1x LOGO! Soft Comfort DE/EN/FR/ES/IT/PT 526505

4 1x LOGO! Programming cable 526504

Prerequisite:







Supplementary equipment set – Controlling using LOGO! EduTrainer® Compact TP/LOGO! Soft Comfort

The quick, uncomplicated and inex-pensive introduction to logical signal processing. With its extensive basic and special control technology func-tions, LOGO! replaces a variety of conventional switchgears and con-trol devices.

The Controlling using FluidSIM® package contains everything you need to control training packages TP 201 and TP 601. FluidSIM® Pneuma-tics is required for TP 201 and Fluid-SIM® Hydraulics for TP 601. A set of brief instructions provides informa-tion on the individual steps.

The sample solutions are included on a data storage medium as Fluid-SIM® CT programs.

The LOGO! EduTrainer® Compact TP package contains everything you need to control training packages TP 201 and TP 601. A set of brief in-structions provides information on the individual steps. Programming is carried out using the programming software LOGO! Soft Comfort.

The sample solutions are included on a data storage medium as LOGO! Soft Comfort programs.

Complete supplementary equipment set in the Systainer 556270


1 1x Brief instructions for FluidSIM DE/EN/FR/ES 556267





Prerequisite:


FluidSIM Pneumatics (from version 4) Pages 34 – 35

321

54

4

321



Supplementary equipment setsElectrohydraulics


2 3/4

5 6 7

8 8 8/9

Supplementary equipment set from Hydraulics, Basic level TP 501 to Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601

For training aims see Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601 equipment set.

Complete supplementary equipment set TP 501 – TP 601 573039














Supplementary equipment set from Hydraulics, Basic level TP 501 and Advanced level TP 502 to Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601

For training aims see Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601 equipment set.

Complete supplementary equipment set TP 501 and TP 502 – TP 601 573040











1

10 11 12



Equipment set TP 602 – Advanced Level Electrohydraulics for advanced students

The new advanced level

The training package TP 602 builds directly on the material covered in basic principles package TP 601, and adds more in-depth projects to it.

It provides students with advanced knowledge about the basic physi-cal principles of electrical engineer-ing and electrohydraulics, as well as how electrohydraulic and control technology components function and are used.

In order to carry out the projects, us-ers require the components and the necessary accessories from TP 601.

The number and version of the com-ponents are specifically adapted to the projects in the workbook. This makes it possible to achieve many important training objectives at lit-tle cost.

Training content

Power packs and components:Design and mode of operation of different proximity switchesFunction and possible applications of a time relay with switch-on and switch-off delayDesign and use of an electrical predetermining counter

Learning objectives for hydraulic circuits:

Selecting proximity switches according to the technical control requirementsExpanding electrohydraulic control systems and adjusting the docu-mentationDesigning and arranging path- and pressure-dependent sequence controlsIdentifying signal overlaps in a sequence control and taking the appropriate actionDesigning and arranging sequence control as a standing sequencerUsing memory to implement an emergency operation

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Implementing control systems with the operating modes single cycle and continuous cycleQuerying time in electrohydraulic control systemsGetting to know and using further logical connectionsDesigning and arranging pressure sequence controlKnowing safety-related conditions that could be needed for a driveDesigning and arranging safety functions with a predefined motion sequence for a control systemImplementing control systems with the operating modes inching and aligningSystematically identifying and eliminating errors in complex electrohydraulic control systemsCreating sequence control as a displacement-step diagramRepresenting procedure descrip-tions with GRAFCET

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Hydraulics plus!

The training package is delivered in practical trays, packaged in a Sys-tainer. The trays fit into the draw-ers in Learnline workstations. The new components, with added train-ing value and relevant project tasks, form the basis for advanced training in fundamental principles.



1 2 3

4 5 6

7 8 9

11


Training course documentsThe basic practical circuits in elec-trohydraulics are presented in 12 exercises. In order to carry out the exercises, students require the equipment set of TP 601 Electrohy-draulics, Basic Level and Advanced Level TP 602.

The workbook contains:Sample solutionsTraining notes Multimedia CD-ROM with photos and videos of industrial applications and circuit diagramsWorksheets for students



Hydraulics/electrohydraulics digital learning programTextbook: Basic level electrohydraulicsHydraulics poster set

–––

–

–

–

–

–

–

WorkbookTP 602

CD-ROM included

Festo Didactic

551153 EN

ElectrohydraulicsAdvanced Level

1A1+ 2A1+ 2A1– 1A1–

DE 550144

EN 551153

ES 551154

FR 551155





3 1x Preset counter, electrical,incrementing 162355



6 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve, relieving mid-position (AB > T) 544348


8 1x Emergency stop pushbutton, electrical 183347



11 1x Pressure relief valve, compensated 567237


10




Safety laboratory cables, Page 206








Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > Measurement and control

Equipment set TP 610 – Advanced levelMeasurement and control in Hydraulics with FluidLab®-H

Fit for tomorrow?

The equipment set for TP 610 ex-pands the training content of TP 501 and TP 601 to include the topic of hydraulics measurement and con-trol. The material covered ranges from recording simple characteristic curves of individual hydraulic valves through to the basic principles of cylinder control. In addition, aware-ness is raised in a clear and striking manner about the effective use of hydraulic energy, e.g. with resistance experiments.

New features of Fluid Lab®-H include the measurement experiments for proportional technology with record-ing characteristic curves and appli-cations such as pressure stages and rapid traverse feed circuits, as well as control technology with position, sequence and pressure control.

Exercises for the measurement and analysis of system and control behaviour point to a future in which diagnostics, preventative maintenance and saving energy are becoming more and more important.

Something extra specialIn order to the complete the exercis-es, sensors (e.g. pressure, flow and position) are connected to the inputs and control signals are transmitted to the EasyPort USB outputs. The Fluid Lab®-H software included in the scope of delivery interprets and visualises the signals. Analogue values are displayed as measure-ment curves.

Each exercise includes notes on its implementation, with positional sketches and block circuit diagrams. Students are guided step by step through the experiments. Measured results are then interpreted, com-pared with sample solutions and questions are asked to check stu-dents‘ understanding.

Training contentBasic principles of analogue processingUsing and adjusting sensorsInterpreting measurement resultsReading and understanding techni-cal data and measurement curvesGetting to know fluid engineering components and their influence and functionDemonstrating fluid engineering effects and special featuresAnalytical fault findingHydraulic energyEvaluating changes of stateProportional technologyControl technology with position, sequence and pressure control

–

–––

–

–

–––––

Your advantagesFast, PC-supported recording of measured valuesGreater training success through measurement of components and interpretation of resultsSensors that enable students „to look into“ the circuit and compo-nentsSuppositions regarding system behaviour can be easily provenLearning the principles of mea-surement and analysis and apply-ing them directly in other circuitsDemonstrate and understand the principles of fluid engineering fasterSystem analysis via a PC: State-of-the-art diagnostic methodBetter understanding of fluid engi-neering components and processes and thus better training outcomes

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–


Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > Measurement and control

1 2 3

4 5 6

7 8 9

11

Complete equipment set TP 610 in Systainer 567194


1 1x I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends 2.5 m 34031


3 1x Analogue cable, parallel 2 m 529141

4 1x Connection unit, analogue 567232



7 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve, relieving mid-position (AB > T) 544348

8 2x Pressure sensor 525964


10 1x Resistance hose line with quick release couplings 549858

11 1x Fluid Lab-H single licence 573286


Proportional amplifier 162255

Displacement encoder for cylinder 167090

Mounting kit for cylinders 544371

4/3-way proportional valve 167086

Proportional pressure relief valve 544351

Pressure filter 548609

Optionally, the regulating valve can be used instead of the proportional amplifier with the

proportional valves for the control technology exercises.

10

Includes Fluid Lab®-H measurement softwareThe Fluid Lab®-H software is an important component of the training package TP 610. Just a few simple steps are needed to configure the interface, adapt the sensors and select the language (DE/EN/ES/FR). Then the exercises can begin. These are divided into the areas: basic experiments, cylinder controls, proportional technology and control engineering. Connection diagrams, descriptions and sample solutions support students during the exercises. The software also controls the measurement sequence. Diagrams can be dimensioned and printed out using the cursors. The software also includes the complete book of exercises, with sample solutions, in PDF format.

System requirementsPC with Windows XP/Vista/7At least Pentium 1 GHz2 GB RAMCD-ROM driveUSB 2.0 or serial interface1280 x 1024 pixels

NI LabView 8.2.1 Runtime (included in the scope of delivery)

To carry out the exercises, students require the components and ap-propriate accessories from training packages 501 and 601.

––––––

12

The exercises for proportional and control hydraulics also require:

4/3-way regulating valve 167088


Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > Proportional hydraulics

140

Proportional hydraulics, Basic Level

Proportional valves are continuous valves that, thanks to proportion-al magnets, not only permit simple switching positions, but also enable a continuous transition in the valve opening.

These valves are specifically used in hydraulics where variable volumetric flows (proportional directional con-trol valve or proportional throttle) are needed together with load com-pensation (proportional flow control valve) or variable pressures (pro-portional pressure-relief valve). The equipment set provides information about proportional valves, how they function and how they are activated using proportional amplifiers and a setpoint value card. The set can be used to design, set and commission simply proportional control systems.

Training content

Components:Design and function of different proportional valvesCharacteristic curves and charac-teristics of proportional valvesDesign and function of amplifiers and setpoint specificationGetting to know the characteristics of the 1 and 2-channel amplifierCompletely setting the 1-channel amplifier Setting the basic current, step current and maximum currentGetting to know the characteristics of the 4/3-way proportional valve and the proportional pressure-re-lief valveDeriving the settings for the 2 channel amplifierSetting rampsDeriving the ramp settings from the function diagram

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

––

Measurements and calculations:Determining characteristic curves and characteristics of valves and equipmentMeasuring parameters such as pressure, volumetric flow and timeCalculating the flow for proportion-al directional control valvesCalculating speeds for double- acting cylinders with varying loadCalculating the natural frequency of a cylinder driveCalculating times for acceleration and braking

Hydraulic circuits:Controlling pressure and speedReading and creating hydraulic and electric circuit diagramsCreating a function diagramDesigning and commissioning con-trol systems, including fault findingGetting to know the pressure stage control system

–

–

–

–

–

–

––

––

–

Braking a cylinder feedReversing a hydraulic motor Setting process-dependent pressure stages Externally and logically inter- connecting setpoint valuesApproaching a position with brakingCreating a load-independent feed speed

–––

–

–

–

Equipment set TP 701 – Basic levelBasic proportional hydraulics training



141

2 3

4 5 6

7 8 9

11 12

13 14 15

16

Complete equipment set TP 701 184465



2 1x Proportional amplifier 162255

3 1x Setpoint value card 162256



6 1x 4/3-way proportional valve 167086

7 1x 4/2-way solenoid valve 167082

8 1x Proportional pressure relief valve 544351

9 1x Pressure filter 548609

10 1x Pressure balance (proportional flow control valve) 159351

11 1x Pressure relief valve/Pressure sequence valve 152848

12 1x Differential cylinder 16/10/200 152857









Measuring case 177468

Pressure relief unit 152971







Necessary accessories, also order:10

17

1

18The strong blended learning range for TP 701

Training course documentsTen exercises provide an introduc-tion to the equipment and circuits for proportional hydraulics. First of all, individual items of equipment are presented and their settings are tested. The graduated exercises then provide a complete solution.

The workbook contains:Sample solutions Training notes Multimedia CD-ROM with photos and videos of industrial applications and circuit diagrams Worksheets for students

Supplementary mediaDesigning and simulating with FluidSIM® Measuring and controlling with Fluid Lab® Digital learning program: Hydraulics/Electrohydraulics/ Open- and closed-loop control Textbook: Proportional hydraulics, Basic level Hydraulics poster set

–––

–

–

–

–

–

–

DE 94457

EN 94472

ES 94404

FR 94352



142

Proportional hydraulics, Advanced Level

The training package TP 702 builds directly on the material covered in package TP 701, Basic Level, and adds nine further, more in-depth and real-life case studies. The package includes the follow-ing steps:

Understanding the task using a positional sketch, diagram and problem descriptionDesigning the hydraulic circuit diagramDetermining the necessary signal transmittersCompiling the sequence tableDesigning the electric signal control systemStructuring and commissioning the proportional hydraulic control systemSettings and evaluating the result

–

–

–

––

–

–

Training content

Components:Determining characteristics curves and characteristics of different sensorsCoordinating electrical and hydrau-lic equipmentCreating characteristic curves for displacement, pressure and tem-perature sensors

Measurements and calculations:Measuring and processing parameters such as displacement, time, pressure and temperature Further signal processing of analogue signals

–

–

–

–

–

Hydraulic circuits:Controlling pressure, speed, acceleration, delay and positionReading and creating proportional hydraulic and electric circuit diagramsReading motion diagramsDesigning and commissioning proportional hydraulic control systems, including fault findingAdjusting and coordinating as per the specified procedure descriptionUsing basic circuits for proportion-al hydraulics such as: speed, rota-tional speed, stage, acceleration, braking and differential circuits, as well as positioningImplementing specific displace-ment-time and positioning pro-grams Setting precise switch-off positions Implementing drive acceleration with a proportional pressure- relief valve

–

–

––

–

–

–

––

Implementing oscillating move-ments for a cylinder with a propor-tional hydraulic control systemImplementing the specified speed profile by means of an additional bypass circuit and slow retraction to the end positionsImplementing a travel process with a 2/2-way proportional valve and a proportional pressure-relief valve

–

–

–

Equipment set TP 702 – Advanced levelAdvanced proportional hydraulics training



143

1 2 3

4 5 6/7

8 9 10

12 13

14


Training course ducumentsNine exercises illustrate the most important circuits and equipment in proportional hydraulics. To carry out the exercises, the equipment sets for proportional hydraulics TP 701 (Basic Level) and TP 702 (Advanced Level) are required.

The workbook contains:Sample solutions Training notes Multimedia CD-ROM with photos and videos of industrial applications and circuit diagrams Worksheets for students

Supplementary mediaDesigning and simulating with FluidSIM® Measuring and controlling with Fluid Lab® Digital learning program: Hydraulics/Electrohydraulics/Open- and closed-loop control Textbook: Proportional hydraulics, Basic level Hydraulics poster set

–––

–

–

–

–

–

–

DE 94458

EN 94473

ES 94450




11

1 1x Setpoint value card 162256

2 1x Comparator 162257











13 1x Displacement encoder for cylinder 167090













Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > Closed-loop hydraulics

144

Closed-loop hydraulics, Basic Level

Hydraulic closed-loop control circuits are normally operated with continu-ous valves. A control valve with inte-grated electronics, linear character-istic curve (volumetric flow to control piston position) and zero overlap makes commissioning easy and pro-vides good results in the closed-loop control circuit.

Training content

Position control circuits:Characteristic curve of a displace-ment sensorFlow rate characteristics of a con-tinuous directional control valveLinear unit as a controlled system for position controlDesigning and commissioning a position control circuitLag errors in the position control circuitPosition control with a changed controlled systemCommissioning a position control circuit with disturbancesCharacteristics and transition functions of a status controllerParameterising a status controller

Pressure control circuits:Characteristic curve of a pressure sensorControlled system for pressure controlCharacteristics of a PID control-ler board

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Transition function of a P controllerControl performance of a pressure control circuit with P controllerTransition functions of I and PI controllersTransition functions of D, PD and PID controllersEmpirical parameterisation of a PID controllerParameterising using the Ziegler-Nichols methodChanged controlled system with disturbances

Controllers in hydraulics:Controlled systems with and with-out compensationLow-delay hydraulic controlled systemsFirst, second and third order hydraulic controlled systemsClassifying controlled systems according to their step responseOperating point and controller amplificationDiscontinuous controllersBlock diagrams for discontinuous and continuous controllersP, I, D, PI, PD and PID controllersStatus controllersSelecting the controller structure

––

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

––

–––

Disturbance reaction and control factorDesigning control circuitsHydraulic, mechanical and electrical controllersAnalogue and digital controllersSelection criteria for controllers

Valves and measuring systems:Designation, circuit symbols and function of continuous directional control valvesStationary characteristics and dynamic behaviour of continuous directional control valvesFunction, design and mode of oper-ation of a pressure regulating valvePressure control with a directional control valveMode of operation and interface of a measuring system

–

––

––

–

–

–

–

–

Equipment set TP 511Basis closed-loop hydraulics training


Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > Closed-loop hydraulics

145

1 2 3

4 5 6

7 8 9

11


Training course ducumentsTwenty exercises cover the most important principles of analogue closed-loop control: pressure and position control with PID control-ler and position control with status controller.

The workbook contains:Sample solutionsTraining notesMultimedia CD-ROM with photos and videos of industrial applications and circuit diagrams Worksheets for students



Digital learning program: Hydraulics/Electrohydraulics/Open- and closed-loop control Textbook: Proportional hydraulics, Basic levelHydraulics poster set

Partial equipment sets for controlling pressure and position on request.

–––

–

–

–

–

–

–

DE 94460

EN 94469

ES 94368

FR 94348




10

1 1x Pressure filter 548609






7 1x PID controller 162254

8 1x 4/3-way regulating valve 167088

9 1x Status controller 162253

10 2x Weight, 5 kg for linear drive 34065

11 1x Linear drive 167089






Cushioning cylinder for linear drive 152295

Function generator 152918

Cable BNC – 4 mm 152919

Cable BNC – BNC 158357

T-connector BNC 159298




1 2 3

4 5 6

7 8 9

10 11 12

13 14 15

16 17 18

19 20 21

22 23 24

BIBB hydraulics equipment setSuitable for BIBB hydraulics course – lessons A-H


Complete equipment set BIBB exercises A-H in equipment tray 80147



2 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve with closed mid-position 167083

3 1x 4/3-way solenoid valvewith recirculating mid-position 167085


5 1x Pressure relief valve, piloted 152849

6 1x 3-way pressure reducing valve 152850



9 1x Double-acting cylinder, 16/10/200 152857





14 1x Non-return valve 0.1 MPa 152845



17 4x Branch tee 152847

18 1x Pressure switch 167080


20 1x Weight 152972

21 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve with relieving mid-position 167084



24 1x Pressure switch 167080

Training aimsThe 21 exercises in the BIBB hydrau-lics course teach the fundamentals of hydraulic control engineering. These training aims are divided into 8 different training units with the fol-lowing contents: Power supply unit, Directional control valves and drives, Non-return and flow control valves, Pressure valves and switches, Hy-draulic accumulators, Application circuits, Commissioning and main-tenance.

The additional exercises equipment set allows further interesting training aims: Lifting a load, Rectifier circuit, Idling of pump output.

Recommended training mediaSelf-tuition program, Fundamentals of hydraulicsDesign and simulation program, FluidSIM® Hydraulics

Also order: BIBB Hydraulics course On request.

–

–


Complete equipment set BIBB additional exercises 80148

Recommended accessories:

Relay, three-fold 162241

Signal input, electrical 162242

Necessary accessories:

Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > BIBB hydraulics

146











Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > Mobile hydraulics


Equipment set TP 800 – Mobile hydraulicsFrom basic principles to mobile machine

Mobile hydraulics from Festo Didactic

Mobile hydraulics has a range of specific features compared to con-ventional industrial hydraulics. These are normally taught directly on a vehicle. But what if the compo-nents or the vehicle are not access-ible or the entire system is too com-plex for teaching purposes?

With the mobile hydraulics equip-ment set, Festo Didactic closes the gap between the basic principles of hydraulics and hydraulic systems on a vehicle.

For an ideal introduction to mobile hydraulics, a hydraulic power unit is available, with variable displacement pump and load sensing controller and a constant displacement pump. This enables both basic and ad-vanced levels to be taught and load simulations to be carried out with just one power unit.

Equipment sets:

Working hydraulics – Basic level

At the basic level, flow control with directional valves with different mid positions are compared in terms of their energy usage. This is done using a cylinder load simulator which, depending on the design, is capable of simulating a wide variety of different load situations.

In addition, the topics of holding and lowering the load and two 6/3 way valves for actuation of two drives are discussed using the series, parallel and tandem circuits.

As a transition to the Working hy-draulics – Advanced level, a simple load sensing controller with constant pump is implemented.

On request

Working hydraulics – Advanced level

Here, the focus is on load sensing systems with variable displacement pump. This includes the construc-tion, operation and adjustment of a variable displacement pump with a load sensing controller and mobile or control block. The energy usage with flow control, open centre load sens-ing and closed centre load sensing with a variable displacement pump can then be compared.

Remote control and hydraulic pi-lot control of mobile blocks can also be discussed and developed. In ad-dition, the effects of upstream and downstream pressure balances can be tested.

On request

Hydrostatic steering system

The working hydraulics can also be extended with a steering system. This teaches the construction and functioning of a hydrostatic steering system, with typical shock and suc-tion valves and double-rod cylinders.

The influence and effect of loads on the steering cylinder are investigat-ed. Combinations of working hydrau-lics and a steering system based on different priorities can also easily be set up. This illustrates the effect of steering activity on the downstream working hydraulics.

On request

System diagnostics with Fluid Lab®-M

To make the setpoints and actual values for a hydraulic system com-parable, a reproducible, controlled measuring sequence is required.

With Fluid Lab®-M, we offer software for free measured dataacquisition, -visualisation and -storage. The con-trol of the sequence to be measured can be performed outside the soft-ware, or manually inside the soft-ware, or can be programmed and saved as a sequencing program in the software. Results can be saved, visualised, measured and compared.

On request

Electrical engineering/Electronics training packages


Equipment sets

Fundamentals of electrical engineering .........................................................152Building automation systems ........................................................................158Electric drive technology ...............................................................................162

149


Electrical engineering/Electronics training packages > System description

150

Rapid transferWhether in initial professional training or more advanced courses: It is essential to be able to recall what has been learned and apply it immediately. This is easier to do if the worlds of learning and work are as similar as possible. That is why the training packages for electrical engineering only contain industrial components, and the exercises in the course documents come from a typical, professional environment.

Maximum compatibilityElectrical engineering and electron-ics are fundamental components of automation. These training pack-ages can therefore be used where mechatronics or bus technology are involved.

4 mm safety sockets and SysLink guarantee „electrical compatibi-lity“A new standard coupling ensures that motors and driven elements are universally compatibleH-rails and housing dimensions allow components from other manufacturers to be used

–

–

–

Useful modularityThe training packages for electrical engineering training packages are expandable. For example, they begin with electrical protective measures and a domestic connection. Later, they add the starter kit for sub-distribution and the topic of building automation.

This modularity has a further benefit: each training device is smaller, more portable and can be housed in a cabinet more easily.

Single source: Equipment for electrical engineering and electrical laboratory

The learning system for automation technology is now more comprehen-sive than ever before. With the ba-sic principles of electrical engineer-ing and electronics, from Ohm‘s Law through to the complex knowledge and applications involved in drive and control technology, the learning system now covers most of the topics included in forward-looking basic and advanced training courses in automation.

Electrical engineering training packagesModern and exciting training

Combination with self-studyEducation in schools, companies or university cannot be successful with-out a willingness to do self-study.

That is why the appropriate WBTs are available for all topics. Our range of digital training programs provides exciting learning scenarios and sup-plements the classroom-based parts of a course.

The WBTs are particularly well suited for teaching the basic principles and thus provide the optimum supplement to practical experiments.

Well packaged and transportedAnyone who wants to design varied teaching and personal learning concepts requires flexible and modular training systems. That is why we have packaged most of the equipment sets into the practical and mobile Systainer. This makes storage and transportation easier and supports flexible working.

Safe connection technologyWhen it comes to dealing with elec-tricity, safety and protective meas-ures are a key focus. Of course, all of our electrical connections are fitted with safety sockets or plugs.

The plug-in modules of the equip-ment set for the basic principles of electrical engineering/electronicsPower supply units and power suppliesBack plates and EduTrainer®

–

–

–


Electrical engineering/Electronics training packages > System description

151

Proven training concept

Festo Didactic‘s proven and continu-ously upgraded teachware concept also underpins the training packages for electrical engineering.

It is based on project-based exercis-es that increase in complexity from one exercise to the next. The know-ledge learned is revisited, reinforced and consolidated in subsequent exercises.

Theoretical content can be illustrated and communicated more clearly with the help of the photos and videos on the enclosed multimedia CD-ROM to communicate it more clearly.

Teacher and student versions of documents are provided, with identical page numbering to make it easier to answer questions. Exercise sheets can simply be printed as required.

All projects include practical problems. Drawings, images and videos give a broad view of industrial reality.

Winner of the iF product design award 2011:Equipment set TP 1011Basic principles of electrical engineering/electronics


Electrical engineering/Electronics training packages > Equipment sets > Fundamentals of electrical engineering

Equipment set TP 1011Fundamentals of electrical engineering/electronics

TP 1011 – the training package that provides the ideal introduction to all aspects of electrical engineering/electronics components and systems.

Complete with built-in safety features, the universal patch panel in the reliable 19 mm grid forms the basis for all electrical engineering/electronics as well as digital and closed-loop technology experiments, which are supplied comprehensively by the basic power supply unit with integrated display and function generator.

The component set contains all of the components for carrying out basic experiments and provides clear assignment thanks to its printed storage panel.

The Systainer solution included in the scope of delivery meets work, transport and storage requirements efficiently, thus reducing the amount of work required before and after lessons.

Training content

Direct current Voltage, current, resistance, conductance, Ohm‘s law, using measuring devices, energy and capacity, series and parallel connections, voltage dividers, non-linear resistors, bridge circuit, voltage sourceAlternating current Electric field, induction, capacitor and coil in DC and AC circuit, series and parallel circuits, active resistance, reactance and impedance, phase shift of current and voltageSemiconductors semiconductor diode, Zener diode, light-emitting diode, bipolar transistors, unipolar transistors, diac, triac, thyristorBasic electronics circuits Power supply unit circuits, amplifier circuits, flip-flops, power electronics

–

–

–

–

Simply reliable! All electrical connections are equipped with safety connectors and sockets based on state-of-the-art technology. This applies both to the components and to other system components such as the power supply unit and patch panel.

The equipment set is therefore ideal for use in laboratories in which there are high voltages present and where safety is paramount.

Eminently connectable! Contacts options on the top and underside of the housing allow access to all component connections, irrespective of their orientation.

Measurements can thus be taken at any time without having to modify the circuit and parallel connections become child‘s play.



Workbooks The basic principles of electrical engineering/electronics are covered in detail in realistic projects, each with its own problem description, parameters and project order.

Particular emphasis is placed on the topics of the design and function of the components as well as their circuitry and characteristic values.

Worksheets support the students through the required stages from execution through to assessment of learning success.

The workbooks contain:SolutionsDidactic notesWorksheets for the studentMultimedia CD-ROM with graphicsSome in colour, in binder

–––––

1 2 3 Complete equipment set TP 1011 in the Systainer 571780


1 1x Basic power supply unit EduTrainer 567321

2 1x Universal patch panel EduTrainer 567322

3 1x Component set for electrical engineering/electronics 567306

1x Safety jumper plugs, 28 pieces, grey-black 571809

Required accessories, also order:

Power cable Page 199

Laboratory safety cables Page 206

2 multimeters Page 207


Possibilities of expansion:

Equipment set TP 1012, Basic principles of digital technology On request

Equipment set TP 1013, Basic principles of closed-loop technology On request

Workbook

With CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

567209 EN

Fundamentals of direct current technology

Workbook

With CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

567283 EN

Fundamentals of semiconductors

Workbook

With CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

567291 EN

Basic electronics circuits

Workbook

With CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

567217 EN

Fundamentals of alternating current technology

Fundamentals of direct current technology DE 567207

EN 567209

ES 567211

FR 567213

Fundamentals of alternating current technology DE 567215

EN 567217

ES 567219

FR 567221

Fundamentals of semiconductors DE 567281

EN 567283

ES 567285

FR 567287

Basic electronics circuits DE 567289

EN 567291

ES 567293

FR 567295



Equipment set TP 1021 EasyKit microcontroller

Embedded systems made easy

Until now, the development of em-bedded systems has been the pre-serve of specialists. Every step of the design process, the manufacture of special printed circuit boards and the programming of the microcontroller (usually only in C++ or Assembler) required expert knowledge and instruction.

This is where the idea of EasyKit comes in: standardised, easy-to-batch electronic modules and a graphically orientated programming interface make it much simpler to create microcontroller-based control systems. This means that sophisti-cated applications can be created with a minimum amount of integra-tion work.

data flow program as a subroutine. Programs are put together using functional modules with a high ab-straction level. This means that the range of modules which can address the input and output channels of the microcontroller goes beyond func-tional modules alone, going from timers, counters, arithmetic and logi-cal functions right up to entire con-trollers.

Simulation mode Once the program has been created, it can be tested in simulation mode without any hardware connected. In this mode the user can assign the output values of input modules man-ually, as these cannot transmit val-ues when no hardware is connected.

Automatic code generation At the touch of a button, EasyLab generates C-code and then machine code from the program the user has created. This can then be transmitted to the microcontroller via the USB interface.

Live debugging If required, EasyLab can install a monitor program on the micro-controller in addition to the main program. This makes it easy to monitor the program as it is running, as all the functional values are displayed in real-time in EasyLab. The user can see which subroutine is currently being executed and which values apply at the edges of the subroutine. This guarantees step-by-step commissioning and convenient, fast fault finding.

All the properties of EasyLab make it incredibly easy to create and commission even the most complex of applications (e.g. controllers).

Of course, it is also still possible to program EasyKit using C++.

The EasyKit concept With EasyKit, microcontrollers are adapted to the requirements of individual control tasks by connecting special input and output modules. The microcontroller board in the starter kit therefore has two slots for input and output modules.

Programming with EasyLab In addition, the programming inter-face EasyLab has been created, which allows graphical programming. EasyLab is the first system to enable model-driven software development. The conventional technical descrip-tion methods

SequencerData flow

can be used directly in EasyLab, thus providing a convenient way to solve programming problems.

Sequencer and data flow EasyLab offers both of these options. The main program is a sequencer which allows branches and parallel sequences in addition to a linear sequence. Each step is assigned a

––




Scope of delivery

Starter board with powerful Cortex™-M3 microcontroller and two slots for

EasyKit expansion modules

2 EasyKit expansion modules: 1 DIO1, 1 AIO1

EasyKit application board with DC motor, infrared light barrier for

measuring motor speed, photoreceptor

Programming software EasyLab as classroom licence with simulation capability

USB connecting cable, stranded wire, screwdriver

Detailed training documents in PDF format on CD

Supplied in the practical Mini-Systainer

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Please note: The modules can be plugged into either of the two sockets. However, only one module of the same type may be plugged into each socket.

Expansion modules

EasyKit is a versatile, expandable system which can be adapted to your individual needs using additional input/output modules.

EasyLab sequencer

EasyLab data flow

Technical data for processor board

Processor with ARM® Cortex™-M3 core (STM32), 8 MHz clock frequency,

64 KByte Flash RAM

External communication via USB 2.0

Power supply via USB or external power supply unit

3 pushbuttons and 3 LEDs

2x 16-pin terminal strips for analogue and digital inputs and outputs

2 slots for input/output modules

Up to 4 digital inputs

Up to 4 digital outputs

Up to 4 analogue inputs

Up to 4 analogue outputs

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Input/output module ILT2 (V1.0)Driver for inductive loads/actuators (e.g. relays and directional control valves), switching voltage corresponds to that of the connected power supply unit (12 – 24 V), connection via terminal D-Out2. Order no. 571823

Input/output module AIO1 (V1.1)Analogue voltage input and output, 0 – 5 V via terminals A-In1 and A-Out1. Order no. 571818

Input/output module AIO2 (V1.1)Analogue voltage input and output, 0 – 5 V via terminals A-In2 and A-Out2. Order no. 571819

Input/output module DIO1 (V1.1)Digital input and output 0.5 V (TTL-compatible) via terminals D-In1 and D-Out1. Order no. 571820

Input/output module DIO2 (V1.1)Digital input and output 0.5 V (TTL-compatible) via terminals D-In2 and D-Out2. Order no. 571821

Input/output module ILT1 (V1.0)Driver for inductive loads/actuators (e.g. relays and directional control valves), switching voltage corresponds to that of the connected power supply unit (12 – 24 V), connection via terminal D-Out1. Order no. 571822



Equipment set TP 1211Fundamentals of circuits with contacts

Fundamentals of control technology

Basic control circuits also have their place in modern automation technology, as simple automation tasks are still set up with low-cost contactor circuits.

Realistic projects are executed using the equipment set and practical exercises. The design, function and areas of application of the components are explained along with their use.

The right selection of switching elements and equipment is just as important as the correct use and adjustment of protective devices.

The general operating principles are explained using examples and the basic knowledge of the control tech-nology with contacts is explained comprehensively.

Training contentButtons and switchesNO and NC contactsJog modeSelf-latching circuitPushbutton lockMultiple control pointsMessages Design and function of a contactorElectronic time relaysOvercurrent release and motor protection switchDesignation of equipment used Connection and testing of a three-phase socketMain and control circuitProtective interlockingReversing contactor circuitStar-delta starting Reversing contactor circuit with automatic star-delta starting

––––––––––

––

–––––

AdvantagesThe three-phase AC supply guarantees the electrical safety of the workplaceExtremely compact equipmentFlexible thanks to the use of industrial componentsEasily extendedJumper plugs for connecting the boards improve clarityMaximum effectiveness in connection with MPS® transfer line or electric machinesRugged angled screw-in sockets for contactingThe Systainer solution included in the scope of delivery meets work, transport and storage require-ments efficiently

–

––

––

–

–

–



The workbook The specific topics relating to circuits with contacts are covered in detail in six realistic projects, each with its own problem description, parame-ters and project order.

Particular emphasis is placed on the topics of the design and function of the components as well as their cir-cuitry and adjustment.

Worksheets support the students through the required stages of plan-ning, execution and function testing.

Particular emphasis is placed on independent development of the circuits by the student.



1 1x EduTrainer three-phase current supply 571812

2 1x EduTrainer 24 V power supply unit 571813

3 1x EduTrainer contactor board 571814

4 1x Motor technology contactor set 571816

5 1x EduTrainer operator and signalling unit 571815

Recommended accessories, also order:


–––––

Safety laboratory cables, 106 pieces, red, blue and black 571806

Safety laboratory cables, 52 pieces, grey and green-yellow 571807

Safety jumper plug, 42 pieces, ...

... red, blue, grey, grey-blue and green-yellow 571808

Workbook

TP 1211

With CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

567315 EN

Fundamentals of circuits with contacts

54

DE 570901

EN 567315

ES 567317

FR 567319

Measuring devices Pages 207 – 209

MPS Transfer system Pages 228 – 239

158

Electrical engineering/Electronics training packages > Equipment sets > Building automation systems

Equipment set TP 1111Power supply systems and protective measures

Fundamentals of electrical protective measures

Protecting people plays an important role when using electrical energy, as it is not visible and is recognisable only by its effects. Possible risks must therefore be minimised through suitable safety measures.

Examples provide an introduction to the problems associated with elec-trical safety measures. Current con-ditions are examined and the risks resulting from the relevant situation are demonstrated by means of meas-urements. The subsequent analysis and interpretation of the measure-ment results show the relationships and identify measures.

Training content Power supply:

Power supply systems (TN, TT, IT system)Protective measures in the different networks

Service connection:Components of a service connection systemAdditional designations in the TN system (TN-C, TN-S, TN-C-S)Selection of the protective measure and protective devicesProtective measure measuring devicesPlanning and execution of initial tests in accordance with DIN VDE 0100-610 and repeat tests in accordance with DIN VDE 0105 and BGV A3Creating test reportsSafety and availability advice for customers

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

––

Sub-distribution:Using protective measures and measuring devicesPlanning and execution of initial and repeat testsEvaluation of the measurement resultsCreating test reportsIdentifying, describing and measuring risks due to errorsSystematic troubleshooting

General: Conducting customer dialogues

for system commissioningfor repeat testingfor errors/malfunctions in the electrical systemfollowing successful repair

–

–

–

––

–

–––

–

AdvantagesLockable error switches integrated in the housing facilitate realistic fault findingNo additional power supply requiredThe Systainer solution included in the scope of delivery meets work, transport and storage require-ments efficientlyComplete teaching materials including WBT Electrical safety measuresFor a practical explanation of the protective measures, measurements and tests are carried out using conventional test and measuring devices

–

–

–

–

–


159


The workbook The workbook for power supply systems and protective measures covers the topic of the safety of electrical systems in accordance with DIN VDE in detail.

The specific conditions and the measures for avoiding dangerous situations are dealt with using realistic situations. Different types of network (TN-C, TN-CS, TT and IT network), protection against direct and indirect contact, protection against electric shock (including in the event of a fault), protection through RCD and initial and repeat testing of electrical systems and devices are explained in project form.



1 1x EduTrainer net board 571825

2 1x EduTrainer house installation 571826

3 1x EduTrainer subdistributor 571827

Recommended training media, also order:

Worksheets support the students through the required stages of intro-duction, planning and execution of exercises, evaluation of results and documentation.

Particular emphasis is placed on independent execution, evaluation and documentation by the student.


–––––

Digital training program Electrical protective measures Page 21

Workbook

TP 1111

With CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

567309 EN

Power supply systems and protective measures


RCD EduTrainer On request

IT network EduTrainer On request

DE 567307

EN 567309

ES 567311

FR 567313



Equipment set TP 1131KNX/EIB compact board

Intelligent solutions Modern buildings are characterised by intelligent lighting and air-condi-tioning solutions. Building automa-tion systems and bus systems play a key role here.

The KNX/EIB compact board EduTrainer® is used to explain use of this technology. Equipped with the latest generation of industrial components, it delivers state-of-the-art technology.

When selecting the devices used, efforts were made to ensure that the widest possible range of levels of complexity can be realised. Begin-ners are therefore not overwhelmed and can use the full range of func-tions to meet increasing require-ments.

The Systainer solution included in the scope of delivery meets work, transport and storage requirements efficiently, thus reducing the amount of work required before and after lessons.

Training contentKNX/EIB system fundamentalsUsing the system software ETS3Switching and dimming the lightTwo-way circuitsInterval timersStaircase lighting timersLight scene control systemsDifferent floor plansHeating and climate controlLouvre and blind control systemsLogic operation of signals

–––––––––––

Functional The pushbutton sensor elements can be used either as rockers or as inde-pendent buttons, the actual value of the integrated temperature con-troller can be specifed and further processed using an external poten-tiometer.

Universal The channels of the 4-fold universal interface can be parameterised as both binary input and outputs. This means, for example, that the LEDs can be used to indicate a wide variety of states or solid state relays can be controlled for electrothermal heating valve drives.

www.festo-didactic.com160


Technical dataInput voltage: 230 V AC 1~ (47 – 63 Hz), short circuit and overload protectionPhase displayOutput for the connection of additional KNX/EIB EduTrainer® modulesOutput voltage: 230 V AC 1~Integrated power supply unit 30 V DC 0.32 AUSB interface8-fold switching output2-fold louvre actuator2-fold dimming actuator4-fold universal binary I/O4-fold multi-function pushbutton sensor with 8 pushbuttons

–

––

––

––––––

2-fold multi-function pushbutton sensor with 4 pushbuttons, room temperature controller including setpoint and actual value input and displayIntegrated simulation panel with 14 colour LEDs, some dimmableKNX system connector for bus connectionConnection via 4 mm and 2 mm safety connectorsFront plate: 399 x 297 mmControl console housing with rubber feet for use in A4 frame or on tabletop

–

–

–

–

––



ETS3 software training package On request


Heating control with real valve actuator for practical training.

KNX/EIB heating valve actuator EduTrainer On request

Real louvre for illustrating the problem of slat adjustment on louvres.

KNX/EIB louvre EduTrainer On request

Eminently connectable A switching actuator (8-fold) as well as a dimming and a subblind actua-tor (2-fold) provide the full function range and cover all requirements for the control of external actuators or of the integrated simulation panel.

Flexible The universal simulation range, including dimmable LEDs, has no fixed wiring and offers versatile options for exciting projects thanks to its overlay masks.

Scope of delivery

KNX/EIB compact board

Overlay masks

14 laboratory safety cables

–

–

–

Complementary media

EIB PowerLine technology Workbook with CD-ROM

Easy-to-understand introduction to the EIB bus system and the PowerLine programming softwarePractical explanation of the content using simulations (CD-ROM) and a wide variety of exercises (workbook)Includes CD-ROM with full Power-Line programming software

EIB PowerLine technology Solutions Solutions for the workbook, pro-vides more in-depth information on bus systems and the PowerLine programming software.

–

–

–

DE 572124

DE 572125


162

Electrical engineering/Electronics training packages > Equipment sets > Electric drive technology

Equipment set TP 1410Servo brake and drive system

Electric drive technology

Modern drives are characterised by the bringing together of electrical and mechanical components to create complete systems.

With rotating electric machines in particular, the basic principles of the individual components along with the system approach and practicality play a crucial role.

Enclosed in a compact housing, this equipment set incorporates a com-plete, flexible and convenient load and drive system, which is used to analyse the systems to be examined in different load situations.

The unique didactic concept makes a clear distinction between the unit under test and the load.

The practical quick-change system makes it easy to set up and change the machines to be examined.

The unit under test circuits are created using reliable and flexible A4 EduTrainer® modules.

Simple tests such as the recoring of a characteristic curve can be per-formed manually with the brake system, with no need for a PC and software. Measured values, cha-racteristics and function mode are shown on the integrated display.

The convenient DriveLab software provides a wide range of options.

With the electric teaching machines, virtually all electric circuits and drives that exist in industry, in trade and in the home can be explained practically and effectively.

The range of drives includes systems of varying degrees of complexity, including single-phase and three-phase drives, DC drives and modern servo drives.

Training contentElectric drive technology componentsDC drivesAC drivesThree-phase drivesSpecial purpose machinesActuation with contactFrequency convertersCommunication technology

Technical dataInput voltage: 230 V AC 1~ (47 – 63 Hz), short circuit and overload protectionControl console housing with rubber feet for use on the deskConnection via 4 mm safety connectorsIntegrated EMC filterIntegrated braking resistor

Scope of deliveryServo brake and drive systemDriveLab softwareUSB connecting cable

–

–––––––

–

–

–

––

–––


163


Workbooks Realistic projects explain the basic principles of rotating electric machines in detail. Particular emphasis is placed on the topics of the design and function as well as circuitry and characteristic values.


Particular emphasis is placed on in-dependent execution by the student.

The workbooks contain:SolutionsDidactic notesWorksheets for the studentMultimedia CD-ROM with graphicsSome in colour, in binder

–––––




Digital training program Electric drives 1 Page 23



EduTrainer three-phase current supply 571812

EduTrainer 24 V power supply unit 571813

EduTrainer contactor board 571814

Motor technology contactor set 571816

EduTrainer operator and signalling unit 571815

Electric machines Page 164

Workbook

With CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

571783 EN


Workbook

With CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

571799 EN

Fundamentals of three-phase current machines

Workbook

With CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

571791 EN

Fundamentals of AC machines

The convenient and intuitive Drive-Lab software supports the automatic recording of machine characteris-tic curves, the parameterisation of a static load and the simulation of load models for the examination of drives under realistic conditions. The com-parison and optimisation of different drive concepts can be carried out in the form of project exercises. Sample configurations provide a quick and easy-to-understand introduction.

Different load modelsPump, fan, calender, compressor, winch, linear axis, conveyor, lift.

System requirementsPC with Windows XP SP2 or higher, CD-ROM drive, USB connection.

DE 571781

EN 571783

ES 571785

FR 571787

Fundamentals of AC machines DE 571789

EN 571791

ES 571793

FR 571795

Fundamentals of three-phase current machines DE 571797

EN 571799

ES 571801

FR 571803

DC power supply EduTrainer On request

Universal resistor EduTrainer On request


164


www.festo-didactic.de

Electric machines

Sturdy special design for training purposesNeutral rating plateOvertemperature protection (NC contact) in the windingFully assembled and aligned on support plateOne shaft end, equipped with coupling piece suitable for the servo brake and drive systemSupport plate with clamping slot and quick action mounting system for profile plateAll connections on safety socketsPainted in RAL 7035

DC shunt machinePower rating: 0.3 kWSpeed: 2,000 rpmArmature: 220 V/1.8 AField: 220 V/0.3 A

DC series machinePower rating: 0.3 kWSpeed: 2,000 rpm220 V/1.9 A

Universal motorPower rating: 0.2 kWSpeed: 3,000 rpmAC 230 V/3.0 ADC 140 V/2.5 A

–

––

–

–

–

––

––––

–––

––––

Capacitor motorPower rating: 0.25 kWSpeed: 1,400 rpmcos ϕ: 0.99AC 230 V/1.86 ARunning/starting capacitor: 25 μF/10 μF

Three-phase current asynchronous motor 230/400 V

Power rating: 0.25 kWSpeed: 1,350 rpmcos ϕ: 0.79Star circuit: 400 V/0.76 ADelta circuit: 230 V/1.32 A

Three-phase current asynchronous motor 400/690 V

Power rating: 0.25 kWSpeed: 1,350 rpmcos ϕ: 0.78Star circuit: 690 V/0.45 ADelta circuit: 400 V/0.77 A

Synchronous machinePower rating: 0.3 kWSpeed: 1,500 rpmcos ϕ: 0,97Exciter: 150 V/0.95 AStar circuit: 400 V/0.66 ADelta circuit: 230 V/1.14 A

Further machines are available on request.

–––––

–––––

–––––

––––––

DC shunt machine 571868

DC series machine 571869

Universal motor 571871

Capacitor motor 571872

Three-phase current asynchronous motor 230/400 V 571874

Three-phase current asynchronous motor 400/690 V 571875

Synchronous machine 572095

165



Training device for the A4 mount-ing frame, ready for operation and equipped with the universal single-phase frequency converter Micro-master 420 from Siemens.

Profibus interface, control panel and parametrisation software are includ-ed in the scope of delivery.

The typical industrial areas of use of the Micromaster 420 are conveyors, material transport, pumps and fans.

Special features:Versatile-use inputs/outputsFCC control (flow current control) for high drive quality, even with load changesMultipoint characteristic curve (parametrisable U/f characteris-tic curve)Various startup possibilities via control panel or software toolParametrisable acceleration/return times (0 – 650 s)4 suppression frequencies to protect the machine in case of resonanceIntegrated protection/overload functions

––

–

–

–

–

–

The device is equipped with an EMV filter with reduced fault current for operation in a laboratory environ-ment.

All relevant connections of the con-verter are carried out on 4 mm safety terminal sockets.

The motor connection can alterna-tively be made via a standardised round plug or a terminal strip. In ad-dition, a screened connection termi-nal is available. Power supply is also provided via 4 mm sockets.

The converter is ideally suitable as a drive for the MPS® transfer system AC. With the Profibus interface, it can be seamlessly integrated into higher-order control systems.

Technical dataPROFIBUS interfaceBOP (control panel)3 digital inputs1 analogue input1 relay output1 analogue outputPI controlFront panel: 266 x 297 mmDepth: 90 mmPower supply: 1 AC/230 VOutput: 3 AC/230 V, 0.35 kW

–––––––––––

Training device for the A4 moun-ting frame, ready for operation and equipped with the universal single-phase frequency converter for varia-ble speeds in single-phase networks of 200 – 240 V.

Due to its uncomplicated operation, it is especially suitable as an intro-ductory device for teaching the basic principles of converter technology.

The typical industrial areas of use of the Sinamacs G110 are conveyors, material transport, pumps and fans.

Special features:Uncomplicated engineering and parametrisation with the tools SIZER and STARTER and via the removable control panel (BOP)Multipoint characteristic curve (parametrisable U/f characteris-tic curve)Integrated protection/overload functions

–

–

–

The device is equipped with an EMV filter with reduced fault current for operation in a laboratory environ-ment.

All relevant connections of the con-verter are carried out on 4 mm safety terminal sockets.

The motor connection can alterna-tively be made via a standardised round plug or a terminal strip. In ad-dition, a screened connection termi-nal is available. Power supply is also provided via 4 mm sockets.

The converter is ideally suitable as a drive control for the MPS® transfer system AC.

Technical dataBOP (control panel)3 digital inputs1 analogue input1 optocoupler outputFront panel: 266 x 297 mmDepth: 90 mmPower supply: 1 AC/230 VOutput: 3 AC/230 V, 0.55 kW

––––––––

Micromaster 420 EduTrainer®

Micromaster 420 EduTrainer 573868

Sinamics G110 EduTrainer 573869

Sinamics G110 EduTrainer®

Additional frequency converters and servo converters:

Sinamics G120 EduTrainer (3 AC/400 V) 573870

166



Equipment set TP 1421Servo motor drive technology

Drives with servo motors

Modern servo drives have become indispensable for a wide variety of automation tasks thanks to their combination of high precision, dy-namic response and torque. Basic knowledge of the areas of applica-tion and the components of modern servo drives is therefore essential.

The use of the latest generation of Festo controllers and motors guaran-tees that this equipment set is up-to-date, while the supplied PC software facilitates project engineering.

Reliable and flexible The rotary disk guarantees simple and reliable handling of the system

throughout all stages of the intro-ductory course. The integrated limit switches support the simulation of an axis on a range of rotation of ap-prox. 340°. Metering can be imple-mented for extended training con-tent.

AdvantagesThe latest generation of modern drive components from FestoIntegrated SysLink interfacesIntegrated test box for all impor-tant I/OsStandardised concept from basic principles to applicationThe Systainer solution included in the scope of delivery meets work, transport and storage require-ments efficiently

–

––

–

–

Workbook The basic principles of servo motor drive technology are explained using real project engineering.

Training contentComponents of a drive systemDesignCommissioningRPM regulationRegulating torqueHomingPositionsRamps


–––––––– The workbook contains:

SolutionsDidactic notesWorksheets for the studentMultimedia CD-ROM with graphics120 pages, some in colour, in binder

–––––

Workbook

TP 1421

With CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

571853 EN

Fundamentals of servo motor drive technology

DE 571851

EN 571853

ES 571855

FR 571857






EGC linear axis 600 mm including mounting kit (Illustration ) 571873

167



Equipment set TP 1422Stepper motor drive technology

Drives with stepper motors

One of the main reasons why drive tasks are implemented with stepper motor drives in modern systems is the cost benefit. However, the weak-nesses associated with their design mean that basic knowledge of the components and areas of application is essential.

The current components in the equipment set and the supplied PC software provide a useful introduc-tion to this topic.

Convenient and open The integrated simulation box al-lows the connection of the required inputs and displays the states of all

important outputs. This allows con-venient operation without any addi-tional hardware. The analogue and digital SysLink interfaces make it easy to integrate the drives in com-plete systems for explaining addi-tional content.

AdvantagesThe latest generation of modern drive components from FestoIntegrated SysLink interfacesIntegrated test box for all impor-tant I/OsStandardised concept from basic principles to applicationThe Systainer solution included in the scope of delivery meets work, transport and storage re-quirements efficiently

–

––

–

–

Workbook The basic principles of stepper motor drive technology are explained using real project engineering.

Training contentComponents of a drive systemDesignCommissioningRPM regulationHomingPositionsRamps


–––––––


–––––

Workbook

TP 1422

With CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

571861 EN

Fundamentals of stepper motor drive technology

DE 571859

EN 571861

ES 571863

FR 571865






EGC linear axis 600 mm including mounting kit (Illustration ) 571873

Automation technology/PLC training packages


Controllers

EduTrainer® Universal ...................................................................................172EduTrainer® Compact ....................................................................................177Siemens Trainer Packages ............................................................................182CoDeSys ........................................................................................................184Minicontrollers ..............................................................................................186Control panels ...............................................................................................187

Equipment sets

Sensors .........................................................................................................188PLC in pneumatics .........................................................................................190Fieldbus ........................................................................................................191

Interfaces to the process ............................................................................. 195

169


Automation technology/PLC training packages > System description

170

EduTrainer® UniversalThe universal holder system with control systems, power supply unit and simulationsAlternative connections for 4 mm and SysLinkIn two lengths, as a table-top rack or A4 plate for A4 mounting framesVariable equipment including market leading control systems and 19“ simulation plates

The online configurator provides support in selecting and combining the appropriate components.

–

–

–

–

EduTrainer® CompactThe sturdy PLC for fluid engineer-ing laboratoriesSuitable for the ER mounting frameWith 4 mm connection technology and/or SysLinkAdapter available for mounting on the profile plate in the pneumatic or hydraulic training packages

The EduTrainer® Compact is the ideal control system for fluid engineering laboratories and has proven itself worldwide.

–

––

–

SCE Trainer PackagesAs a certified Siemens Solution Partner Automation and Siemens SCE Partner we recommend the „First Choice“ Siemens automation technology.

The SCE Trainer Packages offer crucial advantages for classroom equipment.

Control system, Process, Didactics

Forward-looking training is ulti-mately all about reliable and efficient automation of production processes.

Automation systems must correspond to those in future workplacesProcesses must be as close as possible to those used in actual productionThe training content and methods must lead to expertise, which future specialist staff can use to secure their and their companies‘ future.

–

–

–

Automation technology/PLC training packagesFrom buttons to automation solutions


Automation technology/PLC training packages > System description

171

From manual to machine

Clarity on the one hand, maximum industrial relevance and practical transfer on the other. The equipment and solutions for automation/PLC technology meet all requirements:

from simple to complex modelsfrom manual control to relayfrom digital mini control system to PLC

The balance is achieved because the learning system for automation technology is vertically and hori-zontally integrated.

The process is the key

An ongoing production process can-not be taken „out of operation“ for training purposes. Therefore, the key is to offer the right „artificial“ train-ing processes that are economical, flexible and practical.

–––

LOGO!, Operation and monitoringElectrical engineering laboratories are equipped with mounting frames and training devices in A4 format as standard. The training devices with the LOGO! touch and operator panel from Siemens supplement your elec-trical laboratory

Small and large LOGO! configurationTP177B – the touch panel for trainingOP177B – the touch panel with function keys for professional applications

–

–

–

Equipment sets for your courseHaving the correct and practically relevant automation equipment is important. However, it is the right concepts, processes and exercises that really give your equipment the critical added value. This is what our equipment sets and their course documents provide:

The TP 1311 clarifies the use of sensors in automationThe TP 301 makes the leap from electropneumatics into PLC technologyThe TP 401 and 402 provide a practical introduction to the world of fieldbuses

–

–

–

Terminal, 4 mm and SysLinkRequirements for connection technology can differ greatly. The EduTrainer® for PLC training meets all of them:

Dealing with a screw terminal is part of a hand tool4 mm safety sockets are correct if the circuit diagram is to lead into the controller configuration SubD or Centronics for complex circuits or if the correct wiring is no longer the key focus

–

–

–

Automation with CoDeSysWe recommend CoDeSys as an IEC 61131-3 compatible programming system for the Festo CPX range of controllers.

Flexible and open for all kinds of control tasksVery simple to commission and programEthernet communication for simple programming with module library

Note: With an OPC interface, CoDeSys is suitable for controlling the processes in CIROS® and thus for purely PC-based training in pro-gramming.

–

–

–

Virtual: CIROS®, FluidSIM® or EasyVeep offer hundreds of different processes for actua-tion via EasyPort or OPC.Actual: The best process environment is provided by the modular production system MPS®.

–

–

Universal shape and sizeThe EduTrainer® Universal deserves its name:

It fits in the A4 and ER mounting frames.However, it can also stand on a table or lie flat.It is available ready to use in every conceivable configuration – or you can set it up yourself.Narrow and wide designs are avail-able – so that you only pay for what you need.

–

–

–

–

Universal equipmentThere are many more than just 5 or 6 leading manufacturers of programmable logic controllers worldwide. That is why we have prepared the EduTrainer® Universal for different H-rails so that it can be fitted with any PLC.

Below the PLC, the 19“ plug-in format ensures that you can equip it with any conceivable combination of connecting plates and simulation modules.

With exact fit guaranteeTo make sure the holder system and equipment are compatible, the online configurator helps you to choose the right components. You will then have a picture of your EduTrainer® Universal and the parts list or order code ready to go.

The EduTrainer® Universal

Do you rely on a PLC from a global market leader? Does your training tend to focus on mastering process-es and technologies rather than safe handling of wires and screwdrivers?

If so, the EduTrainer® Universal is the right solution for you!

Whatever is particularly impor-tant to you: You can get exactly the EduTrainer® Universal that you need – so you can focus on what is important to you:

Fully set up and configured or your own designWith PLCs from Siemens, Festo and other leading manufacturersWith or without power supply unitWith or without 4 mm safety socketsAnd always with the standard SysLink interface

–

–

––

–


Automation technology/PLC training packages > Controllers > EduTrainer® Universal

172

EduTrainer® UniversalFor maximum flexibility



173

19“ simulation modules

Modules for all situationsThanks to a wide variety of simu-lation modules, all of which can be ordered individually, a huge range of different processes can be connected and simulated during the training. The modules are compatible with any PLC and are easy to assemble.

Control systems and PLC modules

This EduTrainer® is universal because it can be fitted with all industrial controllers from the market leaders:

Siemens S7Siemens LOGO!Festo FECFesto CPXAllen-BradleyMitsubishiand more

–––––––

Your preferred PLC not listed? No problem. You can fit your PLC yourself on the „blank“ EduTrainer®.

The holder system

Huge freedom: 305 or 458 mmThe powder-coated A4 steel plate of the holder system and the mounting frame for the 19“ modules are either 305 mm or 458 mm wide. This means that the smaller EduTrainer® fits perfectly in the trolleys in the MPS® stations. And the size provides space for numerous expansions.

For ER and A4The EduTrainer® Universal fits in any A4 mounting frame. It can also be hung in an ER mounting frame thanks to the appropriate hooks on the rear.

Upright and horizontalThe handle on the rear allows the EduTrainer® to be taken anywhere. When working standing up, the EduTrainer® can be placed on its back. To allow this, care has been taken to make sure that the 120/230 Volt connection on the rear is not in the way.

Rack versionIf it is to be used upright on a table, we give it two feet and call it the EduTrainer® A4 Rack. The feet can easily be removed so that it fits in the mounting frame for the laboratory furniture.

Existing EduTrainer® Universal units can be expanded with these modules at any time.

EduTrainer® UniversalYour advantages

The industrial standard for the laboratory

The modular concept of the SIMATIC S7-300 offers professional PLC technology from the market leader, Siemens. With various CPUs, CPs and I/O modules, the S7-300 meets all automation requirements. This controller facilitates the use of a wide range of fieldbuses such as AS-interface, Profibus DP and Profinet.

The STEP 7 programming environ-ment makes all industrially used PLC programming languages available, such as Il, LD, FBD, STEP 7-SCL, STEP 7-GRAPH and STEP 7-HiGraph.

EduTrainer® Universal with:

CPU 313C-2DP64 KB RAM for program and dataIncludes MMCInterface: MPI, Profibus DP

I/Os:16 digital inputs (24 V DC)16 digital outputs (24 V DC, 400 mA)

SM 334:4 analogue inputs, 8 bit (0–10 V, 0 – 20 mA)2 analogue outputs, (0 – 10 V, 0 – 20 mA)

CPU 314C-2DP96 KB RAM for program and dataIncludes MMCInterfaces: MPI, Profibus DP

I/Os: 24 digital inputs (24 V DC)16 digital outputs (24 V DC, 400 mA)4 analogue inputs, 11 bit, 20 ms, (±10 V, 0 – 10 V, ±20 mA, 0/4 – 20 mA), 1 Pt100 input2 analogue outputs, (±10 V, 0 – 10 V, ±20 mA, 0/4 – 20 mA)

–––

––

–

–

–––

––

–

–

EduTrainer® Universal Preferred versions LaboratoryA4 and A4 rack with SIMATIC S7-300 and 19“ simulation modules

S7-313C-2DP (458 mm) 567108

S7-314C-2DP (458 mm) 567109

S7-315F-2PN/DP (TP) (305 mm)* 567229

S7-315F-2PN/DP (305 mm) see figure 567110

CPU 315F-2PN/DP256 KB RAM for program and dataIncludes MMCInterfaces: MPI, DP, PN

SM 323: 16 digital inputs (24 V DC) 16 digital outputs (24 V DC, 500 mA)

SM 334:4 analogue inputs, 8 bit (0 – 10 V, 0 – 20 mA) 2 analogue outputs, (0 – 10 V, 0 – 20 mA)

The holder systemEduTrainer® A4 rack, desktop variant, size 1 or size 2, W x H 305/458 mm x 300 mm19“ module simulation plate with 2 x SysLink plug connector for MPS® station and control panel, each with 8 digital inputs and 8 digital outputs and 1 x Sub-D 15-pin plug connection with 4 ana-logue inputs and 2 analogue out-puts; emergency stop jumper to connect a safety circuit for discon-necting 8 digital outputs.Integrated power supply unit 110/230 V/24 V, 4.5 AStable, powder-coated, sheet-steel holder system19“ simulation modules: 16 DIN, 16 DOUT, 4 AIN/2 AOUT, SysLink

–––

––

–

–

–

–

–

–

–




I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends 2.5 m 34031

Analogue cable, parallel 2 m 529141

Safety laboratory cable, 3 m 571817

PC adapter USB 539006

Programming software STEP 7 Page 44

IEC power cable 90° Page 199

Other accessories

Digital I/O module SM323 8I/8O 184550


Front-panel connector screwed contacts, 20-pin 184554


Analogue I/O module S7-SM334-4E/2A 184804

S7 CP343-2 AS-interface master for the S7 300 533028

Trainer Package, Internet link S7-300, CP343-1 Advanced 533027

Analogue cable, crossover 2 m 533039

EduTrainer® Universal preferred versions forMPS®/MPS® PA Pages 304 – 307

* Special licence rules apply for schools and educational institutes in the commercial sector.

174

EduTrainer® Universal Preferred versions LaboratoryA4 rack with SIMATIC S7-1200 and 19“ simulation modules

The new modular mini control system from Siemens

For solutions in discrete and stand-alone automation applications in the lower performance range.

The new SIMATIC S7-1200 controller family has a new, integrated engi-neering system: SIMATIC STEP 7 Basic for controllers and HMI


CPU S7-1214C50 kByte main memory, 2 MByte program memoryInterface: RJ45

I/Os:14 digital inputs (24 V DC)10 digital outputs (24 V DC, 500 mA)2 analogue inputs, 10 bit (0 – 10 V)

CPU module:

Analogue output SB 1232 AQAO 1 x 12 Bit (± 10 V DC/0 – 20 mA)

–

–

––

–

–

The holder system:EduTrainer® A4 rack, desktop vari-ant size 1, W x H 305 mm x 300 mm19“ module simulation plate with 2 x SysLink plug connector for MPS® station and control panel, each with 8 digital inputs and 8 digital outputs and 1 x Sub-D 15-pin plug connection with 4 ana-logue inputs and 2 analogue out-puts; emergency stop jumper to connect a safety circuit for discon-necting 8 digital outputs.Integrated 110/230 V/24 V, 4.5 A power supply unit (only with order no. 567240, 567242)Can be placed on a desk or in an MPS® stationStable, powder-coated, sheet-steel holder systemCan be expanded with 19“ simu-lation modules (only order no. 567242 and 567243) Page 176

Order no. 567240 and 567241 include all the required equipment with simulation modules:

19“ module 16IN (12 HP), 16 dig-ital inputs on 4 mm safety sockets and 16 switches/pushbuttons for signal simulation19“ module 16OUT (12 HP), 16 digital outputs on 4 mm safety sockets19“ module 4AIN/2AOUT (12 HP), analogue processing 4 analogue inputs on 4 mm safety sockets can be switched to simulation via potentiometer and 2 analogue outputs on 4 mm safety sockets19“ module 24 V/0 V (9 TE), 8 x 4 mm safety sockets, red for 24 V distribution, 8 x 4 mm safety sock-ets, blue for 0 V distribution

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–



S7-1200-TP (ON, SL) 567243

S7-1200-TP (SL) 567242

S7-1200-TP (ON) 567241

S7-1200-TP see figure 567240






Other accessories

Trainer package SIMATIC Basic Panel for S7-1200 572742


Note:

The EduTrainer® Universal S7-1200-TP is equipped with or without (ON) a power supply

unit and also with either 19“ simulation modules or with SysLink (SL) only.

Includes programming cable and programming software.

The EduTrainer® is available in a six pack. It is based on the SCE trainer package S7-1200

Page 182

EduTrainer® Universal preferred versions for MPS®/MPS® PA Pages 304 – 307

Special licence rules apply for schools and educational institutes in the commercial sector.

175



176

EduTrainer® Universal19” Simulation modules

1

2

3

4

5 11

9

7

6

8

10

12

13

1 19“ module 16IN (12 HP)16 digital inputs on 4 mm safety sockets and 16 switches/pushbuttons for signal simulation.

11 19“ blanking plate

2 19“ module 16OUT (12 HP)16 digital outputs on 4 mm safety sockets.

3 19“ module 8IN (6 HP)8 digital inputs on 4 mm safety sock-ets and 8 switches/push-buttons for signal simulation.

4 19“ module 8OUT (6 HP)8 digital outputs on 4 mm safety sockets.

5 19“ module 4AIN/2AOUT (12 HP)Analogue value processing 4 ana-logue inputs on 4 mm safety socket switchable to simulation via poten-tiometer and 2 analogue outputs on 4 mm safety socketsDisplay for measured value indica-tor with selector switch for channel selectionVoltage range: 0 – 10 V; -10 – +10 V

–

–

–

6 19“ module word processing (12 HP)Two-line display for showing the in-put word and output word in HEX, DEZ and BCD. Changing of the input word via keypad.

7 19“ module system connector 37-pin (9 HP)

1x 37-pin Sub-D connector for 16 digital inputs1x 37-pin Sub-D socket for 16 digital outputsEmergency stop jumper for 8 digital outputs

–

–

–

9 19“ module system connector SysLink (9 HP)

2x SysLink with 8 digital inputs and 8 digital outputs each1x 15-pin Sub-D socket for 4 analogue outputs and 2 analogue inputsEmergency stop jumper for 8 digital outputs

–

–

–

8 19“ module ASI (6 HP)Two 2-pin M12 sockets for pre-assembled AS-interface cablesIntegrated AS-interface filter for 24 V DC

–

–

10 19“ module 24V/0V (9 HP)8x 24 V on 4 mm safety sockets, red8x 0 V on 4 mm safety sockets, blue

–

–

12 16-pin flat cable16-pin flat cable, open at one end to connect 19“ modules with analogue connection to any PLC with screw or CageClamp contacts, 500 mm long.

13 10-pin flat cable10-pin flat cable, open at one end to connect 19“ modules with digital connection to any PLC with screw or CageClamp contacts, 500 mm long.

Order no. 567114

Order no. 567118

Order no. 567119

Order no. 567111

Order no. 567113

Order no. 567112

Order no. 567116

Order no. 567115

Order no. 567122

Order no. 567195

12 HP 567123

9 HP 567124

6 HP 567125

3 HP 567126

Order no. 567196

Order no. 567197


Automation technology/PLC training packages > Controllers > EduTrainer® Compact

177

Control systems with special tasksTargeted values

EduTrainer® for fluid engineersHundreds of fluid engineering la-boratories worldwide are equipped with our laboratory trolleys for pneumatics and hydraulics. Like before, the control and connection modules are designed in ER format. The range has become more varied, the control systems more powerful and the connection options safer.

The EduTrainer® Compact is available with Siemens S7 312, 313, 314, LOGO!, ET200 and Allen-Bradley ML 1200.

EduTrainer® for mini control system usersFor many people, the Simatic LOGO! is the mini controller. For this reason, the EduTrainer® LOGO! is included in the learning system for automation technology.

However, there is an attractive alter-native: the FC 100 from Festo as a mini control system for programming with CoDeSys. It has a display and keyboard, so that no PC is required for programming. And CoDeSys is IEC 61131-3 compliant.

EduTrainer® for managersThe program is installed and the process is moving. But quality assur-ance is also part of the story.

Operating and monitoring instru-ments are crucial when it comes to process control. The modern touch and operator panels from Siemens represent an equipment range that is used worldwide.

We have converted it to A4 format and integrated it into the EduTrainer® range.

SysLink links secure connections

In automation technology, wiring is part of training at certain levels. When connections have been mastered, the focus moves onto the process. This is why all control systems and control elements on the one hand, and the processes on the other hand, are equipped with SysLink:

Programmable logic controllersMini control systemsTouch and operator panelIntelligent Profibus slavesMPS® stationsProcess simulations

The only question is: which control system for which purpose? The SysLink interface on the EduTrainer® guarantees that the control system offers plug and play compatibility with the process.

––––––


EduTrainer® Compact

The EduTrainer® Compact fits in the ER mounting frame of many laboratory systems, but can also be used as a tabletop device or be mounted on a slotted profile plate. The sensors and actuators are connected to the inputs/outputs of the PLC via 4 mm safety sockets. The inputs can be simulated with switches and potentiometers. With the universal I/O interface socket SysLink – the connection to all equipment sets from Festo Didactic.

First-choice partner: Siemens – Festo

Benefit from the cooperation of two market leaders. Siemens control sys-tems and software are standard in all equipment sets. As a first-choice partner of „Siemens Automation Co-operates with Education“, or SCE for short, we offer customised solutions for research, development and trai-ning facilities worldwide.

The SIMATIC S7-300 is a modular PLC system from Siemens for in-dustrial use. The PLC has been inte-grated in the didactic environment of the Festo Didactic ER format (S7 EduTrainer® Compact) for use in basic and further training.


Equipment

With AS-Interface and PROFIBUS

With PROFIBUS

With AS-Interface

Without bus

Without analogue processing

Siemens EduTrainer® 313C-2DP

Siemens EduTrainer® 313C-2DPSiemens EduTrainer® 313C-2DP with SIMSiemens EduTrainer® ET 200S

Siemens EduTrainer® 312C StartSiemens EduTrainer® LOGO! Siemens EduTrainer® TP LOGO! Festo FEC EduTrainer® FST/MWTAllen-Bradley EduTrainer® ML 1200

With analogue processing

Siemens EduTrainer® 314C-2DP

Siemens EduTrainer® 313C-2DPSiemens EduTrainer® 314C-2DPSiemens EduTrainer® 314C-2DP with SIM

Siemens EduTrainer® 313C

Siemens EduTrainer® 313CSiemens EduTrainer® 313C with SIM

178

EduTrainer® CompactSIMATIC S7


SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer® CompactThe S7 EduTrainer® Compact is equipped with the compact version of the S7-300 series, the S7-313C with integrated digital and analogue inputs and outputs or the S7-313C-2DP with integrated digital inputs and outputs as well as Profibus-DP or the S7-314C-2DP with integrated digital and analogue inputs and out-puts as well as Profibus-DP.

Interfaces2 SysLink sockets to IEEE 488 each for 8 digital inputs/outputs15-pin Sub-D connector for analogue inputs/outputs (if module present)4 mm safety sockets for 24 V operating voltage (external power supply unit required)MPI interface or additional Profibus-DP interface for CPU S7-313C-2DP/S7-314C-2DPAS-interface connection socket (reserved for ASi)EMERGENCY-OFF function

–

–

–

–

–

–

NotesHousing dimensions 145 x 240 x 170 mm (H x W x D).A CD-ROM included in the scope of delivery contains examples for training with STEP 7, AS-interface and Profibus-DP as well as Power-point slide shows on AS-interface, distributed automation with Profi-bus-DP and valve terminals (DE)).The S7 is connected to the pro-gramming device or the PC via the integrated MPI interface and the PC adapter cable, and programmed using STEP 7.The units are supplied fully assembled.Data buffering by Micro Memory Card (included in the scope of delivery).S7-300 individual components on request.

–

–

–

–

–

–

CPU 313C-D/A (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA) 533018

CPU 313C-D/A-SIM (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA/SIM) 533020

CPU 313C-2DP-D (16DE/16DA) 533021

CPU 313C-2DP-D-SIM (16DE/16DA/SIM) 533023

CPU 313C-D/A-Asi (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA/ASI) 533019

CPU 313C-2DP-D-A (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA) 533022

CPU 313C-2DP-D-Asi (16DE/16DA/ASI) 527424

CPU 314C-2DP-D/A (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA) 536905

CPU 314C-2DP-D/A-SIM (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA/SIM) 536907

CPU 314C-2DP-D/A-Asi (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA/ASI) 536906

SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer® Compact with

Necessary accessories

STEP 7 Trainer Package DE/EN/FR/ES/IT 548573

Manual Siemens S7-300 DE 184557

Manual Siemens S7-300 EN 184558

STEP 7 Fundamentals DE 184563

STEP 7 Fundamentals EN 184564

S7/STEP 7 Documentation on DVD DE/EN/ES/FR/IT 192883

Tabletop power supply unit Seite 199

Power supply unit for the mounting frame Page 199

PC adapter RS232 184555


Documentation


For digital processing:

For analogue processing:

Connection unit, analogue 567232

Analogue cable, parallel, 2 m 529141


I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends, 2.5 m 34031


179


EduTrainer® CompactSIMATIC S7

SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer® StartThe smallest processor in the S7-300 family, the 312C with 10 inputs and 6 outputs (digital) is used as the CPU. The EduTrainer® is therefore especially suited to an introduction to PLC technology and the control of small applications with a small number of digital inputs and outputs.

This S7 EduTrainer® offers 3 inter-faces for controlling processes:

4 mm safety sockets. These can be used for the direct connection of components from the electropneu-matics (TP 201/202) and PLC tech-nology (TP 301) equipment sets.Phoenix screw terminal plug for practical connection of sensors and actuators without 4 mm tech-nology.SysLink socket to IEEE 488 for each 8 digital inputs and outputs for connecting a simulation box of an EasyPort for a process or process simulation.

–

–

–


EduTrainer Start with 10 inputs and 6 outputs 535255

EduTrainer ET 200S with 12 inputs and 10 outputs 527425


STEP 7 Fundamentals DE 184563

STEP 7 Fundamentals EN 184564

S7/STEP 7 Documentation on DVD DE/EN/ES/FR/IT 192883


Power supply unit for the mounting frame Page 199

PC adapter RS232 184555



I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends, 2.5 m 34031

Documentation


SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer® ET 200SThe S7 EduTrainer® ET 200S is an in-telligent Profibus-DP slave that can be connected to any Profibus-DP net-work. It can also be used as a stan-dalone device, or for preprocessing of data on the Profibus-DP, as it has an integrated PLC (IM151/CPU) simi-lar to the S7-314.

As a result, the unit is suitable for S7/STEP7 training with medium-sized programs. 8 inputs and 8 out-puts are wired to a SysLink socket. If a universal connection unit is used, these can be connected to 4 mm safety sockets. A control panel with 1 pushbutton, 2 illuminated push-buttons and 1 switch is integrated. An EMERGENCY-STOP function is im-plemented.

NotesHousing dimensions 115 x 240 x 170 mm (H x W x D)The scope of delivery includes a CD-ROM containing examples for training with STEP 7, AS-interface and Profibus-DP as well as Power-Point slide shows on AS-interface, distributed automation with Profi-bus-DP and valve terminals (German).The ET 200S is connected to the programming device or the PC via the integrated MPI interface and the PC adapter cable, and pro-grammed using STEP 7.Data buffering by Micro Memory Card (included in the scope of delivery)

–

–

–

–


180

EduTrainer® CompactLOGO!, Allen-Bradley, FC 100



181

FC 100 EduTrainer®

The FC 100 mini control system com-bines three functions in one unit:

Convenient handheld control unitSimple programming via „teach-in“ CoDeSys compatible PLC

Technical data24 V supply voltage8 digital inputs8 digital outputsRS232 interfaceEthernet interface2 line monochrome displayTouch-sensitive keyboard with 16 keys (also usable as inputs)Web server built in

––

–––––––

–

Order no. 548676

I/O data cable with SysLink connectors

(IEEE 488) at both ends 2.5 m

Order no. 34031

Connecting cable 4 mm

Order no. 381525



Allen-Bradley EduTrainer® Compact ML 1200

This EduTrainer® uses the Allen- Bradley ML 1200 controller. 16 digital inputs and 16 digital outputs are wired to 2 SysLink sockets A and B as part of the standard design. Outputs Q0 – Q9 are disconnectible via a emergency stop bridge. Inputs and outputs Q10 – Q15 are supplied via the 24 V sockets. The 24 V EMER-GENCY-STOP signal is also connect-ed to the I16 input. Outputs I17 – I23 of the controller are not connected.

Technical data Supply voltage 24 V DC Maximum input power 40 VA 16 digital inputs: Input current IN 0 – 3: 7.3 mA/0 – 20 kHz at 24 V Input current IN 4 – 16: 8.9 mA/0 – 1 kHz at 24 V 16 digital outputs: 8 relay outputs: 1.2 A at 24 V DC 8 FET outputs: 1 A

Programming software and docu-mentation on request.

–––

–

Order no. 535811


RSLogix 500 Starter EN

Order no. 538529

Programming cable ML 1500

Order no. 538527

Power supply unit for mounting frame

Page 199

LOGO! EduTrainer® Compact and LOGO! EduTrainer® TP Compact

Compact trainers that allow users to be given an introduction to logi-cal signal processing within a mini-controller.

Features of the LOGO! modules used: Relay outputs of max. 10 A output currentIntegrated display panelIntegrated pushbutton control panelIntegrated basic and special featuresIntegrated memory EEPROM for switching program and setpoints200 connectable functions4 inputs as analogue inputs (0 – 10 V), also usable as digital inputsBasic functions: AND, OR, NOT, NAND, NOR, XOR, positive/ negative signal-edge detection27 flags (including startup flag)Integrated remanencePassword protection

–

––

–

–

––

–

–––

LOGO! EduTrainer® Compact TP: A compact trainer with integrated connection technology for 4 mm lab-oratory connectors. 8 digital inputs and 4 digital relay outputs facilitate actuation of simple electropneumatic exercises (TP 201/202).

The digital inputs and outputs on the LOGO! EduTrainer® Compact are connected to a IEEE 488-compliant SysLink socket and 2 analogue in-puts are connected to a 15-pin Sub-D socket. If a universal connection unit or analogue connection unit is used, these can be connected to 4 mm safety sockets. A control panel with-in which 1 pushbutton, 2 illuminated pushbuttons and 1 switch are inte-grated. An EMERGENCY-STOP func-tion is implemented.


LOGO! Soft Comfort DE/EN/FR/ES/IT/PT 526505

LOGO! manual DE 526506

LOGO! manual EN 526507



LOGO! Programming cable 526504

Documentation


For analogue processing:

For digital processing:



Connection unit, analogue 567232


LOGO! EduTrainer Compact with 12 inputs, 10 relay outputs

and 4 analog imputs 527433

LOGO! EduTrainer Compact TP with 8 inputs (alternatively: 4 analogue inputs)

and 4 Relay outputs 535250

Siemens Trainer Packages

Automation technology/PLC training packages > Controllers > Siemens Trainer Packages



LOGO! Trainer Package 24 VFluidSIM® contains a software-based minicontroller, e.g. as an introduction to the LOGO!, the minicon-troller from SIEMENS. We offer an attractively priced set of 5 LOGO! modules. For industrial colleges and training centres.Package includes:

Set of 5 LOGO! 12/24RCProgramming software LOGO! Soft Comfort1 USB programming cable

––

– Order no. 556235

LOGO! PC cable setSet of 4 LOGO! USB PC cables Order no. 556237

LOGO! Trainer Package 230 VFluidSIM® contains a software-based minicontroller, e.g. as an introduc-tion to the LOGO!, the minicontroller from SIEMENS. We offer an attrac-tively priced set of 5 LOGO! modules. For industrial colleges and training centres.Package includes:

Set of 5 LOGO! 230 RCProgramming software LOGO! Soft Comfort1 USB programming cable

––

– Order no. 556236

Trainer Package SIMATC S7-1200 DC/DC/DCConsisting of:

6x SIMATIC S7-1200, CPU 1214C, COMPACT CPU, DC/DC/DC, ON-BOARD I/O: 14 DI 24 V DC; 10 DO 24 V DC; 2 AI 0 – 10 V DC or 0 – 20 mA. Power supply: 20.4 – 28.8 V DC, program/data memory: 50 KB6x SIMATIC S7, STEP 7 Basic V10.5, single licence, SW and documen-tation on DVD, licence key on USB stick, 2 languages (DE/EN), runs on Win XP, Win Vista6x SIMATIC NET, Ind. Ethernet TP XP CORD RJ45/RJ45, CAT 6, crossed TP cable 4x2, with 2 RJ45 plugs, length 6 m6x SIMATIC S7-1200, simulator module6x SIMATIC S7-1200, analogue output, SB 1232, 1 AO, ±10 V DC or 0 – 20 mA

–

–

–

–

–

Order no. 567238

Trainer package CPU315F-2 PN/DP – ProfinetConsisting of:

Mounting rail L = 480 mmPower supply PS 307, AC 120/230 V, DC 24 V, 5 ACPU315F-2 PN/DP with 256 kbyte main memoryMicro memory card 512 kbyteDigital modules SM 323, 16 DI and 16 DO, DC 24 V, 0.5 A, 40-pinFront-panel connector for SM, 40-pinAnalogue modules SM 334, 4AI/2 AO, 20-pinFront-panel connector for SM, 20-pinDistributed safety, floating license

System requirementsWin 2000 Pro/XP ProStep 7 version 5.3 SP3 or higher

––

–

––

–

–

–

–

–– Order no. 549835

Trainer package F technology S7-300 – ProfinetConsisting of:

F digital input SM 326, 24 DIF digital output SM 326, 8 DO; DC 24 V, 2 ASeparator module2 x front-panel connector for SM, 40-pin

––

––

Order no. 549836

Trainer package ET 200S – ProfinetConsisting of:

ET 200S, digital input, 2DI HF, DC 24 V, 5ST. (Total 10 DI) 1 x ET 200S, digital output, 2DO HF, DC 24 V, 0.5 A, 5ST. (Total 10 DO)2x ET 200S, power module, PM-E, DC 24 – 48 V2x ET 200S, terminal module, TM-E15S24-A1 5ST. (Total 10) 2x ET 200S, terminal module, TM-P15S23-A0ET 200S, interface module IM151-3 PN HF 2 bus connections via RJ 45Micro memory card 64 kbyte 1x standard mounting rail 35 mm, L = 483 mm

–

–

–

–

––

Order no. 549848

Trainer package F technology ET 200S – ProfinetConsisting of:

ET 200S, F digital input, 4/8 F-DI, DC 24 VET 200S, F digital output, 4 F-DO, DC 24 V/2 AET 200S, F relay output, 1 F-RO DC 2 N/O contact 24 V/5 A AC 24 – 230 V/5 A 3x ET 200S, terminal module, TM-E30S44-01

–

–

–

–

Order no. 549837

182

Trainer package SIMATIC Basic Panel for S7-1200Consisting of:

6 x touch panel COLOR PN with 265 colours, 5.7“ TFT display, Ethernet interface, manual on CD-ROM12 x industrial Ethernet TP XP CORD RJ45/RJ45, CAT 6, 4 x 2.6 m crossed cables6 x compact switch module, 10/100 MBIT/S unmanaged switch, 4 RJ45 ports, diagnostic LED, electronic user manual on CD-ROMDimensions of touch panel (W x H x D): 214 x 158 x 44 mm

System requirementsXP Home SP3, XP Prof. SP3, Vista 32 Bit Home Premium SP2, Vista 32 Bit Busi-ness SP2, Vista 32 Bit Ultimate SP2

–

–

–

–

Order no. 572742

AS-interface master CP343-2AS-interface specification: V2.1 Bus cycle time: 5 ms for 31 slaves AS-interface connection: S7-300 front-panel connector

Front-panel connector, also order:

–––

Automation technology/PLC training packages > Controllers > Siemens Trainer Packages


Siemens Trainer PackagesSiemens components for EduTrainer®


Trainer Package Internet link S7-300, CP343-1 Advanced with CD-ROMCP343-1 Advanced is the communi-cation module for the SIMATIC S7-300 for connecting to industrial Ethernet:

10/100 Mbit/sConnection for RJ45

CP 343-1 Advanced offers the same communication possibilities as the S7-300 with:

PROFINET IO, PROFINET CBAPG/OP communication: Cross-net-work functionality thanks to S7 routing, TCP/IP transport proto-col and UDP (client, server, multi-plexing)IT communication: HTTP communi-cation via web browser, FTP com-munication, e-mail, IP address allo-cation via DHCP, access protection, comprehensive diagnostic features

––

––

–

Order no. 533027

Touch Panel TP177BEquipped with practical functions and a large user memory, the Sie-mens Touch Panel TP177B Color PN/DP can be used wherever the opera-tion and monitoring of machines and systems directly on-site is called for – whether in production, process or configuring automation.

A touch panel therefore provides you with an advanced method of opera-ting and monitoring MPS® stations. Learn how simple it is to configure graphics and switching buttons us-ing design tools. Use state-of-the-art distributed communication technolo-gy to connect the touch panel to your controller.

Consisting of:Siemens Touch Panel TP177B Color PN/DP with 256 colours, ProfiNet, Profibus and USB interface, non-volatile message buffer that permanently stores the messages without battery backup S7 MPI cable, 5 m Ethernet cable, 2 m WinCC flexible Advanced WinCC flexible/Sm@rtAccess for SIMATIC Panel MC documentation supplied on CD-ROM Interfaces: ProfiNet and Profibus DP Dimensions (W x H x D): 212 x 156 x 46 mm

System requirementsPC with Windows 2000 Professional/XP Professional

–

––––

–

–

–

Operator Panel OP177BEquipped with practical functions and a large user memory, the Siemens Touch and Button Panel OP177B Color PN/DP can be used wherever the operation and monitor-ing of machines and systems directly on-site is called for – whether in production, process or configuring automation.

An operator panel provides you with a method of controlling MPS® sta-tions. Learn how simple it is to design graphics and switching but-tons using design tools. Use state-of-the-art distributed communication technology to connect the touch pan-el to your controller.

Consisting of:Siemens Touch and Button Panel Trainer Package OP177B Color PN/DP with 256 colours, ProfiNet, Profibus and USB interface, non-volatile message buffer that permanently stores the messages without battery backup S7 MPI cable, 5 m Ethernet cable, 2 m WinCC flexible Advanced WinCC flexible/Sm@rtAccess for SIMATIC Panel MC documentation supplied on CD-ROM Interfaces: ProfiNet und Profibus DP Dimensions (W x H x D): 243 x 212,5 x 48 mm


–

––––

–

–

–

Order no. 544294

Order no. 544295

Mounting frame/housing on request.Mounting frame/housing on request.

PC adapterCable for the SIMATIC S7. With RS232 cable or USB cable for Win 2000/XP.

20-pin 184554

40-pin 660560

Micro Memory CardFor CPU 313C, 313C-2DP, 314C-2DP, ET 200S with IM151/CPU.RAM: 64/512 KByte 64 kByte 533030

512 kByte 536740

with RS232-cable 184555

with USB-cable 539006

Order no. 526853

183

Siemens components for EduTrainer®

For industrial use, quick and easy to install. CPX-CEC in modular design – a compact and powerful PLC.

This version of the industrial design controller has 8 digital inputs and 8 digital outputs. A comprehensive CoDeSys function library enables stand-alone open and closed-loop control and efficient automation of, for example, manual workstations in accordance with IEC 61131. LEDs display the status of inputs and outputs.

The starter kit consists of the CPX-CEC terminal and an I/O module from Festo‘s CPX modular system. The controller can be programmed for IL, LD, FBD, ST, FCH and CFC using CoDeSys provided by Festo in accordance with IEC 61131-3. To work with the system, all you need is a 24 V power supply and a PC. An Ethernet cable is included as the programming cable.

CPX-CEC starter kit CoDeSys with Ethernet interface 567271


Automation technology/PLC training packages > Controllers > CoDeSys

184

CPX-CEC starter kit CoDeSys with Ethernet interface

The enclosed CD-ROM contains the CoDeSys software provided by FESTO (DE/EN), manuals, including the programming manual as PDF files (DE/EN) and a comprehensive help function within the software.

System requirementsPC with Win 2000 SP4/XP SP2/Vista CD-ROM drive Ethernet interface

–

––

For industrial use, quick and easy to install. CPX-CEC in modular design – a compact and powerful PLC.

This version of the industrial design controller has 8 digital inputs and 8 digital outputs. A comprehensive CoDeSys function library enables stand-alone open and closed-loop control and efficient automation of, for example, manual workstations in accordance with IEC 61131. LEDs display the status of inputs and out-puts.

The CPX-CEC EduTrainer® can be programmed for IL, LD, FBD, ST, SFC and CFC with CoDeSys provided by Festo in accordance with IEC 61131-3.

CPX-CEC EduTrainer Compact 567272

CPX-CEC EduTrainer® Compact

Interfaces:4 mm safety sockets (8 I/ 8 O, digital)SysLink (8 I/ 8 O, digital)4 mm safety sockets for 24 V operating voltageEthernet connectionHousing dimensions 85 x 240 x 170 mm (W x D x H)Includes programming software CoDeSys provided by Festo and documentation on CD-ROM

–

––

––

–


I/O data cable with one SysLink connector and bare cable-end sleeves, 2,5 m 167122






Automation technology/PLC training packages > Controllers > CoDeSys

185

An ideal tool for newcomers to PLC technology.

With the compact and powerful PLC CPX-CEC, a 24 volt PC interface (EasyPort USB) and the necessary software and hardware.

The PLC is programmed from your PC using CoDeSys provided by Festo, in accordance with IEC 61131, and information is exchanged with the visualisation program via the PC interface. The visualisation software provides various process models from the world of technology and everyday situations, such as level crossings, multi-storey car parks, sorting systems, washing machines, garage doors, wind generators, lifting luggage and more. A Getting Started kit is provided to explain how to use the hardware and software.

PLC starter kit CoDeSys with CPX-CEC andd EasyPort USB 567273

PLC starter kit CoDeSyswith CPX-CEC and EasyPort USB

All the necessary accessories such as cables, 100 – 240 V/24 V power supply unit and screwdriver are included. All that is needed is a PC and a country-specific mains cable for the power supply unit (e.g. order no. 247661 for DE, FR, ES, etc) – then you‘re off!

System requirementsPC with Win 2000 SP4/XP SP2/Vista At least Pentium 200 MHz 32 MB RAM 10 MB available hard disk space CD-ROM drive Internet Explorer 5.0 or Netscape 4.0 or higher1 free Ethernet and USB port

–

–––––

–

Touch screen for flexibly displaying processes and data with integrated CoDeSys PLC for open and closed-loop control of processes in ac-cordance with IEC 61131. 8 digital inputs and 8 digital outputs can be used via SysLink. The Sub-D 15-pin connection is designed for 4 analogue inputs and 2 analogue outputs. 4 mm safety sockets are available for emergency stop and external power supply.

Scope of deliveryFesto 5.6“ 256 colour FED-550 display, 32 MB internal RAMProgramming software FED Designer (multilingual) RS232 programming cable for loading projects Angled plate for mounting onto a slotted profile plateCoDeSys programming software provided by Festo

–

–

–

–

–

FED-CEC touch panel CoDeSys 567276

FED-CEC touch panel CoDeSys

Technical dataFED-CEC with FED-UIM32 bit MIPS RISC processor, 1 MB data memory, 350 us/K scan time Ethernet 10 Base-T, CANopen, CoDeSys 2.3Integrated diagnostics for hardware detection Dimensions W x H x D, 187 x 147 x 90, 0.8 A + CEC/24 V 20 inputs, digital 24 V DC12 outputs, digital 24 V DC/0.5 A8/4 analogue inputs, 12 bit, voltage/current/Pt1004 analogue outputs, 12 bit, voltage or current (software selectable)

––

–

–

–

–––

–










Logic control L EduTrainer®

Automation technology/PLC training packages > Controllers > Minicontrollers

Training device for equipping with modules of the logic control family LOGO!

A power supply unit with switch is integrated to provide power to the controller and sensors.

The Logic Control LD variant is already equipped in the factory with the text display LOGO! TD.

The devices offer connection options for the following modules (on request, observe maximum width):

LOGO! Basic unit with 8 inputs and 4 relay outputs (LOGO! 12/24 RC, order no. C74800)LOGO! I/O expansion with 8 digital inputs and 8 relay outputs (DM16 24 R, order no. C74801)LOGO! analogue module with 2 analogue inputs (AM2, order no. C74803)LOGO! analogue module for PT100 (AM2 PT100, order no. C74804)LOGO! analogue module with 2 analogue outputs (AM2 AQ, order no. C74802)LOGO! fieldbus interface for AS-interface (CM AS-i, order no. C74805)LOGO! fieldbus interface for KNX/EIB (CM KNX/EIB, order no. C74806)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

All digital inputs and outputs are contacted through 4 mm safety terminal sockets. If equipped with the I/O expansion, the I/Os of this module are also wired in parallel with the SysLink system plug. All inputs can be set with simulation switches.

Two terminal blocks are available for the connection of PT100 sensors. Two analogue values 0 – 10 V for simulation of analogue signals are generated by means of rotary encoders.

The fieldbuses are connected with M12 round plugs (AS-i) or terminal block (KNX/EIB).

Technical dataH-rail width: 380 mmFront panel: 532 x 297 mmDepth: 90 mmPower supply: 230 V ACPower supply unit: 24 V/2.5 A

–––––

Logic Control L EduTrainer C74060

Logic Control LD EduTrainer C74070

Compact, modular training device for equipping with selected modules from the LOGO! family of logic controllers.

The basic unit is equipped with a LOGO! mini control system 12/24 RC and thus offers 4 floating relay outputs as well as 8 digital inputs, 4 of which can alternatively be used as analogue inputs. The functionality of the unit can also be extended with one of the following insert plates (on request).

LC module 2OQ/2OI/S/FB(order no. C74055)Suitable for:

LOGO! analogue module with 2 analogue inputs (AM2, order no. C74803)LOGO! analogue module with 2 analogue outputs (AM2 AQ, order no. C74802)LOGO! fieldbus interface for AS-interface (CM AS-i, order no. C74805)LOGO! fieldbus interface for KNX/EIB (CM KNX/EIB, order no. C74806)

–

–

–

–

LC module 8I/8O/Sys/B4(order no. C74056)Suitable for:

LOGO! I/O expansion with 8 digital inputs and 8 relay outputs (DM16 24 R, order no. C74801)LOGO! fieldbus interface for AS-interface (CM AS-i, order no. C74805)

orLOGO! fieldbus interface for KNX/EIB (CM KNX/EIB, order no. C74806)

All digital inputs and outputs are contacted via 4 mm safety sockets. When equipped with the I/O ex-pansion, the I/Os of this module are also wired in parallel on the system connector SysLink. All inputs can be set with simulation switches.

Technical dataWidth of H-rail: 200 mmFront plate: 266 x 297 mmDepth: 90 mmPower supply: 24 V DC

–

–

–

––––

Logic control MB EduTrainer®

Logic Control MB EduTrainer C74051

186

Automation technology/PLC training packages > Controllers > Control panels


Training device for the A4 mounting frame. The communication connec-tions for

PROFIBUSPROFINETUSB

are accessible on the front side through sturdy plug connectors.

Equipped with practical functions and a large user memory, the Siemens Touch Panel TP177B Color PN/DP can be used wherever the operation and monitoring of machines and systems directly on-site is called for – whether in production, process or building automation.

MPS® stations and transfer systems are operated and monitored in a forward-looking way using the Touch Panel. It will be learned how simple it is to create buttons and graphics with design tools. With state-of-the-art distributed communication technology, the panel is connected to your controller in a decentralised way.

–––

Consisting of:Front panelBack coverSiemens Touch Panel TP177B Color PN/DP with 256 coloursPROFIBUS, PROFINET and USB interfaceNon-volatile message buffer, which permanently stores the messages without battery backupS7 MPI cable, 5 mEthernet cable, 2 mWinCC flexible AdvancedWinCC flexible/Sm@rtAccess for SIMATIC PanelMC documentation supplied on CD-ROM

For schools and training centres in the commercial sector.


Technical dataFront panel: 266 x 297 mmDevice depth: 90 mmPanel (W x H x D): 212 x 156 x 46 mmSupply voltage: 24 V DC

–––

–

–

––––

–

–––

–

Training device for the A4 mounting frame. The communication connec-tions for

PROFIBUSPROFINETUSB

are accessible on the front side through sturdy plug connectors.

Equipped with practical functions and a large user memory, the Siemens Operator Panel OP177B Color PN/DP can be used wherever the operation and monitoring of machines and systems directly on-site is called for – whether in production, process or building automation.

MPS® stations and transfer systems are operated and monitored in a forward-looking way using the Operating Panel. It will be learned how simple it is to create buttons and graphics with design tools. With state-of-the-art distributed communication technology, the panel is connected to your controller in a decentralised way.

–––

Consisting of:Front panelBack coverSiemens Operator Panel OP177B Color PN/DP with 256 coloursPROFIBUS, PROFINET and USB interfaceNon-volatile message buffer, which permanently stores the messages without battery backupS7 MPI cable, 5 mEthernet cable, 2 mWinCC flexible AdvancedWinCC flexible/Sm@rtAccess for SIMATIC PanelMC documentation supplied on CD-ROM

For schools and training centres in the commercial sector.


Technical dataFront panel: 266 x 297 mmDevice depth: 90 mmPanel (W x H x D): 212 x 156 x 46 mmSupply voltage: 24 V DC

–––

–

–

––––

–

–––

–

Touch Panel TP177B EduTrainer®

Touch Panel TP177B EduTrainer C74080 Operator Panel OP177B EduTrainer C74081

Operator Panel OP177B EduTrainer®

187


Equipment set TP 1311Sensors for object detection

The purpose of automation technology

The subject of sensors for object detection is covered extensively in the TP 1311 equipment set. The topics include configuration, function, areas of application and the selection of sensors based on the requirements of an application.

The equipment set contains sensors with analogue and binary output signals, although the focus is on binary output signals. These sensors are called proximity switches.

The following types are contained in the equipment set:

Magnetic proximity switchesInductive proximity switchesOptical proximity switchesCapacitive proximity switchesInductive sensors (analogue)

–––––

The special feature Hands-on experience plays a central role in teaching the fundamentals of sensors for object detection. Examples are used to demonstrate the general operational principles of different sensors. Special attention is paid to the selection of the right sensor, its connection, the correct setting and functional checking.

With the TP 1311 students can acquire a thorough, basic knowledge about sensors for object detection.

Course topicsConfiguration, function and coefficients of the sensors usedBasic principles of connection and circuit technologyInfluence of shape, material, surface and colour of the object on the switching characteristics of sensorsTerms which describe coefficients and functional behaviourConfiguration of logic circuitsSelecting appropriate sensors by taking into account certain parameters

–

–

–

–

––

Automation technology/PLC training packages > Equipment sets > Sensors

188

1 2 3

4 5 6

7 8


Training course documents WorkbookSample solutionsTraining notesMultimedia CD ROM with graphics and photos of industrial applications

Book of exercises for studentsWorksheets

–––

–

Workbook

TP 1110

CD-ROM included

Festo Didactic

566920 EN

Sensors for object detection



1 1x Proximity switch, magneto-resistive 566199

2 1x Proximity switch, inductive, M12 548643

3 1x Proximity switch, inductive, M18 548645

4 1x Analog sensor, inductive, M12 548644

5 1x One-way light barrier, receiver 548647

6 1x One-way light barrier, transmitter 548648

7 1x Fibre-optic unit 548655

8 1x Fibre-optic cable 548659

9 1x Retro-reflective sensor 548649

10 1x Reflector (triple mirror), 20 mm 548650

11 1x Diffuse sensor with background suppression 548656

12 1x Capacitive sensor, 1 – 8 mm, N/O contact 548651


14 1x Positioning slide 549842

15 1x Set of test objects 549830

11

Aluminium profile plate

Slotted mounting plate

Tabletop power supply unit

Power supply unit for mounting frame

Safety laboratory cables, 106 pieces, red, blue and black 571806


14 1513

9

10 12

Automation technology/PLC training packages > Equipment sets > Sensors

Workbook DE 566919


Workbook EN 566920


Workbook ES 566921


Workbook FR 566922


Supplementary mediaDigital training programme, sensor technology 2: Sensors for object detection Textbook: Proximity switches

–

–

Fifteen projects based on industrial examples, suitable for equipment set TP 1311, each including problem descriptions, parameters and project tasks, deal in detail with the specific subject of sensors for object detection. The main topics are configuration, function and the influence of material properties on behaviour, possible applications and how to select a sensor based on the application conditions. The content topics are covered by exercises using magnetic, inductive, optical and capacitive proximity sensors.

189


Automation technology/PLC training packages > Equipment sets > PLC in pneumatics

190
















Training aimsBenefits of the PLC compared to conventional solutions such as electrical, electropneumatic or electrohydraulic solutionsFunctions of system components of a PLCCommissioning a PLCApplication criteria for mechanical, optical, capacitive and inductive proximity switchesSequence control and parallel logicSystematic programming of a PLC in accordance with international standard IEC 1131-3IEC 1131-3 programming languag-es: Function Block Diagram, Lad-der Diagram, Statement List, Struc-tured Text and Sequence Language

A PLC (Festo FC34, SIMATIC S7-300 or Allen Bradley) is required to carryout the tasks. Connection with

–

–

––

––

–

universal connection unit and I/O data cable (SysLink) or with 4 mm safety connectors. I/O modules can be connected via 4 mm safety connectors.

Recommended training mediaTextbook Programmable Logic Controllers, Basic level

Also order: Workbook Programmable Logic Controllers, Basic level

Solutions to the exercises in the workbook for various controllers



EduTrainer Pages 172 – 181

DE 93313

EN 93314

ES 94427

Supplementary equipment set from TP 201 to TP 301

Supplements the Electropneumatics basic level equipment set, TP 201, to form a complete Programmable Logic Controllers equipment set, TP 301.




Complete supplementary equipment set TP 201 – TP 301 167102


Festo FPC 101 DE 93315

Festo FPC 101 EN 93316

Allen Bradley SLC500 EN 94440

Siemens S7-300 DE 94524

Siemens S7-300 EN 94537





2 3

4 5 6

9

10 11 12

13

7 8

1

Equipment set TP 301Programmable logic controllers


Automation technology/PLC training packages > Equipment sets > Fieldbus

191

Offers for fieldbus training

EthernetProfibusAS-interfaceVertical integrationTotally Integrated Automation...

Whichever way you look at it, if you want to stay at the cutting edge you need to know many terms and master the basics of control technology, including networking in the field area.

Festo Didactic offers:Orientation seminars for instructors and teachersControllers and control unitsValves and processes

––––––

–

––

Training with training packagesWith just a few additions to the Electropneumatics or Electro-hydraulics training packages, you can get started with fieldbus training. The required components fit the ER frame or can be mounted on the profile plate with QuickFix®.

Training with MPS®

Mechatronics specialists or IT systems electronics specialists are trained on realistic networked systems connected to office auto-mation. The Modular Production System MPS® allows many variations of such training systems to be set up.

Industrial standardTraining is ideal if use is made of components compatible with indus-trial standards. That‘s why we use Festo valve terminals and Siemens controllers.

Components for fieldbus training

Ethernet/PROFINET

PROFIBUS

AS-interface

Masters

S7-300 IT Trainer Package (CP343-1IT)S7-315-2PN/DP

–

–

Slaves/additional components

Simatic WinCC/Web Navigator Trainer PackageET 200S PNTP177B/OP177B

–

––

S7 EduTrainer® Compact with Profibus-DP* or S7 EduTrainer® Universal with Profibus-DP

– S7 EduTrainer® ET 200S with integrated CPU and 12 I/10 O as an intelligent slave*Trainer Package Touch Panel/ Operator Panel TP177B/OP177B with WINCC flexibleValve terminal with Profibus-DP single valve interface**

–

–

–

S7 EduTrainer® Compact with AS-interface master* or S7 EduTrainer® Universal with AS-interface master

– AS-interface power supply*AS-interface I/O single valve interface unit with 2 slaves 4 I/4 O*AS-interface control unit (membrane keyboard) with 4 control elements and 2 displays*AS-interface reflex light sensorValve terminal with AS-interface connection**AS-interface single valve connector**

––

–

––

–

Processes

ElectropneumaticsProgrammable logic controllersMPS® Sorting station with Profibus-DPTP 402-DP

–––

–

ElectropneumaticsProgrammable logic controllersMPS® Distributing station with AS-interfaceTP 401-ASI

–––

–

* Components for the ER frame. ** Components for the profile plate.



192

1 2 3

4 5 6

7 8 9

10/11 12 13/14

Equipment set TP 401-ASIFieldbus technology AS-interface

Complete equipment set TP 401-ASI 541096


1 1x AS-Interface power supply 527426

2 1x AS-Interface I/O connection unit 527427

3 1x AS-Interface control unit 527428

4 1x AS-Interface valve terminal (4 valve slices) 527431

5 1x AS-interface diffuse sensor 532929

6 1x AS-Interface single valve interface 533524


8 1x Stack magazine module 527434

9 1x Changer module 527435

10 2x AS-Interface cable 50 cm 533032

11 2x AS-Interface cable 125 cm 533033

12 1x I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends, 2.5 m 34031

13 2x Sensor cable M8/M8, 50 cm, Type 1 175488


1x DUO cable 18685

Training aimsFieldbus systems in automation technologyApplication criteria for fieldbus systemsComparison of various fieldbus systemsNetwork topologies and access methodsISO/OSI 7 layer modelAS-interface fundamentalsAS-interface transmission systemAS-interface master/slaveConfiguration of an AS-interface network with STEP 7Connecting, addressing and programming bus stations

–

–

–

–

–––––

–

PrerequisitesA SIMATIC S7-300 with AS-inter-face master is required for solu-tion of the exercises in this training package.The equipment set TP 201 or TP 301 is also required for solution of the exercises. Or additionally order the supplementary TP 400 compo-nent set.

–

–


CPU 313C-D/A-Asi (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA/ASI) 533019



Recommended accessories (suggestion for S7 EduTrainer® Compact)

AS-interface master CP343-2 526853

Front-panel connector screwed contacts 184554

AS-interface addressing device 18959

AS-interface addressing cable 18960

Other accessories

Also order:Workbook TP 401 AS-Interface

Note: All SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer® Universal can be extended using a CP 343-2 (AS-i master

module). Also order 20-pin front-panel connector.






TP 400 component set 541099



AS-Interface DE 534270

AS-Interface EN 534272



Equipment set TP 402Fieldbus technology Profibus-DP

Complete equipment set TP 402-DP 541097


1 1x SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer ET 200S 527425

2 1x Profibus-DP valve terminal (8 valve slices), with 16-way input stage 527432


4 1x Stack magazine module 527434

5 1x Changer module 527435

6 2x Profibus cable 2.0 m 533036




10 2x Sensor cable, M8/safety plug 100 cm 534637

11 1x Sensor cable, M8/safety plug 100 cm 534638

Training aimsFieldbus systems in automation technologyApplication criteria for fieldbus systemsComparison of various fieldbus systemsNetwork topologies and access methodsISO/OSI 7 layer modelProfibus-DP fundamentalsProfibus-DP transmission systemProfibus-DP master/slaveConfiguration of a Profibus-DP network with STEP 7Connecting, addressing and programming bus stations

–

–

–

–

–––––

–

PrerequisitesA SIMATIC S7-300 with Profibus-DP master is required to solve the ex-ercises in this training package.The equipment set TP 201 or TP 301 is also required to solve the exercises. You can additionally order the supplementary TP 400 component set.

–

–


CPU 313C-2DP-D (16DE/16DA) 533021



Recommended accessories (suggestion for S7 EduTrainer® Compact)

Also order:Workbook TP 402 Profibus-DP






TP 400 component set 541099



Profibus-DP DE 534271

Profibus-DP EN 534273

1 2 3

4 5 6

7 8/9 10/11



194

Supplementary equipment setsFieldbus technology

1 2 3

4 5/6 7

2

6

3

7 8

1

TP 401 supplementary equipment set DP

This supplementary equipment set enables you to carry out the exercises de-scribed in TP 402-DP using an existing TP 401-ASI. This facilitates training in ASI or Profibus-DP.

Complete TP 401 supplementary equipment set DP 541098


1 1x SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer ET 200S 527425

2 1x Profibus-DP valve terminal, with 16-way input stage 527432


4 2x Profibus cable 2.0 m 533036

5 2x Sensor cable, M8/safety plug 100 cm, Type 1 534637

6 1x Sensor cable, M8/safety plug 100 cm, Type 2 534638


TP 400 component set

This supplementary set is required to carry out the exercises from TP 401-ASI and TP 402-DP if TP 201 and TP 301 equipment sets respectively are not avai-lable and/or cannot be used.

Complete TP 400 component set 541099










4 5

Automation technology/PLC training packages > Interfaces to the process

Worldwide at your fingertips. Find your contact person at: www.festo-didactic.com 195

1. Simulation of the PLC inputs and display of the PLC outputs

Testing a PLC program using the simulation box.

With an EduTrainer® or any PLC, you can control the process of your choice

The programmer (PC), controller and processes are connected via various interfaces.

EduTrainer® or PLC of your choice

I/O data cabwith SysLink connectors for EduTrainer® at both ends (order no. 034031/167197) or with SysLink connectors at one end and open cable end sleeves for any PLC (order no. 167122)

InterfaceEasyPort USB (order no. 548687) directly or via 4 mm plugs: Universal connection unit (SysLink) (order no. 162231)

CableCable set with safety plugs (order no. 167091)

Process modelDigital simulation box (order no. 170643) or Digital/analogue simulation box (order no. 526863)Simulation software: CIROS® Mechatronics FluidSIM® EasyVeepEquipment sets, MPS® stations or MPS® PA stations

––

–

–

–

–

2. Control of virtual processes

Industry-oriented, cost effective PLC training by means of simulation soft-ware, e.g. CIROS® Mechatronics.

3. Process model: Control of actual modules

Using equipment sets, MPS® stations or MPS® PA stations.

Interfaces to the process

Accessories/Optional components for training packages

General .........................................................................................................198Pneumatics ...................................................................................................200Hydraulics .....................................................................................................202Electrical engineering/Electronics .................................................................206Automation technology/PLC .........................................................................210Order means .................................................................................................213

197

Accessories and optional componentsGeneral

1

2

3

4

3 Rubber feet For non-slip, protective mounting of profile plates on tabletops of any type. Set (4 pieces). Order no. 158343

4 Plug-in adapter setThe plug-in adapter set can be used to mount the ER units directly on the blue plug-in board or on the alumin-ium profile plate. One set is required to mount one unit. Order no. 541122

1 Aluminium profile plateThe anodised aluminium profile plate forms the basis for all training packages. All of the components fit securely and safely into the grooves on the profile plate. There are grooves on each side and, if required, both sides can be fitted with components. The grooves are compatible with the ITEM profile system. Grid dimensions: 50 mm.

For installation on tables we recom-mend the appropriate rubber feet (order no. 158343). Sizes 350 x 1100 mm and 350 x 250 mm supplied without side caps (H x W). 350 x 250 mm 159333

350 x 1100 mm 162360

700 x 350 mm 162386

700 x 350 mm* 170395

700 x 550 mm 159409

700 x 700 mm 159410

700 x 1100 mm 159411

* with cable guide

5

297 x 550 mm 536200

5 A4 ER mounting frameThe ER mounting plate can be in-stalled in any A4 mounting frame. A cut-out permits installation of 2 large or 4 small Festo Didactic ER units (H x W).

6 Vernier caliperMeasuring range: 0 – 150 mm Resolution: 0.01 mm Display: LCD display, 5-digit Power supply: 1.5 V button cell

–––– Order no. 35653

6


Accessories/Optional components for training packages > General

198

2 Slotted mounting plateAll components with the Quick-Fix® mounting system can be mounted on slotted mounting plates. The slotted mounting plates are fitted with elastic buffers and can be used horizontally on a table top. Order no. 159331 can also be inserted in conventional A4 mounting frames. The slotted mounting plates are not intended for use with actuators.(overall dimensions B x H) 694 x 297 mm 159331

550 x 700 mm 544246

Accessories and optional componentsGeneral

1

4

6

Order no. 571813

2 EduTrainer® 24 V power supply unit

Input voltage: 110 – 230 V AC (47 – 63 Hz)Output voltage: 24 V DC, short-circuit-proofOutput current: Max. 4.5 AFront plate: 133 x 297 mmConsole housing with rubber feet for use in an A4 frame or on tabletopConnection via 4 mm safety plugsThrough-hole for 400 V three-phase voltage

–

–

–––

––

2

1 Tabletop power supply unitInput voltage: 85 – 265 V AC (47 – 63 Hz) Output voltage: 24 V DC, short-circuit-proof Output current: max. 4.5 A Dimensions: 75 x 155 x 235 mm

–

–

––Without power cable

Order no. 162416

DE, FR, NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR,

TR, IT, DK, IR, ID

Order no. 162417

US, CA, Central America, BR, CO, EC, KR,

TW, TH, PH, JP

Order no. 162418

GB, IE, MY, SG, UA, HK

Order no. 162419

AU, NZ, CN, AR

Order no. 162380

CH

Order no. 162381

ZA, IN, PT, SG, AE, HK, (GB)

Order no. 162382

With IEC power cable, 1.3 m, suitable for:

4 IEC power cableOne side designed as a connector and one side with a country-speci-fic plug.DE, FR, NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR,

TR, IT, DK, IR, ID

Order no. 247661

US, CA,Central America, BR, CO, EC, KR,

TW, TH, PH, JP

Order no. 350362


Order no. 350363

AU, NZ, CN, AR

Order no. 350364

CH

Order no. 350366


Order no. 350367

6 5-fold plug socket strip with switchImpact and shatter resistant plug socket strip with tamper-proof cover, 4 mounting points and mounting at-tachments for securing on Learnline, for example.With power supply plug suitable for:


TR, IT, DK, IR, ID

Order no. 380707

3

3 Power supply unit for mounting frame

Input voltage: 85 – 265 V AC (47 – 63 Hz) Output voltage: 24 V DC, short-circuit-proof Output current: max. 4.5 A Dimensions: 170 x 240 x 92 mm

–

–


Order no. 159382


TR, IT, DK, IR, ID

Order no. 159396


TW, TH, PH, JP

Order no. 162411


Order no. 162412

AU, NZ, CN, AR

Order no. 162413

CH

Order no. 162414


Order no. 162415


5 IEC power cable 90°One end fitted with a 90° IEC con-nector and the other fitted with a country-specific connector. Preferred version for EduTrainer® Universal.DE, FR, NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR,

TR, IT, DK, IR, ID

Order no. 549860


TW, TH, PH, JP

Order no. 549861


Order no. 549862

AU, NZ, CN, AR

Order no. 549863

CH

Order no. 549864


Order no. 549865

5


Accessories/Optional components for training packages > General

199

Accessories and optional componentsPneumatics

1

2

3

6

7

1 Plastic tubingVery flexible and pressure secure. 4 x 0.75 Silver 10 m 151496

3 x 0.5 Silver 5 m 197118

6 x 1 Silver 5 m 152963

Silencer and sealing ringsMinimum order quantity/packaging unit

quantity: 10 pieces (prices per piece)

Silencer U-M5

Order no. 4645

Sealing ring OL-M5

Order no. 34634

Silencer U-1/8

Order no. 2307

Sealing ring OL-1/8

Order no. 33840

2 Pipe and tubing cutterFor plastic and Perbunan tubing with and without fabric reinforcement with outside diameters up to 20 mm. Ensures a vertical, burr-free cut through positive locking of tubing in the cutter. It also has a safety clip to prevent unauthorized opening. Sup-plied with two spare blades. Order no. 7658

4

3 Tubing cutterFor optimal cutting of plastic tubing. Order no. 255851

Releasing tool For releasing all QS connectors for tubing outside diameters of 3 to 10 mm. Order no. 158419

5 Accessory boxThe accessory box contains pneu-matic connectors and tubing accessories as well as a tubing cutter and releasing tool for pneumatic connectors. Order no. 167020

6 Quick Star quick push-in fittingMinimum order quantity/packaging unit

quantity: 10 pieces

Straight fitting, M5 (QSM-M5-4)

Straight fitting, G1/8 (QS-G1/8-4)

Elbow connector, rotatable, M5

(QSML-M5-4)

Elbow connector, rotatable, G1/8

(QSL-G1/8-4)

Elbow connector, 4H (QSL-4H)

Straight fitting, self-closing, M5

(QSK-M5-4)

Straight fitting, self-closing, G1/8

(QSK-G1/8-4)

T-connector (QST-4)

Plug-in bulkhead connector (QSMS-4)

Blanking plug (QSC-4H)

Push-in sleeve (QSH-4)

4 x 0.75 Silver 152584

4 x 0.75 Blue 159662

4 x 0.75 Black 159663

4 x 0.75 Red 178410

4 x 0.75 Yellow 178417

4 x 0.75 Green 178424

Minimum order quantity/packaging unit

quantity: 50 m

Order no. 153304

Order no. 186095

Order no. 153333

Order no. 186116

Order no. 153291

Order no. 186294

Order no. 153128

Order no. 153376

Order no. 153056

Order no. 153267

Order no. 153251

5

7 CompressorOil-lubricated, extremely quiet (45 dB (A)) compressor. Ideally suited for use in classrooms. With pressure regulator and water separator.

Pressure: 800 kPa (8 bar) Pmax

Performance: 50 l/minReservoir capacity: 24 lCompressed air outlet: ¼“Noise level: 45 dB (A)/1 mContinuous operation limit: max. 50 %

Design: 230 V/50 HzWith IEC power cable suitable for:


TR, IT, DK, IR, ID

Design: 100 – 120 V/50 – 60 HzWith fully insulated socket

Accessories: Coupling socket (KD3-CK-4 and

KD4-1/4-A)

Coupling plug (KS4-CK-4)

Tubing (6 x 1 Silver 2,5 m)

––––––

–

–

–

Order no. 102725

Order no. 91030

Order no. 565440

4 Multiple tubing holder strip setEasily attaches to the aluminium slotted profile plate; a neat solution for up to 6 tubes/cables per strip. Set of 10. Order no. 544317


Accessories/Optional components for training packages > Pneumatics

200

Accessories and optional componentsPneumatics

1 On-off valve with filter/regulator, 5 µmFilter regulator valve with pressure gauge, on-off valve, quick push-in connectors and quick coupling plug, mounted on a swivel support. The filter with water separator removes dirt, pipe sinter, rust and condensed water. The pressure regulator maintains the supply air pressure at the set operating pressure and compensates pressure fluctuations. The filter bowl has a condensate drain valve.

The on-off valve pressurises and vents the entire control system. The 3/2-way valve is actuated by a rotary button.

Design: Piston regulator valve with sintered filter and water trap Standard nominal flow rate*: 1600 l/min Input pressure: max. 1600 kPa (16 bar) Working pressure: max. 1200 kPa (12 bar) Grade of filtration: 5 µm Condensate quantity: 43 cm3 Connector: G 1/8, QS-6 for plastic tubing PUN 6 x 1

–

–

–

–

–––

5 Stepper module, expansionThe stepper controller is obtained from the series connection of four type TAA basic modules. This module comprises a memory (5/2-way double pilot valve) with display and manual override as well as an AND and OR gate. Order no. 152885

Order no. 526337

3 75 x 50 x 30 mm 195224

4 75 x 100 x 30 mm 195225

1

2

4

5

* Input pressure: 1000 kPa (10 bar)

Operating pressure: 600 kPa (6 bar)

Differential pressure: 100 kPa (1 bar)

3/4 Universal adapterThe adapter enables Festo pneu-matic components and those of other manufacturers to be mounted on the aluminium profile plate. You can continue to use your existing components and still benefit from the advantages of using the aluminium profile plate system and the patented Quick-Fix® mounting system from Festo Didactic:

Plug-in, clamp, ready – no force required No worn-out sockets Exact positioning of components Working in a third dimension Universally suitable for Festo and third-party components

You can mount the components onto the adapter yourself. It is quick, easy and reliable with slotted screws (included in scope of delivery). Available in two sizes. The adapters are thus universally usable for an enormous number of components with a through hole – regardless of the manufacturer.

Not suitable for mounting of hydraulic components.

–

––––

6

6 3/2-way roller lever valve, normally open

Type: Poppet valve, indirectly actuated in one direction, with spring returnPressure range: 280 – 800 kPa (2.8 – 8 bar)Standard nominal flow rate 1...2: 120 l/min

–

–

–

Order no. 162267

Order no. 158962

Order no. 540703

7 Solenoid valves with M8 central plugSolenoid valves with M8 central plug to ISO 15407-1

Quick-Star fittings QuickFix® for slotted assembly boards LED display Pilot actuated with manual override Electrical connection with M8 central plug 24 V (DC) Operating pressure: 300 – 800 kPa (3 – 8 bar) No connecting cable; please order separately.

2 x 3/2-way solenoid valve, normally closed

5/2-way solenoid valve

5/2-way double solenoid valve

5/3-way solenoid valve, mid position closed

––

––

–

–

–

Order no. 544380

Order no. 544381

Order no. 544382

Order no. 548571

Connecting cable (4-pin plug)for solenoid valves with M8 central plug

Cable length 2.5 m with open ends

8 Cable length 1 m with 4 mm safety plugs and solenoid coil numbering.

2 One-way flow control valveOne-way flow control valve on Quick-Fix® safety and quick moun-ting system for profile plates

Pressure range: 0.2 – 10 barStandard nominal flow rate in direction of flow control 0 – 110 l/minQS-4 connection

––

– Order no. 560159

3

7/8


Accessories/Optional components for training packages > Pneumatics

201


Accessories and optional componentsHydraulics – Drives

6 Mounting kit for cylindersFitting a mounting kit on a cylinder makes the following possible:

Actuation of the stem actuated valve by the guide barActuation of proximity sensors (order no. 548589) by the perma-nent magnet of the guide barUse of a displacement encoder

Suitable for cylinders order no. 572746, 572750 and 572145

Suitable for cylinders order no. 572748

Suitable for cylinders order no. 572747

–

–

–

2

3

4

5

6

1

8

Differential cylinder with coverOperating pressure 6 MPa (60 bar)Maximum permissible pressure 12 MPa (120 bar)Double-acting Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling nipplesQuick action mounting system Quick-Fix®

––

––

–

Order no. 572746

Accessories/Optional components for training packages > Hydraulics

Order no. 544371

Order no. 544372

Order no. 544373

7

16/10/200Piston Ø: 16 mmPiston rod Ø: 10 mmStroke: 200 mmSurface area ratio 1 : 1.6

––––

16/10/300Piston Ø: 16 mmPiston rod Ø: 10 mmStroke: 300 mmSurface area ratio 1 : 1.6

–––– Order no. 572748

1 16/10/400Piston Ø: 16 mmPiston rod Ø: 10 mmStroke: 400 mmSurface area ratio 1 : 1.6

–––– Order no. 572749

2 25/18/200Piston Ø: 25 mmPiston rod Ø: 18 mmStroke: 200 mmSurface area ratio 1 : 2

–––– Order no. 572747

3 Steady-speed cylinder with covers

Operating pressure 6 MPa (60 bar)Maximum permissible pressure 12 MPa (120 bar)Double-acting Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling nipplesQuick action mounting system Quick-Fix® Piston Ø: 16 mmPiston rod Ø: 2 x 10 mmStroke: 200 mmSurface area ratio 1 : 1

––

––

–

–––– Order no. 572750

4 Loading unit/cylinder load simulatorWith this combination, a hydraulic counteracting force can be applied to a differential or steady-speed cy-linder, allowing a wide range of load situations to be set up and investigated. Available options include differential against differential (2 x 1 : 1.6), small steady-speed against large steady-speed, or large steady-speed against small steady-speed cylinder.

Operating pressure 6 MPa (60 bar)Maximum permissible pressure 12 MPa (120 bar)Integrated safety valveDouble-acting (2 x)Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling nipplesQuick action mounting system Quick-Fix®

Piston Ø: 2 x 16 mmPiston rod Ø: 10 mmStroke: 200 mmSurface area ratio 1 : 1 or 1 : 1.6

––

–––

–

–––– Order no. 572145

5 Cover for cylinderReduces the risk of injury. With a guide for easy positioning of limit switches and proximity sensors. Also suitable for cylinders with mounting kit. Use two covers for cylinders with a stroke of more than 200 mm.Quick action mounting system Quick-Fix®. For all differential and double rod cylinders. Order no. 556290

7 Displacement encoder for cylinderLinear potentiometer for installing on cylinders using a mounting kit.

Connecting cable with 4mm safety plug Output: 0 – 10 V (DC)

200 mm measuring strokefor cylinders order no. 572746 and 572750 with mounting kit order no. 544371 or for cylinders order no. 572747 with mounting kit order no. 544373

300 mm measuring strokefor cylinders order no. 572748 with mounting kit order no. 544372

450 mm measuring strokefor direct mounting on cylinders order no. 184488 and aluminium profile plate

–

–

Order no. 167090

Order no. 525953

Order no. 525954

Weight, 9 kg for cylinderWeight for mounting on a Learnline profile column. Can be used as the driving or tractive load of a hydraulic cylinder. With clevis and plain-bear-ing guide.

Weight for cylinder order no. 152857, 572746, 572750 Order no. 152972

8 Protective cover for weight, 9 kgProtects reliably against injury. Only in combination with cylinder, order no. 152857, 572746, 572750 and weight, order no. 152972.

For Learnline profile column:

For the Learntop-S mounting kit: Order no. 541135

Order no. 152973

202

Accessories and optional componentsHydraulics – Hosing/Distributing


1 Hose line with quick release couplingsThe high-pressure hose consists of three layers: The innermost layer is synthetic rubber, followed by a wire mesh and sheath of abrasion-resist-ant synthetic rubber. The quick cou-pling sockets are self-sealing when decoupled. Used with a coupling nipple, the coupling sockets form a tightly sealed connection. Only the face of the coupling is coated with oil during the coupling process. Cou-pling and decoupling are only per-missible when the hose is de-pres-surised.

Operating pressure 6 MPa (60 bar) Max. permissible pressure 12 MPa (120 bar) Temperature range -40 – + 125 °C Min. bending radius 100 mm DN 06 (Ø 6,3 mm)

Resistance hose line with quick release couplings

DN 04 (Ø 4 mm)

––

–––

–

600 mm 152960

1000 mm 152970

1500 mm 159386

3000 mm 158352

2/3 Coupling socketMaximum permissible pressure 12 MPa (120 bar)Low-leakage, self-sealing quick coupling socketG¼“ thread

–

–

– 2 Internal thread 567223

3 External thread 548610

1

8

7

3

2

4

6

5

6 4-way distributorDistributor with five ports.

Maximum permissible pressure 12 MPa (120 bar)Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling nipplesQuick action mounting system Quick-Fix®

–

–

–

Order no. 184455

7 4-way distributor with pressure gaugeThe distributor with five ports is equipped with a pressure gauge and is firmly screwed to the profile plate.

Effective range and maximum per-missible pressure 10 MPa (100 bar)Quality class 1.6% of the full scale valueOperating pressure, static: 3/4 of the full scale valueOperating pressure, dynamic: 2/3 of the full scale valueCushioning: glycerineLow-leakage, self-sealing coupling nipples

–

–

–

–

––

Order no. 159395

8 Pressure relief unitThe pressure relief unit is attached to the low-leakage, self-sealing cou-pling nipple so it can be forced open without requiring much power. This allows trapped hydraulic pressures to be relieved. Order no. 152971


Hose line without quick release couplingsWith G 1/4“ external thread and spanner flat (AF19). Please observe the following safety rules: Hoses should not be used for longer than 6 years, including a sto-rage period of 2 years. 600 mm 337617

1000 mm 337618

1500 mm 350337

3000 mm 343616

4 Coupling nippleMaximum permissible pressure 12 MPa (120 bar)Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling nippleG¼“ male thread

–

–

– Order no. 342047

1000 mm 549858

Blanking plugTo seal off connecting threads that are not needed.

Maximum permissible pressure 12 MPa (120 bar)G¼“ male thread

–

– Order no. 205284

Sealing ring for plug Order no. 34635

5 T-distributorThe distributor can be inserted at any point.

Ports: 2x coupling nipples and 1x quick coupling socketMaximum permissible pressure 12 MPa (120 bar)Low-leakage, self-sealing couplings

–

–

–

Order no. 152847

Manifold blockManifold blocks with four G¼“ threaded connections and valve port patterns to ISO/DIN 4401. For the adaptation of any valves. Quick action mounting system Quick-Fix®.

Size 02 (NG4) port pattern

Size 02 (NG4), AB rotated, port pattern

Size 03 (NG6) port pattern

Order no. 572152

Order no. 572153

Order no. 669198

203

Accessories and optional componentsHydraulics – Power packs

1

2

3

1 Hydraulic power pack with a constant-displacement pumpIdeal for individual hydraulic work-stations for all experiments using standard equipment sets TP 500, 600, 700, 511 and the MPS® pun-ching station.

Mounting on Learnline with univer-sal bracket (order no. 539736)Mounting on Learntop-S: directPump design: external gear motor with pressure relief valve adjust-able from 0 – 6 MPa (0 – 60 bar)Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar)Motor: AC, single-phase with over-load protection, start capacitor and ON/OFF switchTank: 5 l volume, sight glass, temperature display, drain screwAir filter and return filterLow-leakage, self-sealing coupling nipples for P and TPlug socket for unpressurised returnConnecting flange for measuring container returnDimensions: 580 x 300 x 180 mm (W x D x H)Weight: 19 kgWith IEC connector for DE, FR, NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR, TR, IT, DK, IR, ID

Power pack with 230 V nominal volt-age, rated output: 0.65 kW, frequen-cy: 50 to 60 Hz, delivery rate (rated speed): 2.2 – 2.7 l/min at 1320 – 1680 r.p.m.

Power pack with 110 V nominal voltage, rated output: 0.55 kW, fre-quency: 60 Hz, delivery rate (rated speed): 2.7 l/min at 1680 r.p.m.

–

––

––

–

––

–

–

–

––

2 Hydraulic power pack with two constant-displacement pumps and one motor*Recommended for reaching higher speeds in cylinders and motors. Also ideal for producing valve character-istic curves.

Can be integrated into mobile Learnline workstation systems from 2005 onwardsPump design: 2 x external gear motor each with pressure relief valve adjustable from 0 – 6 MPa (0 – 60 bar)Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar)Motor with overload protection, and ON/OFF switch on Quick-Fix® mounting systemTank: 40 l volume, sight glass, temperature display, drain screwTank lid with air filter and return filterLow-leakage, self-sealing coupling nipples for P and TPlug socket for unpressurised returnConnecting flange for measuring container returnDimensions: 700 x 320 x 550 mm (W x D x H)Weight: 65 kg

Power pack with AC motor, single-phase and start capacitor, nominal voltage: 230 V, rated output: 1.1 kW, frequency: 50 Hz, delivery rate (rated speed): 2 x 3.7 l/min at 1400 r.p.m.

Power pack with three-phase AC motor, nominal voltage: 400 – 460 V, rated output: 1.1 kW, frequency: 50 – 60 Hz, delivery rate (rated speed): 2 x 3.7 – 4.5 l/min at 1400 – 1740 r.p.m.

–

–

––

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Order no. 539733

3 Hydraulic power pack with two constant-displacement pumps and two motors*Especially suitable for separate supply of two hydraulic circuits each with its own ON/OFF switch e.g. on a mobile Learnline workstation. Equally recommended for reaching higher speeds in cylinders and motors. Also ideal for producing valve characteristic curves.

Can be integrated into mobile Learnline workstation systems from 2005 onwardsPump design: 2 x external gear motor each with pressure relief valve adjustable from 0 – 6 MPa (0 – 60 bar)Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar)Two motors with overload protection, and each with an ON/OFF switch on the Quick-Fix® mounting systemTank: 40 l volume, sight glass, temperature display, drain screwTank lid with air filter and return filterLow-leakage, self-sealing coupling nipples for P and TPlug socket for unpressurised returnConnecting flange for measuring container returnDimensions: 700 x 320 x 550 mm (W x D x H)Weight: 72 kg

Power pack with AC motors, single-phase and start capacitors, nominal voltage: 230 V, rated output: 2 x 550 W, frequency: 50 Hz, delivery rate (rated speed): each 3.7 l/min/1400 r.p.m.

Power pack with three-phase AC motors, single-phase and start capacitors, nominal voltage: 230 V, rated output: 2 x 550 W, frequency: 50 Hz, delivery rate (rated speed): each 3.7 l/min/1400 r.p.m.

–

–

––

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Order no. 152962

Order no. 159328

Order no. 541115

Order no. 541114

Order no. 541116 * All 230 V power packs with mains cable, suitable for: DE, FR, NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR, TR, IT, DK, IR, ID.

Note:For safety reasons, hydraulic power packs are delivered without oil. Please order hydraulic oil separately.

Hydraulic oil (DIN 51524)Brand-name hydraulic oil for all Festo hydraulic power units.10 Litres

20 Litres Order no. 192215

Order no. 14572

Funnel for filling various devices with oil Order no. 374038

Wheel set for mounting on the tankSuitable for hydraulic power units with 40 l tankFour guide rollers, of which two with locking brakeMounting material included

–

–

– Order no. 539734



204

1 Measuring caseThe complete measuring set is packaged in the practical and sturdy Systainer. It can be used for commissioning, maintenance, troubleshooting and optimisation of hydraulic circuits.

Consisting of:Flow rate measuring device, electronic.

0 – 10 V analogue output corresponds to

0 – 10 litres per minute or 0 – 1220 RPM.

Can only be operated with a hydraulic

motor (Order no. 152858).

Measuring line, 500 mm, red

Measuring line, 500 mm, blue

Digital multimeter

Pressure sensor, measuring range

0 – 10 MPa (0 – 100 bar), nominal size 4

Temperature sensor, measuring range

0 – 100 °C, nominal size 4

Complete measuring case

Accessories and optional componentsHydraulics – Additional components

2 Measuring container for hydraulic oilThe transparent measuring container is equipped with a stabilised inlet, a normal inlet and an inlet for un-pressurised return. There is also a scale, protection against overflow, and a manually opened outflow. For mounting on Learnline, the universal bracket (order no. 539736) is re-quired. Measuring range up to 2 litres.

Order no. 177468

Order no. 567191

1

2

3

4

Order no. 376937

Order no. 376936

Order no. 35681

Order no. 525964

Order no. 525963

Order no. 541134

3 Pressure sequence valveThe valve connects P with T if the pressure at X is larger than the sum of the spring force and the pressure in port T.

Adjustment: manualOperating pressure 6 MPa (60 bar)Maximum permissible pressure 12 MPa (120 bar)Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling nipplesQuick action mounting system Quick-Fix®

–––

–

–

Order no. 544341

Pressure relief valve, pilotedThe valve limits the pressure at port P relative to the pressure at T to the set value. The main flow of the pres-sure relief valve is controlled with a small volumetric flow in the pilot stage.

Adjustment: manualHydraulically pilotedOperating pressure 6 MPa (60 bar)Maximum permissible pressure 12 MPa (120 bar)Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling nipplesQuick action mounting system Quick-Fix®

––––

–

–

Order no. 544336

5

4 4/3-way hand lever valve, bypass mid-position (P > T), detenting

Actuation: manualOperating pressure 6 MPa (60 bar)Maximum permissible pressure 12 MPa (120 bar)Valve port pattern, hydraulic ISO/DIN 4401 size 02Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling nipplesQuick action mounting system Quick-Fix®

–––

–

–

–

Order no. 544345

6

5 4/3-way solenoid valve, bypass mid-position (P > T)

Actuation: switching solenoidOperating pressure 6 MPa (60 bar)Maximum permissible pressure 12 MPa (120 bar)Valve port pattern, hydraulic ISO/DIN 4401 size 02Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling nipples24 V DC power6.5 W outputElectrical connection: 4 mm safety socketQuick action mounting system Quick-Fix®

–––

–

–

–––

–

Order no. 544349

6 Diaphragm accumulator with shut-off blockWith the three-way ball valve integrated in the shut-off block the following functions are possible: 1. Open connection between P and the diaphragm accumulator 2. Closed connection between P and the diaphragm accumulator 3. Open connection between T and the diaphragm accumulator (relief)

Safety valve against overloadPressure gauge for working pressureRated volume 0.32 dm³Medium, gas side: nitrogen (N)Gas charging pressure when delivered p 1 MPa (10 bar)Operating pressure 6 MPa (60 bar)Maximum permissible pressure 12 MPa (120 bar)Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling nipple for PTube with open quick coupling plug for TMaterial for mounting on the profile plate

––

–––

––

–

–

–

Order no. 152859

Accumulator filling deviceFor filling or topping up the gas side of the diaphragm accumulator (or-der no. 152859) with nitrogen (N). The accumulator filling device can be operated directly using a stand-ard commercially available nitrogen bottle. If a pressure reducer is used, manufacturer-specific adapters may be required. Order no. 92491

Pressure filterPlaced directly downstream of the pump, the pressure filter reliably protects the following hydraulic ele-ments from solids suspended in the oil. The required purity class is deter-mined by the most sensitive element in the system.

Pore size of the filter: 5 µmContamination indicatorMaximum permissible pressure 12 MPa (120 bar)Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling nipplesQuick action mounting system Quick-Fix®

–––

–

–

Order no. 548609

Spare filter cartridge for the pressure filter Order no. 236302



205

Accessories and optional componentsElectrical engineering/Electronics

Safety laboratory cables, 98 pieces, red and blueComplete set, consisting of 98 safety laboratory cables with 4 mm safety plugs in the colours red and blue:

10x red 50 mm10x blue 50 mm26x red 300 mm11x blue 300 mm21x red 500 mm12x blue 500 mm3x red 1000 mm3x blue 1000 mm1x red 1500 mm1x blue 1500 mm

Plugs with rigid protective sleeve and axial socket Conductor cross section: 1 mm2 Tested with 1000 V CAT II Rated current: 16 A

For the third cable colour, safety laboratory cables, 47 pieces, black, are suitable (order no. 572096)

––––––––––

–

–––

Safety laboratory cables, 52 pieces, grey and green-yellowComplete set, consisting of 52 safety laboratory cables with 4 mm safety plugs in the colours grey and green-yellow:

6x grey 50 mm15x grey 300 mm2x green-yellow 300 mm12x grey 500 mm2x green-yellow 500 mm6x grey 1000 mm2x green-yellow 1000 mm6x grey 1500 mm1x green-yellow 1500 mm

Plugs with rigid protective sleeve and axial socketConductor cross section: 1 mm2

Tested with 1000 V CAT IIRated current: 16 A

–––––––––

–

–––

Safety jumper plugs, 19 mm

Safety laboratory cables, 300 mm

Safety laboratory cables, 50 mm

Safety laboratory cables, 47 pieces, blackComplete set, consisting of 47 safety laboratory cables with 4 mm safety plugs in the colour black:

8x black 50 mm18x black 300 mm18x black 500 mm2x black 1000 mm1x black 1500 mm

Plugs with rigid protective sleeve and axial socketConductor cross section: 1 mm²Tested with 1000 V CAT IIRated current: 16 A

–––––

–

–––

Safety laboratory cables, 106 pieces, red, blue and blackComplete set, consisting of 106 safety laboratory cables with 4 mm safety plugs in the colours red, blue and black:

10x red 50 mm10x blue 50 mm8x black 50 mm8x red 300 mm8x blue 300 mm18x black 300 mm8x red 500 mm8x blue 500 mm18x black 500 mm2x red 1000 mm3x blue 1000 mm2x black 1000 mm1x red 1500 mm1x blue 1500 mm1x black 1500 mm

Plugs with rigid protective sleeve and axial socketConductor cross section: 1 mm2

Tested with 1000 V CAT IIRated current: 16 A

–––––––––––––––

–

–––

Safety jumper plugs, 42 pieces, red, blue, grey, grey-blue and green-yellowComplete set, consisting of 42 sa-fety jumper plugs in the colours red, blue, grey, grey-blue and green-yellow:

8x red8x blue16x grey4x grey-blue6x green-yellow

Plugs with rigid protective sleevePlug spacing: 19 mmTested with 1000 V CAT IIRated current: 16 A

–––––

––––

Safety jumper plugs, 28 pieces, grey-blackComplete set, consisting of 28 grey-black safety jumper plugs. Suit-able for the universal patch panel EduTrainer®, the jumper plugs are used to clearly establish connections when designing circuits.

28x grey-black

Plugs with rigid protective sleeve Plug spacing: 19 mm Tested with 1000 V CAT II Rated current: 16 A

–

––––

Measuring lead holderIn mobile design with double-sided cable guide with 16 teeth for hanging measuring leads. Basic frame light grey with 5-foot steel pipe frame and with 5 guide rollers, height approx. 160 cm.

Order no. 572096

Order no. 571806

Order no. 167091

Order no. 571807

Order no. 571808

Order no. 571809

red 572097

blue 572098

black 572099

grey 572100

grey-blue 572120

grey-black 572121

green-yellow 572101

red 376932

blue 376931

black 572102

grey 572103

red 376935

blue 376934

black 572104

grey 572105

yellow 572106

green-yellow 572107

Safety laboratory cables, 500 mm red 376937

blue 376936

black 572108

grey 572109

yellow 572110

green-yellow 572111


blue 376938

black 572112

grey 572113

yellow 572114

green-yellow 572115


blue 376940

black 572116

grey 572117

yellow 572118

green-yellow 572119

Accessories/Optional components for training packages > Electrical engineering/Electronics


Order no. 11953101


1 Fluke 115 digital multimeterStandard meter for basic training in electrical engineering.

Automatic and manual range selec-tion, 4-digit illuminated LCD display for measuring direct and alternating voltage, direct and alternating cur-rent, resistance, continuity, frequen-cy, capacitance, diode test, min./max./mean value, display hold, bar graph, true effective value measure-ment (TRMS).

Voltage: 0.1 mV – 600 VCurrent: 0.1 mA – 10 AResistance: 0.1 Ω – 40 MΩFrequency: 0.01 Hz – 50 kHzCapacitance: 1 nF – 10,000 µFTested with 600 V CAT III

Scope of deliveryMeasuring cablesHolster9 V batteryManual

––––––

––––

2 Fluke 179 digital multimeterMeter for higher requirements in basic training.

Automatic and manual range selec-tion, 4-digit illuminated LCD display for measuring direct and alternat-ing voltage, direct and alternating current, resistance, continuity, fre-quency, capacitance, diode test, temperature measurement, min./max./mean value, display hold, bar graph, true effective value measure-ment (TRMS).

Voltage: 0.1 mV – 1,000 VCurrent: 0.01 mA – 10 AResistance: 0.1 Ω – 50 MΩFrequency: 0.01 Hz – 100 kHzCapacitance: 1 nF – 10,000 µFTested with 1,000 V CAT IIITested with 600 V CAT IV

Scope of deliveryMeasuring cables80BK temperature probeHolster9 V batteryManual

–––––––

–––––

6 Fluke T100 voltage and continuity testerVoltage and continuity tester for ba-sic training in electrical engineering.

VDE-tested and approved in ac-cordance with the current stand-ards EN 61243-3 and DIN VDE 0682, Part 401. The ergonomic and sturdy housing of the T100 make it ideal for portable use. Equipped with a pat-ented system for detecting the direc-tion of rotation in three-phase sys-tems, it enables a fast display of the direction of rotation. Also includes a special electric flashlight function for working in dark surroundings.

Voltage: 12 – 690 VRotary field: 100 – 690 VContinuity: 0 – 400 kΩFrequency: 0 – 400 HzTested with 600 V CAT IV

Scope of delivery1.5 V batteriesManual

–––––

––

1

2

3

4

5

6

3 Amprobe 30XR-A digital multimeterSimple entry-level device for basic training.

Automatic and manual range selec-tion, 3¾-digit LCD display for meas-uring direct and alternating voltage, direct and alternating current, resist-ance, continuity, diode test, min./max./mean value, data hold.

Voltage: 0.1 mV – 600 VCurrent: 0.1 µA – 10 AResistance: 0.1 Ω – 20 MΩTested with 600 V CAT II

Scope of deliveryMeasuring cablesMagnet holderProtective covering9 V batteryManual

––––

–––––

4 Amprobe 38XR-A digital multimeterLow-cost device with a full range of functions for basic training.

The optional PC software enables real-time data acquisition on a PC. Automatic and manual range selec-tion, 4-digit illuminated LCD display for measuring direct and alternating voltage, direct and alternating cur-rent, resistance, continuity, frequen-cy, capacitance, diode test, tem-perature measurement, attenuation measurement (dBm), min./max./mean value, data hold, bar graph, AC+DC true effective value measure-ment (TRMS).

Voltage: 0.1 mV – 1,000 VCurrent: 0.1 µA – 10 AResistance: 0.1 Ω – 40 MΩFrequency: 3 Hz – 10 MHzCapacitance: 0.01 nF – 400 µFTested with 600 V CAT III

Scope of deliveryMeasuring cablesTemperature probeTemperature adapterProtective coveringMagnet holder9 V batteryManual

––––––

–––––––

Software for Amprobe 38XR-A

5 Amprobe DR 705 phase sequence indicatorSimple phase sequence indictor, ideal for basic training in three-phase current engineering and drive technology.

Indicates the three phases and the phase sequence via LEDs. No battery required.

Voltage: 120 – 400 VRotary field: 200 – 440 VResistance: 0.1 Ω – 40 MΩFrequency: 50 – 60 HzTested with 300 V CAT III

Scope of delivery3 probe tipsCrocodile clampManual

–––––

–––

Order no. 571834

Order no. 571833

Order no. 571830

Order no. 571831

Order no. 571832

Order no. 571835

Order no. 571836



207


1 Fluke 1653B installation tester for VDE 0100Perfect for practical demonstration of electrical protective measures in combination with our EduTrainers® for mains systems and protective measures.

For testing and accepting fixed installations to VDE 0100/0413, the international standard IEC 60364 and the European standard EN 61557. The easy-to-use controller and the large display with a wide viewing angle make for user-friendly and safe operation. For all basic installation tests including continuity, insulation, loop impedance, trigger time and trigger current of residual current protective devices (residual current devices), measuring earthing resistance and phase sequence. Includes internal memory and PC interface for documentation and reporting.

Measuring range: 500 VContinuity test: 0 – 2,000 ΩInsulation measurement: 50 – 1,000 VInsulation: 10 kΩ – 50 MΩResistance: 0.1 Ω – 40 MΩFrequency: 5 Hz – 1 MHzTested with 600 V CAT III

Scope of deliveryHardshell caseProbe, measuring cablesSet of standard measuring cablesQuick guide, CD manual6 AA batteriesPadded carrying strap

–––

––––

––––––

2 Amprobe Telaris 0100 plus installation tester for VDE 0100The Amprobe Telaris 0100 plus in-stallation tester is a good compact alternative. It tests the safety of elec-trical systems and learning systems.

For testing and accepting fixed in-stallations to VDE 0100/0413, the in-ternational standard IEC 60364 and the European standard EN 61557. The easy-to-use controller and the large display with a wide viewing an-gle make for user-friendly and safe operation. For all basic installation tests including continuity, insulation, loop impedance, trigger time and trigger current of residual current protective devices (residual current devices), measuring earthing resist-ance and phase sequence. Includes internal memory and PC interface for documentation and reporting.

Measuring range: 440 VContinuity test: 0 – 2,000 ΩInsulation measurement: 100 – 500 VInsulation: 10 kΩ – 50 MΩResistance: 0.01 Ω – 0.1 MΩFrequency: 10 – 100 HzTested with 440 V CAT III

Scope of deliveryBagMeasuring cables with protected plug connectorSet of standard measuring cablesQuick guide, manual1.5 V batteriesProtective covering

–––

––––

––

––––

1

2

3

Software for Fluke 1653B DMS 0100/INSTFluke DMS (Data Management Software) for recording data and managing test results when testing electrical installations as per DIN VDE 0100.

Software for Amprobe Telaris 0100 plusUser-friendly, expandable software for logging measurement data to DIN VDE 0100/0105. Log design as per ZVEH (Zentralverband der Deut-schen Elektro- und Informationstech-nischen Handwerke = Central Asso-ciation of the German Electrical and Information Technology Industry) protocol. Includes interface adap-ter 1157.

3 Fluke 6500 appliance tester for VDE 0701-0702Fluke 6500 appliance tester for testing portable appliances to VDE 0701-0702.

Compact Flash memory card for data storage and data transfer to a PC. Log design as per ZVEH protocol.

Protective earth conductor resistance: 0 – 19.99 ΩContact current: 0 – 1.99 mAEquivalent leakage current: 0 – 1.99 mAInsulation test: 0 – 299 ΩTested with 300 V CAT II

Scope of deliveryBag and protective coveringMeasuring cables with protected plug connectorSet of standard measuring cablesQuick guide, CD manual1.5 V batteries

–

––

––

––

–––

Software for Fluke 6500 DMS 0702/PATFluke DMS for recording data and managing test results when testing electrical installations as per DIN VDE 0701/0702.

4 Amprobe Telaris 0701/0702 appliance tester for VDE 0701-0702The appliance tester from Amprobe makes it easier to test portable appliances to VDE 0701-0702.

Compact Flash memory card for da-ta storage and data transfer to a PC. Log design as per ZVEH protocol.

Protective earth conductor resistance: 0 – 19.99 ΩContact current: 0 – 1.99 mAEquivalent leakage current: 0 – 19.99 mAInsulation test: 0 – 250 MΩTested with 300 V CAT II

Scope of deliveryBag and protective coveringMeasuring cables with protected plug connectorSet of standard measuring cablesQuick guide, manual

Software for Amprobe Telaris 0701/0702

–

––

––

––

––

4

Order no. 571837

Order no. 571838

Order no. 571839

Order no. 571840

Order no. 571841

Order no. 571844

Order no. 571843

Order no. 571842




1 Tektronix TDS 1002B digital storage oscilloscopeStandard oscilloscope for visualising relationships during basic training in electrical engineering.

Curves can be traced and evaluated on a PC.

Display: MonochromeBandwidth: 60 MHzChannels: 2Time base: 5 ns – 50 s/divSampling rate: 1.0 GS/sResolution: 8 bitsY deflection: 2 mV/cm – 5 V/cmInterface: USB

Scope of deliveryMains cable2x TPP0201 probeOpenChoice softwareSignalExpress softwareManual

––––––––

–––––

1

2

3

4

2 Tektronix TDS 2004C digital storage oscilloscopeUser-friendly 4-channel oscilloscope with extended range of functions for basic training in electrical engineering.

Display: ColourBandwidth: 70 MHzChannels: 4Time base: 5 ns – 50 s/divSampling rate: 1.0 GS/sResolution: 8 bitsY deflection: 2 mV/cm – 5 V/cmInterface: USB

Scope of deliveryMains cable4x TPP0101 probeOpenChoice softwareSignalExpress softwareManual

––––––––

–––––

5

3 Fluke 434 three-phase mains and power supply analyzerMeter for measuring almost every parameter in the power supply sys-tem.

Measures voltage, current, frequen-cy, power, power consumption, asymmetry and fast voltage changes. The meter has four channels for simultaneously measuring voltage and current on all three phases and the neutral conductor. Measurement data can be stored and transferred to a PC using the FlukeView software included in the scope of delivery.

Voltage: 5 V – 1,400 VCurrent: 0.5 A – 400 AFrequency: 42.5 – 57.5 HzCrest factor: 1.0 – 10.0Power VAR: 1.0 VAR – 20 MVACos ϕ: 0 – 1.00Tested with 100 V CAT IIITested with 600 V CAT IV

Scope of deliveryHardshell caseAC current clampSet of measuring cablesCrocodile clampsFlukeView softwareInfrared interface cable (USB)Dye locating setQuick guide, CD manualAccumulator

––––––––

–––––––––

6 Cable BNC – 4 mmCable with BNC socket and 2 jack-plugs (4 mm). For use in conjunction with a function generator and oscil-loscope.

Cable BNC – BNC

T-connector BNC

Order no. 152919

Order no. 158357

Order no. 159298

4 Amprobe AC50A digital leakage current clampThis current clamp is ideally suited to measuring discharge currents (leakage currents) and differential currents (to BGV A3).

In addition to the current clamp func-tion, this current clamp also includes the most common multimeter func-tions via measuring cables such as voltage measurement, resistance and continuity.

Voltage AC: 0.1 – 400 VCurrent AC: 0.01 mA – 60 AResistance: 0.1 – 400 ΩFrequency range: 40 Hz – 1 kHzTested with 600 V CAT IV

Scope of deliveryMeasuring cablesBag1.5 V batteryManual

–––––

––––

5 Function generatorSignal types: Sinusoidal, square, triangular, TTLFrequency range: 0.1 Hz – 500 kHzVoltage output: DCOffset: -15 – +15 VVoltage amplitude: 0 – 30 V

–

–––– Order no. 152918

Order no. 571845

Order no. 571846

Order no. 571847

Order no. 571848

6



209

Accessories and optional componentsAutomation technology/PLC

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

2 Simulation box, digital/analogueThe digital/analogue simulation box additionally allows the simulation and display of analogue signals (0 – 10 V). The simulation box is supplied without connection cables.

The following connection cables are recommended for flexible applica-tion:

I/O data cable, parallel: Order no. 034031 (e.g. SimuBox with SPS EduTrainer® or EasyPort)Analogue cable, parallel: Order no. 529141 (e.g. SimuBox with EasyPort)Analogue cable, crossover: Order no. 533039 (e.g. SimuBox with MPS® Analog-Terminal)I/O data cable, crossover: Order no. 167197

–

–

–

–

3 Connection unit, analoguePermissible voltage range: 22 – 27 V DC Reference: GND 4 analogue voltage inputs: Range: -10 V – +10 V (max. 30 V) Input resistance: 200 kΩ 4 analogue current inputs: Range: 0 – 20 mA (max. -4 – +24 mA) Input voltage: max. ±30 V 2 analogue outputs: Voltage: -10 – +10 V, short-circuit-proof, max. ±30 V, fuse-protected, Current: max. 20 mA

Using an analogue cable (order no. 529141), the unit can also be used as an analogue connection unit for the EduTrainer® PLC or EsayPort USB.

–

––

–

–

Order no. 526863

1 Simulation box, digitalThe simulation box is used to display the input and outputs signals of an MPS® station or PLC. Two modes of application are pos-sible:

Simulation of inputs for testing of a PLC program. Use I/O data cable (SysLink) (order no. 034031) for this purpose.Setting of outputs (with separate 24 V supply) in order to operate an MPS® station. The cable (order no. 167106, 2.5 m) required for this purpose is included in the scope of delivery.

The simulation box contains a SysLink socket.

–

–

Order no. 170643

Order no. 567232

4 Universal connection unit, digital (SysLink)The universal connection unit connects all 4 mm safety plugs with the 24-pin system connector as per IEEE 488 (SysLink). It thus becomes a universal interface between units with 4 mm connection technology and devices equipped with SysLink connectors as per IEEE488:

Connection to an I/O terminal of an MPS® station via an I/O cable with SysLink connectors at both ends, order no. 034031I/O coupling via the 4 mm labora-tory connectors of a PLC using an open I/O cable (IEEE488 connector – bare wires), order no. 167122Simple connection of actuators and sensors via 4 mm laboratory con-nectors with the EasyPort interface unit for FluidSIM®

Inputs: 3 safety sockets each for 8 three-wire sensors Outputs: 2 safety sockets each for 8 actuators Connections: 4 mm safety sockets for 24 V DC, SysLink connector (IEEE488) I/O status display: Via LED

–

–

–

Order no. 162231

5 Sensor testerThe sensor tester speeds up commis-sioning of systems with integrated sensors and proximity sensors. It can be used for:

Quick and simple checking of contactsRapid fine adjustmentUnambiguous detection of switch outputs

–

––

Order no. 158481

6 AS-interface addressing deviceAddressing device with LCD display for determining slave addresses and re-addressing slaves. Order no. 18959

AS-interface addressing cableAddressing cable for connecting vari-ous slaves to the addressing device. Order no. 18960

7 Empty EduTrainer® ER housingAn empty ER housing in two sizes with an aluminium blanking plate is available for installation of custom applications in an ER frame. small 541499

large 541179

Accessories/Optional components for training packages > Automation technology/PLC



11 I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both endsFor connection of SysLink interfaces, for example an EduTrainer® PLC, with the universal connection unit, digital (order no. 162231). 2.5 m 34031

2 I/O data cable with one SysLink connector as per IEEE 488 and bare cable-end sleevesFor connecting EasyPort to the I/O terminals of a PLC. 2.5 m 167122

0.3 m 167197

3 I/O data cable, crossover, with terminal socketConnects the EduTrainer® Univer-sal of an MPS® station with Easy-Port, order no. 548687. Adapter ca-ble for the connection: any PLC with an open I/O data cable, order no. 167122, and universal connection unit, order no. 162231.

2 m 529141

5 Analogue cable, parallelEasyPort with actual process and/or simulation box.

2 m 533039

6 Analogue cable, crossoverEasyPort with actual PLC and/or simulation box.

female – female, 1.5 m 160786

male – female, 1.5 m 162305

7 PC data cable RS232For example, for connecting EasyPort with the RS232 port of a PC.

with RS232 cable 184555

with USB cable 539006

8 PC adapterCable for the SIMATIC S7. With RS232 cable or USB cable for Win 2000/XP.

9 LOGO! Programming cableLOGO! PC cable USB for transferring programs from a PC to LOGO and vice versa. Driver on CD ROM sup-plied. Order no. 526504

10 Profibus cableConnection between 2 Profibus stations. 0.5 m 533035

2.0 m 533036

12 Plug-in adapter, electricalAdapter for inserting cables with safety plugs into sockets without shock-hazard protection. This is no longer compliant with DIN EN 61010 (IEC 1010). Set of 10 adapters. Order no. 185692

Connecting cable (4-pin plug) for connecting solenoid valves with an M8 central plugCable length 2.5 m with open ends

Cable length 1 m with 4 mm safety plugs and solenoid coil numbering

Order no. 158962

Order no. 540703

4 Ethernet cable2 m, RJ 45, CAT5 2 m 567280

3 m 571817

11 Safety laboratory cable, 3 mFor connecting an EduTrainer® Universal without a power supply unit to an external 24 V power supply unit. 3 m long, 4 x 3 safety plugs (blue, red, green/yellow)

2

43

65

87

9 10

11 12



211


3/4/5 Relay, time-delay relayRelay (24 V) with 3 changeover or 3 NC and 3 NO contacts for DIN H-rail mounting

Relay, response delayed (24 V) with changeover contact for DIN H-rail mounting

Relay, with switch-off delay (24 V), with changeover contact for DIN H-rail mounting

1 2

3 4

5

Order no. 548637

1 DIN H-rail setTwo 300 mm long DIN H-rails, matching relay socket and terminal set, with mountings for adapter fitting to aluminium slotted profile plate.

Terminal strip35 terminals, terminal block and bridges for DIN H-rail mounting. Order no. 541158

2 Cable duct set1 x 150 mm, 3 x 265 mm and 1 x 500 mm cable ducts with mountings for adapter fitting to aluminium slotted profile plate. Order no. 548638

3 541152

Order no. 254490

T-head nut M5For safe mounting of own applica-tions, cable ducts or DIN H-rails on the aluminium slotted profile plate.

4 541153

5 541154

6/7/8 Electrical signal input/outputFor front panel mounting with bracket. For attachment on universal adapter for example (order no. 195224) or directly on perforated plate.

Electric pushbutton (NO and NC contacts)

Electric control switch

LED indicator light

6 541155

6

7 8

7 541156

8 541157



Accessories and optional componentsOrder means

1

3

7

2

4

6

5

11/12/13

8 9

10

Size 0 (Mini-Systainer):

50 x 248 x 158 mm

Order no. 533014

Size 1: 72 x 377 x 277 mm

Order no. 526714

Size 2: 124 x 377 x 277 mm

Order no. 526715

Size 3: 176 x 375 x 274 mm

Order no. 526716

Size 4: 279 x 377 x 272 mm

Order no. 526717

Size 5: 395 x 360 x 272 mm

Order no. 544375

Soft foam insert for lid

(for Systainer sizes 1 – 5)

Order no. 526814

1 SystainerStackable interlocking case system, made of light grey plastic with light blue snap fasteners.

Systainer/container insertsDidactic components need to be stored in a clearly arranged and safe way. Simply clamp two handles onto the narrow side of the insert of your choice and stack the inserts in the Systainer. Note: Two large and one small insert exactly fill a Learnline container drawer.

2 Systainer/container insert ADimensions (W x D): 351 x 172 mm.

For Systainers sizes 1 – 4

(Interior dimensions W x H x D respectively)

Order no. 687927

Dimensions (W x D): 351 x 264 mm.

For Systainers sizes 1 – 4.

Order no. 687461

11 Handle 80 683012

12 Handle 100 687455

13 Handle 150 683464

11/12/13 Handles for Systainer/ container inserts A – IThe handles are available in three different versions, suitable for Sys-tainer sizes 2 – 5:

Handle 80: 80 mm high versionHandle 100: 100 mm high versionHandle 150: 150 mm high version

When stacking the inserts in the Sys-tainer the handle height determines the distance between the stacked inserts. The handles can be used for all Systainer/container inserts. Two handles are required per insert.

–––

3 Systainer/container insert B



Order no. 687929

4 Systainer/container insert C



Order no. 689087

5 Systainer/container insert D



Order no. 701309

6 Systainer/container insert E



Order no. 709844

7 Systainer/container insert F



Order no. 687943

8 Systainer/container insert G



Order no. 687944

9 Systainer/container insert H



Order no. 722009

10 Systainer/container insert I

14 15

14 Trolley for SystainerTrolley for transporting Systainers sizes 1 to 5, can carry up to 5 Sys-tainers. With 2 adjustable heights: height 1: 105 cm, height 2: 97.5 cm. Tare weight 4 kg, load bearing capacity 50 kg. Order no. 549788

15 Dolly truck for SystainerDolly truck for transporting Systai-ners sizes 1 to 5. 4 castors with a brake. Order no. 549789


Accessories/Optional components for training packages > Order means

213

Robotino®

Mobile mechatronic learning system .......................................................... 216

215

Robotino® > Mobile mechatronic learning system

216 Worldwide at your fingertips. Find your contact person at: www.festo-didactic.com

Robotino® Experiencing, understanding and using technology

How do I make a robot move along a line?

Which robot team scores most goals?

Which robot can complete an obstacle course in the fastest possible time?

Experiencing technology The Robotino® not only contains technology, it also enables the tech-nology to be experienced through a large number of captivating tasks drawn from the everyday world.

Understanding technology Modularity means that all techni-cal components, such as the electric drive units, sensors and camera, of Robotino® can not only be directly understood but can also be learned about through their integrated sys-tem response.

Using technology Trainees integrate and apply lots of technical features and functions, such as electric drive engineering, kinetics, sensors, control technolo-gy, vision systems and programming techniques.

Ready-to-use immediately Unpack Robotino®, switch it on and start the lesson, experiment or research project.

The special appeal The Robotino® is autonomous! Numerous sensors, a camera and a high-performance controller provide the system with the necessary „intelligence“. So when it is correctly programmed, it can handle the tasks assigned to it autonomously.

The current trend Alongside industrial robotics, the market for mobile robots and service robots is becoming increasingly important. By using the Robotino®, you will be keeping your training in line with a major technical and commercial advance.

The awardsWorddidac Award 2006reddot design award winner 2006

––



Interactive learning with Robotino® View

Always onlineRobotino® View is the interactive, graphical programming and learn-ing environment for Robotino®. It communicates directly with the ro-bot system via wireless LAN, with no need for code compiling or down-loading to the controller. You can send signals directly to the motor controller, display, scale and evalu-ate sensor values, or have a live camera image displayed and further processed. Robotino® thus becomes an online experimentation field, e.g. for control technology.

Intuitive programmingRobotino® View is a visual program-ming language. Sequences and links are formed by wiring functional mod-ules. The program corresponds to your idea of robot behaviour and is created „intuitively“.

Robotino® View 2Robotino® View 2 combines state of the art operating concepts with intui-tive operation and expansion options for the user.

Sequence control is based on the standardised sequential function chart to DIN EN 61131 (GRAFCET). The subprograms (steps) are created as data flow graphs and the comprehensive functional module library provides the functional mod-ules to be linked. Subprograms can be reused any number of times in a sequencing program and can also be imported into other projects.

The new navigation module provides the user with great flexibility in moving to positions and defining travel paths with any level of com-plexity. Current position sensing is performed by the integrated odometer, which can be made much more accurate by the gyroscope sensor available as an option.

MultitaskingWith Robotino® View 2 you can con-trol not just one, but any number of Robotinos at the same time.

Creating custom functional modulesThe user can create custom func-tional modules in C++ and load them to the functional module library as plug-ins. Likewise, custom devices can be created in C++ and loaded to the device manager as plug-ins.

External data communicationRobotino® View 2 provides an OPC client and a UDP protocol interface for data communication with exter-nal controllers.

Autonomous controlProjects can be uploaded to the Robotino® controller to achieve totally autonomous operation (only with operating system version 2.0 or higher). The user can use a special data exchange server to establish very efficient communication be-tween a Robotino® View 2 program and the autonomous robot applica-tion.

Robotino® View 2 can be constantly updated via the Internet.

First steps with simulationAs an add-on, you can purchase an attractive 3D simulation package (Robotino® SIM Professional/Robotino® SIM Page 222), which simulates the Robotino®‘s travel behaviour and sensors in an appropriate working environment. This enables you to test your first Robotino® View programs in the simulation.



The complete Robotino® package

Robust construction The three Robotino® drive modules are integrated into a stable, laser-welded stainless steel frame. The frame is protected against collisions by a rubber protection strip with integrated switching sensor. Nu-merous additional components, such as sensors or handling units, can be mounted on a platform with prepared threaded holes.

With its omnidirectional drive, Robotino® moves quick as a flash forwards, backwards and sideways and also turns on the spot. Three sturdy DC industrial motors with optical shaft encoders with a res-olution of 2048 increments per revolution and gear units with a reduction ratio of 1:16 allow speeds of up to 10 km/h.

Everything in view The frame contains nine infrared distance sensors. An analogue inductive sensor and two optical sensors are also available, enabling the Robotino® to recognise and follow predefined paths that are marked in colour or with an aluminium strip.

The Robotino® is supplied with a colour web camera with jpeg compression. The compressed web camera image can be transmitted to an external PC via the WLAN for image evaluation by Robotino® View or used as a live camera image. The Robotino® may not be able to find a needle in a haystack, but it can see what‘s going on around it with a high degree of accuracy.

Uninterrupted use Power is supplied via two 12 V lead-gel rechargeable non-spillable electric storage batteries, permitting a running time of up to two hours. The scope of delivery includes a further set of non-spillable electric storage batteries for even more uninterrupted learning pleasure! The system is automatically shut down when the charge status is too low.

A charging device and a jack are included in the scope of delivery, which means that Robotino® can also be used for electrical drive/control technology experiments while it‘s charging.

A charging station is available on request, at which the Robotino® can supply itself with the necessary voltage autonomously.

Direct accessThe membrane keypad integrated in the controller housing enables the Robotino® to be controlled without a WLAN.

Start the boot procedure for the controllerSelect the language (DE, EN, ES, FR)Status informationRechargeable battery status displayNetwork connection configurationSelect autonomous demo programsStarting of user-specific autono-mous programs

–

–

––

––

–

Robotino® is even more openFast access to motor control dataHardware in the loop controlDirect access to microcontroller

–

–

–



Open programming environment At the heart of the PC 104 control-ler is the real-time Linux operating system, provided on a 1 GB CF card. This communicates with the new EA09 control board via a serial inter-face, to evaluate the sensor data and control the Robotino®‘s drive units. It can communicate directly with a Linux program in the PC 104 or, via W-LAN, with Robotino® View or an-other external PC application:

API with library for programming using .Net, C++, C, C# and JAVA.Numerous sample programs show how API is used.MatLab and LabView interface.Online update of Robotino® operating system via W-LAN.Download of Robotino® View 2 programs to PC 104.Online debugging of Robotino® View 2 programs in PC 104 on a Windows PC via W-LAN.Data communication with W-LAN between Robotino® View 2 application on a Windows PC and a Robotino® View 2 program in the Robotino® controller.

–

–

––

–

–

–

EA09 control board The EA09 control board provides you with a professional introduction to control technologyfor electric motors. It replaces the standard IO board in the first version of Robotino®.

At the heart of this board is a 32-bit microcontroller, which directly gen-erates the PWM signals for control-ling four electric DC motors. For com-patibility reasons, communication with the PC 104 is via the identical serial interface as in the first version of Robotino®.

An FPGA is used to read the encoder values for the motors. This enables the odometer data and any addition-al sensor-specific correction data to be calculated directly in the micro-controller. This results in a consider-able improvement in accuracy.

Expandability The controller PCB provides the following additional connections for subsequent expansion:

8 analogue inputs 0 – 10 V, 50 Hz8 digital inputs and outputs (24 V, short circuit proof and overload proof)2 relays for additional actuators

Microcontroller programming The microcontroller is externally accessible and can be used directly for programming custom applications. The microcontroller firmware can be updated using the Robotino® operating system.

Control technology The EA09 control board is fitted with an interface card, which pro-vides four Ethernet interfaces, one of which has a direct external link. The EA09View monitor software supplied enables you to scan and visualise motor controller data (setpoints and actual values, voltage and current

––

–

values) with a frequency of 1 KHz, to analyse the parameterisation of the PID motor controller in detail.

Hardware in the loop scenario If, for example, you create a custom motor controller in MatLab, this software controller can be used for open and closed-loop control of the Robotino® motors via the Ethernet interface. The required MatLAB API for communication with the EA09 control board is supplied.

The complete learning system consists of:

Mobile robot

with a round stainless steel frame and three omnidirectional drive units.

Diameter: 370 mm

Height incl. housing: 210 mm

Total weight: Approx. 11 kg

Frame with:

Rubber protection strip with built-in collision-protection sensor

9 analogue infrared distance sensors

Analogue inductive sensor

2 digital optical sensors

Colour web camera with USB interface and jpeg compression

Control:

Embedded PC 104 plus with AMD LX800 processor (500 MHz), Ubuntu Linux operating

system and numerous communication interfaces:

Ethernet, 2 x USB and VGA connection

Powerful wireless LAN access point with antenna to 802.11g and 802.11b. Switchable to

client mode. Optional WPA2 encoding.

EA09 control board with LPC2377 32-bit microcontroller:

Control of four DC motors

FPGA (Xilinx Spartan3) for rapid reading of sensor data

Ethernet interface for direct external access to the motor controller

Two 20-pin I/O connectors for integrating additional electrical components

Robotino® View 2 software, System requirements:

PC with Windows 2000/XP SP2/VISTA/Windows 7

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Complete Robotino package 567300 The ready-to-use packageIncluded in the scope of delivery:

Robotino®

SystainerSoftwareRechargeable non-spillable electric storage batteries packCharging device

Extensions and accessories available on request.

Recommended accessoriesRobotino® SIM Professional Page 222Robotino® SIM Page 222

––––

–

–

–

Order nowRobotino® training course documents

Instructor‘s handbook

Festo Didactic

544307 EN

Robotino®

Workbook DE 544306


Workbook EN 544307


Workbook ES 548606


Workbook FR 548607


IO board upgradeDo you have a Robotino® that is not fitted with the new control board? If so, you can replace the old IO board with the new EA09 control board without any problems. Order no. 567204



NorthStar® Navigation System Logistics Kit

Scope of deliveryNorthStar® Projector The NorthStar® Projector is an infrared light source which generates a special light pattern on a reflective surface, such as a ceiling. This light pattern can be detected and evaluated by the NorthStar® Sensor. NorthStar® projector with mounting attach-ment, power supply unit with cable for supplying the projector with power, CD-ROM containing technical documentation and software.NorthStar® Sensor The NorthStar® sensor is attached to Robotino® with a mounting attachment supplied. To calibrate, you only have to enter the distance between the sensor and the ceiling to achieve a positioning accuracy of around 5 cm in the working space. Systainer with NorthStar® Sensor with assembly device, USB cable, NorthStar® Sensor manual.

–

–

One of the main challenges in mobile robotics is navigation, i.e. the localisation of and search for the right path to the target point. The simplest method for localisation is odometry, but this is relatively imprecise. Therefore, additional external sensors are required.

The NorthStar® Navigation System is an infrared localisation system which uses infrared points of light as orientation points. An infrared sensor determines its position and orientation from the position of two points of light. Evaluation data and check of the detected infrared points of light are included as a functional module in Robotino® View.

The NorthStar® Navigation System consists of a NorthStar® Projector and a NorthStar® Sensor. With these, a Robotino® can be localised within a working space of max. 4 m x 4 m. Additional Robotinos can be included in the navigation system with additional NorthStar® Sensors.

The Logistics Kit consists of an electric gripper, flat storage area with 2 rows, an inductive sensor and a set of workpieces.

The electric gripper is completely integrated in the Robotino® platform, so that while it is moving, monitoring is not necessary for potential colli-sions with the gripper. The gripper detects workpieces between the gripper jaws by means of an inte-grated through-beam sensor. To pick up a workpiece from a bearing surface, a slide is integrated, which signalises the optimal position for the gripping process to the Robotino®. The gripper end positions are checked via the motor current evaluation.

The gripper function is available as a functional module in Robotino® View (starting from Version 1.7).

Scope of deliveryElectric gripper Gripper stroke: 4 mm Maximum workpiece diameter: 40 mm Maximum workpiece weight: 300 g Gripping force: 140 N Closing/opening time: 2 s Operating voltage: 24 V DC Maximum current: 140 mAAnalogue inductive sensor for mounting in the middle of the robot frameFlat storage area with 2 rows and 3 storage places per row for cylinder-shaped workpieces with a maximum diameter of 40 mm.Workpiece setAluminium adhesive tape for marking the access routes to the storage area, which the Robotino® can align itself on for gripping the workpieces.

–

–

–

––

Order no. 549833

Accessories for additional Robotinos:

The most important components at a

glance:

Order no. 564179

NorthStar Projector 549778

NorthStar Sensor 549777

Electric gripper for Robotino®

Order no. 564176

Inductive sensor, analogue

Order no. 564177

Flat storage

Order no. 564178

Workpiece set “Cylinder bodies”

Order no. 167021

Aluminium tape

Order no. 564213



Gyroscope sensor WLAN access point

than the one about which it is rotat-ing, this creates a torque against the movement which ensures that the total angular momentum remains the same.

The forces created by this torque are measured at the suspension point of the gyroscope. Since mechani-cal gyroscopes are too large, heavy and susceptible, digital gyroscopes no larger than a one-euro coin have been developed in the last few years, offering extreme precision. The CruizCore® XG1000 is a digital gyro-scope in a handy housing unit with an integrated USB interface. It can measure angular velocities of up to ±100 °/s with a precision of <0.1 °/s. It has a maximum drift of 10 °/h.

This gyroscope can be easily inte-grated into the Robotino® control system. The odometry functional module in Robotino® View automati-cally values the gyroscope error cor-rection data and almost completely eliminates orientation errors in the odometry.

Scope of deliveryCruizCore® XG1000 gyroscope sensorMounting bracketUSB cableCD with test software and documentation

–

–––

Greatly improved odometry with the gyroscope sensorIt is a great challenge for mobile systems to move to predefined positions in the working space. The difficulty lies in determining the current position.

The odometry provides a standard method for calculating the current position relative to the start position. The motor encoder can be used to count the number of motor revolu-tions and then calculate the distance travelled using the wheel diameter. Locally, this method provides very precise results. However, errors be-come larger as the distance increas-es. Two sources of error are of partic-ular importance:

SlippageOrientation errors

Every little deviation in orientation causes a large error for a long dis-tance. For example, if you run the process in a square with sides of one metre, you will see that Robotino® does not return to the starting point.

Gyroscopes measure angular veloci-ties based on the conservation of an-gular momentum. If you try to turn a rotating object about an axis other

––

Order no. 567138

Order no. 567228

Scope of deliveryAccess pointProgrammed with „Robotino® APX.1“USB power cable and Ethernet cable

––

–

This external access point supports the W-LAN standard IEEE 802.11g with a transmission rate of up to 54 Mbps.

The external access point enables you to connect multiple Robotinos to an Ethernet PC network without any problems. To do this, the Robotinos only need to be switched to client mode. The Allnet access point is pre-programmed for you, and will auto-matically start communication with the Robotinos. To secure the wire-less network externally, WEP/WPA encryption and MAC address filters are implemented.



The Robotino® library includes addi-tional components such as grippers, slides, laser scanners and workpiec-es. You are notified of new compo-nents in the library via the Internet.

The editor and the complete mod-el library in LabCreator provide you with an outstanding working envi-ronment for quickly and easily cre-ating attractive virtual scenarios for Robotino®.

Robotino® can be programmed using Robotino® View or in one of the high-level languages C, C++, C# or Java. To do this, you require the correspond-ing API interface.

To use the software, you require a Windows 2000, XP, VISTA or Win-dows 7 operating system. For 3D visualisation, a graphics card with at least 128 MB RAM and OpenGL sup-port is required.

Scope of deliveryCD with software in DE/EN/ES/FRManual in DE/EN/ES/FR2 dongle with individual licensesNetwork dongle with 25 licenses

––––

Robotino® SIM Professional

Robotino® SIM Professional is an ideal virtual learning environment for working with Robotino®. Identifying differences based on actual behav-iour is the key to grasping, analysing and understanding new physical and technical phenomena. The software enables you to create any virtual 3D working environments for Robotino® and then to simulate the program created. The software is available in four languages (DE/EN/ES/FR) and the language selection can be changed online.

The Robotino® simulation model comprises the geometric model with

three omnidirectional drives,two inductive analogue sensors,two digital optical sensors,nine distances sensors,a camera,sensor in the chassis protection strip.

––––––

Order no. 567230

Robotino® SIM

The latest version of Robotino® SIM is now available to download free of charge.

Robotino® SIM is a Windows soft-ware program for the 3D simulation of Robotino® in an exciting, prede-fined virtual experimentation envi-ronment.

The Robotino® simulation model can-not be extended, and includes the geometric model with the three om-nidirectional drive wheels, a cam-era, nine distance sensors and the digital sensor in the chassis protec-tion strip.

You can program Robotino® free of charge using Robotino® View or us-ing one of the high-level languages such as C++ or Java.



Robotino® project ideas

With its modular structure, at-tachable devices and the open software interfaces Robotino® is the ideal platform for project work. With Robotino®, we provide the platform – you develop the exciting enhancements. This is how fascinating projects evolve, a small selection of which are listed below. For more information see www.robotino.com

The advantages:Reliable design – stable frame: no investment in mechanical maintenance neededLINUX operating system – for software reliabilityPowerful drive unit and high-quality omnidrive – concentrating on an intelligent solution for a task

Technical defects, non-reproducible effects and unwanted project delays are therefore a thing of the past.

Would you also like to implement projects with Robotino®? Send an e-mail to [email protected].

–

–

–

Control with a PLC For simple integration of Robotino® in classical automation control technology: wire your PLC with EasyPort or select a direct connec-tion from the PLC to the new OPC client of Robotino® View to control Robotino® via a PLC.

ProLog Factory The ProLog Factory provides an outstanding new training platform for logistics. The material flow is implemented using Robotino® mobile robot systems, which also have an integrated lifting arm, to pick up and deposit pallets at different stations for a specific job Pages 314 – 317.

In the Science House in Europapark Rust, Robotino® shows what it can do in another attractive logistics application every day.

Official competition equipment at the WorldSkills international competitionThe range of tasks includes the exchange of components, the mounting of new sensors or handling components, troubleshooting in hardware and software and the creation of attractive applications with the graphical programming environment, Robotino® View.

OPC

Mechatronics and factory automation

MPS® – The Modular Production System

System description .......................................................................................226MPS® Transfer system/Project kits ...............................................................228MPS® Stations ...............................................................................................242MPS® 200 Complete systems ........................................................................282MPS® 500-FMS Flexible production ...............................................................296

Extensions and accessories ..........................................................................302 Control/Networking ..................................................................................304 Operating/Observing ................................................................................308 Testing/Measuring ...................................................................................309 Safety engineering ....................................................................................310 Accessories ...............................................................................................312

ProLog Factory ............................................................................................. 314

Robot Vision Cell ......................................................................................... 318

CNC technology ........................................................................................... 322

MicroFMS/MultiFMS ................................................................................... 328

MPS® Transfer Factory ................................................................................ 338

iCIM ............................................................................................................. 342

iFactory ........................................................................................................ 348

225


Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS® > System description

226

MPS® – The modular production systemFrom module to learning factory

Modular variety

The MPS® transfer system fits in a cabinet but can also be combined to create networked production lines.

The MPS® stations are supplied with trolleys, provide space for the con-trol system, are fully assembled and can be a basis for complex learning factories.

MPS® transfer systemThe ideal system for anyone focused on process and automation:

One line, various drives, numerous modules and functions with state of the art technologyTransportable, designed for cabi-nets, individually and combined in different layoutsDefined interfaces enable individu-al modules to be viewed and quick-ly changed to rapidly adapt to the required learning content.

–

–

–

MPS® stationsThe system for anyone who values industrial basic and advanced train-ing, mechatronics and automation, value retention and robustness of the equipment:

Since 1991, the system for the mechatronics world championshipsStations represent the most com-mon sub-processes in any auto-mated production systemPlatform for problem based practi-cal trainingMaximum industrial relevance in automation and handling tech-nology

–

–

–

–

Practical at every level

The modular production system MPS® sets the right challenges and provides appropriate learning envi-ronments for various requirements:

Differentiated functionsIndividual and combined unitsDifferent drive technologiesMaterial and information flowModern and variable control concepts

–––––

MPS® 200 complete systemCombining stations into systems for selected areas and complexity levels:

Topic-specific complete solutions including control system, network-ing, application and learning soft-wareFor process-oriented, cross-technology courses at schools and technical schools Ready to use immediately and expandableVersions for small and large budgets

–

–

–

–

MPS® 500-FMSOnce you have mastered the sub-processes in the MPS® stations, you can use the MPS® 500 FMS to focus on thinking and operating in net-worked systems.

The belt rotation system and bus concept allow variable system conceptsSub-processes on the one hand and the overall system on the other provide project tasks and challeng-es for working in a teamAll FMS systems are guaranteed ready to use when delivered

–

–

–

Real and virtual

The MPS® is not only the platform for training with maximum transfer to industrial practice. It also provides unique flexibility for choosing the appropriate methods:

All MPS® stations and systems are identical to the models in the CIROS® process simulationPLC training and troubleshooting can be provided using the real mo-del and the 3D models in CIROS®

Since 1991, the modular production system MPS® has been the compe-tition platform for the mechatronics world championships.

–

–


Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS® > System description

227

MPS® Transfer systemGet moving with mechatronics and electronics training

Keeping training moving

The MPS® transfer system has been developed for everyone who wants to make headway with training, be it for the electrical or metal trades or for training technicians and engi-neers in mechatronics.

The key features of the MPS® trans-fer system are its innovative technol-ogy and the consistent use of indus-trial components.

Transfer line The transfer line is made of solid profiles and can be used to transport workpieces or workpiece holders. Top quality, flexible, well thought-out and modular, it is the basis for numerous successful projects.

Drive concept DC motor, AC motor, servo motor or stepper motor – the belt can be com-bined with all motor types with just a few simple actions. Professional clutches and toothed belt gearing simulate practical industrial applica-tions while providing optimum train-ing flexibility.


Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS® > MPS® Transfer system/Project kits

228

Control The transfer system is compatible with microcontrollers such as the LOGO! or more complex control sys-tems with a wide variety of configu-rations. We can produce the ideal control system for you, tailored to your needs.

Modules The individual modules are complete automated units that can easily be integrated into a single transfer line. The MPS® transfer system focuses on topics such as sensors, electri-cal positioning, handling, assembly, camera inspection, barcode scan-ning, RFID and many more, making it an ideal platform for forward-look-ing projects.

Multimedia support Digital training programs for specific topics relating to the MPS® transfer system facilitate effective training, including the very latest trends in automation technology. The Machine Vision training program provides the perfect introduction to modern in-dustrial image processing.

Just as in industry Belts play a crucial role in auto-mated production. Products are transported using belts of dif-ferent widths or even double belts. On the MPS® transfer sys-tem, material is transported on a standard industrial belt.

Workstation A range of laboratory equipment and a trolley specially tailored to the MPS® transfer system creates the op-timum working environment for you.

Experience Several kilometres of our transfer solutions are already providing a reliable material flow in the AFB, iCIM, MPS® 500 and iFactory train-ing factories for our customers and partners worldwide. This guarantees a well thought-out concept with a high quality design to strict industri-al standards.



229

Control and networking with all industrial standards



230

MPS®

Transfer

system

MPS®

Transfer

system

MPS®

Transfer

system

MPS®

Transfer

system

M M M M

Rack

PLC

Rack

PLC

Rack

PLC

313C-2DP 315-2PN/DP 315-2PN/DP

Ethernet

Profinet

Rack

PLC

313C-2DP

I/O-Connection AS-i Fieldbus AS-i Fieldbus AS-i Fieldbus

Profibus DP Profibus DP

Networking like the professionals The MPS® transfer system features standardised interfaces, A4 mount-ing frames, the integrated 19“ mounting frames on the belt and a variety of different control compo-nents.

All modules are available with both I/O wiring and a range of bus con-nections. We supply different soft-ware components for all modules. These can be integrated into state of the art automation solutions. The transfer lines and modules can also be operated without networking.

Ready to go with:I/OAS-interfaceCAN busProfibus DPEthernet TCP-IPProfinetProfinet CBAASIsafePROFIsafe

–––––––––

We produce the ideal controller for you: Configure your EduTrainer® PLC to meet your needs Pages 172 – 176



231

The choice is yours

Testing and commissioning with the simulation box

Control with EasyPort

Control using industrial microcontroller

Market leading PLC solutions

Components Configuration and programming Advantages

Easy commissioning of MPS® transfer line Testing and commissioning for modules

Control the MPS® transfer line from a PC Implement simple relay or logistic controllers with FluidSIM® Control the MPS® transfer line with PLCSIM

Control the MPS® transfer line with a LOGO! microcontroller Programming simple control tasks

Programming and control using controllers and networking com-ponents from market leaders Festo, Siemens, Rockwell and Mitsubishi

––

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

System overview

The MPS® transfer system is flexible and can be used with a wide range of controllers, drives and modules. It enables various stations and sys-tems to be set up for training.

Additional system solutions on ex-perimentation plates in DIN A4 por-trait format, e.g.

Modern drive componentsContact-based controllersOperation and observation using Operator Panel or Touch PanelSafety modules

and many other innovative solutions are available on request.

Thanks to our know-how built up over countless projects, we can support you in choosing or defin-ing your own modules, stations and systems, tailored to your needs.

–––

–



232

Systems

Stations

Mechatronic modules

For workpieces For pallets

Transfer lines

Control

MPS®

Transfer system

2 stations

MPS®

Transfer system

3 stations

MPS®

Transfer system

4 stations

MPS®

Transfer system

8 stations

MPS®

Transfer system

12 stations

Stacking magazine station

Testing/Turningstation

Measuring/ Drilling station

Sorting stationInductive, optical,

capacitive

Camera inspection station

Stacking

magazine module

Measuring

moduledigital

Measuring

moduleanalogue

Drill hole

monitoring

module

Sorting

gate

moduleelectrical,

inductive

Camera

inspection

module

Turning

module

Stacking

magazine

module

RFID

module

Drilling

module

Stacking

magazine

module

...

Stacking

magazine

module

Press

module

Turning

module

Pad

printing

module

Drilling

module

Drying

module

CNC

engraving

module

Camera

inspection

module

MT DCTransfer linewith DC motor

MT ACTransfer linewith AC motor

MT CANTransfer linewith servo motor and CAN interface

MT STTransfer linewith stepper motor

SimulationBox

Contactorcircuit

EasyPort with PLCSIM/

FluidSIM®

LOGO!Minicontroller

AS-interfaceControl console

S7Simatic S7 PLC

OP177BOperator Panel

ABAllen-Bradley

PLC

TP177BTouch Panel

Storage

module...

MPS® transfer lines can be flexibly combined and used in a variety of different ways:

In sequence Simply connecting transfer lines in sequence provides combinations of different sizes.

With MPS® The MPS® transfer lines can also be combined with the MPS® modular production stations from Festo Didactic without the need for additional components. This results in an unmatched variety of systems.

Directly on the belt – or with workpiece holders With the MPS® transfer system, both options are possible: workpieces can either be transported directly on the belt or on pallets, with or without an ID system.

90° connection Transfer lines can be combined „around corners“ without additional modules. This enables complete loops to be achieved with just four lines.



233

[X] Illustration includes accessories

Transfer lineCombine and expand

Design and function The transfer line is the basic compo-nent of the MPS® transfer system. It is made up of a belt, drive, con-trols and sensors and comes fully assembled. The transfer line can be used to transport workpieces or workpiece holders. The transfer line can be fitted with up to two mechatronic modules.

Modular expansion The transfer line can easily be ex-panded with different motors, controllers, inverters, control units and connection technologies such as AS-interface or I/O technology. Each line can be supplemented with a wide range of modules. However, even in „stand alone“ mode, the transfer line can cover various important topics in automation technology:

Familiarisation with different drive typesUse of sensorsExperimenting with relay and reversing contactors and logic circuitsParameterisation and commissio-ning of various drive controllers

–

––

–

[X]


234

Intelligent connection technology The design of the system connec-tions enables all additional modules to be easily connected to the transfer line. We also provide additional free terminals for your own projects.

Individual equipment We equip the 19“ frame with various operation and control components based on your preferences. Expan-sions and additions are possible at any time.


Clockwise or anticlockwise rotation The four-quadrant drive controller allows both. The controller is actuated directly using I/Os or the AS-interface. The buttons on the controller enable the connected drive to be controlled manually during commissioning, maintenance or diagnostics.

Variable sensors The sensors at the beginning and end of the belt take the form of fibre optic through-beam sensors. The mounts for the fibre optics can easily be fixed to the belt profile and adjusted depending on the application. A variety of different sensors can also be added.

Other configurations and components on request.

Recommended learning media

WBT Sensor technology 2 – Sensors for object detectionWBT Logo! TrainingWBT Actuators – DC motorWBT Safety engineeringWBT Machine VisionMechatronics Assistant

–

–––––

Scope of delivery

MPS® transfer line MT DC:DC motorControl panelFour-quadrant drive controllerOptical sensors at beginning and end of belt

MPS® transfer line MT DC AS-interface:

DC motorAS-interface control panelAS-interface drive controllerOptical sensors at beginning and end of belt

MPS® transfer line MT AC:AC motorControl panelOptical sensors at beginning and end of belt

MPS® transfer line MT AC400:AC motor for star-delta circuitControl panelOptical sensors at beginning and end of belt

––––

––––

–––

–––


235

MPS transfer line MT DC C93100

MPS transfer line MT DC AS interface C93101

MPS transfer line MT AC C93102

MPS transfer line MT AC400 C93104


„Cylinder bodies“ workpiece set C94407

EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with analogue value processing S7-313C 567098

Touch Panel TP177B EduTrainer C74080

Micromaster 420 EduTrainer 573868

Workbook MPS Transfer System Frequency Converter MM420 Page 69


The transfer lineModules

Stacking magazine moduleThe module separates workpieces from a magazine.

The module is completely assembled with a pneumatic cylinder with end-position sensors, a retro-reflective sensor for magazine level monitor-ing, valve terminal and electrical con-nection block.

Complete with connecting cable.

Transfer line and workpieces are not included.

Stacking magazine module, I/O C93200

Stacking magazine module, AS-Interface C93201

Stacking magazine module, Profibus DP C93202

Drill hole monitoring moduleThe module monitors whether there is a drill hole in workpieces. To do this, a test pin is inserted into the workpiece (with a solenoid). An in-ductive proximity sensor monitors if the test pin has reached its end po-sition.

The module is completely assembled with a connection block.



Drill hole monitoring module, I/O C93203

Drill hole monitoring module, AS-Interface C93204

Drill hole monitoring module, Profibus DP C93205

Turning module, I/O C93206

Turning module, AS-Interface C93207

Turning module, Profibus DP C93208


236

Turning moduleThe module turns workpieces. The workpieces on the conveyor belt are detected by an optical diffuse sen-sor. A linear slide, swivel cylinder and linear gripper are used in the module.

The module is completely assembled with a valve terminal and two electri-cal connection blocks.



Also order:Workbook MPS® Transfer System, Turning Module


Drilling moduleThe module drills workpieces (sym-bolically). The workpieces on the conveyor belt are detected by an op-tical diffuse sensor. The drilling ma-chine is moved by a pneumatic lin-ear slide.

The module is completely assembled with a valve terminal and an electri-cal connection block.



Drilling module, I/O C93209

Drilling module, AS-Interface C93210

Drilling module, Profibus DP C93211

Measuring module, analogue, I/O C93212

Measuring module, analogue, AS-Interface C93213

Measuring module, analogue, Profibus DP C93214


237

Measuring module, analogueThe module checks the height of workpieces. The workpieces on the conveyor belt are detected by an optical diffuse sensor. An analogue laser distance sensor is mounted above the workpiece. The measur-ing range of the sensor is 0 – 30 mm with 0 – 10 V analogue output and 2 PNP switching outputs. The switch-ing outputs can be freely configured using the teach-in function.

The module is completely assembled with an electrical connection block.



Also order:Workbook MPS® Transfer System, Measuring Module, analogue

Sorting gate module, pneumaticThe module sorts workpieces onto a slide. The workpieces on the convey-or belt are detected by an optical dif-fuse sensor. A second sensor (induc-tive) above the workpiece detects if the workpiece needs to be sorted on-to the slide. Sorting is carried out us-ing a sorting gate, which is actuated by a pneumatic rotary cylinder.




Sorting gate module, pneumatic, I/O C93218

Sorting gate module, pneumatic, AS-Interface C93219

Sorting gate module, pneumatic, Profibus DP C93220


The transfer lineModules

Inspection camera moduleThe module sorts workpieces onto a slide. An intelligent colour camera with integrated lighting detects the workpieces on the conveyor belt and sorts them onto the slide depending on various criteria. Sorting is carried out using a slide gate, which is actu-ated by a pneumatic linear cylinder.


Complete with connecting cable, intelligent colour camera system and image processing software.


Inspection camera module C93225

Ejection module, pneumaticThe module sorts workpieces onto a slide. The workpieces on the convey-or belt are detected by an optical dif-fuse sensor. A second sensor (capac-itive) above the workpiece detects if the workpiece needs to be sorted onto the slide. Sorting is carried out using a slide gate, which is actuated by a pneumatic linear cylinder.




Also order:Workbook MPS® Transfer System, Ejection Module, pneumatic

Ejection module, pneumatic, I/O C93221

Ejection module, pneumatic, AS-Interface C93222

Ejection module, pneumatic, Profibus DP C93223

RFID moduleThe module sorts workpieces onto a slide. The workpieces on the con-veyor belt are detected by an optical diffuse sensor. A read-write head is used to read and check the data from the RFID chip on the workpiece. New data, based on various criteria, can be ascribed to the workpieces, which are then sorted onto the slide or transported further on the belt. Sort-ing is carried out using slide gate, which is actuated by a pneumatic lin-ear cylinder.


Complete with connecting cable and Profibus DP interface for the RFID element.


RFID module, Profibus DP C93224


238

The transfer lineLaboratory furniture


Laboratory trolley Learnline for transfer lineTrolley with double wheels and locking brakes, profile columns and dual-tray A4 mounting frame.

Width: 700 mmDepth: 900 mmWorkstation height: 719 mm

–––

Transfer line and controllers are not included in the scope of delivery.

Laboratory trolley transfer line E78099


239


Automation project work


The complete project work for train-ing in electronic engineering for au-tomation or production technology as well as in mechatronic engineer-ing.

Based on the tried and proven modu-lar system from Festo Didactic, Festo and ‚Bildungsverlag 1‘ (Educational Publishers) have jointly devised a project covering all 13 learning are-as. Trainees are guided step by step through different projects. The di-dactic deployment of a wide variety of methods and tools is explained. The instructor‘s handbook provides teaching hints as well as solutions to the sample exercises.

The modular concept means the projects can be carried out with the EduTrainers® commonly used in schools or with the optionally avail-able control cabinet, in a way closely linked to actual industrial practice.

The basic module covers the first volume for learning sections 1 to 6. The optional add-ons such as the AC geared motor or frequency inverter are required for learning sections 7 to 13.

Additional components for extending learning modules 1 to 13 are avail-able on request.

With profile plate 700 x 700 mm 550522

With profile plate 550 x 700 mm 550583

AC motor 400 V 550524

Control console 550523


1x I/O terminal (SysLink) 34035

1x Diffuse sensor 2 196959

1x Retro-reflective sensor 196969

2x Through beam sensor 1 196960

1x Inductive sensor 196968

1x Relay 268327

1x Conveyor module 700 mm 532939

1x Guide rail mounting set 532950

1x Set of guide rails 700 mm 532947

1x Guide rail end caps 532949

2x Sorting gate/separator module, electrical 532952

1x Slide module 1 653393

1x DC motor 532941

1x Workpiece set “Cylinder bodies” 167021

1x CP standalone valves 5/2 double-pilot valve used in Robot station 526223

1x On-off valve with filter regulating valve 152894

1x Separator module, pneumatic 526228


Control cabinet without PLC and frequency converter 548685

Control cabinet with S7-315F-2 PN/DP + SINAMICS G120 frequency converter 548686


Training documents – Automation, operations engineering, mechatronicsFluidSIM®

Mechatronics AssistantEPLAN Education

–

–––

240

Automation project workConveyor, Frequency converter, Portal Trainer 300



241

Conveyor, unassembled

Topics for project workSet-up of a feed device for an annealing ovenSet-up of a conveyor between MPS® stations

Training aims for project workProject planning and organisation:

Creating a project planProject documentationProduction organisation

Mechanical:Mechanical set-up of a production systemAssembly and connection technology

Electrical and electronic:Correct wiring of electrical componentsSelection and application of various electrical drives

Control technology:Programming a minicontrollerStructure of a programLogic componentsLogic controllersTimers

Commissioning:Commissioning of the entire sequence

Troubleshooting:Systematic troubleshooting of a production system

Recommended training mediaCIROS® Mechatronics

–

–

–––

–

–

–

–

–––––

–

–

Order no. 534362

The most important components at a

glance and recommendations for accesso-

ries, media and extensions Internet

Frequency converter starter kit

The frequency converter starter kit permits the realisation of numer-ous drive applications with variable speeds and offers a wealth of train-ing aims, particularly in combination with the MPS® project kits.

The scope of delivery includes:Control panel via which parameters can be changedCommunication module for Profi-bus DP – can be replaced without toolsAC motor, prepared for assembly preparation on the conveyorFrequency converter – can be mounted on the stand supplied and placed wherever it is required on the benchSystainer

Technical dataMains voltage 1 AC 200 – 240 VOutput 0.12 – 3.0 kW with integrat-ed class A filterProtection class IP20

–

–

–

–

–

––

–

Order no. 534363


IEC power cable Page 199

Portal Trainer 300

Purely electric table top training device for all levels of PLC program-ming training with the reliable Sys-Link system interface.

Three electrically driven linear ax-es form a Cartesian planar surface gantry.

Both toothed belt axes (X/Y) and a spindle axis (Z) are used here.

Three 24 V DC geared motors serve as drive motors. The motors can be switched between two speeds through drive controllers installed in the device. Through this, a rapid traverse/creep speed control can be programmed.

The position is recorded through well visible shaft encoders on every axis. These shaft encoders consist of an open pulse generating disc and up to two optical reflex sensors for record-ing channels A and B (rotational di-rection evaluation).

The shaft encoder signals can be tapped for measurement purposes at the control panel via 4 mm sock-ets. A representation of the signals A and B on the oscilloscope shows the method of operation of a 2-channel shaft encoder and make it easier to understand the rotational direction evaluation for positioning axes.

A solenoid serves as end effector for reception of workpieces (metal discs). Alternatively, a recording sty-lus can be attached. This then allows simulation of an engraving or plot-ting process, for example. A DIN A4 sheet can be put under it.

The I/O control panel supports several operating modes:

Jog mode without PLCJog mode with PLCAutomatic operation with PLCBack to home position

The Portal Trainer 300 consists of: Device baseX-toothed belt axisY-toothed belt axis Z-spindle axis3x geared motors 24 V DC6x roller lever switches3x limit switches3x pulse generating discs6x opto-electrical sensors1x magnet gripper with sensorEnergy chainControl panel with emergency shut-off3x SysLink interface plugs Supply 24 V DC

Technical dataStroke, X axis: 200 mmStroke, Y axis: 120 mmStroke, Z axis: 80 mmPrecision: ±1 mmResolution of shaft encoder: 0.5 mm with 4-fold evaluationDevice base: 420 x 380 mmSupply voltage: 24 VMaximum current consumption: 3 A

––––

––––––––––––

––

–––––

–––

Portal Trainer 300 with I/O control panel C04000

Portal Trainer 300 with Touch Panel TP177B C04001

Portal Trainer 300 without operating level C04002

Controller for Portal Trainer 300: EduTrainer® Universal Pages 304 – 307

MPS® stationsMechatronic systems for world champions

Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS® > MPS® Stations


Each station has its own focus Two stations are sufficient to repre-sent a simple, industry like process for basic training in automation tech-nology: distribution and sorting.

This simplest of all combinations provides numerous basic functions of automated production: separat-ing, feeding, identifying, sorting. Each additional station adds new learning objectives and each station can be used to achieve a particular objective. This means that the trans-fer of knowledge to the actual opera-tion of modern automated produc-tion is as efficient as possible.

Combine in whatever way suits you!All stations can be combined with others to create systems. This adds learning content and increases the flow of material and information. It is up to you whether you network the stations or operate them in stand-alone mode with a separate PLC.

Combination with other processes is also possible, e.g. with the MPS® transfer system or the MPS® PA sta-tions.

New, state of the art robotThe assembly station with robot has always offered particular added value. It is both a sophisticated me-chatronic system in the assembly process as well as a complete learn-ing system for robotics.

The new RV-2SDB represents the continuous development of the MPS®: With 6 axes and a 480° range of motion, it can scratch its own back. With an Ethernet and USB in-terface, it offers exceptional com-munication options, while integrated controllers provide scope for addi-tional axes.

The MPS® makes history

Since 1991, the stations from the modular production system MPS® have been the „sporting equipment“ at the mechatronics world champion-ships. In national and international competitions, MPS® has demonstrat-ed that its concept, the stations and control systems and its functionality involved provide exactly those fea-tures that characterise automated production throughout the world: In-tegration of mechanics, electrical en-gineering and information techno logy to create mechatronics.

Anyone who trains using MPS® can be confident that numerous companies, schools and universities all over the world are doing exactly the same. The stations in the modular production system are the origin and example for almost all mechatronic training systems.

The MPS® is the original.



3D: reflecting reality

The MPS® stations provide plenty of material for varied training. But in practice not every station is always available.

That‘s why all MPS® stations are also available as a simulation. The virtual stations in CIROS® Mechatronics be-have just like the real stations. There is no difference in commissioning and troubleshooting. The same PLC can be used for control.

The virtual CIROS® stations enable you to

add more functions of an automated system to your learning scenarioprovide multiple learners with the same stations at the same timedesign more individual training without having access to all real stations

–

–

–

CIROS® Pages 38 – 43

Production and assemblyIt depends what‘s important to you: If simple handling tasks are sufficient for your learning scenario, the work-piece set with bodies of various ma-terials can be used. If you want han-dling to involve simple assembly, the bodies with measuring instruments or containers with covers are ideal. For complex assembly with robots, a symbolic single-acting cylinder pro-vides just the right challenges.

Just what you want: choice of PLCThe PLC normally controls the individual stations, unless you are using the virtual mini control system in FluidSIM® for example.

As the PLC, we recommend an EduTrainer® Universal. We will fit the PLC of your choice, as well as fieldbus components if required. The advantage of the EduTrainer® in the MPS® station is clear: you can remove the controller and use it for other processes or in laboratory furniture.

Reliable safety modulesHardly any issue affects so many em-ployees in a company as health and safety. Emergency stop, safety cur-tains, safety doors and failsafe con-trol systems are all part of a system made up of MPS® stations.

The stations in the Modular Production System at a glance

Distributing station


A production line in a factory can be made up of individual production cells. Each cell has a specific func-tion in the process (distribution, testing, processing, handling, assembly, storage). You can select an application or process that meets your requirements from a range of individual stations.

By effectively combining individual stations, you can assemble your pro-duction system.

Learn about the functions and training aims of the individual stations as well as their possible combinations on the following pages.

AS-i distributing station

Buffer station Robot station

Fluidic muscle press station Pick&Place station


244


Testing station Processing station Handling station, pneumatic

Sorting station – Profibus DP Assembly station Punching station Sorting station

Separating station Storing station


245

Handling station, electrical

FunctionThe Distributing station separates workpieces. Up to eight workpieces are stored in the magazine tube of the stacking magazine. A double- acting cylinder pushes the work-pieces out one at a time. The Changer module grips the separated workpiece via a suction gripper. The swivel arm of the changer, which is driven by a rotary actuator, moves the workpiece to the transfer point of the downstream station.

Special technology: Semi-rotary actuatorThe Distributing station utilises various actuators, all of which are industrial components. The rotary actuator of the swivel arm can be set to various angles between 90° and 270°. The end positions are sensed by means of micro switches. A double-acting linear cylinder pushes workpieces out of the stacking magazine. The end positions are sensed using proximity sensors.

Special grippers: Suction gripperThe suction gripper of the Changer module grips the workpiece. The vacuum is generated in the vacuum slice of the CP valve terminal by means of the venturi principle and is monitored by a pressure switch. The switching point of the pressure switch is adjustable.

[X] Illustration includes additional equipment and accessories

Distributing stationGetting started with MPS®


[X]

246

Trolley 120856

Control console SysLink 195764

EduTrainer Universal Pages 304 – 307


On-off valve with filter regulating valveFilter regulator with pressure gauge, on-off valve, quick push-in connections and quick couplings, mounted on a swivel support.

Stacking magazine moduleThe Stacking magazine module separates workpieces from a magazine. A double-acting cylinder pushes the bottom workpieces out of the gravity-fed magazine against a mechanical stop. The cylinder position is detected by inductive sensors.

Changer moduleThe Changer module is a pneumatic handling device. A suction cup is used to pick up workpieces and relocate them to positions from 0° to 180° using a semi-rotary drive. Sensors assume end-position detection.

Vacuum switchMechanical vacuum switch with adjustable switching point and switching status display (LED).

Training aims for project workMechanical:

Mechanical set-up of a stationPneumatics:

Installation of tubing for pneumatic componentsVacuum technologyPneumatic linear and rotary drives

Electrical:Correct wiring of electrical components

Sensors: Correct application of limit switches

PLC:Programming and application of a PLCStructure of a PLC programProgramming an operating mode sectionOrderly RESET sequenceProgramming an EMERGENCY STOP

–

–

––

–

–

–

––

––


Mechatronics AssistantTraining document Distributing stationSelf-tuition program Fundamentals of pneumaticsDesign and simulation program FluidSIM® PneumaticsVirtual process environment CIROS® MechatronicsTextbook Pneumatics, Basic levelTextbook Programmable logic controllers, Basic level

Technical data Operating pressure 600 kPa (6 bar)Power supply 24 V DC7 digital inputs5 digital outputs

––

–

–

–

––

––––

Distributing station 195780


Additional equipment, also order:

Simulation box, digital 170643

Workpiece set “Cylinder bodies” 167021


Order no. 152894

Order no. 162385

Order no. 162387

Order no. 196973

The station is also available as a kit for project work (Order no. 526880).

247

FunctionThe Distributing station separates workpieces. Up to eight workpieces are stored in the magazine tube of the stacking magazine. A double-acting cylinder ejects the workpieces one at a time. The Changer module grips the separated workpiece via a suction gripper. The swivel arm of the changer, which is driven by a rotary actuator, moves the work-piece to the transfer point of the downstream station.

The station is equipped with various AS-i components (AS-i slaves). A PLC with AS-i master functionality is required for operation.

Innovative valve technology: AS-i CP valve terminalAll of the Changer module signals are combined into one AS-i slave using the valve terminal: Vacuum generation and sensing, 5/3-way valve for the semi-rotary drive and end-position sensing of the semi-rotary drive.

Sensor directly on the bus: AS-i sensorThe Distributing station with AS-i uses a wide range of AS-i slaves. A typical example of an AS-i com-ponent is an optical sensor with integrated AS-i connection.

Distributing station with AS interfaceA single cable, many signals


[X]

[X] Illustration includes additional equipment and accessories248


AS-interface diffuse sensorOptical sensor (diffuse sensor) with integrated AS-i interface for use as an AS-interface slave.

AS-interface valve connectorSingle valve connector with one output for a solenoid coil as well as 2 inputs for end-position sensors.

AS-interface valve terminalWith 2 valves (type N, E) and connection options for 4 sensors.

Training aims for project workMechanics:


Installation of tubing for pneumatic componentsVacuum technologyPneumatic linear and rotary drives

Fieldbus technology:Learning about AS-iTesting, integrating and commissioning AS-i components in an automated systemPlanning, configuring and programming AS-i networks

–

–

––

––

–


Mechatronics Assistant (contains over 100 pages of project exercises on Distributing stations with AS-i)Design and simulation program FluidSIM® PneumaticsSelf-tuition program FieldbusTP 401

Technical dataOperating pressure 600 kPa (6 bar) Power supply 24 V DC 3 AS-i slaves

–

–

––

–––

Trolley 120856


Control console AS-Interface (alternatively) 535814


AS-interface upgrade S7-300-CP 343-2 AS-i Master 533028

Distributing station with AS-Interface 195760



Order no. 532929 Order no. 196083

Order no. 535239





249

FunctionThe Testing station detects the various properties of the workpieces inserted into it. It differentiates workpieces with the aid of an optical and a capacitive sensor. A retro-reflective sensor monitors whether the operating space is free before the workpiece is raised via a linear cylinder. An analogue sensor measures the height of the workpiece. A linear cylinder guides correct workpieces via the upper air slide to the neighbouring station. Faulty workpieces are rejected via the lower air slide.

Top topic: SensorsThe Testing station employs all basic types of industrial sensors in typical applications: optical and capacitive proximity sensors and optical retro-reflective sensors. These are supplemented by various cylinder limit switches (inductive, magnetic).

Option: Analogue value processingAn analogue sensor detects the height of the workpiece, which is raised from below by a linear cylinder and pressed against the measuring device. A comparator evaluates the sensor signal and passes this on as a digital signal. The analogue signal is also available at a separate terminal – allowing connection to the simulation box or a PLC with an analogue module.

Testing stationFocus on sensors


[X]





Application of rodless cylindersElectrical:

Correct wiring of electrical components

Sensors:Mode of operation and applica-tions of optical and capacitive sensors with digital switching behaviourMode of operation and applica-tions of analogue sensors using the example of an analogue displacement encoder

PLC: Programming and application of a PLCAnalogue signal processing

Commissioning: Commissioning of the entire sequence

Troubleshooting:Systematic troubleshooting in a production system

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–


Mechatronics AssistantDesign and simulation program FluidSIM® PneumaticsTextbook Programmable logic controllers, Basic levelTextbook Proximity sensorsVirtual process environment CIROS® Mechatronics

Technical dataOperating pressure 600 kPa (6 bar)Power supply 24 V DC8 digital inputs5 digital outputs

––

–

––

––––

Recognition moduleThe Recognition module comprises two different sensors and a mounting bracket.

Lifting moduleLifting of a workpiece by means of a rodless cylinder. In this position the workpiece can be checked by the Measuring module. The workpiece is ejected by a second cylinder.

Measuring moduleThe Measuring module enables the height of a workpiece to be measured by a linear displacement sensor. It can be attached directly to the Lifting module. The linear displacement sensor is connected to a comparator, allowing simple evaluation of the result of the measurement.

Order no. 526850

Order no. 532954

Order no. 195779

Pneumatic slide moduleThe slide is universally mounted on a profile. The slide characteristics can be adjusted by means of the flow control valve on the underside of the slide. Order no. 526217

Trolley 120856



Testing station 195781

Simulation box, digital/analogue 526863






251

FunctionIn the Processing station, workpieces are tested and processed on a rotary indexing table. This station only uses electrical drives. The rotary indexing table is driven by a DC motor. The table is positioned by a relay circuit, with the position of the table being detected by an inductive sensor. On the rotary indexing table, the workpieces are tested and drilled in two parallel processes. A solenoid probe with an inductive sensor checks that the workpieces are inserted in the correct position. During drilling, the workpiece is clamped by a solenoid actuator. Finished workpieces are passed on via the electrical sorting gate.

Attention! Drilling operationDrill feed is undertaken by an electrical linear axis with a DC motor, which is controlled via a reversing starter. The end positions are sensed by means of micro switches. The drill is fully functional, but for safety reasons the drilling processes are only simulated.

Electrical only: Many different drivesThe station requires the program-ming of two processes executed in parallel: drilling and drill-hole testing. This station also offers a range of different drives:

DC drillDC motor on rotary indexing tableElectrical linear drive for drill feedElectrical sorting gateSolenoid actuator in the clamping module and the testing module

–––––

Processing stationPurely electrical


[X]




Mechanical set-up of a stationSelection of linear drives

Electrical: Correct wiring of electrical components


PLC: Programming of logic controllers and parallel step sequences

Troubleshooting: Systematic troubleshooting in a production system

Handling technology: Checking incoming workpieces

––

–

–

–

–

–


Mechatronics AssistantTextbook Programmable logic controllers, Basic levelVirtual process environment CIROS® Mechatronics

Technical dataPower supply 24 V DC8 digital inputs8 digital outputs

––

–

–––

Trolley 120856



Processing station 195782



Testing moduleThe Testing module consists of a solenoid probe with an inductive sensor for sensing. The module can be used for the testing of workpieces: simple drill-hole checking, simple height checking, workpiece position checking.

Drilling moduleThe Drilling module comprises a drilling machine attached to a linear axis driven by a DC motor. The end positions are sensed by means of micro switches.

Rotary indexing table moduleRotary indexing table with 6 work-piece positions. The table is driven by a DC-geared motor.

Order no. 195773

Order no. 196974

Order no. 654972

Clamping/ejecting moduleFor mounting on a profile plate. An electrical solenoid is used for the drive (Working stroke = 9 mm). Order no. 526218





253

FunctionThe Handling station, pneumatic, is equipped with a flexible two-axis handling device. Workpieces insert-ed into the holder are detected by an optical diffuse sensor. The han-dling device picks up the workpieces from there with the aid of a pneumat-ic gripper. The gripper is equipped with an optical sensor which differ-entiates between “black” and “non-black” workpieces. The workpieces can be placed on different slides ac-cording to this criterion. Other sort-ing criteria can be defined if the sta-tion is combined with other stations. Workpieces can also be transferred to a downstream station.

Good example: Modular handling system from FestoThe Handling station, pneumatic, utilises industrial handling compo-nents. A pneumatic linear axis with flexible end-position adjustment and cushioning allows fast positioning, including to intermediate positions. A flat linear cylinder with end-po-sition detection serves as the lift-ing cylinder for the Z axis. A modern pneumatic linear gripper is mounted on the lifting cylinder. The optical sensor integrated into the jaw of the gripper recognises the workpieces.

Project exercise: New requirements – different grippersThe PicAlfa module, pneumatic, is highly flexible: stroke length, inclina-tion of the axes, arrangement of the end-position sensors and the instal-lation position can all be adjusted. This enables the station to be adapt-ed for a broad range of handling tasks without the use of additional elements – an ideal project for ad-vanced trainees.

Handling station, pneumaticAll-rounder with pneumatic linear drive

[X]





Installation of tubing for pneumatic componentsPneumatic grippersPneumatic linear drives



PLC: Programming and application of a PLCControl of a handling device

Commissioning: Commissioning of the entire sequenceOptimisation of cycle timeSafety in the event of loss of pneumatic or electrical power

–

–

––

–

–

–

–

–

––


Mechatronics AssistantDesign and simulation program FluidSIM® PneumaticsTextbook Programmable logic controllers, Basic level


––

–

––––

Trolley 120856



Handling station 195783



Workpiece set “For cylinder assembly” 162239

Slide moduleThe slide comes complete with a retainer for mounting on a profile plate. Order no. 653393

PicAlfa module, pneumaticUniversal 2-axis handling device for “Pick & Place” tasks. Stroke length, inclination of the axes and arrange-ment of the end-position sensors and mounting position can be adjusted. Order no. 526215

Holder moduleThe Holder module comes complete with a holder for mounting on a pro-file plate.

Diffuse sensorThe fibre optic diffuse sensor can be mounted directly in the pickup module, at the end of a slide or on a gripper. Order no. 526212

Order no. 195777






255

FunctionThe Handling station, electrical, is equipped with a flexible two-axis handling device. Workpieces insert-ed into the holder are detected by an optical diffuse sensor. The han-dling device picks up the workpieces from there with the aid of a pneumat-ic gripper. The gripper is equipped with an optical sensor which differ-entiates between “black” and “non-black” workpieces. The workpieces can be placed on different slides ac-cording to this criterion. Other sort-ing criteria can be defined if the sta-tion is combined with other stations. Workpieces can also be transferred to a downstream station.

Good example: Modular handling system from FestoThe Handling station, electrical, uti-lises industrial handling compo-nents. An electrical linear axis with DC motor allows fast positioning, in-cluding to intermediate positions. A flat linear cylinder with end-position detection serves as the lifting cylin-der for the Z axis. A modern pneu-matic linear gripper is mounted on the lifting cylinder. The optical sen-sor integrated into the jaw of the gripper recognises the workpieces.

Project exercise: New requirements – different grippersThe PicAlfa module, electrical, is highly flexible: stroke length, inclina-tion of the axes, arrangement of the end-position sensors and the instal-lation position can all be adjusted. This enables the station to be adapt-ed for a broad range of handling tasks without the use of additional elements – an ideal project for ad-vanced trainees.

The valve terminal in the electric PicAlfa module is equipped with two individual single-solenoid valves. This makes it possible to carry out simple extensions, such as adding a stacking machine.

Handling station, electricalUp-to-date with electric drives

[X]


256 [X] Illustration includes additional equipment and accessories



Installation of tubing for pneumatic components Pneumatic grippers Pneumatic linear drives

Electrical: Correct wiring of electrical com-ponents


PLC: Programming and application of a PLC Control of a handling device

Drive technology:I/O actuation of drive controllers

Commissioning:Commissioning of electrical axesCommissioning of the entire sequence Optimisation of cycle time Safety in the event of loss of pneumatic or electrical power

–

–

––

–

–

–

–

–

––

––


Mechatronics AssistantDesign and simulation program FluidSIM® Pneumatics Textbook Programmable logic controllers, Basic level

Technical data: Operating pressure 400 kPa (4 bar) Power supply 24 V DC 8 digital inputs7 digital outputs

––

–

––––

Trolley 120856



Handling station, electrical 567203




PicAlfa module, electricalUniversal 2-axis handling device for „pick & place“ tasks. Stroke length, inclination of the axes and arrange-ment of the limit switches and mounting position can be adjusted. All components for activating the module are on the support profile.

DC motor controller for clockwise/anti-clockwise rotationMotor control for 24 V DC brushed DC motors. Control voltage 24 V DC, galvanic isolation between input and output circuits, reverse polarity pro-tection on input side, can be clicked onto the DIN bus bars EN 50022 and EN 50035. Order no. 567245




Valve terminal – Smart CubicThe miniaturised valve terminal for almost any application. The Smart Cubic has a highly compact design with sufficient volumes for miniatur-ised drives in the electronics indus-try, and is optimised for Festo mini-ature drives. With multi-pin cable D-Sub, 15-pin. Valve positions: 2 x 5/2-way monostable, 1 x 5/2-way bistable. Order no. 572782

Multi-pin plug distributorFor connecting up to 8 sensors with a 3-pin Connector M8.

Operating voltage range: 10 – 30 V DCAcceptable current load per slot: 1 ATotal acceptable current load: 4 AIncluding multi-pin cable D-Sub, 15-pin

–

–

––

Order no. 572783



Order no. 567255

FunctionThe Buffer station can buffer and separate up to five workpieces. Diffuse sensors at the beginning of the conveyor detect the inserted workpieces. Light barriers upstream and downstream of the separator control the process: If the transfer point is free, the separator passes on a workpiece. The separator is actuated by a short-stroke cylinder with a deflecting mechanism. The end positions of the short-stroke cylinder are detected by means of end-position sensors.

Adaptable: This station fits anywhereThe transport concept is simple: when a station has finished its process, it waits for a signal from the downstream station. The workpiece is transferred as soon as the downstream station is ready to receive it. Workpieces are buffered to optimise flow between stations with different process times. In MPS®, this task is undertaken by the Buffer station. The Buffer station can be located at almost any point in a combination.

Demanding project: Upgrade to Sorting stationThe Buffer station is a complete station – built using the components of the modular conveyor system. There are a number of upgrades for the station, making it ideal for interesting project work. Additional modules enable workpiece features to be tested and workpieces to be assembled and sorted. Upgrading with the modular conveyor system makes it into a complete Sorting station.

Buffer stationAdaptable


[X]




Mechanical set-up of a stationSelection and application of various electrical drives

Pneumatics:Installation of tubing for pneumatic components


PLC: Programming a PLCStructure of a PLC programProgramming an operating mode sectionProgramming and using a buffer stationOptimising cycle time using buffersDecoupling processes



––

–

–

–––

–

––

–

–




––

–

––

––––

Conveyor module 350 with DC motorConveyor for mounting on a pro-file plate or profile foot, complete with DC motor. For the transport of workpieces of 40 mm diameter (e.g. “Body” or “Cylinder for assembly” workpiece sets) or for the transport of workpiece carriers.

Separator module, pneumaticFor mounting on a conveyor. Complete with one double-acting short-stroke cylinder, two sensors for end-position sensing and mounting accessories.

Diffuse sensorThe diffuse optical sensor comes complete with bracket for mounting on a profile or profile plate. The fibre-optic diffuse sensor includes a holder for mounting on the conveyor guide rail profile or a slide.

Order no. 196962

Order no. 526228

Order no. 196959

Through beam sensorThe through beam optical sensor comes complete with bracket for mounting on a profile or profile plate. The fibre-optic through beam sensor has two brackets for mounting on the guide rail profile of the conveyor or a slide. Order no. 196960

Trolley 120856



Buffer station 195784








259

FunctionThe Robot station can transport workpieces that are fed via a slide and place them in an assembly retainer. The sensor in the gripper enables the robot to differentiate workpieces by colour (black/non-black). The sensor in the assembly retainer monitors the orientation of the workpiece. From the assembly retainer the robot sorts the workpieces into various magazines or passes them on to the downstream station. Combination with the assembly station facilitates the assembly of workpieces.

Small, but great: The new Mitsubishi controllerThe new drive unit for the RV-2SDB is small, powerful and lightweight – and fits into the MPS® trolley. With drive unit and Teachbox, the robot station is completely equipped right from the outset.

Typical robot: Gripping stuffThe gripper can grip and assemble different types of workpieces (cylinder bodies, pistons, springs and caps).

Robot stationIndustrial quality

[X]




Mechanical set-up of a stationSensor technology:

Mode of operation and applica-tions of optical sensors

Robotics: Applications of industrial robotsRobot terminologyTeaching of robots in various coordinate systemsOperation of robots in an object coordinate systemRobot programming using I/O communication

–

–

–––

–

–


CIROS® Robotics

Technical dataOperating pressure 600 kPa (6 bar)Power supply 24 V DC

–

––

Retaining moduleThe retaining module has two set-down positions. The upper setdown position allows workpieces to be set down independent of their orienta-tion. The lower setdown position has a locking pin. Workpieces (cylinder bodies) have to be inserted in the correct orientation.

Gripper, pneumaticPneumatic parallel gripper for mounting on the robot arm. Complete with gripper jaws, sensor with fibre-optic cable and accessories.

Order no. 526879

Order no. 573859

Angled slide moduleThe slide comes complete with a retainer for mounting on a profile plate. Order no. 660546

Robot station 572158

Trolley 120856




Programming instructions for Mitsubishi robot RV-2SDB DE/EN 572159

Technical manual for Mitsubishi robot RV-2SDB DE/EN 572160

CIROS Robotics 573234


CIROS Automation Suite 573233


Note:

The robot’s batteries feature a buffer period of one year and must therefore be replaced

every year.

Battery set for robot RV-2SDB 572162




261

Robot RV-2SDB with Teachbox R32TBHigh-precision, 6-axis articulated arm robot with extended mobility for minimal cycle times. Complete with controller, programming cable, 1 set of batteries and the Teachbox R32TB. Order no. 573287

Robot RV-2SDB with touch panel R56TBHigh-precision, 6-axis articulated arm robot with extended mobility for minimal cycle times. Complete with controller, programming cable, 1 set of batteries and operator unit R56TB, the multifunctional control unit with 6.5“ touchscreen. Order no. 573289

FunctionThe Assembly station works in conjunction with the robot station. It supplies cylinder components for the assembly process: A double-acting cylinder pushes the cylinder caps out of the stacking magazine. The pistons are stored on a pallet. A double-acting cylinder pushes the springs out of a slim magazine.

Multiple parts for complex assemblyThe Assembly station shows just how complex the workpiece used here is. There are separate magazines for bodies, caps and springs – the quantities available have to be monitored by carefully selected sensors. And in addition to this, it has to be decided which gripper type is required for the assembly robot.

Assembly stationAdd-on for the robot



[X]

262



Mechanical set-up of a stationSensors:

Correct application of limit switches

PLC: Programming and application of a PLC

Robotics: Applications of robotsFundamentals of roboticsRobot terminologyRobot programming

Assembly technology: Introduction to and application of automated assembly technologiesPlanning an assembly station


–

–

–

––––

–

–

–


CIROS® RoboticsTextbook Programmable logic controllers, Basic levelTextbook Proximity sensors

Technical dataOperating pressure 6 bar (600 kPa)Power supply 24 V DC8 digital inputs3 digital outputs

––

–

––––

Separating module (springs)The module separates springs (“Cylinder for assembly” workpiece set) from a gravity-fed magazine and makes them available to the assembly process. A double-acting cylinder moves the springs to the transfer point. A micro switch detects whether there is a spring in the transfer point

Piston palletPallet for the storage of 4 pistons (“Cylinder for assembly” workpiece set).

Stacking magazine module (end caps)The module separates finished caps (“Cylinder for assembly” workpiece set).

Order no. 167278

Order no. 526861

Order no. 162405

Robot interface boxThe Robot interface box allows the robot controller to undertake additional PLC functions. Order no. 534364

Trolley 120856



Assembly station 195789







263

FunctionThe plastic cylinder end caps for the cylinder bodies are supplied without a hole for the piston rod. This station has the task of punching the hole. A double-acting cylinder ejects the semifinished cap from the stacking magazine. A second cylinder brings the cap into the punch. After pun-ching, this second cylinder ejects the finished cap.

Topic: Pressure and forceHydraulics plays a key role in mecha-tronic systems when great forces are required. It is an essential part of drive and control technology for mechatronics training.

The pressure for the punching process is supplied by the hydraulic power unit. A pressure switch on the punch itself ensures the correct pressure for the punching process.

Punching stationHydraulics power



[X]

264



Mechanical set-up of a stationHydraulics:

Set-up of a hydraulic control system Commissioning a rapid traverse feed circuit

Pneumatics: Installation of tubing for pneumatic components Application of pneumatic linear drives


Sensors: Application of inductive and optical sensors Application of pressure switches

PLC: Programming and application of a PLC Structure of a PLC program Programming of operating modes


–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

––

–


Mechatronics AssistantCIROS® RoboticsSelf-tuition program Fundamentals of hydraulicsDesign and simulation program FluidSIM® HydraulicsTextbook Hydraulics, Basic levelTextbook Programmable logic controllers, Basic level

Technical dataOperating pressure hydraulics 6 MPa (60 bar)Operating pressure pneumatics 600 kPa (6 bar)Power supply 24 V DC8 digital inputs8 digital outputs

–––

–

––

–

–

–––

Hydraulic punch stationThe Hydraulic punch module consists of a hydraulic cylinder (diameter 32) with guides that punches the hole in the end cap of a workpiece for assembly. The moving part is protected against manual intervention via plexiglass.

Stacking magazine module (end caps)Separation of the cylinder caps for assembly. This module cannot be used for separation of symbolic workpieces or the body.

Order no. 162352

Order no. 162353

Trolley 120856



Punching station 195787



Workpiece set “Cylinder end caps” 162240

Hydraulic power pack with a constant-displacement pump 152962

Hydraulic oil (DIN 51524) HLP22, 10 Litres 192215

2 Hose lines with quick release couplings 1500 mm 159386

Trolley 120856

Aluminium profile plate 700 x 350 mm 162386




265

FunctionThe Sorting station sorts workpieces onto three slides. Workpieces placed on the start of the conveyor are detected by a diffuse sensor. Sensors upstream of the stopper detect the workpiece features (black, red, metal). Sorting gates actuated by short-stroke cylinders via a deflector allow sorting of workpieces onto the appropriate slides. A retro-reflective sensor monitors the level of the slides.

Topic: Material detectionInductive and optical sensors detect the colour and material of workpieces. Short-stroke cylinders stop workpieces on the conveyor and pass them on for sorting onto one of three slides.

For project work: Upgrades from the modular conveyor systemAll modules and components used in this station are part of the modular conveyor system, for example:

Sorting gates with short-stroke cylinderSensorsGuide railsConveyor motor

Its great modularity makes the Sorting station particularly suited for project work.

–

–––

Sorting stationFinal



[X]

266






Sensors:Correct application of limit switchesMode of operation and applications of optical and inductive sensors

PLC:Programming and application of a PLCProgramming of alternative (OR) branches

Commissioning:Commissioning of the entire sequence

––

–

–

–

–

–

–

–


Mechatronics AssistantTraining documents Sorting stationTextbook Programmable logic controllers, Basic levelTextbook Proximity sensorsVirtual process environment CIROS® Mechatronics


–––

––

––––

Trolley 120856



Sorting station 195786




Sorting gate module, pneumaticFor mounting on a conveyor. Complete with one double-acting short-stroke cylinder, two sensors for end-position sensing and mounting accessories.

Stopper moduleFor mounting on a guide rail (conveyor or slide). Complete with one single-acting short-stroke cylinder and mounting accessories.

Retro-reflective sensorThe optical sensor and the reflector come complete with brackets for mounting on a profile or profile plate.

Order no. 526230

Order no. 196971 Order no. 196969

Inductive sensorThe inductive sensor comes complete with holder for mounting on the guide rail profile of the conveyor or a slide. Order no. 196968





267

FunctionThe Sorting station sorts workpieces onto three slides. Workpieces placed on the start of the conveyor are detected by a diffuse sensor. Sensors upstream of the stopper detect the workpiece features (black, red, metal). Sorting gates actuated by short-stroke cylinders via a deflector allow sorting of workpieces onto the appropriate slides. A retro-reflective sensor monitors the level of the slides.

The station is equipped with a CP valve terminal with Profibus-DP interface (DP slave). A PLC with Profibus-DP master functionality is required for operation.

Topic: Profibus DPThe station includes a Profibus-DP valve terminal, to which all of the process inputs and outputs are connected. Information is transferred to the PLC via the Profibus-DP field-bus with this station. The Sorting station is designed as a Profibus-DP slave.

For project work: Modularity down to the last detailAll the sensors are connected to the input module of the valve terminal via plug connectors. The consistently modular design supports the didactic format. It also means that simple projects can be performed using only parts of the station.

Sorting station DP Profibus



[X]

268






Fieldbus technology:Learning about Profibus DPTesting, integrating and commissioning Profibus DP components in an automated systemPlanning, configuring and programming Profibus DP networks

––

–

–

––

–


Mechatronics Assistant (contains over 200 pages of project exercises on Profibus DP)Design and simulation program FluidSIM® PneumaticsWeb-based training program Fieldbus technology

Technical dataOperating pressure 600 kPa (6 bar)Power supply 24 V DCDP slave (8 digital inputs, 4 digital outputs)

–

–

–

–––

Trolley 120856



Sorting station DP 195761




Profibus DP CP valve terminalProfibus DP slave with 3 single solenoid 5/2-way valves and a relay plate with 2 electrically isolated relays.

CP input moduleInput module with 16 inputs for connection to the Profibus DP CP valve terminal.

Order no. 535242

Order no. 535243





269

FunctionThe Fluidic Muscle Press station presses workpiece inserts into the housings. The rotary/linear actuator (transfer device) moves the housing with the insert placed on it under the press. The pneumatic muscle performs the pressing operation. The finished workpiece is then transported to the transfer position using the rotary/linear actuator. An optical diffuse sensor is attached to the arm of the actuator for sensing the workpiece. The pressing pressure is monitored and displayed using the analogue pressure sensor. The press-in speed and depth can be varied both manually – via throttle and pressure regulator – and electronically – via the proportional pressure regulator.

State of the artThe latest components such as the pneumatic muscle, the linear drive SLG or the semi-rotary actuator DRQD with adjustable mid-position enable your students to experience the industrial automation technology of tomorrow today.

Option: Analogue value processingThe analogue pressure sensor provides an analogue signal and also a binary signal with the help of the programmable switching points. The analogue signals are available at a separate terminal – allowing connection to the simulation box or a PLC with an analogue module. This enables you to use the station with a controller with or without analogue processing. Both variants are supported for actuation of the pneumatic muscle: Analogue via the proportional pressure regulator or binary via a directional control valve.

Fluidic Muscle Press stationPowerful



[X]

270




Application of linear slide unitsApplication of semi-rotary drivesApplication of pressure regulatorsApplication of pneumatic muscle


Sensors:Application of end-position sensors and optical diffuse sensorsMode of operation and applica-tions of analogue sensors using the example of an analogue pressure sensor

PLC:Programming and application of a PLCAnalogue signal processing

–

––––

–

–

–

–

–



Technical dataOperating pressure 600 kPa (6 bar)Power supply 24 V DC8 digital inputs (1 analogue input can additionally be used)7 digital outputs (1 analogue out-put can additionally be used)

––

–

––

–––

–

Rotary/linear transfer moduleThe module contains a precision SLG linear slide unit with adjustable end stops. The rotary movement is realised using a DRQD semi-rotary drive. This permits rotation of 90° and 180°. All end positions are sensed by means of sensors.

Fluidic Muscle Press moduleThe module is used to press workpiece inserts into the housing. The press is actuated using a pneumatic muscle. The module contains a manually adjustable pressure regulator that can be used to adjust the press-in depth. The press-in speed is adjusted via supply air flow control.

Pressure sensorPressure sensor with LCD display, measuring range 0 – 10 bar with analogue output 0 – 10 V and PNP switch output, selectable via teach-In. Supplied complete with connec-tion cable.

Order no. 535249

Order no. 535251

Order no. 679598

Trolley 120856



Fluidic Muscle Press station 535248


Workpiece set “Housings” 534619

Workpiece insert “Clock” 534621

Workpiece insert “Thermometer” 534622

Workpiece insert “Hygrometer” 534623

Analogue terminalAnalogue signals are passed to a special analogue terminal with a 15-pin Sub-D socket. Order no. 526213




The station is also available as a kit for project work (Order no. 538707)

271

FunctionThe Pick&Place station is equipped with a two-axis Pick&Place module. Workpiece housings placed on the conveyor are detected by an optical diffuse sensor. The workpiece is transported to the pneumatic separator on the conveyor and detected by a second diffuse sensor. The Pick&Place module picks up a workpiece insert from the slide and places it on the workpiece housing. The complete workpiece (housing and insert) is released by the separator and transported to the end of the conveyor. A light barrier detects the workpiece at the end of the conveyor.

This station can also be used to perform the following tasks:

Rejection of workpieces (housing or basic body) on the slideAlternative feeding of workpieces (housing or basic body) from the slide

Simply the finest: Linear slide unitsSLT slide units from Festo can be used to further extend the versatility of the Pick&Place module. With variable stops, silencers and an attachment that can be adjusted in all directions, the ideal solution can be found for all Pick&Place tasks. This permits a wide range of project work.

Modular vacuum technology from FestoVacuum generators, pressure switches, vacuum filters, suction grippers. The vacuum components are harmonised for optimum perfor-mance. They clearly demonstrate the principle behind vacuum applications: vacuum generation using a generator, the correct suction cup with matching filter and the electronic pressure switch with teach-in switching points for pressure sensing.

–

–

Pick&Place station Small is beautiful



[X]

272




Installation of tubing for pneumatic componentsVacuum technologyPneumatic linear drives

Electrical:Correct wiring of electrical componentsConnecting DC motors

Sensors:Application of pressure switches with integrated micro processorCorrect application of optical diffuse sensors and light barriersCorrect application of limit switches

PLC:Programming and application of a PLCStructure of a PLC programProgramming an operating mode section

–

–

––

–

–

–

–

–

–

––


Mechatronics AssistantDesign and simulation program FluidSIM® PneumaticsCIROS® MechatronicsTextbook Pneumatics, Basic levelTextbook Programmable logic controllers, Basic level


––

–––

––––

Trolley 120856


EduTrainer Universal Pages 304 –307

Pick&Place station 535246






Pick&Place moduleUniversal 2-axis handling device for “Pick and Place” tasks. Stroke length, inclination of the axes and arrangement of the end-position sensors and mounting position can be adjusted. The module is supplied complete with suction gripper, pressure switch, vacuum filter and vacuum generator.

Sorting gate/separator module, electricalFor mounting on a conveyor. Complete with electrical drive unit and mounting accessories.

Order no. 535247

Order no. 532952

I/O terminal (SysLink)This terminal is used both on the sta-tion and on the PLC board, for wiring 8 inputs and 8 outputs that are com-bined on one connector. LEDs are fit-ted to the input and output terminals to provide simple display of the cir-cuit states and to enable systematic troubleshooting. The I/O terminal can be mounted on a DIN rail. Order no. 34035





273

FunctionThe Separating station differentiates workpieces based on their drilled hole depth and separates them into two different material flow directions.

Workpieces placed on the conveyor are transported to the depth measurement point. An analogue diffuse sensor checks the drilled hole depth. Workpieces of the type „cylinder body“ (deep hole) are transported to the end of the conveyor. Workpieces of the type „housing“ (shallower hole) are directed towards the rear via the second conveyor using a pneumatic branching gate with rotary drive. Fibre-optic through beam sensors with optical sensors monitor the material flow on the conveyors.

The Separating station can be supplemented with MPS® downstream stations in two directions.

Analogue and digitalThe diffuse sensor supplies both an analogue and a binary output signal. This facilitates different training levels. The binary switching output can be adapted to the measurement requirement by means of a simple teach-in stage.

Flexible assemblyThe Separating station permits the creation of flexible assembly lines using MPS® stations. Combined assembly processes such as cylinder assembly and assembly of workpiece inserts in the housing can be realised using the Separating station.

Separating stationFlexibility



[X]

274




Mode of operation and applica-tions of analogue sensorsApplication of optical sensors

Pneumatics:Installation of tubing for pneumatic componentsPneumatic rotary drives

Electrical and electronic:Connection of DC motors

PLC:Programming and application of a PLCProgramming of alternative (OR) branchesAnalogue signal processing

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–


Mechatronics AssistantDesign and simulation program FluidSIM® Pneumatics

Technical dataOperating pressure 600 kPa (6 bar)Power supply 24 V DC8 digital inputs5 digital outputs1 analogue input

––

–––––

Trolley 120856



Separating station 540719







Conveyor module 300 with DC motorConveyor for mounting on a profile plate or profile foot, complete with DC motor. For the transport of workpieces of 40 mm diameter (e.g. “Body” or “Cylinder for assembly” workpiece sets) or for the transport of workpiece carriers.

Diffuse sensor, analogueThe optical sensor comes complete with holder for mounting on the guide rail profile of the conveyor. Measuring range 0 – 30 mm with analogue output 0 – 10 V and PNP switching output. The switching output can be freely adjusted via a teach-in process. Supplied complete with connecting cable.

Sorting gate/separator module, pneumaticFor mounting on a conveyor. Complete with one rotary cylinder and mounting accessories.

Order no. 689089

Order no. 541120

Order no. 534367

Starting current limiterThe starting current limiter contains a relay and an electronic start-up current limiting circuit. It can be mounted on a DIN rail. Electrical connection is by means of screw terminals. Order no. 150768





275

FunctionThe Storing station places work-pieces in and takes workpieces out of storage. The station is equipped with three storage levels, with a level each for six red, six silver and six black workpieces. The workpieces are gripped using a pneumatic gripper. The linear movement is executed using a linear cylinder. The rotary movement is performed by an electrical servo drive with integrated controller. The stroke movement is executed using an electrical linear axis with separate controller.

During placement into storage, a workpiece inserted in the Holder module is detected using the colour sensor. The workpiece is placed in the next free compartment in the corresponding storage level based on the colour. Upon removal from storage, the workpieces are transported from the shelf compartments to the downstream station.

The Storing station can be employed as the first station or the last station in an MPS® combination.

Electrical drivesThe latest drive technology for a challenging lesson: with the MTR-DCI, the motor, gear, power electronics and positioning controller form a compact unit for optimum positioning of the rotation axis. The electrical mini slide SLTE with motor controller SFC-DC ensures a correctly regulated drive for horizontal positioning.

Colour-friendly!The tiny colour sensor detects the workpieces using an integrated white light source. It learns new colours easily by means of teach-in and activates one of the three switching outputs when one of these is detected.

Storing stationIn and out, electrically



[X]

276

Electrical mini slide SLTESupplied complete with DC motor with integrated encoder, stroke 150 mm. The motor controller SFC-DC is required for activation.

Motor controller SFC-DCPositioning controller for electrical mini slide SLTE, with control inter-face (7 digital inputs, 4 digital out-puts), 24 V DC load and logic power supply, RS232 interface for commis-sioning, FCT software, display with four buttons so that all settings for commissioning and diagnosis can also be made directly.

Also order:538914 Supply cable538919 Control cable538917 Motor cable537926 RS232 cable

––––

Servo motor MTR-DCICompact DC motor with integrated controller and control interface (7 digital inputs, 4 digital outputs), 24 V DC power supply, RS232 interface for commissioning, FCT software, dis-play with four buttons so that all set-tings for commissioning and diagno-sis can also be made directly.

Also order:537931 Supply cable537923 Control cable537926 RS232 cable

–––

Colour sensorThree independent channels with teach-in capability, sensing range 12 – 32 mm, 24 V DC operating voltage, 3 outputs (PNP, N, O).

Also order:525616 Connecting cable–




Application of colour sensorsApplication of limit switches

Pneumatics:Installation of tubing for pneumatic componentsPneumatic grippersPneumatic linear drives

Drive technology:Configuration and parameterisation of electrical drivesApplication of drive controllersReference travelAdjustment of speed and acceleration profilesTeaching of positions

–

––

–

––

–

–––

–

PLC:I/O actuation of drive controllers

Commissioning:Commissioning of electrical axes

Recommended training mediaMechatronics AssistantDesign and simulation program FluidSIM® Pneumatics


–

–

––

––––

Trolley 120856



Storing station 541113



Order no. 537465 Order no. 538913 Order no. 696719 Order no. 538236





277


Either:Simply build it yourself

SP 1 539111

SP 2 540705

SP 3 540706

Each MPS® station is supplied fully assembled and tested on the profile plate. For efficient operation, we recommend:

MPS® trolley with lockable castors. This simplifies project work and accommodates the newly designed control console and an EduTrainer® Universal, size 1 Control console with membrane keyboard EduTrainer® Universal

Alternatively, the stations can also be operated without the trolley – and can even be controlled with electrical signal input units and the EduTrainer® from the training packages.

–

–

–

Simply commission it: Attach the control console to the trolley with two bolts Insert the EduTrainer® Universal into the trolley Connect the EduTrainer® Universal to the control console and the station using our universal SysLink connector ... and you‘re ready to go!

On request, we can also commission systems for you – particularly in the case of larger systems.

–

–

–

–

To ensure that your training projects run smoothly right from the start, our service technicians offer:

1. Complete commissioning of your new system:

Mechanical and electrical connection of station, trolley, control console and EduTrainer® Universal Adjustment of all electrical, pneumatic and mechanical components Configuration of controllers and loading of programs

2. Instruction in:Technical documentation and Mechatronics Assistant Program structures Lesson preparation using the Mechatronics AssistantAnd if you wish ...

–

–

–

–

––

–

3. Useful tips on how to get the most from the MPS®:

Applications Enhancements Seminars

Commissioning packagesMPS® Start-Up Basic SP1: For MPS® stations, without Robot, Assembly, Hydraulics. Order no. 539111 MPS® Start-Up Robotics SP2: For MPS® stations Robot, Assembly, Hydraulics. Order no. 540705 MPS® Start-Up Networking SP3: Profibus networking. Order no. 540706

–––

–

–

–

Or:MPS® commissioning service


278



Mechatronics AssistantVersion 2

The multimedia tool for training at school and at work

Structured archive on DVD with complete documentation.For project work, as well as for training and preparation for tests.For all training-related areas in the field of automation technology.For teachers and learners: struc-ture and content have been organ-ised in such a way that trainees can work independently with the Me-chatronics Assistant on any given task.

ContentPractice and topic related range of tasks with solutions.Graphics, photos, animations, vid-eos sequences, presentations.Manuals, operating instructions, data sheets and circuit diagrams.Additional teaching aids and com-plete technical documentation, as well as lots of tips for working with MPS®.

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Your advantagesTraining with MPS® can begin im-mediately with ready-to-use tasks involving modules, stations and systems.Various degrees of difficulty for different levels of learning: from introductory tasks to complex projects.Create your own archive: all tasks can be easily modified and saved as individualised assignments.Format documents to suit your in-dividual needs and reuse them: many of the documents included with the Mechatronics Assistant are available in source format (e.g. doc, ppt, dxf).Supplementary information and cross-references can be accessed quickly by means of hyperlinks.The high-performance full text search function retrieves content as required. Graphics, animations and videos are also linked to key-words and can be retrieved using the search function.Always the latest thanks to free updates: you can download up-dates, new tasks, sample pro-grammes and project ideas free of charge. Your Mechatronics Assist-ant develops as your knowledge in-creases: www.festo-didactic.com.

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

NoteMultiple licences for local or net-work installations with any desired number of licences, with online ac-tivation or dongle.Can be installed in German, English or Spanish, as well as other lan-guages upon request.Shipped on DVD in Systainer.

–

–

–

System requirementsPC with Windows 2000, XP or VistaOffice packageFlash Playerdxf-ViewerSound cardDVD driveScreen resolution: at least 1024 x 768 pixels

–––––––

6 Licences with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR 562483

6 Licences with network licence connector DE/EN/ES/FR 562482

x-Licence with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR 563358

x-Licence with network licence connector DE/EN/ES/FR 563359

Mechatronics Assistant Update 1.0 – 2.0

Combining stations


A new interface concept that offers many possibilities for direct combi-nation of individual stations. Various aspects determine the decision as to which combination is required:

Training aimsSupplementation of existing stationsBudget

The complete systems MPS® 200 section gives an overview of the most popular combinations.

––

–

Testing

+

Processing

+

+

+

Handling,

pneumatic/electrical

+

+

+

+

+

+

Buffer and

transport section*

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

Pick&Place

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

Fluidic Muscle Press

+

MPS® stations can be combined as follows:

Distributing/Distributing ASI

Testing

Processing

Handling, pneumatic/electrical

Buffer and transport section*

Pick&Place

Fluidic Muscle Press

Robot

Assembly/Assembly and punching**

Separating***

Storing

Possible direct downstream stations

Distributing Separating Processing Robot Assembly StoringPick&Place Fluidic Muscle Press Sorting

Stations


280


* The transport section can be set up for

varying project work using the project

modules and used between MPS® stations

for flexible transportation of material.

** The Punching station can be used to up-

grade the Assembly station.

*** The Separating station can be

combined with two downstream stations

placed at right angles.

Combination using a conveyor

The conveyor enables all MPS® sta-tions to be interconnected. The con-veyor is simply mounted between two stations as the linking element. This facilitates the set-up of custom-ised training arrangements.

Robot

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

Assembly/Assembly

and punching**

+

Separating***

+

+

+

+

+

+

Storing

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

Sorting/

Sorting DP

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

Distributing Conveyor Sorting


281

MPS® 200 complete systemsWith blended learning package and modular expansion options

Complete from A to Z MPS® 200 systems come with all the required accessories, guaranteeing effective training from the very start. They range from small complete systems to entire mechatronic labo-ratory outfits.

MPS® stationsAll necessary accessories such as trolleys, power supply units, control console, workpiece set, etc.Control package with programming software and cableVisualisation and simulation software

––

–

–

The new interface concept offers many possibilities for direct combination of individual stations. Various aspects determine the decision for this combination or that:

Training contentSupplementation of existing stationsBudget

––

–

MPS® 202-Mechatronics Small but completeDistributing, Sorting

MPS® 203-Fieldbus Mechatronics and fieldbus technologyDistributing with AS-interface, Testing, Sorting with Profibus DP


Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS® > MPS® 200 Complete systems

282

Flexibly expandable

Of course you can also gradually expand your MPS® 200 system with stations, modules and components or with additional web-based training programs.

MPS® 203-IT Remote maintenance, remote diagnosisDistributing, Testing, Sorting

Blended learning package included

Each MPS® 200 system includes a package of web-based training programs as well as FluidSIM® Pneumatic and Mechatronics Assistant, the tool for professional training. Some packages include CIROS® Robotics, CIROS® Programming and CIROS® Mechatronics.

MPS® 205-Mechatronics Everything you need for project workDistributing, Testing, Pick & Place, Fluidic Muscle Press, Sorting

MPS® 202-Robotics Handling and assemblyAssembly with robots

MPS® 210-Mechatronics The all-rounderDistributing, Testing, Processing, Handling, Buffering, Assembly with robots, Punching, Sorting



283


MPS® 202-Mechatronics – Small but complete ...

Simple communication A station can only pass on a work-piece to the next station if it is ready to process it. In the MPS®, this “OK” signal is provided via optical sensors. This makes it very easy to combine stations.

Alternatively enhanced I/O communication The stations can also be networked via I/Os. We have routed the necessary input and output signals to 4 mm safety sockets to facilitate this communication. The corresponding exercises and worksheets can be found in the Mechatronics Assistant.

Controlling, simulating and programming with EasyPortNo matter which control package you choose the scope of delivery always includes EasyPort, the universal interface for getting started with blended learning.

Then there‘s FluidSIM®

Simply start FluidSIM® and the integrated Soft Logo! takes over control of a station or the entire system. Getting started with programming has never been so easy.


284

... with blended learning package FluidSIM®, Mechatronics Assistant and web-based training programs


Mechatronics Assistant Professional Training – Successful training with MPS®

With more than 2,000 pages of lesson material on the two stations, the system can be used in lessons straight from the box. Also provided are exercises on modules, stations and all related topics such as circuit diagram creation, PLC programming and a full set of documentation for the trainer.

All the exercises can be modified, extended and archived, making the Mechatronics Assistant the tool for professional training methods.

Getting started with MPS® 202 – a multi-media experienceThe Discover MPS® 200 web-based training program takes your trainees on a voyage of discovery – in their own home, in the laboratory or in any other location that suits them.

Complete MPS 202 system with SIMATIC S7-300 541161

Complete MPS 202 system with Festo FEC Standard 541162

Complete MPS 202 system with Allen Bradley ML 1500 541163

Complete MPS 202 system with Mitsubishi MELSEC 541164

FunctionThe Stacking magazine module separates workpieces. The Changer module transports the individual workpieces to the sorting conveyor by means of its vacuum gripper. Optical and inductive sensors differentiate the workpieces based on material and colour. Pneumatic branching gates then sort the workpieces onto three different slides.

Training aimsMechanical set-up of a stationInstallation of tubing for pneumatic componentsVacuum technologyPneumatic linear and rotary drivesApplication of simulation toolsCorrect wiring of electrical components

––

––––

Correct application of limit switchesMode of operation and applications of optical and inductive sensorsLogic programmingProgramming and application of a PLCStructure of a PLC programProgramming of alternative branchesProgramming of an operating mode partSet-up and optimisation of material flowOptimisation of setting-up timesLinking of stationsSimple communicationMaterial flow controlEnhanced I/O communicationCommissioning of complex systems

–

–

––

––

–

–

––––––

PLC control packages include:

SIMATIC S7-300

2x EduTrainer® Universal with SIMATIC S7-313C, 1x programming cable

1x programming software STEP 7 Professional for Training

Festo FEC® Standard

2x Festo FEC® Standard EduTrainer® Universal with FEC® 640 FST, 1x programming cable

1x programming software FST

Allen Bradley ML 1500

2x Rockwell EduTrainer® Universal with Micro Logix 1500, 1x programming cable

1x programming software RS-Logix 500 Starter

Mitsubishi MELSEC

2x EduTrainer® Universal with FX1N 1500, 1x programming cable

1x programming software GX IEC Developer FX

The MPS® 202-Mechatronics system contains everything you need for training:

Stations: Distributing, Sorting

Accessories: 2x trolley, 2x power supply unit, 2x control console, 1x workpiece set,

1x SimuBox

Control technology: 1x PLC control package, 1x EasyPort

Software: 1x FluidSIM® P, 1x Mechatronics Assistant, 1x Discover MPS® 200 web-based

training program, 1x LOGO! Training web-based training program

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–


285


MPS® 203-Fieldbus – Mechatronics and fieldbus technology ...

Innovative valve technology: AS-interface CP valve terminal The Distributing station with AS-interface uses a wide range of AS-interface slaves. A typical example of an AS-interface component is the optical sensor with integrated AS-interface.

Topic: Profibus DP The Sorting station features a Profi- bus DP valve terminal. All the sensors are connected to the input module of the valve terminal via plug connectors.

VisualisationA complete visualisation application for the Distributing, Testing and Sorting stations as well as guided exercises on autonomous creation of visualisation applications can be used in lessons without any advance preparation.

Professional tool: SIMATIC WinCCThe professional control and monitoring system for planning and realising visualisation. This renders the exchange of data with the SIMATIC controllers of the MPS® stations particularly effective.


286

... with visualisation package and the Mechatronics Assistant


Project exercises on fieldbus and visualisation technologyThe Mechatronics Assistant comes with more than 500 pages of exercises and solutions for lessons on fieldbus technology.

The web-based training program on the systemThe multi-media web-based training program provides students with a quick introduction to the special features of the MPS® 203-Fieldbus system. This makes preparation extremely convenient since it can be carried out anywhere and also extremely efficient since students can complete the various chapters of the training program as it suits them and their personal rate of learning.

Complete MPS 203-Fieldbus system 541165

FunctionThe Distributing station separates workpieces from the Stacking magazine and moves them to the Testing station. The Testing station checks the workpiece height. The Sorting station then sorts the workpieces according to material and colour onto three slides.

Training aims Mechanical set-up of a stationInstallation of tubing for pneumatic componentsVacuum technologyPneumatic linear and rotary drivesFieldbus technologyInformation technologyTesting, integration and commissioning of AS-i components in an automated system

––

–––––

Planning, configuration and programming of AS-i networksTesting, integration and commissioning of Profibus DP components in an automated systemPlanning, configuration and programming of Profibus DP networksLinking of stationsSimple communicationEnhanced I/O communicationNetworking of stations with Profibus DPPlanning, engineering, im-plementation, commissioning and execution of a visualisation application

–

–

–

––––

–

PLC control package includes:

SIMATIC S7-300

3x EduTrainer® Universal with SIMATIC S7-313C-2DP

1x AS-interface expansion for S7-300 EduTrainer® Universal

1x programming cable

1x programming software STEP 7 Professional for Training

1x AS-interface addressing device

1x AS-interface addressing cable

The MPS® 203-Fieldbus system contains everything you need for training:

Stations: Distributing with AS-interface, Testing, Sorting with Profibus DP

Accessories: 3x trolley, 3x power supply unit, 2x control console, 1x control console with

AS-interface, 1x workpiece set, 1x SimuBox

Control technology: 1x PLC control package

Software: 1x WinCC Trainer Package for visualisation software, 1x Mechatronics Assistant,

1x Discover MPS® 200 web-based training program, 1x Fieldbus technology web-based

training program

–

–

–

–

–

–


287


MPS® 203-IT Remote maintenance and diagnosis ...

Easy remote diagnosis and maintenance via SMSThe controller will report operating data in response to an SMS request to the machine. This means that process data can be accessed any time, anywhere – provided GSM is available. The modem requires an enabled SIM card.

Control via the world wide webThe Festo FEC® Standard represents the merging of the Internet and automation, since the contoller FST now has a web server built in. Every controller with Ethernet can send and receive data from every other controller within a network – no matter whether this data relates to inputs, outputs, flags or registers.

Remote programmingEvery controller within a network can be programmed from any desired network interface.

Professional visualisationThe scope of delivery includes the InTouch software package for visualising systems and a complete InTouch visualisation application for the stations Distributing, Testing and Sorting as well as guided exercises for autonomous creation of visualisation applications. This package can be used straight from the box and the knowledge learned can be immediately applied in industrial practice.


288

... with visualisation package and Mechatronics Assistant


Remote GSM, HTML programming, Ethernet networking and visualisationThe Mechatronics Assistant contains full instructions on programming, web page design and IP addressing. Up-to-date IT projects are provided so you can keep abreast of progress in your training laboratory.

Knowledge re-packagedWeb-based training programs help to guarantee a successful outcome for even complex projects. This motivates students to tackle even entirely new topics with the MPS® 203-IT system.

Complete MPS 203-IT system 541166

FunctionThe Distributing station separates workpieces from the Stacking magazine and moves them to the Testing station. The Testing station checks the workpiece height. The Sorting station then sorts the workpieces according to material and colour onto three slides.

Training aims Mechanical set-up of a stationInstallation of tubing for pneumatic componentsVacuum technologyPneumatic linear and rotary drives

––

––

NetworkingInformation technologyPlanning, configuration and programming of Ethernet TCP/IP networksProgramming of web (html) pagesRemote maintenanceRemote diagnosisVisualisation technologyPlanning, engineering, implementation, commissioning and execution of a visualisation applicationControl, remote maintenance and remote operation via Ethernet and GSM radio network

–––

–––––

–

PLC control package includes:

FEC® Standard

3x EduTrainer® Universal with FEC®

4x Ethernet cable, parallel

1x Ethernet cable, crossover

1x programming cable


1x Ethernet Switch

The MPS® 203-IT system contains everything you need for training:

Stations: Distributing, Testing, Sorting

Accessories: 3x trolley, 3x power supply unit, 3x control console, 1x workpiece set,

1x SimuBox

Control technology: 1x PLC control package, 1x Easy GSM

Software: 1x InTouch visualisation software, 1x Mechatronics Assistant, 1x Discover

MPS® 200 web-based training program

–

–

–

–

–

–


289


MPS® 205-Mechatronics – Everything you need for project work ...

State-of-the-art automation technologyThe latest handling components, pneumatic muscle, a wide range of cylinders, proportional pressure regulators, numerous valve types, inductive sensors, optical sensors, pressure sensors, etc. – the MPS® 205-Mechatronics system offers a seemingly endless variety of components.

Central EMERGENCY STOP board EMERGENCY STOP pushbuttons correctly positioned in a system are essential. The MPS® therefore comes with an EMERGENCY STOP board which you can connect anywhere. You decide where to attach the EMERGENCY STOP pushbuttons in the system.

Control, simulation and programmingThe introduction to programming is provided by FluidSIM® and EasyPort. FluidSIM® can be used to realise sim-ple logic or relay control systems. Start FluidSIM® and the integrated Soft Logo! takes over control of a station or the entire system. More complex programs are realised using the EduTrainers® Universal. Worked examples providing extensive sam-ple programs for all the stations are included.


290

... with FluidSIM®, Mechatronics Assistant and web-based training programs


Project workThe Mechatronics Assistant contains project exercises with assembly instructions for lessons on handling applications. These project exercises help you to prepare your students for all the demands of mechatronics.

The web-based training program for greater efficiencyThe Discover MPS® 200 web-based training program enables your students to prepare for working with the system – in their own home, in the laboratory or in any other location that suits them. This facilitates a dramatic increase in learning efficiency. Use blended learning to exploit the benefits of a wide range of media in your lesson.

Complete MPS 205 system with SIMATIC S-300 541167

Complete MPS 205 system with Festo FEC Standard 541168



Function The Distributing station separates workpieces from the Stacking magazine and moves them to the Testing station. The Testing station checks the workpiece height. The Pick&Place station places the workpiece insert on the body and the Fluidic Muscle Press station presses it in. The Sorting station then sorts the workpieces according to material and colour onto three slides.

Training aimsMechanical set-up of a stationVacuum technologyPneumatic linear and rotary drivesApplication of proportional pressure regulatorsApplication of the pneumatic muscle

––––

–

Application of simulation toolsApplication of limit switchesMode of operation and applications of optical and inductive sensorsApplication of pressure sensorsLogic programmingProgramming and application of a PLCStructure of a PLC programProgramming of operating modes

Project workSet-up and optimisation of material flowOptimisation of setting-up timesLinking of stationsSimple communicationMaterial flow controlEnhanced I/O communicationSafety engineering

–––

–––

––

–

––––––


SIMATIC S7-300


1x programming software STEP 7 Trainer Package


5x EduTrainer® Universal with FEC® 640 FST, 5x programming cable



5x EduTrainer® Universal with Micro Logix 1500, 5x programming cable

5x programming software RS-Logix 500 Professional

Mitsubishi

5x EduTrainer® Universal with FX1N, 5x programming cable

1x programming software GX IEC Developer FX Trainer package


Stations: Distributing, Testing, Pick&Place, Fluidic Muscle Press, Sorting

Accessories: 5x trolley, 5x power supply unit, 1x workpiece set, 5x SimuBox

Control technology: 1x PLC control package, 1x EMERGENCY-STOP board, 2x EMERGENCY-

STOP control panel, 5x EasyPort

Software: FluidSIM® P licence for 6 users, 1x Mechatronics Assistant, 1x Discover MPS®

200 web-based training program, 1x Project Management web-based training program,

1x LOGO! Training web-based training program

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–


291


MPS® 202-Robotics – Handling and assembly ...

Commissioning robot systems Robot systems are far from easy to assemble and dismantle, transport and commission, but represent a highly interesting topic when it comes to training.

The robot performs precision assembly of pistons and springsThe RV-2SDB performs more than just simple handling tasks in the MPS® – it also assembles small cylin-ders and all that entails.

The robot controller performs the control functionThe new Drive Unit for the RV-2SDB is small, powerful and lightweight – and fits into the MPS® trolley. With Drive Unit and Teachbox, the system is completely equipped straight from the box. Digital I/Os already contained in the system are used to control all the modules such as the cap and spring magazines.

All I/Os protected by designThe I/Os of the robot controller are connected with SysLink connectors via the interface unit of the robot to guarantee protection against short circuits and polarity reversal. The LEDs on the interface unit also permit easy and clear diagnosis.


292

... with CIROS® Robotics


Programming and simulation with CIROS®

CIROS® is a professional training tool that makes programming and simulation of a precision robot extremely easy and safe.

Plus comprehensive documentationThe Mechatronics Assistant contains exercises, sample programs and assembly instructions. A multimedia tool for training at school and at work.

Complete MPS 202-Robotics system 541171

FunctionThe bodies of the pneumatic cylinders to be assembled are fed to the robot via a slide. The robot determines the orientation of the bodies and places them in the assembly holder in the correct orientation. The robot takes the piston from the pallet and assembles it in the body. The piston springs and the cylinder cap are fed to the robot from controlled magazines. The fully assembled pneumatic cylinder is then placed on a slide.

Special training aimsIntegration of an industrial robot in an assembly processTeaching of robots in complex assembly environmentsCommissioning of complex systemsMaintenance, servicing and troubleshooting of complex systemsProgramming of industrial robots

–

–

–

–

–

The MPS® 202-Robotics system contains everything you need for training:

Stations: Robot, Assembly

Accessories: 2x trolley, 1x power supply unit, 1x control console, 1x workpiece set

Control technology: 1x robot interface unit

Software: CIROS® Robotics licence for 6 users, 1x CIROS® Programming, 1x Mechatronics

Assistant


293


MPS® 210-Mechatronics – the all-rounder ...

Complete From mechanics, pneumatics, PLC technology, handling technology, electrical engineering, electronics to robotics and hydraulics, each station facilitates interesting exercises on automation and mechatronics. The MPS® 210 system is particularly suited to the areas of handling, PLC and robot technology due to its close industrial orientation.

Exploit the full flexibility of MPS®

The combination of multiple MPS® stations offers training aims for many levels of experience and many different fields. The project kits of the MPS® 210 system facilitate the realisation of a wide range of different systems. Conveyor belts, integrated between the MPS® stations, facilitate a multitude of solutions for material flow.

Successful realisation of project ideasThe MPS® 210 system contains all the components needed to realise a wide range of projects – giving your students a free hand in creativity!

WBT support:The web-based training programs contained in the MPS® 210 system will help trainers prepare their students for project work. They deal with topics such as project planning, information acquisition or getting started with the MPS® 210 system.


294

... with an all-inclusive media package


Simulating stationsCIROS® Mechatronics offers optimum preparation for a hands-on lesson. All the stations can be tested and programmed in simulation. Bugs can even be built into the model to permit an optimum, practical starting point for lessons.

CIROS® Robotics und CIROS® Programming facilitates full or partial instruction in the use of robot stations through simulation. The simulation also offers robot cells featuring other robots such as Kuka and ABB for comprehensive robot training.

Complete MPS 210 system with SIMATIC S7-300 541172

Complete MPS 210 system with FEC Standard 541173



FunctionThe complete assembly line produces a pneumatic cylinder made up of body, piston, springs and cap.

Special training aimsThe system enables 15 – 30 students to be trained in mechatronics.The Distributing and Conveyor project kits (5 of each are included) provide an introduction to the project work.Actuation is performed via FluidSIM® and EasyPort or using a programmable logic controller.The system layout can be changed using the project kits. More than 30 different combinations can be created using the system.Production planning, reduction of set-up times, FMEA and TPM – the system offers solutions for the hot topics of production optimisation.

–

–

–

–

–


SIMATIC S7-300


1x programming software STEP 7 Trainer Package


8x EduTrainer® Universal with FEC® 640, 8x programming cable and software FST


8x EduTrainer® Universal with Micro Logix 1500, 8x programming cable

1x programming software RS-Logix 500 Starter

Mitsubishi MELSEC

8x EduTrainer® Universal with FX1N, 8x programming cable

2x programming software GX IEC Developer FX Trainer Package

Also order: Hydraulic power unit


Stations: Distributing, Testing, Processing, Handling, Buffer, Robot, Assembly, Punching,

Sorting

Project kits: 5x Distributing, 5x Conveyor

Accessories: 10x trolley, 8x control console, 5x SimuBox, 9x power supply unit, 5x work-

piece set

Control technology: 1x PLC control package, 1x EMERGENCY-STOP board, 4x EMERGENCY-

STOP control console, 5x EasyPort

Software: CIROS® Robotics licence 6 users, CIROS® Mechatronics licence 6 users, Fluid-

SIM® P licence for 6 users, 6x Mechatronics Assistant, 1x CIROS® Programming, web-based

training programs: 1x Discover MPS® 200, 1x LOGO! Training, 1x Project Management

–

–

–

–

–

–

–


295

MPS® 500-FMSFlexible production – compatible, modular and versatile

The transport systemThe transport facilities are a central component of automated production systems. The rectangular conveyor configuration of the FMF-F series offers all the characteristics of professional industrial systems:

6 working positionsPallet identificationValve terminal technologyAS-i fieldbus technologyPLC control cabinetS7-300 PLC controllerFrequency converterAC drive motorsEMERGENCY-STOPI/O port for stationDimensions: 3000 x 500 mm

–––––––––––

The warehouseIndispensable and technically challenging from a logistical point of view – automated warehouses facilitate flexible logistical concepts and short delivery times. The HRL20 offers all the functions of a full-size warehouse in a smaller format:

Shelf with 5 x 4 locationsPrecision storage and retrieval robot – linear, X/Y/Z (DC/pn/DC)Positioning controllerGripper for workpiecesS7-300 PLC controllerControl panelTeach-in positionsInterface to the conveyor systemDimensions: 700 x 900 x 1800 mm

––

–––––––


Thought and action in networked systems

It is becoming more and more common for specialists and engineers to be responsible for operation and maintenance of complex automated production systems. This requires the seamless interaction of all the technologies involved.

MPS® 500-FMS forms the basis for general technological training using practical problems from actual operational applications. It provides the perfect platform for analysing, understanding and mastering the interaction of mechanics, pneumatics, electrical engineering, control technology and communication interfaces – all absolutely critical for proper and successful management of networked systems.

Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS® > MPS® 500-FMS Flexible production

296

Networked system operation – communication is key

Modern production systems are of modular design, with the modules or subsystems featuring powerful com-munication interfaces. The MPS® 500-FMS uses interfaces such as the I/O coupling, fieldbus and Ethernet similar to those used in typical prac-tical applications.

From the sensor to the web: The op-tional software packages are an easy way of practicing displaying system data on the Internet.

The Vision systemCamera systems are ideal for use in production and quality assurance thanks to their versatility and reliability. The universally successful industrial system DVT is integrated in the MPS® 500-FMS system:

Intelligent compact cameraCMOS (colour on request)Resolution 640 x 480 pixelsIncident light and transmitted lightComputer linkEvaluation software for PC

––––––

The tools of the trade – simulation for robots and systems

The use of simulation tools for programming systems and ana-lysing system behaviour before or during construction saves time and money. The electrical, mechanical and physical behav-iour of the models is the same as that of actual stations and is programmed using the same pro-gramming languages (MELFA BASIC and STEP 7). This enables the students to work safely on virtual systems before the tested programs are tried out on the actual system.

Information on customer projects: www.festo-didactic.com

10 stations – learn the basics in small groupsMPS® 500-FMS provides up to 10 individual stations for working in small groups of students – providing invaluable benefits for the practical side of training. Each station focuses on something different and offers various levels of complexity. The stations can be gradually brought together once the station-specific training aims have been achieved.

The processThe system is a factory comprising six areas linked via a transport system that produces the tried-and-tested short-stroke cylinders from the MPS®.

Incoming goodsCylinder bodies are delivered to the Distributing station and forwarded to the Testing station after inspection.

ProcessingThe Processing station, which simulates a drilling process, repre-sents the machining stage. The Handling station transports the material.

Quality assuranceThe camera system checks the workpiece.

AssemblyAn industrial robot in the Robot assembly station performs auto-mated assembly.

WarehouseParts are stored in the Automatic warehouse station prior to shipping.

Outgoing goodsThe Handling station transfers products from the conveyor to the Sorting station, where the products are sorted and made available for shipping.


297


MPS® 516-FMSThe complete package for demanding training scenarios

The systemMPS® 516-FMS system is a complete package comprising hardware and software that can be used straight from the box.

The system comprises 9 stations:

Incoming goodsDistributing and Testing stationProcessing Handling and Processing stationAssemblyRobot assembly stationWarehouseAutomatic warehouse stationOutgoing goodsHandling and Sorting stationTransportTransport system station

The system can be flexibly expanded using the optional packages.

The training aimsThe multitude of stations and the technologies contained in them permit an investigation of almost all relevant areas of control and automation technology.

Construction of pneumatic and electropneumatic circuitsLearning about various sensors and actuatorsApplication and programming of PLCsApplication of various handling devices and grippersApplication of vacuum technologyApplication of various electrical drives (DC, AC)Application of frequency convertersConstruction of a positioning control with incremental shaft encoderNetworking of sensors and actuators via AS-interfaceApplication of industrial robots for assembly tasksProgramming and simulation of robotsSet-up and mode of operation of transport systemsMode of operation and purpose of pallet identification

–

–

–

–

––

––

–

–

–

–

–


298


Optional packages

Optional package Vision (V1)Industrial CMOS compact camera with integrated illumination and Ethernet interface, mounted on a mobile trolley. The station can be integrated or used on its own for basic training. It is used to determine gripper parameters in connection with the robot assembly station. Professional image processing software is included.

Optional package VisualisationSystem visualisation and opera-tion on the basis of industrial SCADA software. Communication between SCADA and controllers takes place via fieldbus or Ethernet. Choose from the following options:

WinCC and Profibus DP (L21)WinCC and Ethernet (L22)InTouch and Ethernet with FEC® (L23)InTouch and DeviceNet with Allen Bradley (L24)

Optional package CNCUpgrade the system with a small PC-controlled CNC machine. The machine is placed beside the assembly robot and looks after automatic loading and unloading. The optional package includes all the software necessary for operation.

MILL 55 (C1)TURN 55 (C2)

–––

–

––

MPS 516-FMS On request

The control conceptEach station is equipped with its own PLC. The only exception to this is the robot station; in this case the robot controller also controls the magazine and communicates with the trans-port system via I/Os. Communication between the transport system and the PLCs of the stations also takes place via a straightforward I/O inter-face. This simple and clear structure is one of the reasons this system is

so popular – it facilitates quick and easy combination of the individual stations into a networked system. The AS-interface fieldbus is used within the transport system.Further additional bus systems can optionally be integrated.

MPS® 516-FMS range of packages

Consisting of:

Stations

1x pallet transport system FMF-F

1x automated warehouse

1x robot station with Magazine station*

1x Distributing station*

1x Testing station*

2x Handling station*

1x Processing station*

1x Sorting station*

Software and media

Programming package STEP 7 Trainer Package


Mechatronics Assistant with 12 licences

Service

Commissioning and initial training in Germany with delivery, installation and commission-

ing of the system at the destination. Two days of initial training for up to 4 persons.

* Includes mobile base frame, MPS® control panel and S7-300 EduTrainer® Universal.

Technical data MPS® Stations

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

I/O

I/OPLC

PLC

AS-i

I/O

PLC

AS-i

I/O

I/O I/O I/O

Robot

AS-i

AS-i AS-i AS-i

PLC

CameraOptionI/O I/O

PLC

PLC

PLC

PLC


299



300

MPS® 501-505 FMSThe entry-level systems

Even the smaller systems offer a complete sequence with all the essential components of an interlinked production system.

Why not call us? We will be happy to advise you.

MPS® 501-FMS

MPS® 503-FMS

MPS® 505-FMS

MPS® 502-FMS

MPS® 504-FMS



301

MPS® 512-FMSGet started right away with a complete and customised package

MPS 512-FMS On request

It is becoming more and more common for specialists and engineers to be responsible for operation and maintenance of complex automated production systems. This requires the seamless interaction of all the technologies involved.

MPS® 500-FMS forms the basis for general technological training using practical problems from actual operational applications.

It provides the perfect platform for analysing, understanding and mastering the interaction of mechanics, pneumatics, electrical engineering, control technology and communication interfaces – all absolutely critical for proper and successful management of networked systems.

MPS® 512-FMS is a complete package comprising hardware and software that can be used straight from the box. The system comprises 7 stations:

Incoming goods Distributing and Testing stationProcessingHandling and Processing stationOutgoing goodsHandling and sorting stationTransportTransport system station

The system can be flexibly expanded using the optional packages.

Special requirements in the area of control technology?

We look forward to talking to you. Our project advisors will be happy to find the ideal solution for you.

MPS® 512 FMS range of packages

Consisting of:

Stations

1x pallet transport system FMF-F

1x Distributing station

1x Testing station

2x Handling station

1x Processing station

1x Sorting station

Software and media

Programming package STEP 7 Trainer package


Mechatronics Assistant with 12 licences

Service

Commissioning and initial training in Germany

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Choice of PLC – optimised for training useWe can fit an EduTrainer®, providing a completely assembled and wired PLC rack, with the PLC of your choice and, if required, fieldbus components as well. The advantage of the EduTrainer® in the MPS® station is clear: you can remove the controller and use it for other processes or in laboratory furniture.

Reliable safety modulesHardly any issue affects so many employees in a company as health and safety. Emergency stop, safety curtains, safety doors and failsafe control systems are all part of a system made up of MPS® stations.

Actuating, networking, operating, monitoring, optimising Controlling processes as in industry

Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS® > Extensions and accessories


Close to reality

In MPS® – as in real production plants – controllers are responsible for signal processing. The signals in the system can be transferred directly from the station to the controller via I/Os or various fieldbus systems or between controllers to support information exchange.

Market leading industrial standards

The MPS® is based on industrial standards. Automation solutions and trends from the market leaders are part of the MPS® concept.

Programmable logic controllers from the market leadersProject planning and programming tools complying with IEC61131

The most commonly used fieldbuses: PROFINET, PROFIBUS, AS-Interface, Ethernet

–

–

Plug and runThe station, the control console and the EduTrainer® are all equipped with standardised SysLink interfac-es. All you have to do is plug them in, there is no need to wire different connectors.

Hot topic – energy savingOn the trail of waste: identifying potential savings means first of all measuring current consumption. The Wattmeter acts as a smart meter for training systems with a 24 V DC power supply and a maximum of 120 Watts.

A switchable interface for 0 – 10 V DC or 4 – 20 mA is integrated for data transmission. Ethernet is available as an option.

Optimising processes – ensuring quality in productionProduction defects or tolerance deviations identified too late or not at all often lead to expensive consequential damage or recalls.

Optional modules in the MPS® are responsible for continuous quality inspection. Laser sensor and analogue sensors measure the workpiece height. A signal converter can then digitise the analogue signal.

Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS® > Extensions and accessories


Manufacturing/production process

Company level

Operations management level

(Process) management level

Control level

Field level

Process levelDa

tare

cord

ing

ERP

MES

SCADA

PLC

Input/output signals

Planning

From field to company level

All control technologies and systems used in industrial production can be integrated into the modular production system and the learning factories from Festo Didactic. This gives basic and advanced training a high level of practical relevance at all levels of the CIM pyramid.

The industrial standard

The modular concept of the SIMATIC S7-300 offers professional PLC technology from the market leader, Siemens. With various CPUs, CPs and I/O modules, the S7-300 meets all automation requirements. This controller facilitates the use of a wide range of fieldbuses such as AS-interface, Profibus DP and Profinet.

The STEP 7 programming environ-ment makes all industrially used PLC programming languages available, such as AWL, KOP, FUP, STEP 7-SCL, STEP 7-GRAPH and STEP 7-HiGraph.


CPU 313C64 KB RAM for program and dataIncludes MMC Interfaces: MPI

Inputs/outputs: 24 digital inputs (24 V DC) 16 digital outputs (24 V DC, 400 mA) 4 analogue inputs, 11 bit, 20 ms, (±10 V, 0 – 10 V, ±20 mA, 0/4 – 20 mA), 1 Pt100 input 2 analogue outputs, (±10 V, 0 – 10 V, ±20 mA, 0/4 – 20 mA)

CPU 313C-2DP64 KB RAM for program and data Includes MMC Interfaces: MPI, Profibus DP

Inputs/outputs: 16 digital inputs (24 V DC) 16 digital outputs (24 V DC, 400 mA)

–––

––

–

–

–––

––

EduTrainer® Universal Preferred variants MPS®/MPS® PAA4 rack with SIMATIC S7-300

S7-313C (ON, A) 567098

S7-313C-2DP 567103

S7-315F-2PN/DP see figure 567104

S7-315F-2PN/DP (ON, A) 567099

Note:

The EduTrainer® Universal as preferred version for MPS® is equipped with a power supply

unit; the preferred version for MPS® PA has no power supply unit (ON) but has analogue

inputs and outputs (A).

CPU 315F-2PN/DP256 KB RAM for program and data Includes MMC Interfaces: MPI, DP, PN

SM 323: 16 digital inputs (24 V DC) 16 digital outputs (24 V DC, 500 mA)

SM 334: 4 analogue inputs, 8 bit (0–10 V, 0 – 20 mA) 2 analogue outputs, (0 – 10 V, 0 – 20 mA)

The holder systemEduTrainer® A4 rack, desktop vari-ant size 1, W x H 305 mm x 300 mm 19“ module simulation plate with 2 x SysLink plug connector for MPS® station and control panel each with 8 digital inputs and 8 digital outputs and 1 x D-sub 15-pin plug connection with 4 analogue inputs and 2 analogue outputs; emergency stop jumper to connect a safety circuit for disconnecting 8 digital outputs. Integrated 110/230 V/24 V, 4.5 A power supply unit (only in order no. 567103 and 567104) Can be placed on the desk or in an MPS® station. Stable, powder-coated, sheet-steel holder system Can be extended with 19“ simulation modules Page 176

–––

––

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–


Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS® > Extensions and accessories > Control/Networking






Programming software STEP 7 Page 44


Other accessories





Analogue I/O module S7-SM334-4E/2A 184804

AS-interface master for the S7 300 CP 343-2 AS-i master 533028

Trainer Package, Internet link S7-300, CP343-1 Advanced 533027


304

EduTrainer® Universal Preferred versions MPS®/MPS® PAA4 rack with Festo CPX-CEC

World language IEC 61131-3

Benefit from automation program-ming in a world language, based on IEC 61131-3.

For standardised preprocessing: CPX-CEC as an intelligent remote I/O terminal.

Better performanceCPX-CEC means improved cycle times and more connectable actua-tors. The modular I/O system with up to 512 I/Os and CAN master func-tionality offers complete flexibility. Intelligent pneumatic and electric axes can be activated via fieldbus. The extensive CoDeSys function li-brary provides diagnostics and con-dition monitoring options. Open and closed-loop control – the solution for efficient automation of workstations or via remote control.

EduTrainer® Universal with CoDeSys embedded controller CPX-CEC:

CPX-CEC32 bit MIPS processor, 400 MHzData memory 32 MB flash/32 MB RAM20 MB flash/8 MB RAM user memory32 KB non-volatile memoryCommunication network Ethernet 10/100 Base-TIntegrated web serverMaster CANopen fieldbusPLC operating system CoDeSys 2.3 Full RTSDiagnostic handheld for CPX terminal can be connectedAll FEDs can be connected via EthernetVisualisation OPC server for connection to any SCADA packages

––

–

––

–––

–

–

–

EduTrainer® Universal digital (MPS®)

CoDeSys V2.3 provided by Festo programming softwareEthernet cable for programming the CPX-CEC16 digital inputs (24 V DC)16 digital outputs (24 V DC, maximum 500 mA)SysLink interfacesPower supply: 24 V DC power supply unit integrated

EduTrainer® Universal analogue (MPS® PA)Same as EduTrainer® Universal digital with additional analogue expansion

Analogue inputs: 4 (12 Bit, 0 – 10 V, 0/4 – 20 mA)Analogue outputs: 2 (12 Bit, 0 – 10 V, 0/4 – 20 mA)without power supply unit

The holder system:EduTrainer® A4 rack, desktop variant, size 1 (order no. 567274) or size 2 (order no. 567275), W x H 305/458 mm x 300 mm19“ module simulation plate with 2 x SysLink plug connector for MPS® station and control panel each with 8 digital inputs and 8 digital outputs and 1 x Sub-D 15-pin plug connection with 4 analogue inputs and 2 analogue outputs; emergency stop jumper to connect a safety circuit for disconnecting 8 digital outputs.Integrated 110/230 V/24 V, 4.5 A power supply unit (only in order no. 567274)The size 1 rack can be placed on a table or in an MPS® station.Stable, powder-coated, sheet-steel holder systemCan be extended with 19“ simulation modules Page 176

–

–

––

––

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–



CPX-CEC digital see figure 567274

CPX-CEC analog (ON, A) 567275






Other accessories

Analogue terminal 526213


Notes:




Includes Ethernet cable for programming the CPX-CEC and CoDeSys V2.3 programming

software provided by Festo ( Page 45).

305

The standard in North America

The Micro Logix modular concept from Allen Bradley offers profession-al PLC technology. With various CPUs and modules, the ML series meets all automation requirements.

The ML 1500 facilitates the use of a wide range of fieldbuses such as DeviceNet and Ethernet. The RSLogix 500 programming software makes the PLC programming language LD available.

EduTrainer® Universal with Allan-Bradley ML 1500:

ML 1500 + compact IN/OUT moduleProgram memory: 7K + 8kInterfaces: RS-232-CProgrammable PID controller

I/Os: 22 digital inputs (24 V DC), of which 8 high speed counter via config16 digital outputs (24 V DC, 1 A), of which 2 high speed outputs via config, 2 integrated analogue potentiometers


Power supply: 24 V DC power supply unit integrated

SysLink interfaces:1 x cable for connection to station1 x cable for connection to console1 x bridge for connection to emergency stop


without power supply unit

–––

–

–

–

–––

–

EduTrainer® Universal Preferred versions MPS®/MPS® PAA4 rack with Allen Bradley ML 1500

ML 1500 digital see figure 567107

ML 1500 analog (ON, A) 567102

Note:




CPU modules:

Digital expansion ML 1500Digital I/O module 1769-IQ6X0W4-4I/O (6 IN/4 OUT)

Analogue expansion ML 1500Analogue I/O module 1769-IF4XOF2 (4 IN/2 OUT)

Ethernet expansion ML 1500ENI Ethernet interface 1761-NET-ENI

The holder system:EduTrainer® A4 rack, desktop variant size 1, W x H 305 mm x 300 mm19“ module simulation plate with 2 x SysLink plug connector for MPS® station and control panel, each with 8 digital inputs and 8 digital outputs and 1 x Sub-D 15-pin plug connection with 4 analogue inputs and 2 analogue outputs; emergency stop jumper to connect a safety circuit for disconnecting 8 digital outputs.Integrated 110/230 V/24 V, 4.5 A power supply unit (only with order no. 567107)Can be placed on a desk or in an MPS® stationStable, powder-coated, sheet-steel holder systemCan be extended with 19“ simulation modules Page 176

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–







Programming cable ML 1500 535827

RSLogix 500 Starter EN 535829


Other accessories

Digital upgrade ML 1500 535822

Analogue upgrade ML 1500 541126

Ethernet upgrade ML 1500 541127


306

EduTrainer® Universal Preferred versions MPS®/MPS® PAA4 rack with Mitsubishi MELSEC FX1N

High functionality

The modular concept of the MELSEC FX1N from Mitsubishi offers profes-sional PLC technology from a high-tech company.

The FX1N with its various upgrades provides all the functions required of a mini control system for automation technology. The FX1N facilitates the use of a wide range of fieldbuses such as AS-interface, Profibus DP and Ethernet. The MELSOFT GX IEC Developer programming environ-ment makes industry-related and IEC 61131-3-compliant PLC programming languages such as IL, LD, FBD, SFC and ST available.

EduTrainer® Universal with MELSEC FX1N-40MT-DSSPLC with integrated I/Os:

FX1N8 k program memoryInterfaces: RS 232

I/Os: 24 digital inputs (24 V DC) 16 digital outputs (24 V DC, 500 mA)


Power supply: Integrated 24 V DC power supply unit

SysLink interfaces:1 x cable for connection to station1 x cable for connection to console1 x bridge for connection to emergency stop


without power supply unit

––

––

–

–––

–

CPU modules:

Analogue extension FX1NAnalogue I/O module FX0N-3A (2 IN/1 OUT)

AS-interface extension FX1NAS-i master FX2N-32ASI-M

Ethernet extension FX1NEthernet FX2NC-ENET-ADP + FX1NCNV-BD

The holder system:EduTrainer® A4 rack, desktop variant size 1, W x H 305 mm x 300 mm19“ module simulation plate with 2 x SysLink plug connector for MPS® station and control panel, each with 8 digital inputs and 8 digital outputs and 1 x Sub-D 15-pin plug connection with 4 analogue inputs and 2 analogue outputs; emergency stop jumper to connect a safety circuit for disconnecting 8 digital outputs.Integrated 110/230 V/24 V, 4.5 A power supply unit (only with order no. 567106)Can be placed on a desk or in an MPS® stationStable, powder-coated, sheet-steel holder systemCan be extended with 19“ simulation modules Page 176

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–



MELSEC FX1N analog (ON, A) see figure 567101

MELSEC FX1N digital 567106





Programming cable FX1N 540683

Mitsubishi GX Trainer Package DE/EN 541149


Other accessories

Analogue upgrade FX1N 541128

AS-interface upgrade FX1N 541129

Ethernet upgrade FX1N 541131

Note:




307

Operating and observing


Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS® > Extensions and accessories > Operating/Observing

308

Knowing what‘s going on – and responding accordingly. That‘s the simple idea on which the technology for the automation of whole pro-duction processes has been based.

Operating and observingmeans mastering the process. It means keeping machines and systems running at their optimal levels. And it means high availability and productivity.

Visualisation in the Net Visualise and operate your MPS®

stations and systems using the latest visualisation software from the market leaders. Learn the application of visualisation software, connection to the production process, the creation of your own process images – and even connection to the Internet.

ExpandableIf additional control or display elements are required for custom-ised design of the information flow, ready-to-use terminal strips on the rear of the control console allow quick and easy expansion.

1 Control console

MPS® control console for SysLinkThe MPS® control console allows simpler operation of the MPS® station. SysLink or AS-interface – various interfaces ensure versatility of use. Fully assembled with operating panel, communication panels, spare panel and mounting frame with SysLink connector.

Membrane keyboard: Start push-button with LED, Stop pushbutton, Reset pushbutton with LED, 2 flexibly assignable control lamps (see also Order no. 195766). 4 mm safety sockets with LED status display for simple I/O connection (see also Order no. 195767). Syslink and Sub-D sockets for connection to PLC of choice are available on the rear panel.

MPS® control console for AS-interfaceFully assembled with AS-interface control console, communication panels, spare panel and mounting frame with AS-interface connector. SysLink 195764

AS-Interface 535814

2 19“ Control panelThe control panel is connected to a controller via SysLink. The control panel allows up to 16 operating in-puts and 16 operating outputs to be connected. The signals from push-buttons, switches, signal lamps, free inputs and free outputs are available at additional terminals.

Pushbutton (switch):Start (normally open)Stop (normally closed)Reset (normally open)Auto/Man (normally open)

LED displays:Start LEDReset LEDIndicator lamp Q1Indicator lamp Q2

––––

–––– Order no. 195766

3 19“ Communication panelsIf the control console is used for several combined stations, commu-nication panels allow simple and transparent exchange of additional signals and information between the stations. 4 inputs and 4 outputs are available at 4 mm safety sockets.

Order no. 195767

4 19“ Spare panelFor the integration of additional control components. Order no. 195765

5 19“ Mounting frame19“ frame for mounting of control panels. The frame can be mounted on the MPS® trolley.

Width: 310 mmHeight: 132 mm

–– Order no. 526206

1

2

3

5

4

Touch panels and operator panel Pages 182 – 183

Testing and measuring


Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS® > Extensions and accessories > Testing/Measuring

309

1 Measuring module SMATThe measuring module SMAT is mounted on an MPS® station with a conveyor and measures the height of the workpieces.

For the measuring procedure, a workpiece is pulled from the conveyor onto the plane table.

A second cylinder then advances and checks the height of the workpiece via an analogue sensor (SMAT). After the measuring procedure, the workpiece is pushed back onto the conveyor. The analogue signal can be digitised with an optional signal converter (order no. 549844).

Technical data4 x input for sensor, digital (PNP)1 x input for sensor, analogue 0 – 10 V (SMAT)2 x output for actuator, digital1 x supply port (6 bar)

––

––

2 Laser measuring moduleThe laser measuring module is mounted on an MPS® station with a conveyor and measures the height of the workpieces.

For the measuring procedure, a workpiece is pulled from the conveyor onto the plane table.

A laser sensor measures the height of the workpiece. After the measuring procedure, the workpiece is pushed back onto the conveyor. To digitise the analogue signal, also order 4 terminals and a signal converter (order no. 549844).

Technical data3 x sensor, digital (PNP)1 x sensor, analogue: 0 – 10 V/max. 3 mA Laser protection class 2 Working range 38 – 58 mm Resolution 0.007 mm1 x actuator, digital1 x supply port (6 bar)

––

––

3 Turning moduleThe turning module is used when-ever a workpiece is to be tipped, turned or emptied.

Limit switches are used to sense all movements. End-position cushion-ing ensure that the end position is approached gently. The module is equipped with a multi-pin connector for the sensors and a CPV-SC valve terminal.

Technical data6 x sensor, digital (PNP)4 x output for 3 actuators1 x supply port (6 bar)

–––

Order no. 549853

Order no. 549854

Order no. 549855

1

2

3


Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS® > Extensions and accessories > Safety engineering

310

Safety engineering

MPS® module safety engineering holder systemThis mounting kit for MPS safety engineering can be used to optimally mount the MPS® modules door, door with active bolt, light curtain and the MPS® control console to any MPS® station.

Horizontal angle19“ front cover and short cable ductAssembly instructions

––

– Order no. 549849

MPS® module light curtainContactless light curtains protect operating personnel against undesired or unintentional entry into the danger areas of technical systems, such as presses, robot inserting stations, transfer lines and palletising systems.

The MPS® module light curtain is used to extend any MPS® station in the area of safety engineering and is mounted on the MPS® module safety engineering holder system. The module consists of a transmitter and a receiver, mounted opposite one another. The infrared LEDs on the transmitter emit brief light pulses that are received by the receiver diodes.

Light curtain with transmitter and receiver Connecting cable (5 m)

Technical dataSize of transmitter/receiver module (W x H x D): 300 x 34 x 29 mmSupply voltage: 24 V DCMaximum switching current: 500 mAWavelength: 950 nmProtection field height: 300 mmResolution: 20 mmReach: up to 6 m

–

–

–

––

–––– Order no. 549850

MPS® module doorAccording to directive DIN EN ISO 12100, Machine Safety, all movable parts on machines must be secured with protective devices. The MPS® safety engineering product range is ideal as part of training on this subject.

The door includes a safety switch and can be mounted on any MPS® station using the MPS® module safety engineering holder system.

As soon as the protective device is opened, the N/C contacts on the safety switch open. The hazardous machine motion is then stopped.

2 doors (1 x 117 mm high, 1 x 260 mm high)1 safety switch with 2 N/C contacts without active locking mechanism1 connecting cable (5 m)

–

–

– Order no. 549851

MPS® module door with active locking mechanismAccording to directive DIN EN ISO 12100, Machine Safety, all movable parts on machines must be secured with protective devices. The MPS® safety engineering product range is ideal as part of training on this subject.

The door includes a safety switch and can be mounted on any MPS® station using the MPS® module safety engineering holder system.

As soon as the protective device is opened, the N/C contacts on the safety switch open. The hazardous machine motion is then stopped.

2 doors (1 x 117 mm high, 1 x 260 mm high)1 safety switch with N/C contact, N/O contact and active locking mechanism (1200 N locking force)1 connecting cable (5 m)

–

–

– Order no. 549852


Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS® > Extensions and accessories > Safety engineering

311

19“ EMERGENCY STOP panelThe EMERGENCY STOP panel allows integration of the EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton into the control panel. The pushbutton is connected to a PLC board or an EMERGENCY STOP board via a 2.5m cable with 2-pin screw-terminal plug.

The EMERGENCY OFF panel can be integrated into the control panel or-der no. 195764. A blank panel order no. 534630 is required for installa-tion into the control panel. The blank panel is not included.

19“ Blank panel for the control panel

Order no. 534631

Order no. 534630

EMERGENCY-STOP boardThe flexible safety concept for the MPS® provides an easy method of switching off components – whether the entire system or parts thereof. The central EMERGENCY-STOP board is part of the safety concept in the Modular Production System and al-lows you to integrate up to ten MPS® stations into a safety circuit. When combined with EMERGENCY-STOP pushbuttons and/or position switch-es, it provides a high level of safety. The central EMERGENCY-STOP board can be mounted in the trolley of a station along with a PLC board.

A 4-pin cable (order no. 535245) is required for each station for connec-tion. This cable is not included in the scope of delivery. The connected sta-tions can be switched off via max. 6 EMERGENCY-STOP switches. These EMERGENCY-STOP switches are not included in the scope of delivery.

Inputs (EMERGENCY-STOP switch) 1 – 6Outputs (stations) 1 – 10

–

– Order no. 195769

Order no. 535245

Also order: Connecting cable, 4-pin, for connecting an MPS® station (EduTrainer® Universal) to the EMERGENCY-STOP board.

19“ emergency stop moduleThe 19“ emergency stop module (9 HP) allows you to add an emergen-cy stop mushroom pushbutton and a reset key switch to the MPS® con-trol panel or the EduTrainer® Univer-sal. The module can be connected to a safety relay, an emergency stop board or a PLC via a 2.5 m connect-ing cable. Connection to the emer-gency stop jumper of an EduTrainer® Universal requires 4 mm connectors.

Empty panels are not included in the scope of delivery.

Safety relay from PilzThe safety switching device fulfils the requirements of EN 60947-5-1, EN 60204-1 and VDE 0113-1, and can be used in applications with:

Emergency stop pushbuttonsSafety switchesLight barriers

Forced relay outputs:3 safety contacts (S), undelayed1 auxiliary contact (Ö), undelayed1 semiconductor output

1 contact expansion block, connect-able, operating modes can be adjust-ed via rotary switch.LED display for:

Supply voltageInput status channel 1Input status channel 2Switching status of safety contactsStarting circuitError

Plug-in terminals. Connection material included.

–––

–––

––––––

Order no. 573860

Order no. 573861

19“ request moduleThe 19“ request module (3 HP) al-lows you to add a request key switch and a reset button to the MPS® con-trol panel or the EduTrainer® Univer-sal. The module can be connected to a safety relay via a 2.5 m connect-ing cable.

Empty panels are not included in the scope of delivery.

Order no. 573283

Order no. 573282

Safety relay from SickThe safety switching device can be used in applications with:

Emergency stop switchesSafety switchesSafety switches with mechanical locking

Cross circuit recognition for dual-channel control. Outputs: 2 N/O contacts, 1 response delayed N/O contact, adjustable from 0.15 – 3 s or 1.5 – 30 s.

3 LEDs: supply voltage, C1/C2 relay (undelayed) and C3/C4 relay (delayed)Manual resetAutomatic resetContact expansion for more outputs

Connection material included.

–––

–

–––


Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS® > Extensions and accessories > Accessories

312

Accessories

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

1 Workpiece insert “Clock”Quartz clock insert for mounting in housing.

External diameter: 40 mmMounting diameter: 30 mm

–– Order no. 534621

6 Workpiece set “Reject bodies”The workpiece set comprises 2 black and 2 red plastic cylinder bodies and 2 aluminium cylinder bodies.

External diameter: 40 mm Height: Each colour: 1 x 23 mm and 1 x 24 mm

––

2 Workpiece insert “Thermometer”Thermometer insert for mounting in housing.


––

7 Parts set “Cylinder end caps”Parts set consisting of 50 end caps for cylinder assembly. The end caps do not yet have a hole for the cylin-der piston rod. This hole is punched by the hydraulic press station. The hydraulic press station can, however, also be operated with end caps that already have a hole.

Number of end caps: 50–

4 Workpiece set “For cylinder assembly”The workpiece set consisting of cyl-inder components for full assembly (body, piston, spring, cover). The cylinders can be assembled and dis-mantled many times. This kit allows for the complete assembly of 7 black and 7 red plastic cylinders and 7 alu-minium cylinders.

8 Workpiece set “Housings”The workpiece set comprises 4 black and 4 red plastic housings and 4 aluminium housings. The “Clock”, “Thermometer” and “Hygrometer” inserts can be mounted in the bod-ies.

External diameter: 40 mm Internal diameter: 30 mm Height: 23 mm

–––

9 Workpiece set “Reject housings”The workpiece set comprises 3 black and 3 red plastic housings and 3 alu-minium housings.

External diameter: 40 mm Black workpieces:

Internal diameter: 30 mm Heights: 22/24/25 mm

Red workpieces:Internal diameter: 30 mm Heights: 26/27/28 mm

Aluminium workpieces:Internal diameter: 30.2/30.4/30.6 mm Height: 23 mm

–

––

––

–

–

Order no. 534622

3 Workpiece insert “Hygrometer”Hygrometer insert for mounting in housing.


–– Order no. 534623

Order no. 162239

5 Workpiece set “Cylinder bodies” The workpiece set comprises 4 black and 4 red plastic cylinder bodies and 4 aluminium cylinder bodies.

External diameter: 40 mm Height (black): 22.5 mm Height (red and aluminium): 25 mm

–––

Order no. 167021

Order no. 534368

Order no. 162240

Order no. 534619

Order no. 534620

8

9

Order no. 554301

10 PA workpiece setTo fill liquids into the MPS® PA Bottling station. The workpieces are compatible with the MPS® stations. For example, the pot in the Pick&Place station can be sealed with the lid. The set comprises 6 x housing black, 6 x housing red, 6 x housing silver, 6 x housing transparent, 24 x lid black. Dimensions: Height H = 25 mm, Diameter, outside D = 40 mm, Volume V = 15 ml.

10


Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS® > Extensions and accessories > Accessories

313

1 Profile plate 350/700The anodised aluminium profile plates are used for mounting all components of the MPS® stations. Both sides are slotted, so if neces-sary parts can be mounted on both sides. The slots are compatible with the ITEM profile system. The board is supplied with caps for the sides. Fits on trolley (order no. 120856).

Height: 32 mm Grid spacing (from slot to slot): 50 mm Width: 350 mm Length: 700 mm

With a hole (approx. 5 cm) for the I/O cable that connects the EduTrainer® Universal to the station (not shown).

––

–– Order no. 162386

Order no. 170395

2 Rubber feetFor non-slip, protective mounting of profile plates on tabletops of any type. Set (4 pieces).

1

2

5

4

3

Order no. 158343

3 Profile plate connectorFor connecting two profile plates (e.g. when combining two MPS®

stations to build a system).Length: 45 mmMounting method: Bolt with rotat-ing head and M5 hammer-head nut

––

Order no. 162228

4 TrolleyThe trolley makes an MPS® station a compact and mobile unit. The sta-tion is easy to mount on the trolley. An EMERGENCY-STOP board can also be fitted. Appropriate through-holes in the side panels enable orderly routing of cables. The front side is equipped with mountings for the control panel. The trolley is supplied complete with castors.

Height (incl. castors, to bottom edge of profile plate): 750 mmWidth: 350 mmDepth: 700 mm

–

–– Order no. 120856

7 Robot interface boxSupplement to Robot station

The Robot interface box allows the robot controller to undertake additional PLC functions. Up to 16 robot controller I/Os can be distributed to 4 SysLink sockets with the Robot interface box. The Robot interface box is connected to the robot controller’s I/O card via a 50-pin Centronics connector. On the front panel are LEDs to display the status of the robot I/Os. On the rear panel are 4 SysLink sockets for connection to peripherals. Preis/Best.-Nr. 534364

5 Tool setThe tool set is an aid to easy working on MPS® stations. A practical mini-systainer includes:

200 mm steel ruleOpen-jawed spanners size 7, 8, 9, 10Adjustable spannerSide cutterInsulation-stripping pliersWire end sleeve pliersScrewdriver set, hex, 1.5 – 6Screwdriver, hex, 0.9; 1.3Screwdriver, cross-head, PZ02 – shortScrewdriver, flat, 2.5 x 75; 4.0 x 100Screwdriver, flat, 1.2 – 1.6Tubing cutterFibre-optic cable cutterWorkpiece, red, black, silver100 x cable binders 2.5 x 100100 x wire end sleeves 0.25100 x wire end sleeves 0.75

––

–––––––

–

––––––– Order no. 539767

6

7

6 Tabletop power supply unitInput voltage: 85 – 265 V AC (47 – 63 Hz)Output voltage: 24 V DC, short-circuit-proofOutput current: max. 4.5 ADimensions: 115 x 155 x 200 mm

–

–


Order no. 162416


TR, IT, DK, IR, ID

Order no. 162417


TW, TH, PH, JP

Order no. 162418


Order no. 162419

AU, NZ, CN, AR

Order no. 162380

CH

Order no. 162381


Order no. 162382



Mechatronics and factory automation > ProLog Factory

ProLog FactoryLogistics – Communication – Mechatronics – Robotics

Production lineThe production line produces the products. Individual stations provide the raw materials. The system tests, processes and assembles the unfin-ished parts into products. The high bay warehouse stores the finished parts until they are reused.

Picking stationThe orders are compiled in the picking station. An industrial articulated robot arm places the orders onto pallets.

Logistics fieldThe logistics field provides the buffer function on pallets until delivery of the orders.

The new training platform for logistics, communication technology, mechatronics, robotics and industrial engineering

The processes and material flow in the ProLog learning factory are a representation of a real production system with logistics and shipping.

It includes intermediate buffers and magazines for the raw materials and an automatic store for the individual products. The production line produces the parts with low stock levels according to the KANBAN principle.



HMI and communication technology

A side range of different networking and communication principles are used in the ProLog Factory.

The SCADA application includes:Visualisation of the status of the entire system and the individual stationsCommunication with the stations via Ethernet/Profibus DPAlarm messagingAlarm loggingSystem controlData acquisition Order entryDatabase applicationOrder management

Profibus DP and WLAN communica-tion are also clearly integrated into the learning factory.

–

–

–––––––

RoboticsThe complete cell contains an appli-cation with handling and palletising tasks. The robot is equipped with a pneumatic gripper. Different auto-mated modules are arranged in the cell to create a typical robot training environment.

The cell can be equipped with a choice of different 5 or 6 axis robots.

MechatronicsThe MPS® stations in the ProLog learning factory include:

Everything for PLC trainingA wide selection of different handling componentsVacuum technologySensor technology Drive technology

––

–––

Motivated research and learningUsing the ProLog Factory provides practical training on necessary soft skills as well as the technical exper-tise:

TeamworkCooperationLearning skillsIndependenceOrganisational ability

The Robotino View®, Robotino® SIM and CIROS® Robotics programming and simulation tools increase learn-ing success and efficiency in the learning factory.

–––––

Mobile autonomous robotsMobile robots play an increasingly important role in automated pro-duction. Within the ProLog learning factory, realistic experiments and practical, relevant training on these new trends are possible.

The mobile robots are equipped with a telescopic fork and operate like forklift trucks to reach all positions in the warehouse.

Drive technology and closed-loop controlThe ProLog Factory features a variety of modern drive technology. High-end drives from Festo, such as the servo motor MTR-DCI, the mini slide with integrated encoder, a range of pneumatic linear axes and DC motors for the belts, provide a wealth of training material.

The Robotino® is perfect for provid-ing training in closed-loop control. As a driverless transport system in the ProLog Factory, it is driven by a combination of three controlled industrial motors with shaft encoder.

Handling and vacuum technologyAt numerous points in the system, workpieces have to be gripped, transported and positioned, often using vacuum technology. As in any modern system with handling tech-nology, the ProLog Factory contains suction grippers, vacuum generators and sensors, valve terminals and proportional pressure regulators on the one hand, and pneumatic mus-cles, linear slides and rotary drives on the other.

Sensor technology and navigationIn the ProLog Factory, numerous sensors ensure safety, precision and quality in automation technology. Optical, inductive and capacitive sensors, colour, laser and pressure sensors make the system into a complex learning system for potential sensor specialists.

The Robotino® is an autonomous industrial truck and always needs to know where it is. With its distance sensors, the colour camera and the gyroscope sensor, it enables the topic of navigation to be included in the training.

RFID technologyTotally unknown a few years ago, but now an issue for more than just automation technology, the RFID chip is the modern rating plate for consumer goods and packaging and has become established as part of our daily lives.

The ProLog Factory uses RFID technology to save order data and production statuses on the pallet, thus providing an up-to-the-minute topic for training in automation technology.



Technologies and processesTop issues in the ProLog Factory



The production processThe material and information flow in the ProLog Factory reflects the processes in modern production, including logistics and shipping. Raw material is stored in buffers and magazines, while end products are transported to an automated goods-out warehouse.

Production is based on the KANBAN principle. Free stock locations are restocked with unfinished parts immediately. Colour and laser sen-sors ensure that parts with quality defects are sorted out.

The workpieces are assembled by the fluidic muscle press and pick & place MPS® stations. In the storage station, the finished parts wait to be fed to the picking robot „just in sequence“ and palletised for specific orders.

After picking, the Robotino® takes on the pallets. It takes them to the goods-out area or to interim storage. If it has time, it takes empty pallets back to the picking station.

Training contentThe variety of stations and the tech-nologies they contain can be used to cover almost all of the relevant topics in control and automation technology.

Use of RFID technologyVision system and camera inspectionUse of PLCs and programmingUse of different handling equipment and grippersUse of different electric drives Vacuum technologyPneumatic linear and rotary drivesUse of fluidic musclesUse of laser and colour sensorsUse of pressure sensorsUse of industrial robotsNetworking of automated systems with Ethernet TCP-IPVisualisation of systems with WinCCUse of simulation tools

––

––

––––––––

–

–

WLAN communicationRFID technologyNetworking with Profibus DPWorking with autonomous mobile robotsProgramming a mobile robot with GRAFCETCreation of functional modules in C++Control of drivesNavigation

––––

–

–

––

System managementThe ProLog Factory is supplied com-plete with visualisation. The master computer can be used to monitor all signals, functions and processes. Customer-specific orders are also en-tered here – a great feature for inter-disciplinary co-operation, e.g. with trainees in commercial disciplines.

Energy monitoring with DC WattmeterAnyone who wants to discover po-tential savings can begin by meas-uring the current consumption. The data recorded by the DC Wattmeter goes to the master computer via a switchable interface (0 – 10 V DC or 4 – 20 mA) or via Ethernet. The dis-play on the device shows the current and cumulative power consumption.

ProLog Factory On request

Package range

Consisting of:

Production line

MPS® stations distributing 3-way magazine*, testing*, pick & place*, fluidic muscle press*,

storage*, separation* and sorting*

Picking station

With industrial robot

Logistics area

With high bay warehouse and 2 mobile robots

SCADA computer

With visualisation application

Software and media

Programming package STEP 7 Trainer Package, CIROS® Automation Suite, Mechatronics

Assistant, WinCC, Robotino® View, Robotino® SIM

* Includes mobile frame, MPS® control panel and PLC board S7-300.


Mechatronics and factory automation > Robot Vision Cell

Robot Vision CellRobotics trends in focus

Priority 1: SafetyRobots operate quickly, powerfully and dynamically. Safety cages are therefore used to protect operating and maintenance personnel.

Safety must be the top priority and is an essential part of any training con-tent. Thus, it is only logical that we have completely enclosed the Robot Vision Cell and fitted it with safety doors.

Welding simulationWelding is a typical example of a robot application that demands precision path control. In the Robot Vision Cell, appropriate tools and suitably shaped parts enable path welding tasks to be simulated.

Palletising and assemblyFast and precise assembly of part-finished or end products and remov-al or loading of pallets are standard tasks for most robotics applications. The workpieces from the modular production system and the appropri-ate pallets are therefore included.

Robot with eye contact

Walking through the leading handling technology fairs or taking a look at market leaders‘ catalogues clearly shows that without a camera, a modern robot cell is worthless when it comes to future production. The camera is the basic prerequisite for one of the elementary forms of work in the future: collaboration between humans and robots.

In this context, the Robot Vision Cell is an extremely innovative learning environment in contemporary robot-ics training. It enables the potential of current robot applications and the trends in future applications to be outlined in a clear and practical way.



Configuration, programming and simulation

No learning system is complete with-out the necessary supporting soft-ware!

Therefore, the cell includes configu-ration and image processing soft-ware that can be used to set up and perform even complicated measuring and testing tasks.

The CIROS® Robotics cells simulated in 3D make a major contribution to efficient and varied training. Simu-lation also provides a high level of safety at the beginning of robotics training.

Calibration and transmitted light unitThe calibration and transmitted light unit supports the camera in its quality assurance tasks. For example, it increases the accuracy of the tool positions and helps to detect the position of workpieces.

Industrial design cameraThe industrial camera communicates directly with the robot controller via Ethernet and can thus easily be integrated into the process as an additional unit - for position detection, colour identification, for checking dimensions or, for example, for monitoring assembly processes.

320


Robot Vision CellRobotics and vision


FunctionThe Robot Vision Cell provides the optimum learning environment for robotics and vision. The clearly ar-ranged pallets and storage areas al-low easy and efficient work with the cell. Different exercises such as pal-letising, assembly or welding (simu-lated) can be carried out using the cell.

ConstructionThe robot cell is completely mounted on an aluminium profile plate. The robot controller is neatly housed in the frame. The station is equipped with a main switch and additional control panel. The safety concept for the cell includes doors with a safety switch and an emergency stop mush-room actuator.

Robot optionsThe cell can be fitted with different robot systems, such as the Mitsubi-shi RV-2SDB, RV-3SDB or the KUKA KR5sixx.

(with base frame, safety housing, camera system and Mitsubishi robot system RV-2SDB)

(with base frame, safety housing, camera system and Mitsubishi robot system RV-3SDB)

(with base frame, safety housing, camera system and KUKA robot system KR5sixx)



Robot Vision Cell RV-2SDB On request

Robot Vision Cell RV-3SDB On request

Robot Vision Cell KR5sixx On request

Learning content for project work

Mechanics:Mechanical construction of a station

Sensor technology:Mode of operation and applica-tions of optical sensors

Vision:Mode of operation and applica-tions of industrial camera systemsObject detectionPosition and orientationCommunication with master con-trollers

Safety engineering:Mode of operation and applica-tions of safety switchesConstruction of safety circuits

Robotics:Applications of industrial robotsTerminology in robot technologyTeaching robots in different co-ordinate systemsMoving robots in object co-ordinate system

–

–

–

–––

–

–

–––

–

Recommended learning media

CIROS® Robotics

WBT Machine Vision

WBT Safety engineering

CNC technology from EMCOEfficient turning and milling

Mechatronics and factory automation > CNC technology


Market leading CNC technologyThe machine manufacturer EMCO offers a unique training concept, consisting of high quality machines, modular software and supporting teachware.

EMCO is Austria‘s leading machine manufacturer and has been the market leader in CNC training for some years. All machines are tailored to the specific requirements of a training situation: safety engineering compliant with CE directives, variety of controllers, space requirements and price.

EMCO CNC machines – By the industry, for the industryEMCO provides intelligent solutions for CNC turning and milling cutting for the industrial sector. EMCO‘s extensive product range includes everything from conventional turning and cutting machines to CNC turning centres through to fully automatic production cells.

Perfect solutions for basic and advanced trainingYou can benefit from this know-how. EMCO machines for basic and ad-vanced technical training feature:

Design and quality that meet the current industry standardsLong service life and consistently high precision of parts producedRange and design of functionality corresponding to modern industrial machines

–

–

–

The training programme

Festo Didactic integrates CNC training into its learning system, thus meeting the requirements of modern basic and advanced training in the metal sector. CNC programming and cutting, a key task in many metalworking companies, places high demands on students.



CAD/CAM and simulation

CAMConcept from EMCO provides you with a CAD/CAM system for turning and milling with 3D graphi-cal simulation. Design simple parts with the integrated CAD function-ality and create your CNC program without any controller-specific CNC knowledge.

As an option, the WinNC machine controller can also be supplemented with 3D simulation. Win3D-View allows easy 3D simulation for turning and milling.

Individual machine or CNC laboratoryThe controller software is also available as an offline programming workstation. In conjunction with individually available controller keypads, we will be happy to plan a complete CNC training laboratory for you, with different controllers such as SINUMERIK, Fanuc or Haidenhein.

CNC turning or milling? Which controller and which accessories?

Call us. We‘ll be happy to help. Festo Didactic is an exclusive distribution and service partner for EMCO CNC training systems in selected coun-tries.

Detailed information can be found on the Internet.

Changing controller? No problem!Standard CNC machines are permanently linked to a CNC controller. If you need a different controller for training, this change almost always involves buying a new machine. However, the PC controlled turning and milling machines are different: It is easy to change the controller keypad, load different software and start cutting. This allows you to use all standard industrial controllers on a single machine.

Concept MILL and TURNHigh-end training solutions



Milling machine Concept MILL 250

This is training at the highest level: with 7 kW drive power and a 20-station tool magazine with fast double gripper. Thanks to its stable and compact design, the Concept Mill 250 fits into the smallest of spaces.

Automation options: integration in the FMS or CIM systems on request.


The compact machine is fitted with an infinitely variable main drive, 10-station tool changer, pneumatic vice and NC dividing attachment as an optional 4th axis. The slides and load-bearing elements of the Concept MILL 105 are made of grey cast iron, ensuring the highest precision.


Highlights

Stable, grey cast iron construction, suitable for industrial use 10-station tool changer with directional logic Backlash-free bearing of the working spindle in precision, lifetime-lubricated, angular ball bearings Infinitely variable main and feed drives Realistic execution of all important milling operations Integrated EMCO EASY CYCLE control system

–

–

–

–

–

–


This compact milling machine is well suited to the training bench and has almost all the features of an indus-trial machine: optional with 8-station tool changer with swivel arm and pick-up system, NC indexing device as fourth axis, minimum quantity lu-brication and latest state-of-the art control technology.


Highlights

Stable, gray cast iron construction, suitable for industrial useClockwise/anticlockwise spindle rotationInfinitely variable main driveAutomatic reference pointsFully covered working areaIntegrated EMCO EASY CYCLE control system

–

–

––––

Highlights

High drive speed 20-station tool magazine Stable and compact machine structure Best view when fully enclosed Crane loading possible Servo motor technology in all axes USB and Ethernet interfaces

–––

––––

Concept MILL 55 without tool changer On request

Concept MILL 55 with tool changer On request

Concept MILL 105 On request




Turning machine Concept TURN 250

Uncompromising quality right down to the last bolt, at an unbeatable price. With an extremely solid machine base, a thermosymmetric headstock, high-precision spindle bearing, pre-stressed guideways in all axes and a fast tool turret. And the interchangeable EMCO WinNC control unit to top it all off.



Travel rangeThe PC-controlled 2-axis lathe with table format not only easily fulfils all basic requirements for technical education and training but also manifests the finest techno-logy: All precision components on the Concept TURN 105 such as headstock, slide, tool system, and tailstock are installed on a rigid, vibration-damping, gray cast-iron inclined bed.


Highlights

Stable, gray cast-iron inclined-bed constructionThree-point support for machine bedHardened guidewaysCentral lubrication system8-station tool changerFully enclosed working areaIntegrated EMCO EASY CYCLE control system

–

–

–––––


The Concept TURN 55 is a PC-controlled 2-axis CNC tabletop turning machine conforming to the industry standard in terms of design and function. All the key processes in modern manufacturing can be illustrated using this device and implemented in a practical and realistic way.


Highlights

The most compact table-top CNC turning machineIndustry-standard inclined-bed designHigh-resolution axis motorsClockwise/anticlockwise spindle rotationInfinitely adjustable main driveAutomatic 8-position tool turretAutomatic referencingIntegrated EMCO EASY CYCLE control system

–

–

––

––––

Highlights

Extremely solid machine base, Top thermostabilityHighest precisionVery compact constructionInterchangeable WinNC control unitsChange between the WinNCs within 1 minuteBest European machining quality

–

–––

–

–

Concept TURN 55 On request



Concept 450On the way to series production




A new dimension of CNC training suitable for industrial purposes. Equipped with a C axis, driven tools and digital drive systems and com-ponents, the function and perform-ance of the Concept TURN 450 is in accordance with state-of-the-art in-dustrial machines.


Highlights

Universal applicabilityDigital drive engineeringExtraordinary dynamicsOptimal thermo-stabilityHighest possibility processing accuracyCompact machine assembly

–––––

–


Experience machining without equal. The Concept MILL 450 is a complete production machine for CNC milling training: with fixed 20-station tool magazine, a rapid twin-arm changer, a 13 kW and 10000 rpm main spin-dle, 24 m/min rapid traverse feeds and the EMCO WinNC control con-cept.


Highlights

Extraordinary dynamicsOptimum thermostability for maximum precisionHigh cutting performanceLarge number of automation optionsExcellent price-performance ratio

––

––

–



SoftwareThe principle of the interchangeable controller



CAMConcept

CAMConcept is an innovative soft-ware for complete CAD/CAM and NC training – from design to production.

All the core functions of CAD pro-grams are available. Clear graphical CNC cycles allow rapid programming, while 3D simulations and collision checks guarantee reliable program monitoring.

CAMConcept turning/milling

Network capable CAD/CAM program-ming system for turning or milling.

Controller keypad

Using the controller keypad (accessory with interchangeable key modules for the relevant controller types) makes operation much simpler and increases the educational value thanks to its similarity with the genuine controller.

Includes USB connecting cable.

In addition to the controller keypad, a PC with monitor is required. These are not supplied as standard.

A corresponding WinNC licence and a key module is required for each controller keypad. These are not supplied as standard.

Win NC control software

Operation using soft keys as in an original industrial controller 2D graphical simulation with auto zoom functionModern user interface Wide range of operating optionsVarious language versions

Equipment

Installation of interchangeable controllers on concept machines and/or PC Controller-specific keypad on concept machines and/or PCEasy replacement of key-specific module in just one minute

–

–

–––

–

–

–

Sinumerik turning/milling

On request

Fanuc turning/milling

On request

Haidenhein milling

On request

Controller keypad

On request

Sinumerik key module

On request

Fanuc key module

On request

Haidenhein key module

On request

CAMConcept

On request

MicroFMS and MultiFMS

Mechatronics and factory automation > MicroFMS/MultiFMS


CNC technologyThe CNC machines used are PC con-trolled tabletop turning machines and/or tabletop milling machines, with a design and function that meets all of the industry standards.

Industrial robotsIndustrial robots with powerful con-trollers (multitasking, path control) are used for loading and unloading. Because of their modularity and the clearly defined interfaces, the Micro-FMS systems can be combined with one another and with MPS® stations.

Control, programming, simulation: Software solutions for MicroFMS

Simple CAD/CAM system for turning and milling3D simulation for turning and millingCIROS® Automation Suite

–

–

–

MicroFMS – An introduction to the world of flexible manufacturing and integrated systems

All of the key processes in a fully au-tomated flexible manufacturing sys-tem – FMS – can be represented.

Unfinished parts bufferSeparationCNC machine loading with robotCNC machining processesFinished parts bufferSCADA/DNC options

––––––



Individual solutions

Do you require a special solution or controller layout? Call us, we look forward to meeting any challenge.

An impressive training concept that has numerous satisfied customers. Discover the flexibility of MicroFMS and MultiFMS for yourself.

You can find a range of referen-ces with our customers‘ contact data on our website.

MultiFMSThe name says it all

MultiFMS is multifunctional.

Bringing together three successful concepts to create MultiFMS results in an extremely comprehensive training environment especially for mechatronics engineers.

Many combination optionsThe MPS®, MPS® 500- FMS and MicroFMS subsystems can be used either individually or in a network. This gives you a wide range of combination options, totally tailored to your training situation.

The system remains easy to operate, as significant focus has been placed on standardisation, particularly in the design of the interfaces.

Decentralised control technologyThis makes even large systems easy to operate: each station has a dedicated controller, so that it can be used individually. The stations are synchronised at level 1 (L1) using digital I/Os.



Spectrum of workpiecesThe illustrated turned and milled parts can be manufactured for example from unmachined parts with a diameter of 30 or 40 mm.

The control conceptEvery CNC machine in MicroFMS has its own PC control system. On the PC, various industrial control systems such as the Siemens 810/820, 810D/840D, Heidenhain TNC 426 or the CAMConceptCAD/CAM system can be installed. Via an optional control panel, the user interface for the corresponding control system can be displayed.

For automated use, the CNC machines are equipped with an automatic door, pneumatic chuck and/or an electromagnetic vice and an I/O communication interface.

MicroFMS Control and communication concept

Robot

controller I/O cable, 50-pin

Parts buffer

station

XMR

Robot

interface box

XMB XMA

CNC

controller

Robotics interface

SCADA

system

TCP/IP DNC

Parts buffer

station

Robot

controllerCNC

controller

Robotics interface

DNC interface

Level 1: Automated buffer operation via I/O communication between obotand CNC machine

Central control of the automated buffer operation is provided by the robot controller. Buffer operation is started and stopped via the MPS® control desk at the station robot.

Level 1 enables the automated processing of a buffer of unmachined parts. If different work-pieces are to be made, then the corresponding program must be manually prese-lected at the CNC machine. Commu-nication between a robot and a CNC machine, such as starting and stop-ping the CNC machining, reporting completion, opening and closing the door, is controlled by the robot con-troller by setting and reading the I/O lines of the CNC machine robotics interface.

Level 2: Flexible buffer operation with a SCADA system

Robots, CNC and cell computers as well as an optional CAD/CAM labo-ratory are all networked together, via Ethernet. The DNC commands are transmitted from the cell compu-ter to the CNC machine via whatever DNC interface is available (RS232 or TCP/IP).

Level 2 corresponds to the full func-tionality of flexible industrial manu-facturing systems (FMS). Every un-machined partput in the buffer is assigned to a specific process plan. This means that differing workpieces can be manufactured in the system. Using DNC, the appropriate CNC pro-grams for the workpiece are loaded into the machine via the cell compu-ter. Optionally, a CAD/CAM laborato-ry can be networked with the system.



TR6 – Turned parts with robot loading

TURN 55 is an industry-compatible inclined-bed turning machine that facilitates all machining possibilities of a modern CNC turning machine: turning, plunge cutting, cropping and drilling.

Controlling, programming, simulating: the software solutions for MicroFMS


–

–

–

Robot cellThe automatic control and loading/unloading of the CNC machine is undertaken by the 6-axis RV-2SDB industrial robot used in the MPS®. In the Parts buffer station cylindrical unmachined parts are buffered and separately fed to a robot for removal. After CNC machining, the robot removes the finished part and places it on the station‘s other conveyor belt, where it is either buffered or separated for further transport.

TURN 55 Turning machine, mounted on table with profile plate:

8-way tool turnerClockwise/anticlockwise rotating spindleInfinitely variable main drive (0.75 kW)Constant cutting speedAutomatic motion to reference pointPneumatic chuckAutomatic door and robotics interfaceTravel X/Z: 48/236 mmRapid traverse: 2 m/minMaximum width/maximum turning diameter: 335/52 mmSpeed range 120 – 4000 rpmPC control with selectable CNC controller interface

Parts buffer station2 conveyor belts, mounted on trolley with profile plate:

Conveyor 1 for buffering and sepa-ration of cylindrical unmachined parts size 30 or 40 mmConveyor 2 for buffering and/or separation of cylindrical finished parts with a base area of at least 30 mm diameter

RV-2SDB6-axis industrial robot, mounted on trolley with profile plate:

Reach/payload: 504 mm/2 kg Axis drive: AC servo motors with harmonic drive gear Repetition accuracy: ±0.02 mm Maximum speed: 4400 mm/s Gripper: Pneumatic finger gripper for cylindrical parts with a diameter of 8 – 40 mm Controller: 64-bit RISC processor with multitasking real-time operat-ing system, PTP linear and circular interpolation Teachpanel: dead-man‘s switch, EMERGENCY-STOP button, robot motion in joint, cartesian and tool coordinates

––

–

––

––

–––

––

–

–

––

–––

–

–

MicroFMS TR6 On request



MR6 – Milling cell with robot loading

MILL 55 is a 3-axis milling machine of industry-compatible design that facilitates all machining possibilities of a modern CNC milling machine: milling, cutting and drilling/boring.

MILL 55 3-axis milling machine, mounted on suitable base frame:

Clockwise/anticlockwise rotating spindleInfinitely variable main drive (0.75 kW)Automatic motion to reference pointElectromechanical viceAutomatic door and robotics in-terfaceTravel X/Y/Z: 190/140/260 mmRapid traverse: 2 m/minMilling machine table clamping area: 420 x 125 mmSpeed range 150 – 3500 rpmPC control with selectable CNC controller interface8-station tool drum (option)

Parts buffer station 2 conveyor belts, mounted on trolley with profile plate:

Conveyor 1 for buffering and sepa-ration of cylindrical unmachined parts size 30 or 40 mmConveyor 2 for buffering and/or separation of cylindrical finished parts with a base area of at least 30 mm diameter

RV-2SDB6-axis industrial robot, mounted on trolley with profile plate:

Reach/payload: 504 mm/2 kg Axis drive: AC servo motors with harmonic drive gear Repetition accuracy: ±0.02 mm Maximum speed: 4400 mm/s Gripper: Pneumatic finger gripper for cylindrical parts with a diameter of 8 – 40 mm Controller: 64-bit RISC processor with multitasking real-time operat-ing system, PTP linear and circular interpolation Teachpanel: dead-man‘s switch, EMERGENCY-STOP button, robot motion in joint, cartesian and tool coordinates

–

–

–

––

–––

––

–

–

–

––

–––

–

–



–

–

–

Robot cell The automatic control and loading/unloading of the CNC machine is undertaken by the 6-axis RV-2SDB industrial robot used in the MPS®. In the Parts buffer station cylindrical unmachined parts are buffered and separately fed to a robot for removal. After CNC machining, the robot removes the finished part and places it on the station‘s other conveyor belt, where it is either buffered or separated for further transport.

MicroFMS MR6 On request



MTLR11 – Turning and milling with robot on linear axis

This combination of TURN 105 and MILL 105 facilitates an efficient implementation of a CNC machine production line for turning and milling operations.

MILL 105 3-axis milling machine with automatic door and robotics interface, mounted on table with profile plate. PC with selectable CNC controller interface for milling machine, on bench.

Optional: Industrial control panel.

TURN 105 Turning machine with automatic door and robotics interface, mounted on table with profile plate. PC with selectable CNC controller interface for turning machine, on bench.

Optional: Industrial control panel.

Parts buffer station1 station with three conveyor belt buffers, mounted on trolley with profile plate. Conveyor 1 and 2 for buffering and separation of cylindrical unmachined parts size 30 or 40 mm. Conveyor 3 for buffering and/or separation of cylindrical finished parts with a base area of at least 30 mm diameter.

RV-2SDB6-axis industrial robot with pneu-matic finger grippers mounted on linear axis.

Linear axis with toothed belt drive Stroke length: typically 2000 mm, dependent on layout Precise and firm guidance through linear ball bearing Drive motor: AC servo motor Output: 0.2 kW No-load speed: 3000 rpm Positioning: Incremental rotary transducer

For further technical details, see MR6 and TR6.

–

–

––––

MicroFMS MTLR11 On request



–

–

–

Robot cellAutomatic control and loading/unloading of the CNC machine is undertaken by a 6-axis RV-2SDB industrial robot that travels on a linear axis. Unmachined parts are fed to the first production process via 2 conveyors. This facilitates feeding of two different unmachined parts, for example aluminium and brass. The workpieces undergo turning and milling in sequence and are then placed on the third conveyor.



MPS® stations MultiFMS contains a series of MPS® stations that are formed around the transport system. These MPS® stations can be easily isolated from the transport system and used either individually or as an MPS® line for your training purposes. Each MPS® station has its own PLC controller, which means that a sizeable number of students can be trained on the 9 stations (full configuration). Each station also focuses on a single topic, for example testing, rotary indexing table, handling, robot assembly, positioning drives, conveyor, enabling many topics of relevance to automation technology to be addressed.

MPS®500-FMSThe pallet transport system is a central part of the MPS® 500-FMS system solution. It integrates the MPS® stations, warehouse and camera into a production system with logistics components that exhibit excellent flexibility in terms of material flow.

MicroFMS MicroFMS brings CNC technology into play. One or two machines with a loading robot handle production of cylinder bodies in networked operation before these are trans-ferred to the assembly line. The straightforward database-supported order administration system on the PC (optional) makes getting started with flexible production easy.

MultiFMS – The mechatronics learning platformIntegrates MPS®, a transport system and CNC

1 Robots and CNC (1)Up to two industrial robots perform typical tasks such as assembly and loading/unloading of machines in MultiFMS. This provides an ideal opportunity of illustrating the advantages offered by modern industrial robots thanks to their flexibility, precision and dynamism. The problems of controller coupling between robots and CNC controllers can be addressed in combination with the CNC machines.

The CNC machines and the accompanying software are ideally suited to teaching mechatronics engineers about CNC. All stages of product development can be reconstructed, from CAD design to machining.

Logistics and material flow (2)There aren‘t many production facilities that can manage without the logistics functions of transportation and warehousing.

What is a warehouse? In its simplest form a shelf. More exciting is the shelf robot – in our case a 3-axis cartesian robot with two positioning axes and one pneumatic axis, controlled using a PLC.

The transport system addresses the topics of frequency converters, fieldbus, pallet identification and PLC programming using examples. A good foundation for the challenges of the career.

Handling and processing (3)Actuating cylinders, detecting sensors, moving axes – the daily bread of the PLC programmer. The most important thing in this context is the application of the correct programming methodology – a skill in itself. MultiFMS offers an excellent training environment in this regard thanks to the numerous MPS® stations.

Of no less importance is effective troubleshooting – after all, faults in production systems have to be eliminated quickly. This can also be systematically practised using MultiFMS.

2

3



Professional software for MultiFMS

The full range of software and teachware for MultiFMS is also available to order:

Mechatronics Assistant (1)A virtually inexhaustible source of useful information for trainers and trainees. This wealth of pro-fessionally prepared information is only available from the market leader. Free updates are all part of the deal. In this way you stay up to date.

CIROS® Robotics (2)The virtual learning environment for robotics offering a comprehensive online tutorial on robotics and numerous ready-made robot work- cells.

CIROS® Studio (3)Model and simulate any type of complex robot cell using CIROS® Studio. This package provides a user-friendly program editor, many online functions as well as a teach-in function for robot programming.

1 2

3 4

5 6

CIROS® Mechatronics (4)CIROS® Mechatronics for safe experimentation with PLC programs.You can use the integrated Soft PLC S7 PLC or any real PLC.

CAD/CAM system – CAMConcept (5)CAMConcept from EMCO is a CAD/CAM system for turning and milling applications. Design simple parts with the integrated CAD functionality. Thanks to the user-friendly operation, you can then create your CNC program without any controller-specific CNC knowledge.

3D simulation (6)This useful program is part of the WinNC machine controller installed on every EMCO CNC machine. The package can also be installed on other computers so that the process can be visualised.


336 Information on customer projects: www.festo-didactic.com

Makes even large systems easy to master

Each station has its own controller, which means that each station can also be used on its own. Synchronisation of the individual stations is performed via digital I/O at level 1 (L1).

A second communication level (L2) for transferring data to the two computers at the control level can be installed in addition to and independently of level 1. Profibus or Ethernet is used here. Level 2 is not required for operation of the system, however it does increase its ease of use.

Overall process MultiFMS

Control layer

Communication L2

Communication L1

Distributed

control level

I/O connection area

Field bus/AS-i

Sensors/Actuators

Processes

PC1 PC2

RCCNCRCPLC

Subprocess Subprocess Subprocess Subprocess

In practice, almost all large pro-duction systems are equipped with a system visualisation feature. We offer system visualisation and operation of the assembly line on the basis of WinCC or InTouch, depending on the PLC used in the system, as an optional extra for MultiFMS.

The cell computer (PC2) of the CNC cell facilitates input of a number of different CNC orders in one order batch. Each order can start its own CNC program via DNC. You can also define whether an order should involve turning or milling or turning and milling. In addition to order input, the CNC is dynamically visualised using a 3D representation.

PC1: For visualising and operating the MPS® system

PC2: Order input and visualisation of the CNC cell

The control level in MultiFMS: for maximum ease of use

MultiFMS: decentralised control technology


337Information on customer projects: www.festo-didactic.com

CNC manufacturing as required:The material flow in MultiFMS

The two conveyor belt buffers stock two different cylinder bodies (1).

These are removed by the loading robot, fed to the CNC machining centre and then inserted in the magazine buffer (2).

If the workpiece buffer is full, the CNC cell is notified and production of the workpieces is suspended until the buffer can accept more pieces (3).

The workpiece is then drilled (simulation) in the processing cell and tested (4).

Next the workpiece is transferred to the Vision system station for quality inspection (5).

The robot then transfers the workpiece to the Sorting station (6).

If this is full or out of order, the workpieces are buffered in the warehouse (7).

Finally they are transferred once more to the Sorting station when it is ready (8).

1 2

3 4

5 6

7 8

Do you need a special solution or controller set-up? Call us – we have the solution for all your needs.

An impressive training concept that already has many loyal users. Discover for yourself the flexibility of MultiFMS. You will find numerous references with contact data for our customers on our website:

www.festo-didactic.com under the heading Services References



Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS® Transfer Factory

MPS® Transfer FactoryFrom transfer system to convertible factory

Patented material flowThe passive workpiece holder routing is a patented development by our engineers. The unique option of using the Transfer Factory cells individually or in a network with no additional work is based on this development:

Workpiece holders can circulate within a cell.Commissioning the subsystems is no problem.Subprocesses can be isolated with-out modifying the software.

–

–

–

Added value for PLC trainingThe modular production system MPS® is primarily notable for its interfaces. The Transfer Factory control panels clearly highlight the value of a cleverly designed interface. For example, the control panels for the individual cells can be equipped with 4 mm safety sockets, simulation switches and a socket for the laptop. This turns the cell in a stand-alone local PLC laboratory.

Leaning from two sidesThe double-sided construction of the cells facilitates different scenarios for group work:

Students can work independently on the two sides on one section of the belt each.The two belt sections in a cell are linked to form a complete belt rotation system by the workpiece holder routing concept. This results in a complex cell for group work.

–

–

A modular system par excellence

Our decades of experience in the construction of modular learning factories is reflected in many of the details of an MPS® Transfer Factory. All cells and functional modules are equipped with the very latest industrial technology. The concept and equipment demonstrate our innovative approach. The result:

Every MPS® Transfer Factory can be reconfigured in minutes – depending on the learning situation – and turned into a convertible factory.



The content is inside the moduleThe individually, variably connect-able functional modules determine the learning content on the station. Topics such as drive technology, control engineering, sequencing or operating mode programming can be found in the following functional modules:

Stacking magazine and turning handling modulesDrilling and CNC engraving processing modulesPress modulePad printing and drying modulesCamera inspection testing module

–

–

–––

Systematic modularityMPS® Transfer Factory – the name is an accurate description. The basic features of the MPS® transfer system characterise the appearance of the system.

Wide transfer belt for pallet transportationFunctional modules above the beltVariable system layout, providing freedom for designing individual, partner and group workstations

–

––

Flexible layout

The standardised cells can be posi-tioned differently. A laboratory made up of individual workstations can very quickly be turned into one or more production lines focusing on different areas of automation.

340


MPS® Transfer FactoryThe concept in detail


Cells on wheelsAll MPS® Transfer Factory cells are equipped with rollers. This enables them to be freely positioned in the laboratory without tools or lifting trucks.

Optimum connectionsThe cells are supplied by a special system cable. Rewiring, fitting new tubing or additional installations are not required when changing the layout. This saves valuable training time and the laboratory remains free of additional supply ducts and trip hazards.

RFID process controlThe product performs process con-trol in the MPS® Transfer Factory. To achieve this, the workpieces and controllers are equipped with RFID technology.

Modular control conceptThe controllers in the MPS® Transfer Factory cells have a modular design. All control components are housed in the cell control cabinets:

Controllers with Profibus or Profi-net networkingProfiSafe componentsDrive components such as frequen-cy converters, contactor controllers and servo controllers

The production line can be operated with and without a master control system.

–

––

Intelligent grid

The cell grid enables different pro-duction layouts to be set up so that simple, straight production lines, branches or corner arrangements (90°) can quickly be realised. Indivi-dual cells can be replaced in a matter of minutes. The production line in an MPS® Transfer Factory system is ac-tually a convertible factory.



Systematic variety

The exceptional flexibility of an MPS® Transfer Factory system is based on the basic design of its cells, which is always identical: dimensions, track rollers, control cabinet, conveyor, control console, system cable.

A single cell provides two conveyor sections and thus represents the ba-sis for a complete subsystem.

The production cell with branch opens up the door to new layouts. It can be used as an independent sys-tem and be fitted with all functional modules.

The robot cells are equipped with everything necessary for industri-al robotics training. Completely en-closed and with safety doors, they provide totally safe working: Hot topics such as camera-supported assembly, the use of interchange-able gripper systems, palletising, camera tracking etc. can be dealt with in a practical way using a ro-bot cell.

There are hardly any limits on how the cells can be combined and the possible layouts. The functional modules available now and in the future make every MPS® Transfer Factory into a learning system with the best opportunities for the future.

iCIM – The platform for professional interdisciplinary CIM training.


MESPlanning is one thing – production is another. The MES in iCIM brings planning and production together. Using the CIROS® integration tool as a basis, we create and supply an open and modular MES solutionfor your system which you can modify if necessary. The wide range of standard interfaces means that virtually all automation devices can be integrated, which is an important consideration for those system components you already own.

Programming tools We offer practical programming tools for each iCIM system for programming and setting the para-meters for PLCs and robots. Cost-effective multiple licences for classroom scenarios are available for almost all packages.

342

Mechatronics and factory automation > iCIM

iCIM – The platform for research and training

iCIM systems play an important role in illustrating complex topics such as production logistics and sequence planning in flexible manufacturing systems (FMS):

Material supply and disposalPlanning algorithms for automated production linesand much more.

––

–

The exclusive use of open standards for communication and databases as well as the modular structure of the software provides numerous possibilities for realising your own ideas.

The interface between iCIM-ERP and iCIM-MES has been published. With suitable programming skills you can link the iCIM system into your existing PPS or ERP system.

A world of possibilities awaits – why not find out more?

Interdisciplinary with iCIM Future technicians and engineers, but also sales staff and manage-ment, benefit from interdisciplinary training on iCIM systems. From the fundamentals of mechatronics to complex networked processes, the relationships between individual processes are illustrated in a clear and comprehensible way.

With perfectly matched software. For effective planning and engineering.

The fascination of CIM

Computer-integrated manufacturing (CIM) provides an impressive display of what can be achieved with current technology:

PCs, robots, programmable logic controllers and CNC machines com-municate via networks. Processes are optimised through simulation,

a whole host of production data is administered and made availa-ble in databases. Just about eve-ry process is „integrated“, which means individual processes can no longer be considered in iso-lation. This requires all those in-volved in the production process to have an in depth understand-ing of the relationships between these individual processes.


CAD/CAM CAMConcept from EMCO isa CAD/CAM system for turning and milling applications with integrated 3D graphic simulation. Design simple parts using the integrated CAD functionality and then create your CNC program – you don‘t even need any controller-specific CNC knowledge.

Quality assurance Industrial vision systems are in-creasingly becoming as important as verniers and probes. However, a sound knowledge of image processing and in particular lighting technology is required to design a vision application. Our intelligent compact camera provides all of the functions of a modern vision system and is ideal for both beginners and professional users.

PPS/ERP How does a company function? Every company is certainly unique, but there are common aspects: Entering and managing customer data, entering and maintaining basic data, defining machines with their costs as manufacturing resources, maintaining parts lists. This gets really interesting when manufacturing orders are placed. How does the material availability look? Can the delivery dates be met? iCIM ERP is an industrial ERP system, which is optimised for iCIM systems and offers all commonly used functions and reports.

Virtual reality and 3D simulation Creating and testing manufacturing processes on a PC – this is easy in the CIROS® Production virtual factory environment. Assemble a production line from the module library, create the matching MES project with one mouse click, enter the process parameters and start the process. The 3D simulation now clearly illustrates the procedure, with real robot programmes running in the simulated robots.

Just like a real system, the virtual systems can also be connected with iCIM ERP.

ERP

MES

CAD/CAM CAQ

CNC ROB PLC FTS 3D

343



iCIM 3000 – The complete training system with potential

iCIM 3000 system descriptionAutomatic warehouse, assembly station, testing station and CNC machines are combined into a flexible production system using a pallet transport system. Each station removes its designated pallet from the conveyor, processes the materials upon it and then replaces it on the conveyor. The cell computer coordinates control of the pallets to the workstations and their start in accordance with the planned process.

Control technology and communicationEach individual station has its own controller and can therefore also be used on its own for training purposes. In accordance with the latest technological trends, networking of the system is performed using Ethernet to ensure open interfaces and extendability.

Flexible system designThe unique object-oriented approach of the iCIM systems facilitates maximum flexibility when it comes to designing systems. The stations are positioned along the conveyor based on the space available – you decide the configuration. We also optionally supply transport systems in special sizes or with sorting gates and alternative tracks.

Training includedWith iCIM 3000 you are not just purchasing an excellent training platform – you are also purchasing qualified training by our experts, the purpose of which is to equip you for the continued use of the system. The step-by-step training introduces the subsystems and their interfaces. Once you get to that stage, integrating them into a complete system is virtually child‘s play.

Training aims:Industrial communication and networksCell control and process planningSystem and robot simulationPLC and fieldbus technologyPositioning technology and servo drivesHandling and robot technologyCNC programming and simulationCAD/CAM and DNCPneumatic and electropneumatic components

–

––––

––––

344



Upgrades and optional packages (not included in the scope of delivery):

Upgrades/modificationsWhether further stations, modified system layouts or integration of existing system parts – we are happy to address any special requests you have in the area of control technology. Why not benefit from our experts‘ many years of experience?

Robot Vision optional package (V1) Industrial CMOS compact camera with integrated illumination and Ethernet interface. Resolution 640 x 480 pixels. Stable stand with tilt adjustment. The camera determines the gripper parameters for the robot assembly station. Includes professional image processing software.

CNC option We are happy to offer you iCIM 3000 with alternative robots and CNC machines:

(C1) CNC machine, series 55(C2) CNC machine, series 105

Robot option We are happy to offer you iCIM 3000 with alternative robots:

(A1) 6-axis assembly robot, 1 kg(A2) 6-axis assembly robot, 3 kg(A3) SCARA assembly robot, 6 kg(F1) 5-axis loading robot, 2 kg(F2) 6-axis loading robot, 1 kg

––

–––––

iCIM 3000 complete package:

iCIM stations

Pallet transport system Dimensions LxW: 3000 x 1000 mm Transport height/track width: 788 mm/160 mmWorking positions: 4, can be extended laterController: S7-300

Automatic warehouseDimensions LxWxH: 2380 x 1300 x 1800 mmNumber of stock locations: 80Shelf robot: linear, X/Y/Z, DC servoController: S7-300

Robot assembly cellDimensions LxW: 1100 x 700 mm Pallet buffer/magazine: 4/3Robot type/payload: 5-axis, 3 kg

Loading robot for CNC machines Robot type/payload: 6-axis, 3 kgLinear axis (7th axis): 2500 mm travel Pallet buffer/magazine: 4/3

CNC processing centre, series 155 Travel X/Y/Z: 300/200/300 mm Output: 2.5 kWTool drum: 10-stationController type (PC controller): SINUMERIK 810/840 D

CNC turning machine, series 250 Travel X/Z: 100/300 mm Output: 5.5 kWTool drum VDI 16: 12-stationController type (PC controller): SINUMERIK 810/840D

Quality station with handling deviceTravel X/Z: 450/80 mmMeasuring principle: tactile/ analogue/linear variable differential transformerMeasuring range/accuracy: 28 – 32 mm/± 0.1 mmController: S7-300

––

–

–

–

–––

–––

––

–

––––

––––

––

–

–

Software:


Cell control Powerful MES software comprising the modules Visualisation, Process control, Process connection, Data-base and Simulation.

3D system simulation For simulation of the iCIM systems in a virtual reality environment. iCIM station library. User-friendly layout editor. Fully compatible with the non-virtual iCIM system.

3D robot simulation For programming robots in a virtual cell environment. Ideal for offline robot training. Extensive cell library. Realistic sequence simulation. Sensor simulation.

Robot programming Programming package for Mitsubishi robots.

CAMConcept CAD/CAM software package, multiple licenceSimple CAD/CAM system for turn-ing and milling applications with 3D graphic simulation.

Commissioning/training package Commissioning and initial training (in Germany), delivery of the system. Set-up and commissioning at the delivery location. Expert initial training (4 days) for up to 4 persons.

345


Worldwide at your fingertips. Find your contact person at: www.festo-didactic.com346


iCIM engineering service

Requirements analysis Off-the-peg solutions might seem better value at first glance, however here at Festo we focus on long-term benefits for our customers. That‘s why each iCIM quotation always starts with a qualified requirements analysis. Experienced project advisors discuss with you your expectations for the new training equipment and share with your their experiences of using it on a day-to-day basis, thus avoiding unsatisfactory investments.

Advice You will then receive competent advice on the training equipment for you based on the requirements analysis. Our primary objective here is to fulfil your goals, irrespective of our product range. Our cooperation with a number of renowned partners means that we will always design the right solution for you.

Engineering service Our experienced technicians and engineers are specialists in the planning and equipping of training systems and have at their disposal powerful tools that represent the state of the art. PLC and robot programming systems, simulation systems, EPLAN and CAD programs are effective tools for translating customer requirements into reality. We will help you to implement your ideas quickly, reliably and cost-effectively.

System integration Existing system parts can often be integrated as subsystems, provided suitable interfaces are available. This protects earlier investments.

Customised training You know your strengths – and weaknesses. We give you the oppor-tunity of defining your training profile with us. The result? A training course tailored to your exact per-sonal requirements:

ERP/PPSMESCommunicationRobotics, simulationVision systemCAD/CAM, CNCPLC programmingFieldbusSystem simulation

Upgrade Festo offers planning reliability and continuity. Systems can be gradually extended and updated over a num-ber of years. Give us a call – we‘re happy to assist you with your stage-by-stage project planning.

We are a solution partner to Siemens Automation.

–––––––––

Information on customer projects: www.festo-didactic.com 347


Individual solutions – Systematic variety

iCIM is as varied as factory automation itselfHundreds of installations across the globe have given rise to a range of solutions that are ideally suited to interdisciplinary basic and further training in the area of factory auto-mation and CIM:

Transport systems Double-track systemSingle-track system

Automatic warehouse With 20 stock locationsWith 40 stock locationsWith 88 stock locations

Robot assembly With 5-axis robot, 2 kg loadWith 6-axis robot, 1 kg loadWith 5-axis robot, 3 kg loadWith 6-axis robot, 3 kg loadWith 4-axis robot, 5 kg load

Cartesian assembly system, Robot Vision, CNC machines, loading robots for CNC machines

With 5-axis robot, 2 kg loadWith 6-axis robot, 1 kg loadWith 6-axis robot, 3 kg load

Quality assurance Via analogue sensorVia digital vernier caliper3D measuring machine

Driverless transport systems

Robot welding

Power screwdriver station

Worldwide referencesUniversities, colleges and vocational training schools around the world are benefiting from the unique iCIM system concept. Detailed informa-tion on these projects can be found on the Internet:

www.festo-didactic.comunder the heading Services References

Why not call us? We‘re happy to advise you!

––

–––

–––––

–––

–––


iFactoryTraining factory for production planning and factory organisation

Innovation inspired by challenges

Need to convert an entire production line during lunch? Reacting to new market demands at short notice – is it even possible?

What‘s the best way to construct a flexible production line ... ... so that you can react quickly to market turbulence?

Realising dreams The iFactory is the convertible training factory everyone dreams of, not just production planners. The iFactory has a systematic modular construction, enabling you to try out new ideas immediately realistically.

Convertible and modular The adaptability of the iFactory makes modification simple and enables you to create completely new production layouts in just a few moments. Simple and clear interfaces make for intuitive hand-ling and operation – the key to creative production planning and engineering.

Variable production The iFactory training factory pro-duces different table sets according to each individual customer order. RFID technology in the workpiece holders enables each stage of the production process to be tracked.

Many different variants of the product can be produced by varying the material and the mounting position used. This means you can use the iFactory training factory to examine and train the complexity of a modern production process – right down to batch 1.

348

Mechatronics and factory automation > iFactory

Quality tested It‘s not just the products produced using the training factory that are subjected to constant quality testing. All iFactory production cells are also assembled, wired, programmed and thoroughly tested before use.

Industrial quality without compromises All production cells are constructed professionally and to industrial standards, with no compromises. Training in the factory reflects industrial reality, whether at a manual workstation, in the warehouse or at a fully automatic robot work cell.


Pathfinder All production cells are equipped with topology feedback so that the master computer – an SQL server – automatically recognises the constructed production line.

All system settings and configu-rations are generated automatically while arranging and connecting the iFactory cells.

Intelligent network The SCADA system includes a PC with a control cabinet and its own control system. All cells are networked using the SCADA system. In addition to order input, it allows complete operation and monitoring of the entire production line.

349



The modules

The convertible training factory Production cells such as conveyors, deflectors and a wide variety of assembly and quality inspection cells make up the modules in the iFactory convertible factory. The modules contain the latest automation technology such as a range of different drives, assembly robots and handling and image processing systems.

By simply combining these elements you can create any type of produc-tion line and expand it whenever you wish.

350


References: University of Stuttgart, IFF


The Institute for Industrial Manufac-turing and Management or IFF (In-stitut für Industrielle Fertigung und Fabrikbetrieb) and Festo Didactic have developed an innovative learn-ing environment for advanced Indus-trial Engineering (aIE). This forms the foundation of an excellent post-academic, basic and further training programme for industrial engineers already working in the industry, i.e. technical managers, planners and designers of production processes.

„If a company wants to ensure its survival and its competitiveness, it is absolutely essential that production planners and those responsible for factory organisation learn how they can react to market turbulence without interfering with existing production runs,“ states Professor Engelbert Westkämper, head of the IFF at the University of Stuttgart and the Frauhofer Institute for Manufacturing Tech-nology and Automation (Institut für Produktionstechnik und Auto-matisierung, IPA).

The area referred to until now as „industrial engineering“ – essentially work and process planning – must be linked in the future with the tools of the digital factory and modular production systems in order to improve adaptability. The use of innovative technology within the digital and virtual factory can further increase the potential for optimisation. This is what the Stuttgart production researchers call „advanced Industrial Engineering“.

The need to be able to continually optimise factories and production systems for the future is massive. However, the range of options currently available for further trai-ning which focuses on aIE and is practice-oriented is no longer sufficient. That is why Professor Westkämper initiated the innovative training factory. It uses a unique and novel combination of methods to convey knowledge: a physical model factory, a digital learning island and theoretical modules.

351


Process automation and closed-loop control technology

MPS® – The Modular Production System

System description .......................................................................................354MPS® EduKit PA Project kits ..........................................................................356MPS® PA Compact Workstation .....................................................................360MPS® PA Stations and MPS® PA 200 Complete systems................................364Extensions and accessories ..........................................................................376

353

Modularity and integration in MPS® PA

The MPS® PA would not deserve its name if it was not actually a system with modular equipment for basic and advanced training in process automation. In the MPS® PA you will find simple systems for introducing measuring technology and closed-loop control, as well as systems for the designated target groups.

The great thing about it is that all systems are compatible and sup-plement one another, and they are 100 % compatible with all other com-ponents of the modular production system.

Start with the EduKit PASet complex exercises with the MPS® PA Compact WorkstationEnjoy the variability of the MPS® PA stationsDesign sophisticated projects with the PA 204 complete MPS® system or a hybrid learning factory

––

–

–

Learning software: Supporting every stage of learningThe ideal system for anyone focused on processes and automation: How does a filling system for lemonade work? And what needs to be taken into account when designing and constructing this kind of system?

These and other questions in the area of process automation are answered by the Basic principles of process automation self-study program. This could be used right at the beginning of a series of courses and provides a motivating introduction to the process industry in general schools.

Energy efficiency: Today‘s issues for tomorrow‘s worldControl engineering is not simply a topic in a list of learning objectives in automation technology. Without control, there is no chance of increasing efficiency, no chance of preventing energy from being wasted and no sustainability.

This is why the MPS® PA includes modern performance measurement components. This enables energy efficiency to be clearly represented and put into an interdisciplinary context.

354

Process automation and closed-loop control technology > MPS® PA > System description

Water – Bulk materials – Chemicals – EnergyTraining in process automation


Didactic and methodology standards

Practical training on actual produc-tion and industrial systems is rarely possible, which is why models are used. These must be realistic and be tailored to different target groups.

You will find that the modular projects, stations, systems and learning factories from Festo Didactic meet these requirements.

Industry-oriented basic and advanced training

MPS®PA is based on industry stand-ards. Automation solutions and trends from market leaders charac-terise the MPS® PA concept. From manual control to a fully automated bottle filling system.

In a learning environment like this, training courses can be designed for every level of training: From general technical training through to basic and advanced training for techni-cians and engineers.

EduKit PA: Introductory projectsThe EduKit PA is ideally suited for small budgets, restricted space or an initial introduction to measuring technology and closed-loop control. The interaction of technology, soft-ware and structured teachware fits seamlessly into both professional training and general technical train-ing.

MPS® PA Compact Workstation: All processes in one systemAnyone who is looking for more than one control loop to provide the greatest possible variety of industrial training, will find the perfect solution in the MPS® PA Compact Worksta-tion. Its minimal size provides:

Industrial measurement, open- and closed-loop control4 basic control loopsLeaning scenarios for automation (sensor technology, PLC, operation and monitoring) based on continu-ous processesCompact, state of the art industrial technology

–

––

–

4 processes: Individual or in combinationOne control loop may perhaps be sufficient for basic teaching in measurement and control engineering for the chemical and water sectors. The stations of the MPS® PA provide a single control loop with learning content from all process engineering areas.

If a variety of typical control loops is important, simply combine the stations into a small-scale process engineering learning factory.

Learning factories: Competences for hybrid productionProduction and process automation can rarely be separated in most industrial environments. Discrete and continuous production process-es are merging.

The requirements of engineers at process control level, maintenance engineers and process designers are becoming increasingly complex. The hybrid learning factories from Festo Didactic provide the appropriate range of learning processes for spe-cialist staff.


Process automation and closed-loop control technology > MPS® PA > System description

MSR specialist in 2 stagesThe EduKit PA Basic provides a step-by-step introduction to manual measurement and open- and closed-loop control, using the example of a simple system with level, flow and pressure control.

The EduKit PA Advanced adds the automation technology, with pressure, flow and ultrasound sensors and an I/O connecting board for a controller of your choice. A 2/2 way solenoid valve controls the filling into the lower tank. An industrial process valve can also be used here.

The choice of controller is yours!As everywhere, in the EduKit PA the SysLink interface guarantees prob-lem-free connection to any type of controller:

The Sim-Box for initial familiarisation with the process and for commissioningFluid Lab® PA process, the measuring and exercise software designed for the EduKitLabVIEW for designing measuring and control applications, with finished VIsAn EduTrainer® Universal and any other PLC

–

–

–

–

Ready to useAll versions of the EduKit are supplied in the Festo Systainer. Unpack, set up and use. Setting up the first EduKit PA subsystem is part of putting together the project.

The modular concept (Basic and Advanced) meets the requirement of setting exercises for differentiated training. The EduKit PA provides appropriate projects for technical training in schools and for profes-sional training.

Mobile and practical for beginners

The significance of closed-loop con-trol is increasing constantly in all areas, since energy and resources can be saved using this technology. Moving towards efficient production, individual steps need to be planned, processes understood and verified. The EduKit PA modular projects pro-vide a simple and safe introduction to process engineering and closed-loop control.

EduKit PAThe introduction to process engineering and closed-loop control

356

Process automation and closed-loop control technology > MPS® PA > MPS® EduKit PA Project kits




Energy monitoring with DC WattmeterHow can I save power? When should I save power? Which equipment eats up power?

These questions are crucial to ensur-ing efficient management of energy – in the domestic sphere and in pro-duction.

Identifying potential savings first involves measuring current consumption. The DC Wattmeter is used as a smart meter for training systems.

High tech alternative: Proportional media valveAn increasing number of valves and drives are operated pneumatically in process engineering. In many cases, this is safer, more economical and more energy efficient.

The new, highly elastic, pneumatical-ly operated proportional media valve seals the production flow gas tight with 2 to 3 bar differential pressure supply. Thanks to its rebound resilience it returns to the open position with no drive after venting, guaranteeing an almost friction-free flow of material.

Hot topic: energy efficiency

In the chemical and pharmaceutical industry and in the food industry, we find state of the art technologies that help to prevent energy and resources being wasted. The EduKit PA includes scenarios in which hot topics such as energy efficiency and environmental protection can be illustrated.

2 supplementary sets provide the necessary equipment for further practical experiments:

A DC Wattmeter for energy measurementA modern proportional media valve for flow optimisation

–

–

Learning environments with Fluid Lab® PA process

With the EduKit PA, you benefit from industrial technology on the one hand and methodical software sup-port on the other. Fluid Lab® PA process guides the student step by step, exercise by exercise through the world of measuring and control engineering. What is shown on the screen is actually happening in the actual system or simulation. Fluid Lab® PA process gives the students the feeling of being in the control station, thus contributing to a high level of motivation.

The learning concept

The learning concept of the EduKit PA supports experimental learning, as well as teaching supported by the teachware.

The experience of Festo engineers and the industrial experience of our trainers have been incorporated in many instances. It is therefore no surprise that EduKit PA is being used for advanced training of specialist staff in industry throughout the world.

Presentation and documentation:Creating assembly instructionsDocumenting measured valuesGraphical analysisPresenting project process

As well as electrical pneumatic diagrams, you will also learn how to understand and describe a PI diagram.

––––


EduKit PAUnpack and away you go

Teaches the basic principles of project work and the fundamentals of closed-loop control – manual measurement, open and closed-loop control – without a PC and without sophisticated control technology.

The benefits to youHandy, easy to transport and simple to set upStep by step construction of a functional system: start with a small setup – a tank – and finish the project with a level control systemTraining documents availableEasy to use and expandable for use with other topic areasWater acts as a non-hazardous teaching medium ideally suited for closed-loop controlConsistent with existing Festo Didactic systems

–

–

––

–

–

Learning content for project work

Planning a project:Allocating tasks in teamsCreating a project plan with different steps

Construction, assembly, connection:Creating sketches for the pipe connection systemProducing an assembly diagramMechanical assemblyElectrical connection of pump to 24 V supplyChecking activitiesCreating test logs

Commissioning and measured data acquisition:

System start-upRecording measured values with changed valve position, changed voltage on the pump or different fill heightsObservation of level, pressure and flow, as well as time response

––

–

–––

––

––

–

The EduKit PA Basic and EduKit PA Advanced modular product systems are each supplied in a Systainer.

EduKit PA Basic

M

P101

V102

PI103

FI101

B102

V103

B101

V105

V101


358


Also order:

Workbook with project tasks and solutions for EduKit PA Basic and Advanced on:

Technological issuesMathematicsOpen-loop controlClosed-loop controlWork scheduling

Includes CD-ROM containing:Parts lists and data sheetsRI flowcharts and circuit diagramsAssembly instructions for mechanical constructionChecklists for commissioningAcceptance logsWorksheets for recording characteristic curves

–––––

–––

–––

EduKit PA Basic in the Systainer 549822


1x Pump 170712

2x Tank, round On request

1x Flow meter 548604


Pipe and tubing cutter 7658


DE 563969

EN 563971

ES 563973

FR 563975

Supplements the EduKit PA Basic modular product system with the topics of automated measurement, open and closed-loop control, sensors and electrical interfaces. The EduKit PA Basic is required when using the components of the EduKit PA Advanced.

1 1x I/O board for EduKit PA 549823

2 2x Sensor, capacitive 549824

3 1x Sensor, ultrasound 548689

4 1x Flow sensor for EduKit PA incl. transducer 549825

5 1x Pressure sensor 0 – 400 mbar 549826


EduKit PA Advanced in the Systainer 564631


EduKit PA Advanced

64 5

321

EasyPort USB 548687

Fluid Lab-PA closed loop Page 377

Fluid Lab PA process Page 377



Recommended accessories for control:

Arbeitsbuch

EduKit PA

Projektbaukasten

Prozessautomation

Mit CD-ROM

Festo Didactic

563969 DE

WBT Process automation Page 28

The open interface provides various actuation options, e.g. controllers from Siemens,

Festo, Allen Bradley and Mitsubishi.


Additional Components Internet

2-way ball valve with quarter-turn actuator DAPS, double-acting 549828

Float switch sensor, top 548597


359

MPS® PA Compact WorkstationMeasurement, open and closed loop control in minimal space

Process automation and closed-loop control technology > MPS® PA > MPS® PA Compact Workstation


Core competence: The RI flowchartAs the flowchart shows, the individual control loops can be activated simply by adjusting the ball valves. The flexible piping system allows quick changes to the flow pattern or integration of additional com-ponents.

Huge flexibilityControllers and operating units are not permanently installed, but are simply clicked into place in the ER mounting frame. This enables the controller, operating unit or touch panel to be replaced in next to no time.

Option: refrigeration engineeringThe standard version of the MPS® PA Compact Workstation provides 4 control loops. In addition, a cooling unit with heat exchanger and a water/air cooler are available. This results in even more options for temperature control.

Optimum use of space

Do you have limited space or do you want high complexity from an individual training station?

If so, the MPS® PA Compact Worksta-tion with 4 integrated control loops is the perfect solution.



Hot topic: energy efficiency

As everywhere in automation, software plays an outstanding role in the Compact Workstation, e.g. in measuring technology. The process data can be clearly visualised using the measuring software and then analysed by either the whole class or as group work.

The exciting questions waiting to be answered:

What process steps lead to unwanted increased energy consumption?How can consumption peaks be avoided?What does it achieve, what does it cost?Which investments or changes will achieve the greatest effects?

Training with the MPS® PA Compact Workstation becomes a multi-faceted, exciting and cross-subject project.

–

–

–

–

Professional performance recordingThe Sentron PAC4200 multifunction measuring unit from Siemens records and saves measured values such as voltage, current and energy consumption, allowing analysis of the network quality. The unit can be incorporated into master control systems and energy management systems via Ethernet.

On the trail of wasteIdentifying potential savings means first of all: measuring current con-sumption. The Wattmeter acts as a smart meter for training systems with a 24 V DC power supply and a maximum of 120 Watts. A switchable interface for 0 – 10 V DC or 4 – 20 mA is integrated for data transmission. Ethernet is available as an option.

Networked technologies An increasing number of valves with pneumatic drives are being used in water supply and disposal. This is safer and more energy efficient. Therefore, no modern learning system should be without a 2 way ball valve with pneumatic process drive and signal box. It represents the increasing integration of different technologies in process automation.



FunctionThe four controlled systems in the MPS® PA Compact Workstation can each be operated individually.

Using a corresponding controller, the level and flow rate controlled system can be set up as a cascade control system.

The design of the sensors and valve actuators allows the use of both con-tinuous (e.g. P, I, PI, PID) and discon-tinuous controllers (e.g. two-point controllers) in testing. The pumps can be controlled using either direct actuation or speed adjustment.

With the flow rate and pressure con-trolled systems, the manipulated variable of the controller can also be used to operate a proportional direc-tional control valve. A two-way ball valve with a pneumatic process actuator is installed in the return be-tween the elevated tank and the low-er reservoir. The two-way ball valve can be used to simulate a „load“ for disturbance variable compensation in the level controlled system.

VariantsThe MPS® Compact Workstation is available in a number of differ-ent designs to suit the focus of your training.

The Process Instrumentation version is fitted with parameterisable sen-sors and includes a capacitive level sensor (two-rod probe), a magnetic-inductive flow meter with evaluation unit and HART interface and a con-figurable pressure and temperature sensor PT100.

The MPS® PA Compact Workstation Energy is equipped with current and power meters, and includes the measuring and training software Fluid Lab®-PA Energy.

MPS® PA Compact Workstationwith level, flow rate, pressure and temperature controlled systems

Control Kit F1:Festo CPX-CEC

1 x Festo CPX-CEC CoDeSys1 x control unit1 x Ethernet cable, crossed2 x I/O data cable1 x analogue cable

Note:CoDeSys programming software included in the scope of delivery.

Touch Panel FED:For expanding the Control Kit F1. Touch Panel FED built into console housing, with connecting cable and application for MPS® PA Compact Workstation.

Control Kit SimBox:1 x simulation box incl. 24 V DC cable1 x I/O data cable, crossed1 x analogue cable, crossed

Order now:Workbook MPS® PA Compact Work-station with basic principles, work-sheets and solutions



WBT Open- and closed-loop control Page 24

–––––

–

––

Control Kit S1:Siemens SIMATIC S7-313C

1 x EduTrainer® Compact S7-313C1 x control unit2 x I/O data cable1 x analogue cable

Note:STEP 7 software and MPI cable supplied separately.

Control Kit S1-DP:Siemens SIMATIC S7-314C-2DP

1 x EduTrainer® Compact S7-314C-2DP1 x control unit2 x I/O data cable1 x analogue cable

Note:STEP 7 software and MPI cable supplied separately.

Touch Panel TP177B:For expanding the Control Kit S1 or S1-DP. Touch Panel TP177B built in-to console housing, with connecting cable and application for MPS® PA Compact Workstation.

Control Kit S2:Siemens controller SIPART DR19

1 x SIPART DR19 with serial inter-face integrated into ER frame1 x PDM software for parameteri-sing and configuring the DR19 controller1 x serial data cable1 x I/O data cable1 x analogue cable

Control Kit PC2:Fluid Lab®-PA with EasyPort

1 x Fluid Lab®-PA closed-loop single licence1 x EasyPort1 x data cable RS2321 x mains cable1 x I/O data cable1 x analogue cable

––––

–

–––

–

–

––––

–

–––––



Control variants of the MPS® PA Compact Workstation

Control Kit S1 On request

Control Kit S1-DP On request

Touch Panel TP177B On request

Control Kit S2 On request

Control Kit PC2 On request

Control Kit F1 On request

Touch Panel FED On request

Control Kit SimBox On request

DE On request

EN On request

MPS PA® Compact Workstation Basic Design

Scope of delivery:

Mechanical components: 2 reservoirs, pressure reservoir, plug-in tube system, mounting

frame, profile plate

Sensors: 2 capacitive sensors, 2 float switches, ultrasound sensor, flow sensor, pressure

sensor, temperature sensor PT100

Actuators: pump, proportional directional control valve, ball valve with pneumatic process

actuator, heating

Electrical components: I/O connection board with measuring transducer, motor controller,

I/O terminal, SysLink, 8I/8O, analogue terminal, SysLink, 15-pin

MPS PA® Compact Workstation Process Instrumentation

Different scope of delivery to the basic design:

Sensors: capacitive level measurement, two-rod probe for continuous level measurement,

magnetic-inductive flow meter with evaluation unit, on-site indicator and HART

interface, pressure sensor, configurable with on-site indicator, temperature sensor PT100,

configurable with on-site indicator, level vibration limit switch for fluids

Electrical engineering: signal conversion with parameterisable measured-value trans-

ducers, includes parameterisation software and programming cable

MPS PA® Compact Workstation Energy

Different scope of delivery to the basic design:

Electrical engineering: DC Wattmeter, power meter up to 5 A/24 V DC, incl. Ethernet inter-

face, mounted on mounting bracket, AC multi-function meter PAC 4200 for measuring total

output incl. Ethernet interface, built into 19“ front panel

Software: Fluid Lab®-PA energy

MPS PA Compact Workstation Basic Design On request

MPS PA Compact Workstation Process Instrumentation On request

MPS PA Compact Workstation Energy On request


Trolley 541139

Water-air cooler C44000

Cooling unit with heat exchanger C44001

Fluid Lab-PA process Page 377


MPS® PA stations and complete systemsThe elementary control loops in the process industry

364

Process automation and closed-loop control technology > MPS® PA > MPS® PA Stations and MPS® PA 200 Complete systems


Filtering stationAquarium, vacuum cleaner, atomiser, sewage plant, waterworks – filters are of critical importance in many areas and the key question is: how can I ensure a constant flow with any level of filter contamination? And how can the filter be cleaned more effectively? Perhaps using compressed air?

These questions are covered in the learning objectives for the filtration station. Towards the end of the training it becomes clear which open and closed loop control principles provide the right solution and which are the right technologies.

Mixing stationFood and confectionery, paints, con-struction materials, pharmaceutical products – the correct proportions of different materials are crucial to the quality of the end product. Constant metering and mixing of the compo-nents makes high demands on the controller and the equipment in-volved in the process.

The mixing station provides state of the art equipment, control compo-nents, controllers and operator con-trol elements for demanding, moti-vating projects on one of the most common control loops in process au-tomation – flow control.

Reactor stationTo extend the shelf life of foods, im-prove the mixing capacity of liquids or allow them to be mixed, there are a large number of optimised heating processes in the chemical industry.

Temperature control makes extraordinary demands on the electron-ics and the components used as handling head is not without its problems. The reactor station dem-onstrates its realism in conjunction with the operation and monitoring software.

Unlimited possibilities thanks to open interface concept

The new interface concept opens up a wide range of options for directly combining the individual MPS® PA stations.

Deciding on one combination or another depends on various factors:

Training contentSupplementing existing stationsYour budgetCompletely configured MPS® PA 204 system

––––



Bottling stationCustomers get annoyed if there is less in a drinks bottle than it says on the label. For drinks producers, a consistent and guaranteed fill quantity is a crucial quality feature.

The bottling station represents a realistic industrial environment, in which all aspects of a quality optimised filling process can be learned and experienced. The projects focus on level monitoring and positioning of the containers to be filled.

Standard with EduTrainer® and FED 550All of the MPS® PA stations are supplied fully assembled You can provide the controller yourself or order the EduTrainer® of your choice at the same time. You should order the new EduTrainer® Universal as a rack version with feet. Use one of our preferred versions or configure your EduTrainer® yourself.

CoDeSys integrated in FED-CECThe trend towards integrating multiple control components into a single device is reflected in the new FED-CEC. The new control panel from Festo contains a PLC for programming with CoDeSys in compliance with IEC 61131.

The FED-CEC provides an Ethernet interface and – typically for Festo – an integrated CANopen master interface for easy actuation of the valve terminals on the MPS® PA stations and, of course, a SysLink and analogue interface with FED-UIM.

All four in one

Anyone who wants to use all 4 sta-tions in a network should order them as a complete PA 204 MPS® system. The advantage: we commission and test the system. All you have to do is supply fresh water.

If you want to combine on site com-missioning with instruction for the responsible trainers, you can take advantage of our MPS® PA commis-sioning service.

Continuous and discrete:MPS® PA across boundaries

Each of the MPS® PA stations represents a closed process, such as can be found in an identical or similar form in many industry sectors. Their control loops provide content for designing demanding courses in measuring and control engineering. They represent the most important continuous processes.

It is only in conjunction with the mechatronic MPS® stations that you can start to see what we mean by „system“:

All stations can be combined with one another. The MPS® PA stations can be linked to the mechatronic MPS® stations and the discrete processes they represent with no problems at all. The SysLink interface is the basis for this.

This means that you can move into the industrial reality of hybrid production with minimal investment.

From an individual MPS® PA station to an AFB factory, MPS® does not set any limits.

FunctionThe Filtration station filters liquids. The filtrate is pumped from the first tank into the second tank through the filter using a knife gate valve. The filtered liquid reaches the second tank via the flap with pneumatic semi-rotary drive. The filtered liquid can be pumped onwards to the next station using a separate pump. The filter can be rinsed using a rinse program. Regulated compressed air is additionally blown through the filter to loosen deposits.

Measurement and controlSensors detect the filling level of the container in the Filtering station. This permits lessons on simple control exercises for monitoring the pumps right up to complete control projects involving complex processes. Pressure control ensures constantly high filter quality during flushing. The pressure sensor with LCD display, analogue output and switching output always supplies the correct measurement variable. The controller with P, PI or PID control algorithm ensures constantly high filter quality during rinsing via the proportional pressure regulator. Control technology is clearly and practically explained in this way.

Shutting off, opening, closingThe right selection of process valve, drive, drive accessories and control valve plays an important role in complex process sequences. The Filtering station uses an extremely wide range of process components. All the valve actuators are actuated via a directly connected NAMUR valve.

Knife gate valve with COPAC linear actuator.

Butterfly valve with sturdy rack and pinion COPAR rotary actuator and large visual display.

Three-way ball valve with SYPAR scotch yoke rotary actuator and large visual display.


Filtration station


366


Training aims for project workSet-up, wiring and commissioning of a system for process technology Selection, application and actuation of process valves Measurement of electrical and process-related variables such as level and pressure Set-up and commissioning of control circuits Analysis of control processes and control circuits Parameterisation and optimisation of P, PI or PID controllers Drafting of open-loop and closed-loop control programs Process operation and monitoring Inspection, maintenance and servicing

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

––

Recommended training mediaDesign and simulation program FluidSIM® PneumaticsWBT Open- and closed-loop control

–

–

Filtration station 544253

EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with SIMATIC S7-313C 567098

SIMATIC S7 connecting cable set 544296

EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with Festo CPX-CEC analogue 567275

Festo CPX connecting cable set 544297

EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with Allen Bradley ML 1500 analogue 567102

Allen Bradley MicroLogix connecting cable set 544298

EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with Mitsubishi MELSEC FX1N analogue 567101

Mitsubishi MELSEC connecting cable set 544299



Replacement filter cartridge 544303

IEC power cable for power supply unit Page 199

Also order:

Open-loop and closed-loop control with PLC:

(with trolley, colour touch panel, mounting frame and power supply unit)

Or alternative:

For working with Fluid Lab®-PA closed loop:

For simple commissioning, simulation and display using the simulation box:

For professional control using industrial controllers:


SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer Compact 313C 533018



EasyPort USB 548687






PID industrial closed-loop controller 544293

548590 DE


DE 548590

EN 548591

ES 548592

FR 548593

Also order:MPS® PA workbook


Fluid Lab®-PA Page 377


367

Additional components Internet

FunctionThe mixing station mixes different recipes from three reservoir tanks. The liquid from one of the three reservoir tanks is pumped into the main tank in a controlled manner by opening the respective two-way ball valve. The finished mixture can be pumped to the next station via a second pump – or pumped back to the reservoir tank.

Measurement and control Using a constant flow rate, the three raw materials are mixed to a recipe in the mixing station. The flow rate is recorded by means of an electronic flow sensor with impeller and additionally displayed using a variable-area flowmeter. The output signal from the flow sensor is converted to a standard signal from 0 – 10 V. The mixing station can also be actuated through binary means using the integrated comparator. The controller adjusts the necessary flow rate via the pump with analogue control – using a simple two-point controller or various dynamic controllers such as P, PI or PID. This permits a clear explanation of control technology on various levels.

Always the right mixtureThe component mix of the mixing station offers a wide selection of typical components from process engineering. Pumps and process valves, various sensors for signal detection as well as electronic mo-dules for signal conversion permit the right ‚training mix‘.

Sensors for detecting the filling level of containers.

Signal converters convert all analogue signals from the station to standard signals from 0 – 10 V.

Two-way ball valve with SYPAR scotch yoke rotary actuator, large optical display and directly connected NAMUR valve.

Mixing station




Training aims for project workConstruction, wiring and commissioning of a system for process technology Selection, application and connection of various flow sensors Measurement of electrical and process-related variables such as level and flow rate Design and commissioning of control circuits Analysis of control processes and control circuits Parameterisation and optimisation of P, PI or PID controllers Drafting of open-loop and closed-loop control programs Process operation and monitoring Inspection, maintenance and servicing

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

––

Mixing station 544254












Also order:



Or alternative:








EasyPort USB 548687








–

–

548590 DE


DE 548590

EN 548591

ES 548592

FR 548593





369


FunctionThe reactor station brings liquid to the right temperature. Depending on the recipe selected, different temperature profiles with different stirring times are activated. A cooling pump is activated to cool the liquid. The tempered liquid can be pumped onwards to the next station using a separate pump.

Measurement and controlSensors detect the filling level of the reservoir in the reactor station. This facilitates lessons on simple control exercises for monitoring the pumps right up to complete control projects involving complex processes.

Exact adherence to the various temperature profiles when activating the recipes is achieved by means of temperature control. The temperature sensor (PT100 resistance thermometer) supplies a unit signal of 0 – 10 V via the measuring transducer. The con-troller with P, PI or PID control algorithm can approach the set-point temperature values via the dynamically controlled heating unit and keep the values constant. Simple control exercises, for example control using the two-point control-ler, can be realised using the reactor station. Control technology is clearly and practically explained in this way.

Heating and stirringKey basic operations in many process engineering systems in-volve heating and stirring. The components of the reactor station are designed to permit a wide range of experiments in this area.

Infinitely adjustable heating with control signal from 0 – 10 V.

Stirrer with DC motor.

Signal converters convert all analogue signals from the station to standard signals from 0 – 10 V. Practical for the purpose of experi-mentation: integrated comparators also supply purely binary signals.

Reactor station




Training aims for project workConstruction, wiring and commissioning of a system for process technology Selection, application and connection of temperature sensors Measurement of electrical and process-related variables such as level and temperature Use and connection of measuring transducers Design and commissioning of control circuits Analysis of control processes and control circuits Parameterisation and optimisation of P, PI or PID controllers Drafting of open-loop and closed-loop control programs Process operation and monitoring Inspection, maintenance and servicing

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

––

Reactor station 544255











Water-air cooler C44000

Cooling unit with heat exchanger C44001


Also order:



Or alternative:





SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer Compact CPU 313C 533018



EasyPort USB 548687







Recommended training mediaWBT Open- and closed-loop control

548590 DE


DE 548590

EN 548591

ES 548592

FR 548593





371


FunctionThe bottling station fills bottles with liquid. The liquid is pumped into the dosing tank from the reservoir. These bottles are transported to the filling position via conveyors. A pneumatic separator separates the bottles. The bottles are filled with different filling quantities from the dosing tank in accordance with the recipe selected.

Measurement and controlThe filling level of the dosing tank is detected in the filling station using an analogue filling level sensor. The controller regulates the filling level to the required setpoint value via the dynamically controlled pump (0 – 10 V). The filling level in the dosing tank is kept constant during filling, which optimises the quality of the filling process. Various control algorithms such as P, PI or PID can be applied and optimised during experiments. The characteristics of the control process can be modified using hand valves already integrated. Control technology is clearly and practically explained in this way.

Transporting, separating, fillingFew segments of the diversified process industry are associated with such a wide range of end products as the food industry. All foodstuffs, whether dairy products, baked goods, juice, beer or wine have their own requirements with regard to the handling and production of the cor-responding end products. Transport-ing, separating, proportioning and filling play an important role here.

Optical sensors, adjustable using background suppression, monitor transportation on the conveyors of the bottling station.

The pneumatic separator ensures that there is never more than one bottle at the filling position.

The filling quantity can be easily adjusted by selecting different recipes.

Bottling station



Training aims for project workConstruction, wiring and commissioning of a system for process technology Selection and application of filling level sensors Measurement of electrical and process-related variables such as level Design and commissioning of control circuits Analysis of control processes and control circuits Parameterisation and optimisation of P, PI or PID controllers Drafting of open-loop and closed-loop control programs Process operation and monitoring Inspection, maintenance and servicing

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

––

Bottling station 544256











Bottle set 567202


Also order:



Or alternative:







Fluid Lab-PA closed loop: Page 377

EasyPort USB 548687








–

–

548590 DE


DE 548590

EN 548591

ES 548592

FR 548593






373




MPS® PA 204 Complete system

With a P, PI or PID control algorithm, (closed-loop) control technology is taught in a demonstrative and practical manner. The temperature sensor – for the Reactor station a PT100 resistance thermometer is used – delivers a uniform signal of 0 – 10 V via the measuring transducer. By way of the continuously con-trollable heater the controller sets the nominal temperatures and keeps them constant.

At a constant flow rate, the three input materials are mixed into a recipe on the Mixing station. The flow rate is recorded by an electronic flow sensor with an impeller, and is additionally displayed with a float-type flow meter. The controller sets the required flow rate by way of the analogue controlled pump.

The pressure regulation ensures a constant high filtering quality by means of back-flushing. The pres-sure sensor features an LCD dis-play, analogue output and switching output, always delivering the cor-rect value. A constant high quality is maintained by means of the propor-tional-pressure regulator.

In the Filling station the level of the dosing tank is recorded with an analogue level sensor. By way of the continuously controllable pump the controller regulates the level to the appropriate nominal value. During filling, the level in the dosing tank is kept constant, thereby optimising the filling quality.



375

Included in the scope of delivery: Various facilities for measuring, controlling and regulating

Simplifies commissioning, simulation and display using the simulation boxMultimedia measuring, con-trolling, regulating, operating, monitoring and commissioning using Fluid Lab® PA.Start processes in the PLC or monitor them with the touch panelThe control task can be handled by the PLC or by the industrial controller also provided for each station. The controller parameters are then set on the touch panel or directly on the industrial controller. All process variables are displayed in a user-friendly way – including trend graphs – both on the touch panel and on the industrial controller.

The MPS® PA complete system provides everything needed for an efficient start in measurement and control technology.

Successful project work based on modular construction

Learning by doing – the MPS® PA system offers accessible, hands-on processtechnology. Some project ideas can be implemented in a flash, and risk-free.

–

–

–

–

MPS PA 204 SIMATIC S7-300 544248

MPS PA 204 Festo CPX-CEC 544249

MPS PA 204 Allen Bradley ML 1500 544250

MPS PA 204 Mitsubishi MELSEC FX1N 544251

FunctionThe system consists of the Filtering, Mixing, Reactor and Filling stations.The Filtering station filters a fluid. The filtrate is pumped out of the firsttank via different process valves through the filter into the second tank. Thefiltered fluid is added to the first tank in the Mixing station. The Mixingstation mixes different recipes from three storage tanks. The finished mixtureis pumped to the Reactor station. The Reactor station regulates the temperatureof the fluid. Different temperature profiles, with different mixing times, arerun depending on the selected recipe. The Filling station bottles the fluid.The bottles are carried on conveyor belts to the filling position. A pneumaticseparator marshals the bottles. The bottles are filled with differentquantities from the dosing tank, depending on the selected recipe.

Special training aimsSet-up, wiring and commissioning of a system for process technologyMeasurement of electrical and process engineering variables such as level, flow rate, pressure and temperatureSet-up and commissioning of control circuitsAssessment of control responseNetworking of process engineering systemsProcess operation and monitoring, system managementSelection, deployment and control of process fittingsAnalysis of controlled systems and control circuitsParameter setting and optimisation of P, PI or PID controllersWriting open-loop and closed-loop control programsProcess operation and monitoringInspection, maintenance and servicing

–

–

–

––

–

–

–

–

–

––


SIMATIC S7-300

4 x EduTrainer® Universal with SIMATIC S7-313C, 1 x programming cable

1 x STEP 7 Professional for Training programming software

4 x SIMATIC S7 connecting cable set

Festo CPX-CEC®

4 x Festo CPX-CEC EduTrainer® Universal, 1 x programming cable

1 x programming software CoDeSys prov. by Festo, 4 x Festo CPX connecting cable set


4 x Allen Bradley EduTrainer® Universal with Micro Logix 1500, 1 x programming cable

1 x RS-Logix 500 Starter programming software, 4 x Allen Bradley connecting cable set

Mitsubishi MELSEC

4 x EduTrainer® Universal with FX1N, 1 x programming cable

1 x GX IEC Developer FX Trainer Package programming software

4 x Mitsubishi connecting cable set

The MPS® PA 204 system contains everything you need for training:

Stations: Filtering, mixing, reactor, filling (with trolley), colour touch panel, mounting frame

and power supply unit

Accessories: 4 x simulation box digital/analogue, 1 x bottle set

Control technology: 1 x PLC control package, 1 x EMERGENCY-STOP board, 2 x EMERGENCY-

STOP control panel, 4 x EasyPort, 4 x PID industrial controller

Software: 4 x Fluid Lab®-PA closed loop 8+1 multiple license training software

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–


548590 DE


DE 548590

EN 548591

ES 548592

FR 548593


Process automation and closed-loop control technology > MPS® PA > Extensions and accessories


Measuring and controlling as in industry

Components Operation and configurationThe closest thing to realityThe MPS® PA learning system is based on industrial standards. The MPS® PA concept is based on a market leaders‘ automation solutions and trends.

Advantages

SimuBox Simple commissioning of an MPS® PA stationTesting and commissioning of process components or system components of a station

–

–

Fluid Lab®-PA closed looporFluid Lab®-PA process

Commissioning and testing of an MPS® PA stationAnalysis of process components and control processes of an MPS® PA stationMonitoring and analysis of the process sequences of a stationTesting, configuration and optimisation of control processes (2-point, P, PI or PID controllers)Analysis of the control response

–

–

–

–

–

PLC Programming of process sequences and recipe controllersAnalogue signal processingOperation and monitoring using the touch panelProgramming of PID controllersConfiguration and para-meterisation of P, PI or PID controllers

–

––

––

PLC with external industrial controller

Same as PLC, plus:Operation of an industrial controller (manual operation, automatic operation)Parameterisation of industrial controllers (P, PI or PID control algorithm)Configuration of measuring ranges, setpoint value limits and alarm limitsSelf-optimisation with oscillation or step response method

–

–

–

–



377

Using Fluid Lab®-PA step by step to teach and demonstrate the funda-mentals of control technology. The EasyPort is used to connect the PC and real hardware, e.g. the EduKit PA, the MPS® PA compact worksta-tion or the MPS® PA filtration station, mixing, reactor, filling.

Settings Parametrisation of sensor values with factor and offset to represent the physical quantities as well as sig-nal attenuation per median filter for the analogue input signals. Display of the physical value in the variable units field. Other possible settings are the inversion of the controller direction, Y offset in the continuous rules and the selection of the simula-tion mode.

Menu: Measurement All binary and analogue process da-ta, for example the signal statuses of the sensors, process fittings and pump, can be displayed graphically and evaluated directly. To record the sensor characteristic and determin-ing a step response, functions are available such as selection of meas-uring channels, adjusting the test time or cursor evaluation with zoom function.

Menu: Characteristic curve The characteristics of a final control element (e.g. pump or proportional valve) is investigated in various per-spectives (voltage for flow, flow for pressure, pressure for voltage).

Menu: 2-point controller Typical applications are level and temperature controlled systems.

Menu: Continuous regulation Experimentation, configuration and optimisation of the control processes (P, PI, PD or PID controller) with im-mediate effect in the process. Con-trolled systems can be operated via mouse click. Trouble-free documen-tation of the control parameter is possible. The measured values and curve profiles can be documented comprehensively. The block diagram can be displayed as a function menu for all continuous controllers with current numerical values.

Industrial controller functions System operation like in a process control system. It is possible to spec-ify nominal values, display warning limits and switch the controller be-tween manual and automatic.

Simulation A simulated process model illus-trates the sequence identically to the operation of the real hardware.


Simple application of complex relationshipsThe clear menu structure proceeds from the commissioning of the EduKit PA or Compact workstation to the process engineering using the example of a bottling plant.

Menu: Guided commissioning A check list like in the industry. After processing, the system is activated. A commissioning protocol can be printed out for documentation.

Condition monitoring Safety and efficiency are checked by means of permanent recording of machine status. Detect and analy-ses deviations with Fluid Lab®-PA process.

Menu: Operation, open- and closed-loop control with the EasyPortExperience the behaviour of a sys-tem using simple process examples. Control-technology operations and continuous and discontinuous con-trollers are presented. Subsequent analyses bring a valuable, basic re-alisation, which can be transferred to the general technology. Especial-ly general training aims, such as the concentrated observation and analy-sis of systems, are encouraged.

Menu: FluidSIM® Develop and immediately test control-technology relationships – whether virtual or real. Program one‘s own process sequence in FluidSIM®: electrical circuit diagram, logic diagram and GRAFCET.

Menu: Virtual reactor Animated by a sequencer – observ-ing, analysing and documenting the simulated processes. Production ac-cording to customer order and as-sessing and responding to error mes-sages are in demand.

Menu: Virtual PLC – actuating with STEP 7, PLCSIM or CoDeSys simulationLearn the basics of PLC programming and the logical processing of binary and analogue signals. Test the pro-gram on a virtual or real model.

Menu: Filling with Excel interface Fluid Lab®-PA is transmitted order data from MS Excel via the DDE in-terface, e.g. the number and volume of the bottles. Conversely, the cur-rent status of the plant, for example the level of the storage tanks, is re-ported.


Fluid Lab®-PA closed loopControl engineering in focus

Fluid Lab®-PA processGetting started in process engineering

Single licence on CD-ROM DE/EN/ES/

FR/SV

Oder no. 544304


ES/FR/SV

Order no. 567139

Single licence on CD-ROM DE/EN/ES/FR

Oder no. 567224


ES/FR

Order no. 567225



Or:MPS® PA commissioning service

Every MPS® PA station comes completely assembled and tested on the profile plate with MPS® PA trolley, touch panel and 24 V power pack.

A controller board with analogue inputs and outputs is required additionally.

For efficient operation in the lesson, we also recommend:

EasyPortFluid Lab®-PAPID industrial controllerWorkbook with tasks and solutions

––––

Simply commission it ... and you‘re ready to go!

On request, we can also commission systems for you – particularly in the case of larger systems.

To ensure that your training projects run smoothly right from the start, we offer:

1. Complete technical commissioning of your new system:The range of applications of the system and the station programs and documentation are presented. Depending on the equipment, commisioning is performed for the following products:

StationPID industrial controllerEasyPort and Fluid Lab®-PA

2. Training:You will learn how to operate stations and how to use them in your lesson. Depending on the equipment, training is provided on the following products:

StationPID industrial controllerSoft PID in the PLCEasyPort and Fluid Lab®-PA

The commissioning and training can thus be adapted to suit your needs.

–––

––––

And if you wish ...

3. Useful tips on how to get the most from the MPS® PA:

ApplicationsEnhancementsSeminars

Are you planning a commissioning and training session? We recommend: Per Station: 1.5 days

–––

Order no. 555647

Either:Simply build it yourself



379

Understanding process automation – Through seminars and workshops

Further training, with the objective of supporting people in companies to deal with current as well as future problems and provide them with new answers – that is the purpose of Festo Didactic.

Festo is developing itself to become an important partner to the process industry. The close coordination with our parent company, Festo AG & Co. KG, ensures that state-of-the-art devices and systems are used in our learning systems. And our trainers have first-hand expert knowledge.

Our orientation and methods set us apart. Our trainers and consultants are practicians. They are familiar with the tasks of their participants, even those that go beyond technical requirements.

We have high standards. In our courses you will realise the difference between us and other providers: we provide new answers to old questions – answers that help you get that critical step ahead with your operational plans.

Give us a call; we‘ll be happy to help.

Valves and fittings – Process control valves This course provides detailed insights into valve and fitting techno-logy and shows how they are used in the process industry. Participants gain basic knowledge of the indivi-dual valve and fitting types and components. In addition, selecting materials and operating conditions/limitations are described in detail. The various types of actuators are also explained with regard to the individual fitting and valve types and all relevant standards are discussed.

Basic principles and mode of operation of industrial measuring technology and instrumentation This course provides detailed and sound insights into process engineering. The various measuring types, as well as the different principles, such as pressure, flow rate, temperature and filling level control are treated in detail. Furthermore, control engineering is taught in-depth based on P, I and PID controllers, along with their advantages and disadvantages.

Closed-loop control circuits Participants gain detailed and sound insights into process control technology based on P, I and PID controllers and their advantages and disadvantages. Practical exercises with the PA EduKit and the Fluid Lab®-PA software ensure that the knowledge acquired is transferred into practice.

Specific customer training, e.g. the basic principles of control engineering Customised training for employees from the areas of maintenance, service and operational support. With the professional training equipment from Festo Didactic, the following course topics are covered by the training systems on the basis of „learning by doing“:

Cross section of all controller types (P, I, D, PI, PD, PID)Control technologies (Fluid Lab®-PA, industrial controllers and modern PLCs)

Do you need anything else? Workshop with more complex tasks for practical operational support and maintenance. For example:

Exchange and new use of sensors and their integration in a controlled systemTroubleshooting with control characteristic diagnosticsControlled system with reaction time (on request)

–

–

–

–

–

Accessories and optional components



1 PID industrial closed-loop controllerThe MPS® PA closed-loop controller with P, PI or PID control algorithm permits the control of dynamic processes in MPS® PA stations. The controller is a universal multi-channel process and program controller with a registration function for monitoring signal curves. The setpoint specification is transferred to the controller via a 15-pin Sub-D interface. A further 15-pin Sub-D interface senses the actual value and an actuator is controlled using the manipulated variable. Parameterisation and configuration of the controller is possible using the controller itself or using a setup program.

Consisting of:Device with dimensions 144 mm x 130 mm for a DIN control panel cut-out measuring 92 mm x 92 mm and an installation depth of 170 mm Installed in a 19“ control panel Interface for RS232 and Profibus DP, effected via a 9-pin Sub-D plug connection 4 mm safety sockets for the 24 V voltage supply CD-ROM with setup program and programming cable for convenient configuration using a PC The device can be integrated in a data network using the PROFIBUS DP interface Modules can be retrofitted by the user UL certification

System requirementfor the setup program:

PC with Win95, 98, NT4.0, WIN 2000, WIN ME, WIN XPAt least Pentium 10032 MB RAM15 MB space on hard diskCD-ROM drive

–

––

–

–

–

–

–

–

–––– Order no. 544293

1

2

3

Order no. 554301

4 PA workpiece setTo fill liquids into the MPS® PA Bottling station. The workpieces are compatible with the MPS® stations. For example, the pot in the Pick&Place station can be sealed with the lid.

The set comprises:6 housings black6 housings red6 housings silver6 housings transparent Diameter outside D = 40 mm Height H = 25 mm Volume V = 15 ml24 lids black

––––

–

4

5

Order no. 541146

5 Operator unitTouch screen for the adjustable display of processes and data.

Scope of delivery:Festo 5.6“ 256 colour FED-500 displayProgramming software FED Designer (multilingual)RS232 programming cable for loading projectsAngled plate for mounting onto a slotted profile plate

–

–

–

–

2 EduTrainer® Universal A4 rack with Festo CPX-CECPLC rack with modern, industry-standard controller. The rack can be connected to stations and applica-tions via the 24-pin IEEE 488 com-patible plug connector and to visuali-sations on the PC via an external PC interface.

Technical data 19“ module simulation plate with 2 x 24-pin IEEE 488 compatible plug connector for stations and control panel, each with 8 digital inputs and 8 digital outputs and Sub-D 15-pin plug connection with 4 analogue inputs and 2 analogue outputs; 4 mm safety socket emer-gency stop jumper to connect a safety circuit for 8 digital outputs 24 V power supply via 4 mm safety sockets available The holder sits securely on a desk or in a station and, by simply removing the levelling feet and a few other easy manipulations, can be integrated into an A4 frame or it can be placed at an angle on the desk. Stable, powder-coated, sheet-steel holder system Can be extended with 19“ simula-tion modules Includes CoDeSys programming software and Ethernet cableThe PLC rack is fully assembled, cabled and tested.

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Order no. 567275

3 Bottle setFor filling liquids or solid bulk materials in MPS® PA stations, for example a “Filling” station.

The set consists of:20 transparent plastic containers (material: ABS/Terlux) Diameter D = 40 mm Height H = 60 mm Capacity V = 50 ml20 lids

–

– Order no. 567202



381

Order no. 159410

2 Aluminium profile plate 700 x 700This board is twice as wide as the above-mentioned board; this allows two MPS® stations to be set up on one profile plate. Both sides have slots, so if necessary parts can be mounted on both sides. The slots are compatible with the ITEM profile sys-tem. The plate is supplied with caps for the sides.

Height: 32 mmGrid spacing (from slot to slot): 50 mmWidth: 700 mmLength: 700 mm

We recommend the use of the appropriate rubber feet for mounting on tables (order no. 158343).

––

––

1 2

Order no. 541139

1 TrolleyThe trolley makes an MPS® station a compact and mobile unit. The sta-tion is easy to mount on the trolley. The EduTrainer® Universal, size 1, can be inserted and the emergency stop board connected. Appropriate through-holes in the side and rear panels enable orderly routing of ca-bles. The front side is equipped with mountings for panels. The trolley is supplied complete with twin castors.

Height (including castors, to bottom edge of profile plate): 750 mmWidth: 700 mmDepth: 700 mm

–

––

5

7 Tool setThe tool set is an aid to easy working on MPS® stations. A practical mini-systainer includes:

200 mm steel ruleOpen-jawed spanners size 7, 8, 9, 10Adjustable spannerSide cutterInsulation-stripping pliersWire end sleeve pliersScrewdriver set, hex, 1.5 – 6Screwdriver, hex, 0.9; 1.3Screwdriver, cross-head, PZ02 – shortScrewdriver, flat, 2.5 x 75; 4.0 x 100Screwdriver, flat, 1.2 – 1.6Tubing cutterFibre-optic cable cutterWorkpiece, red, black, silver100 x cable binders 2.5 x 100100 x wire end sleeves 0.25100 x wire end sleeves 0.75

––

–––––––

–

––––––– Order no. 539767

3 4

6

7

Order no. 544303

5 Replacement filter cartridgeReplacement filter cartridge for MPS® PA Filtering Station.

Order no. 573261

6 DC wattmeterThe first step towards discovering potential savings involves measure-ment of current consumption. The wattmeter functions as a smart me-ter for training facilities with 24 V DC power supply and up to 120 watts. A switchable interface for 0 to 10 V DC or 4 to 20 mA has been integrated for data transmission. Optionally avai-lable with Ethernet.

Order no. C44000

4 Water-air coolerAluminium heat exchanger with copper line and flexible plug-in fittings2 24 V DC axial fans with 0 – 10 V adjustable speed input and encoder speed feedback Profile foot for mountingConnecting cable for I/O connection board, 1 digital output Optional: 1 analogue input, 0 – 10 VMedium mains water

–

–

––

–

Order no. C44001

3 Cooling unit with heat exchangerRefrigerator with temperature controller and 4 l cooling tank with built-in circulation pumpCooling output: approx. 380 W at +30 °C (RT)Temperature range -10 °C to +40 °CPower supply AC 230 V/50 Hz or 110 V/60 HzHeat exchanger with profile foot2 hand valvesConnection accessories (flexible tube, connector etc.)Overall dimensions (W x L x H): 26 x 37 x 40.5 cm

–

–

––

–––

–

Hybrid training factories

AFB factory hybrid production ..................................................................... 384

383

AFB factory hybrid production


Hybrid industries are the industries which require systems and solutions for both process and production engineering. The most striking ex-amples are the food, confectionery and tobacco industries and the pharmaceutical industry.

Whether process and production oriented, or hybrid production, Festo Didactic training factories offer a unique range of facilities for training in automation for all industries – from incoming goods, through process and production engineering departments, to outgoing goods.

Megatrend: Hybrid automation

It’s a fact that production and process automation have become inseparable in almost all manufacturing environments. Hybrid automation represents the convergence of production and process automation which is more than logical, given the trend towards convergence of the two automation techniques in the so-called hybrid industries.

Hybrid training factories > AFB factory

384

The mix is the key

Mechatronics is also making its mark outside production auto-mation. Intelligent drive solutions, featuring high-precision mechanical components, a range ofdifferent drives, measured data acquisition and evaluation as well as integrated communications interfaces, ensure safe, optimised process automation too.

Flexibility

Making processes more flexible, systemising product quality, re-sponding faster to new market trends – the drinks industry has much more to do in this dayand age than merely quenching our thirst. On the one hand there is a need to establishand maintain a broad product spectrum and in-troduce new products in order to generate new demand, while on the other, legislation is increas-ingly demanding greater transpar-ency of manufacturing processes.



385


Innovative technology and innovative learning

Innovative technologyPneumatic and electric drive technology from Festo is a by- word for innovationin industrial and process automation – from the single product through to the turnkey solution. With the AFB training factory we are for the first time delivering a learning environment which consciously incorporates trends and innovations from all areas of automation technology:

Electric and pneumatic linear drive unitsSemi-rotary drives and grippersValves and valve terminalsSensorsVision and control systems

The AFB training factory is designed and equipped like a state-of-the-artindustrial plant, based on the automation know-how and engineering experience of Festo.

Innovative learningOnly by engaging in innovative learning using innovative technology can trainees be optimally prepared for their future work. Comprehensive documentation, software tools for simulation and visualisation and a variety of WBTs complete the AFB range of facilities.

–

––––


386

In focus: the production process for six-packs

Six-packs are produced in four zones of the hybrid training factory. The following processes are mapped:

Production of the liquidProduction and feed of the capsBottle feedTransportPackagingStorageOrder compilationLogistics

––––––––



387

Zone 1Process automation

Zone 3Production automation

Zone 4Transport and logistics

Zone 2Filling and packing

The production zones


Zone 1 Process automation

Filtering, mixing, temperature control; recording, evaluating and controlling typical process variables such as temperature, level, pressure or flow rate; pumping fluids; shutting off pipelines; installing, commissioning or maintaining butterfly valves, slide valves or ball valves. These are just some examples of the wide variety of possibilities in this section of the training factory.

Specialist knowledge of programming, such as recipe preparation, or of plant documentation, such as reading and drafting R-I flow-charts or EMSR location diagrams are key focus areas in the training. Control technology plays a key role in process automation, in order to ensure high product quality. The processes selected for the training factory and the transparent design of the stations enables control technology to be taught in a practical and visual manner.

Zone 2 Filling and packing

Not only dosing, filling, capping and packing, but also the acquisition, storage and reliable management of product and quality data are key tasks in this section of the training factory.

Technologies such as RFID are becoming ever more prevalent in the production environment, in order to cope with the continually increasing number of product variants and to comply with the more stringent legal requirements in terms of product quality in the food or pharmaceuticals sector. Full recording of all ingredients or components used and the factors influencing the manufacture of a product must be ensured. Vision and sensor systems also play a key role in improving product quality and production flexibility.

In the training factory, for example, the position and fill level of each bottle and the state of completion of each lot is recorded by various optical sensors and a high-speed camera. The production data can be fully tracked by means of RFID tags in the bottle caps. A range of automation components, such as belts with electric drives, various handling units, programmable logic controllers and the latest operator control and monitoring tools, trainees are provided with an ideal platform to learn these key aspects.


388


Zone 4 Transport and logistics

Almost all production facilities need logistics functions such as materials transportation or warehousing. At the AFB training factory, too, this is a key aspect: Empty six-packs have to be conveyed to the order compilation station or placed in storage. Completed six-packs are delivered just in time, or stored in an interim facility.

Chaotic or systematic warehousing, optimisation of the material flow, planning and prioritisation of orders are the key areas of focus in this section of the factory.

Particular demands are placed on line automation in this section too, however:

Signals from the transport systems must be sent over long distances to the transport controller.High-performance drive units and positioning systems ensure fast, precise movement in the automatic warehouse.The communications required for this are based on systems such as the AS interface or CAN.

–

–

–

Zone 3 Production automation

Fast cycle times, part gripping, handling, detection, differentiation, separation and mounting are characteristic features of production automation – the classic world of the mechatronics engineer. Programming controllers, adjusting sensors, operating, maintaining and servicing individual lines in a plant are typical activities.

In the training factory in this section the caps are produced, tested and fed to the bottles by the filling station. Programmable logic controllers monitor and control the production process. Various sensors record the end positions of the actuators or identify and differentiate between the work-pieces. Typical actuators used in production automation, such as linear cylinders, swivel cylinders, motors, parallel grippers or vacuum suction cups ensure fast, precise movement.


389


AFB training factory

Optimum operator controlWhether via touch panel, visua-lisation system or control panel, all the stations and the entire training factory can be operated and monitored in a highly user-friendly way.

Everything in handWhether bottle or six-pack, the professional handling units in the AFB training factory ensure a safe, precise, fast material flow.

Tried and provenThe MPS® stations, which have been deployed for training pur-poses thousands of times all over the world, supply the caps in the training factory. The stations particularly enable an optimum level of highly sophisticated training in mechatronics.

NewAutomation technology is taught using state-of-the-art equipment; not just the new MPS® PA stations, but also the automatic warehouse, the filling station and the order compilation station.


390


VisualisationEither an overview of the complete plant or access to each individual station is available; the visualisation system at the AFB training factory permits monitoring of all signals and provides trend graphs of the analogue process variables, with remote access to the various functions and monitoring of all processes. All stations communicate via TCP-IP with the visualisation computer.

RFID optionFull tracking and documentation of the entire production process is demanded in more and more areas of industry. The AFB training factory also makes this possible: Production data such as the recipe or batch identifier are stored on the mobile data carriers fixed to each individual bottle and can be checked prior to shipping. This means that state-of-the-art RFID technology can now be integrated highly demonstratively into automation training.

AFB-FMRQ-BP-DSPB On request

FunctionThe AFB training factory produces complete six-packs. All the produc-tion steps involved are covered, from production of the liquid through to packing of the containers and storage and shipping of the finished product.

The process automation section of the plant is where the liquid is produced: Raw materials are filtered, mixed together with other ingredients according to different recipes, temperature-controlled and stored ready for use. In-line samples can be taken from the ongoing process before the liquid reaches the filling station. Bottles from a belt conveyor are filled and capped on a rotary indexing table. The bottles are then sealed with machined and tested caps and packed into six-packs. Depending on the order, the

completed six-packs can be placed in interim storage via the belt rotation system or delivered for shipping. Empty six-packs can be conveyed back into the system on roller conveyors and either placed in storage or fed directly into the production process.

Training contentThe multitude of stations and the technologies embedded in them permit an investigation of almost all relevant areas of control and automation technology.

Use of RFID technologyVision systems and camera inspectionUse and programming of PLCsApplication of various handling devices and grippersApplication of various electrical drives (DC, AC)

––

––

–

Package

Comprising:

Stations

Zone 1: MPS® PA filtering*, mixing*, reactor*, filling (quality sampling)* stations

Zone 2: AFB filling and order compilation stations

Zone 3: MPS® distribution**, separation**, processing**, buffering** and handling

stations**

Zone 4: AFB pallet transport system, AFB automatic warehouse and AFB incoming goods

and outgoing goods stations.

Software and media

STEP 7 Trainer Package programming software, CIROS® Automation Suite, Fluid Lab®-PA,

Mechatronics Assistant, WinCC

* Including mobile base frame, touch panel and S7-300 EduTrainer® Universal.

** Including mobile base frame, MPS® control panel and S7-300 EduTrainer® Universal.

Application of frequency convertersUse of multi-axis handling systems for handling and palletisingNetworking sensors and actuators via AS-interfaceUse and commissioning of a CAN networkNetworking automated systems with Ethernet TCP-IPMeasurement and control of electrical and process engineering variables such as level, flow rate, pressure and temperatureProcess operation and monitoring, system managementSelection, deployment and control of process fittings

––

–

–

–

–

–

–


391


AFB filling station

The filling station includes a large number of functions typical to the foodindustry: Bottle feed by conveyor, dosing with a dosing cylinder and filling and capping on a rotary indexing table.

The station can be operated both as a stand-alone unit orin conjunction with other stations.

In stand-alone operation the caps must be fed manually. When operated inconjunction with other stations, the caps can be fed by way of a handlingstation (MPS®). Filled and capped bottles are forwarded by conveyor to the next station (order compilation).

The liquid being filled is stored in a tank on the station. The tank can befilled manually or way of additional process stations (e.g. MPS® PA).

The station is controlled by a EduTrainer® Universal unit and op-erator control is via touch panel. In-dividual step and continuous cycle options are available. Status and messages are indicated graphically on the panel.

Special training aimsSet-up, wiring and commissioning of an automated stationUse of pneumatic linear units with variable strokeUse of pneumatic linear swivel unitsControlling and monitoring material flow on a conveyor and a rotary indexing tableDosing and fillingProcess operation and monitoring

–

–

–

–

––



392

AFB order compilation station


With a high-precision 2-axis industrial handling system, 2 by 3 bottles are packed into each six-pack on the order compilation station.

The bottles are carried on conveyor belts to the handling station. A high-speed camera checks the six-packs.

The camera features a built-in controller which handles the complete image evaluation process. With its TCP-IP interface and the additional CAN master interface, the camera enables wide-ranging communication options.

The station is controlled via an EduTrainer® Universal. Different operation modes can be selected on the control panel.

Specific training contentSet-up, wiring and commissioning of an automated stationUse of pneumatic handling unit with gripperControlling and monitoring material flow by conveyorVision systems, quality and process control with intelligent cameras

–

–

–

–



393


AFB automatic warehouse station

The automatic warehouse can hold up to 16 six-packs on 4 levels each with 4 bays. A cartesian 3-axis handling system is used for stock movement. 2 toothed belt axes are driven by intelligent servomotors with an integrated servo amplifier, controller and CAN bus interface.

The third axis is executed as a rodless linear unit with precision guides.

The station is controlled by an EduTrainer® Universal with CAN master. The colour touch panel of the automatic warehouse provides user-friendly operation and monitoring.

Items can be easily taught-in, and stock levels clearly initialised and modified.

Specific training contentSet-up, wiring and commissioning of an automated stationUse of pneumatic linear unitsElectric drive and control technologyIntelligent CAN bust technologyWarehousing and logisticsProcess operation and monitoring

–

––

–––



394

AFB incoming goods/outgoing goods station


Full six-packs awaiting shipping are placed by the pneumatic 3-axis handling unit on one of the two outgoing goods ramps. The handling unit features a pneumatic linear gripper to grip the six-packs.

The axes used are pneumatic linear axes developed specially for industrial assembly and handling systems.

Empty six-packs can be fed in by way of the incoming goods conveyor.

The station is controlled by a EduTrainer® Universal. Different operation modes can be selected on the control panel.

Specific training contentSet-up, wiring and commissioning of an automated stationUse of pneumatic handling units with gripperHandling technologyControlling and monitoring material flow by conveyor belt and roller conveyor

–

–

––



395


AFB pallet transport system

The material flow within the AFB lines is implemented by the pallet transport system. The six-packs are conveyed to the individual stations on pallets which are equipped with an identification system. The transport system features 4 stop points, and can be expanded at any time.

The belt segments are driven by 4 AC motors.

The control is handled by a PLC with frequency inverter – professionally housed in the control cabinet. Communication with the stop points is via AS interface. The pneumatic stoppers are controlled using in-dustrial valve terminals.

Specific training contentSet-up, wiring and commissioning of an automated stationUse of AC motorsElectrical drive technologyUse of frequency invertersPallet identificationAS interface fieldbus technologyMaterial flow and logisticsProtection circuitsDesign of industrial control cabinets

–

––––––––



396

AFB factory, focus on bulk goods


Found everywhere! There is a worldwide market behind the term „bulk goods“. In almost every branch of production, bulk goods can be found as raw materials, semi-finished materials or finished parts. Whether building materials, such as sand, gravel and cement, or foodstuffs, such as grain and sugar – bulk goods must be stored, dispensed, weighed, transported or packaged.

Practical training The handling of bulk goods requires special know-how. The exclusive use of typical industrial components in the learning stations emphasises the required hands-on experience and ensures the quick transfer of knowledge from training to practice.

Conveying of bulk goods or complete production process? The stations are specially designed for training on bulk goods and can be used individually as well as in a network with the stations of the AFB factory. This offers a training factory that includes the complete process chain, from providing and preparing raw materials, to quality testing, packaging, storage and finally the processing of customer orders.

Everything under control Stations are controlled using the most modern automation and computer technology. With system visualisation the entire system can be viewed or each individual station can be accessed; it enables the monitoring of signal statuses, the remote access of different functions and the monitoring of all processes, directly on the system using a touch panel or via the master computer.


397


AFB stations, dispensing/sorting bulk goods

Different types of conveying A wide range of processes are used in production systems for handling bulk goods. It therefore makes sense that these can also be found in the AFB training stations for dispensing and sorting:

Conveying with a conveyor In the dispensing station, the conveyor acts as a pressure feed. Corn is dispensed from its container via the conveyor to a funnel and is transported to the next station by means of compressed air.

Screw conveyor With the screw conveyor, the bulk goods are carefully conveyed, making optimal dispensing possible. The dispensing screw is driven by a servo motor with a built-in controller.

High-speed quality checking and diagnostics Imperfect grains are detected during conveying and automatically separated. This requires the quick detection and reaction of the actuators, which the human eye can hardly follow. To support the diagnostics and commissioning of these fast motion sequences, an intelligent compact camera system with up to 2000 images per second are used in the AFB factory. This means that the latest diagnostic techniques can be taught.

AFB station dispensing bulk goods


AFB station sorting bulk goods



398

One training factory – over 100 different training systems


More than 15 stations can be integrated into the AFB training factory. In addition to the new AFB stations it also features stations from the MPS® family and stations from the new MPS® PA product line.

The unique interface and commu-nications concept enables quick and easy modification of the factory layout.

This means the stations can be deployed at any time individually or in small groups for teaching purposes, and the AFB training factory can be assembled in different project stages.


399



Need to meet special requirements? Numerous installations worldwide have resulted in a number of solutions specially focussed on hybrid automation.

Contact us with your requirements. We will design your optimum learning environment and implement it in a way closely linked to the actual process. We look forward to designing solutions with you for specific areas such as:

Water treatmentCooling and refrigeration technologypH value measurementConductivity measurementIntegration of process control engineeringPalletisingIdentification systems (RFID, barcode)

With our know-how in project planning, instrumentation, design and selection of process components, system integration and programming, through to didactic implementation, we will help you to put your ideas into practice quickly, reliably and cost-effectively.

––

–––

––


400


Appendix

10-pin flat cable ............................................................................................17616-pin flat cable ............................................................................................17619“ Blank panel for the control panel ............................................................31119“ blanking plate ........................................................................................17619“ Communication panels ...........................................................................30819“ Control panel ..........................................................................................30819“ emergency stop module .........................................................................31119“ EMERGENCY STOP panel ........................................................................31119“ module 16IN (12 HP) ..............................................................................17619“ module 16OUT (12 HP) ...........................................................................17619“ module 24V/0V (9 HP) ............................................................................17619“ module 4AIN/2AOUT (12 HP) .................................................................17619“ module 8IN (6 HP) ..................................................................................17619“ module 8OUT (6 HP) ...............................................................................17619“ module ASI (6 HP) ..................................................................................17619“ module system connector 37-pin (9 HP) .................................................17619“ module system connector SysLink (9 HP) ...............................................17619“ module word processing (12 HP) ............................................................17619“ Mounting frame ......................................................................................30819“ request module ......................................................................................31119“ Spare panel ............................................................................................3082 x 3/2-way solenoid valve, normally closed .................................................2013/2-way roller lever valve, normally open .....................................................2014/3-way hand lever valve, bypass mid-position (P > T), detenting .................2054/3-way solenoid valve, bypass mid-position (P > T) .....................................2054-way distributor ...........................................................................................2034-way distributor with pressure gauge ..........................................................2035/2-way double solenoid valve .....................................................................2015/2-way solenoid valve .................................................................................2015/3-way solenoid valve, mid position closed ................................................2015-fold plug socket strip with switch ...............................................................1995S – Workstation organisation, WBT ...............................................................30

AA4 ER mounting frame.............................................................................87, 198Accessories/Optional components for training packages .............................196Accessory box ...............................................................................................200Accumulator filling device .............................................................................205Actuators – DC motor, WBT .............................................................................23AFB automatic warehouse station .................................................................394AFB factory: Focus on bulk goods .................................................................397AFB factory: Hybrid production .....................................................................384AFB factory: In focus – the production process for six-packs .........................387AFB factory: Individual solutions ...................................................................400AFB factory: Innovative technology and innovative learning .........................386AFB factory: One training factory – over 100 different training systems ........399AFB factory: The production zones ................................................................388AFB filling station ..........................................................................................392AFB incoming goods/outgoing goods station ...............................................395AFB order compilation station .......................................................................393AFB pallet transport system ..........................................................................396AFB stations dispensing/sorting bulk goods .................................................398AFB training factory AFB-FMRQ-BP-DSPB ......................................................390Allen-Bradley EduTrainer® Compact ML 1200................................................181Aluminium profile plate ..................................................... 83, 87, 198, 313, 381Amprobe 30XR-A digital multimeter ..............................................................207Amprobe 38XR-A digital multimeter ..............................................................207Amprobe AC50A digital leakage current clamp .............................................209Amprobe DR 705 phase sequence indicator ..................................................207Amprobe Telaris 0100 plus installation tester for VDE 0100 .........................208Amprobe Telaris 0701/0702 appliance tester for VDE 0701-0702 ................208Analogue cable, crossover ............................................................................211

Analogue cable, parallel ................................................................................211Analogue terminal .........................................................................................271Angled slide module .....................................................................................261AS-interface addressing cable .......................................................................210AS-interface addressing device .....................................................................210AS-interface diffuse sensor ...........................................................................249AS-interface master CP343-2 ........................................................................183AS-interface valve connector .........................................................................249AS-interface valve terminal ...........................................................................249Assembly station: Add-on for the robot .........................................................262Automating with SIMATIC, Siemens technical book ........................................65Automation project work ...............................................................................240Automation technology/PLC training packages ............................................168Automation technology/PLC training packages: From buttons to automation solutions ......................................................170Automation with STEP 7 in LAD and FBD, Siemens technical book ..................65Automation with STEP 7 in STL and SCL, Siemens technical book ...................65Automation, Operation technology, Mechatronics, Part 1, Instructor‘s handbook.................................................................................70Automation, Operation technology, Mechatronics, Part 1, Student‘s handbook ...................................................................................70Automation, Operation technology, Mechatronics, Part 2, Instructor‘s handbook.................................................................................70Automation, Operation technology, Mechatronics, Part 2, Student‘s handbook ...................................................................................70

BBasic and cabinet systems: Functional diversity for your labs .........................94Basic electronics circuits, workbook ...............................................................62Basic pneumatic controllers, Practical knowledge, booklet.............................54Basic principles of pneumatics and electropneumatics, textbook ...................54Basic units ......................................................................................................82Basics of vacuum technology, TP 230, training course documents .................53BIBB electropneumatics course ....................................................................122BIBB electropneumatics course, exercises, log sheets and exercise circuits ........................................................................................122BIBB electropneumatics equipment set: Suitable for BIBB electropneumatics course ................................................................122BIBB hydraulics equipment set .....................................................................146BIBB hydraulics equipment set, additional exercises ....................................146BIBB pneumatics equipment set: Suitable for BIBB pneumatics course .......120Blanking plug ................................................................................................203Bottle set ......................................................................................................380Bottling station .............................................................................................372Buffer station: Adaptable ..............................................................................258

CCable BNC – 4 mm .........................................................................................209Cable BNC – BNC ...........................................................................................209Cable duct set ...............................................................................................212Cable guide ...............................................................................................84, 87CAMConcept .................................................................................................327Changer module ............................................................................................247CIROS® additional licences ..............................................................................43CIROS® Advanced Mechatronics......................................................................41CIROS® Automation Suite ................................................................................38CIROS® Mechatronics ......................................................................................40CIROS® Production ..........................................................................................41CIROS® Robotics .............................................................................................40CIROS® Studio .................................................................................................42CIROS® update from 1.0 to 1.1 ........................................................................43CIROS® update from COSIMIR® .......................................................................43

Index alphabetical


Index alphabetical

Clamping/ejecting module ............................................................................253Classroom Manager, learning management system ........................................32Closed-loop hydraulics, TP 511, training course documents ...........................59Closed-loop pneumatics, workbook ................................................................54CNC technology from EMCO: Efficient turning and milling .............................322CNC textbook ..................................................................................................73CNC textbook, solutions ..................................................................................73CoDeSys provided by Festo, programming software .......................................45Colour sensor ................................................................................................277Combining stations .......................................................................................280Communication-oriented approach to system malfunctions ...........................71Compressor ...................................................................................................200Concept MILL 105 .........................................................................................324Concept MILL 250 .........................................................................................324Concept MILL 450 .........................................................................................326Concept MILL 55 with tool changer ...............................................................324Concept MILL 55 without tool changer ..........................................................324Concept TURN 105 ........................................................................................325Concept TURN 250 ........................................................................................325Concept TURN 450 ........................................................................................326Concept TURN 55 ..........................................................................................325Connecting cable (4-pin plug) for connecting solenoid valves with an M8 central plug ............................................................................211Connecting cable, 4-pin, for connecting an MPS® station (EduTrainer® Universal) to the EMERGENCY-STOP board ..........................311Connection unit, analogue ............................................................................210Control and networking with all industrial standards ....................................230Control console AS-Interface .........................................................................308Control console SysLink ................................................................................308Control systems with special tasks: Targeted values ....................................177Control technology workbook .........................................................................71Controller keypad ..........................................................................................327Conveyor module 300 with DC motor ............................................................275Conveyor module 350 with DC motor ............................................................259Conveyor, unassembled ................................................................................241Cooling unit with heat exchanger ..................................................................381Coupling nipple .............................................................................................203Coupling socket ............................................................................................203Courseware: Teaching materials for basic and advanced training ...................50Cover for cylinder ..........................................................................................202CP input module ............................................................................................269CPX-CEC EduTrainer® Compact ......................................................................184CPX-CEC starter kit CoDeSys with Ethernet interface .....................................184Customer orientation, WBT .............................................................................31Cutaway pneumatic models ............................................................................55

DDC motor controller for clockwise/anti-clockwise rotation ............................257DC wattmeter ................................................................................................381Decentralisation with PROFIBUS-DP, Siemens technical book ........................65Diaphragm accumulator with shut-off block..................................................205Dictionary of Automation Technology .............................................................67Differential cylinder with cover ......................................................................202Diffuse sensor .......................................................................................255, 259Diffuse sensor, analogue ..............................................................................275Digital training programmes: Well-prepared knowledge .................................16DIN H-rail set .................................................................................................212Discover MPS® 200, WBT ................................................................................26Displacement encoder for cylinder ................................................................202Distributing station with AS interface: A single cable, many signals..............248Distributing station: Getting started with MPS® ............................................246Dolly truck for Systainer ................................................................................213

Drawer units ...................................................................................................82Drawing template control technology .............................................................73Drawing template program flow chart .............................................................73Drill hole monitoring module ........................................................................236Drilling module .....................................................................................237, 253

EEasyPort USB – An interface for measuring, open-loop control, closed-loop control .....................................................................................48EduKit PA Advanced in the Systainer .............................................................359EduKit PA Basic in the Systainer ....................................................................358EduKit PA workbook ........................................................................................71EduKit PA: The introduction to process engineering and closed-loop control ...................................................................................356EduTrainer® 24 V power supply unit ..............................................................199EduTrainer® Compact ....................................................................................178EduTrainer® Universal Preferred variants MPS®/MPS® PA: A4 rack with SIMATIC S7-300 ....................................................................304EduTrainer® Universal Preferred versions Laboratory: A4 and A4 rack with SIMATIC S7-300 and 19“ simulation modules ...........174EduTrainer® Universal Preferred versions Laboratory: A4 rack with SIMATIC S7-1200 and 19“ simulation modules ....................175EduTrainer® Universal Preferred versions MPS®/MPS® PA: A4 rack with Allen Bradley ML 1500 ..........................................................306EduTrainer® Universal Preferred versions MPS®/MPS® PA: A4 rack with Festo CPX-CEC ..............................................................305, 380EduTrainer® Universal Preferred versions MPS®/MPS® PA: A4 rack with Mitsubishi MELSEC FX1N ......................................................307EduTrainer® Universal: For maximum flexibility .............................................172EduTrainer® Universal: Your advantages .......................................................173EIB PowerLine technology, solutions ............................................................161EIB PowerLine technology, workbook with CD-ROM......................................161Ejection module, pneumatic ..........................................................................238Electric drives 1, WBT ......................................................................................23Electric drives 2, WBT ......................................................................................24Electric machines ..........................................................................................164Electrical engineering 1, WBT ..........................................................................19Electrical engineering 2, WBT ..........................................................................19Electrical engineering training packages: Modern and exciting training ....................................................................150Electrical Engineering, textbook ......................................................................61Electrical Engineering, textbook, solutions .....................................................61Electrical engineering/Electronics training packages ....................................148Electrical mini slide SLTE ...............................................................................277Electrical protective measures, WBT ...............................................................21Electrical signal input/output ........................................................................212Electrohydraulics, Advanced Level TP 602, training course documents ..........58Electrohydraulics, Basic Level TP 601, training course documents .................58Electrohydraulics, Basic level, textbook ..........................................................57Electronics 1, WBT ..........................................................................................20Electronics 2, WBT ..........................................................................................20Electropneumatics and Electrohydraulics, Basic level, DVD ...................... 55, 57Electropneumatics, Advanced level TP 202, training course documents .........52Electropneumatics, Basic Level TP 201, book of exercises ..............................52Electropneumatics, Basic Level TP 201, workbook ..........................................52Electropneumatics, WBT .................................................................................17Elektrohydraulics, WBT ...................................................................................18EMERGENCY-STOP board ..............................................................................311Empty EduTrainer® ER housing .....................................................................210Environmental protection in the office, WBT ...................................................29EPLAN Education .............................................................................................36Equipment set TP 101 – Basic level: Basic pneumatics training ....................100


Equipment set TP 1011: Fundamentals of electrical engineering/ electronics ................................................................................................152Equipment set TP 102 – Advanced level: Advanced pneumatics training ......102Equipment set TP 1021: EasyKit microcontroller ...........................................154Equipment set TP 111: Basic closed-loop pneumatics training .....................123Equipment set TP 1111: Power supply systems and protective measures ....158Equipment set TP 1131: KNX/EIB compact board .........................................160Equipment set TP 1211: Fundamentals of circuits with contacts ...................156Equipment set TP 1311: Sensors for object detection ...................................188Equipment set TP 1410: Servo brake and drive system .................................162Equipment set TP 1421: Servo motor drive technology .................................166Equipment set TP 1422: Stepper motor drive technology .............................167Equipment set TP 201 – Basic level: Basic electropneumatics training .........104Equipment set TP 202 – Advanced level: Advanced electropneumatics training .....................................................................................................108Equipment set TP 210 – Advanced level: Measurement and control in pneumatics with Fluid Lab®-P Version 2 ....................................................110Equipment set TP 220 – Advanced level: Drives in pneumatics .....................112Equipment set TP 230 – Advanced Level: Vacuum technology ......................114Equipment set TP 240 – Advanced level: Sensors in pneumatics ..................116Equipment set TP 250 – Advanced Level: Safety in pneumatic systems ........118Equipment set TP 301: Programmable logic controllers ................................190Equipment set TP 401-ASI: Fieldbus technology AS-interface .......................192Equipment set TP 402: Fieldbus technology Profibus-DP ..............................193Equipment set TP 501 – Basic Level: Basic training hydraulics ......................128Equipment set TP 502 – Advanced Level: Hydraulics for advanced students ...................................................................................................130Equipment set TP 511: Basis closed-loop hydraulics training .......................144Equipment set TP 601 – Basic Level: Basic training in electrohydraulics .......132Equipment set TP 602 – Advanced Level: Electrohydraulics for advanced students ...................................................................................136Equipment set TP 610 – Advanced level: Measurement and control in Hydraulics with FluidLab®-H ......................................................................138Equipment set TP 701 – Basic level: Basic proportional hydraulics training .....................................................................................................140Equipment set TP 702 – Advanced level: Advanced proportional hydraulics training ....................................................................................142Equipment set TP 800 – Mobile hydraulics: From basic principles to mobile machine ........................................................................................147ER and DIN A4 mounting frames .....................................................................83Ethernet cable ...............................................................................................211

FFanuc key module .........................................................................................327FC 100 EduTrainer® .......................................................................................181FED-CEC touch panel CoDeSys ......................................................................185Festo Didactic: Your ideal partner for vocational and further training ...............2Fieldbus technology AS-Interface/Profibus-DP, workbooks ............................68Fieldbus technology, WBT ...............................................................................25Filtration station ............................................................................................366Fluid Lab®-PA closed loop .......................................................................47, 377Fluid Lab®-PA process .............................................................................47, 377Fluidic Muscle Press module .........................................................................271Fluidic Muscle Press station: Powerful ..........................................................270FluidSIM® 4.2 Hydraulics .................................................................................34FluidSIM® 4.2 Pneumatics ...............................................................................34Fluke 115 digital multimeter .........................................................................207Fluke 1653B installation tester for VDE 0100 ................................................208Fluke 179 digital multimeter .........................................................................207Fluke 434 three-phase mains and power supply analyzer .............................209Fluke 6500 appliance tester for VDE 0701-0702 ...........................................208Fluke T100 voltage and continuity tester ......................................................207

Frequency converter starter kit .....................................................................241Friedrich Book of Tables Electrical Engineering/Electronics ............................61Front-panel connector ...................................................................................183Function generator ........................................................................................209Fundamentals of AC machines, workbook .......................................................63Fundamentals of alternating current technology, workbook ...........................62Fundamentals of circuits with contacts, workbook ..........................................63Fundamentals of DC machines, workbook.......................................................63Fundamentals of direct current technology, workbook ...................................62Fundamentals of pneumatic control engineering, textbook ............................54Fundamentals of semiconductors, workbook ..................................................62Fundamentals of servo motor drive technology, workbook .............................64Fundamentals of stepper motor drive technology, workbook .........................64Fundamentals of three-phase current machines, workbook ............................64Funnel for filling various devices with oil ......................................................204

GGlossary of electrical drive technology ............................................................64GRAFCET drawing template .............................................................................73GRAFCET practical knowledge .........................................................................66GRAFCET, WBT ................................................................................................26Gripper, pneumatic .......................................................................................261Gyroscope sensor .........................................................................................221

HHaidenhein key module ................................................................................327Handles for Systainer/container inserts ........................................................213Handling station, electrical: Up-to-date with electric drives ..........................256Handling station, pneumatic: All-rounder with pneumatic linear drive ..........254Holder module ..............................................................................................255Hose holder ..............................................................................................84, 87Hose line with quick release couplings .........................................................203Hose line without quick release couplings ....................................................203Hybrid training factories................................................................................382Hydraulic oil ..................................................................................................204Hydraulic power pack with a constant-displacement pump ..........................204Hydraulic power pack with two constant-displacement pumps and one motor .................................................................................................204Hydraulic power pack with two constant-displacement pumps and two motors ...............................................................................................204Hydraulic punch station ................................................................................265Hydraulics training packages ........................................................................124Hydraulics training packages: Tailored training in industrial and mobile hydraulics .................................................................................................126Hydraulics, Advanced Level TP 502, training course documents .....................58Hydraulics, Basic Level TP 501, training course documents ............................58Hydraulics, Basic level, textbook.....................................................................57Hydraulics, set of posters ................................................................................60Hydraulics, WBT ..............................................................................................18

II/O data cable with one SysLink connector as per IEEE 488 and bare cable-end sleeves .............................................................................211I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends ...................211I/O data cable, crossover, with terminal socket ............................................211I/O terminal (SysLink) ...................................................................................273iCIM 3000: The complete training system with potential ...............................344iCIM: Engineering service ..............................................................................346iCIM: Individual solutions..............................................................................347iCIM: The platform for professional interdisciplinary CIM training .................342IEC power cable ............................................................................................199IEC power cable 90° ......................................................................................199

Index alphabetical


iFactory: The modules ...................................................................................350iFactory: Training factory for production planning and factory organisation ..................................................................................348Inductive sensor ............................................................................................267Input/output module AI01 (V1.1) ..................................................................155Input/output module AI02 (V1.1) ..................................................................155Input/output module DI01 (V1.1)..................................................................155Input/output module DI02 (V1.1)..................................................................155Input/output module ILT1 (V1.0) ..................................................................155Input/output module ILT2 (V1.0) ..................................................................155Inspection camera module ............................................................................238Interactive learning with Robotino® View ......................................................217Interfaces to the process ...............................................................................195Internet search, WBT .......................................................................................29InTouch, visualisation software.......................................................................46

LLabCreator ......................................................................................................85Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering ................................................88Laboratory trolley Learnline for transfer line .................................................239Laser measuring module ...............................................................................309Learnline mobile .............................................................................................78Learnline stationary ........................................................................................80Learnline und Learntop ...................................................................................77Learntop-A ......................................................................................................86Learntop-L .......................................................................................................86Learntop-S ......................................................................................................86Lifting module ...............................................................................................251Loading unit/cylinder load simulator ............................................................202Logic control L EduTrainer® ...........................................................................186Logic control MB EduTrainer® .......................................................................186Logistics Kit ...................................................................................................220LOGO! EduTrainer® Compact .........................................................................181LOGO! EduTrainer® Compact TP ....................................................................181LOGO! manual .................................................................................................66LOGO! PC cable set........................................................................................182LOGO! Programming cable ............................................................................211LOGO! Soft Comfort, programming software ...................................................45LOGO! Trainer Package 230 V ........................................................................182LOGO! Trainer Package 24 V..........................................................................182LOGO! Training, WBT .......................................................................................25

MMachine Vision, WBT ......................................................................................27Magnetic symbol sets electrical engineering ...................................................73Magnetic symbol sets pneumatics/hydraulics ................................................73Manifold block ..............................................................................................203Measuring and controlling as in industry ......................................................376Measuring case .............................................................................................205Measuring container for hydraulic oil ............................................................205Measuring lead holder ..................................................................................206Measuring module ........................................................................................251Measuring module SMAT ..............................................................................309Measuring module, analogue........................................................................237Mechatronics and factory automation ...........................................................224Mechatronics Assistant ...........................................................................72, 279Mechatronics Assistant Update ...............................................................72, 279Media ..............................................................................................................12Micro Memory Card .......................................................................................183MicroFMS and MultiFMS ...............................................................................328MicroFMS and MultiFMS: Individual solutions ..............................................337MicroFMS control and communication concept .............................................330

MicroFMS MR6 – Milling cell with robot loading ............................................332MicroFMS MTLR11 – Turning and milling with robot on linear axis ................333MicroFMS TR6 – Turned parts with robot loading ..........................................331Micromaster 420 EduTrainer® .......................................................................165Mitsubishi GX Trainer Package, programming software ..................................45Mixing station ...............................................................................................368Monitor bracket, long ......................................................................................84Monitor bracket, short ....................................................................................84Motor controller SFC-DC ................................................................................277Mounting frame/mounting sets ......................................................................82Mounting kit for cylinders .............................................................................202Mounting kit for hydraulic cylinder with weight ..............................................87MPS® – The modular production system: From module to learning factory .........................................................................................226MPS® 200 complete systems: With blended learning package and modular expansion options ......................................................................282MPS® 202-Mechatronics ...............................................................................284MPS® 202-Robotics .......................................................................................292MPS® 203-Fieldbus .......................................................................................286MPS® 203-IT Remote maintenance and diagnosis .........................................288MPS® 205-Mechatronics ...............................................................................290MPS® 210-Mechatronics ...............................................................................294MPS® 500-FMS Flexible production – compatible, modular and versatile......296MPS® 501-FMS entry-level system ................................................................300MPS® 502-FMS entry-level system ................................................................300MPS® 503-FMS entry-level system ................................................................300MPS® 504-FMS entry-level system ................................................................300MPS® 505-FMS entry-level system ................................................................300MPS® 512-FMS complete package ................................................................301MPS® 516-FMS complete package ................................................................298MPS® actuating, networking, operating, monitoring, optimising ...................302MPS® commissioning service: Start-Up Basic SP1.........................................278MPS® commissioning service: Start-Up Networking SP3 ...............................278MPS® commissioning service: Start-Up Robotics SP2 ...................................278MPS® Conveyor project kit, training documentation .......................................70MPS® Distribution Station, training documentation .......................................70MPS® module door ........................................................................................310MPS® module door with active locking mechanism .......................................310MPS® module light curtain ............................................................................310MPS® module safety engineering holder system ...........................................310MPS® PA 204 Complete system .....................................................................374MPS® PA commissioning service ...................................................................378MPS® PA Compact Workstation .....................................................................362MPS® PA Compact Workstation: Measurement, open and closed loop control in minimal space ........................................................360MPS® PA Compact-Workstation Control Kits .................................................363MPS® PA stations and complete systems: The elementary control loops in the process industry ....................................................................364MPS® PA workbook .........................................................................................71MPS® Sorting Station, training documentation ..............................................70MPS® stations: Mechatronic systems for world champions ...........................242MPS® Transfer Factory: From transfer system to convertible factory .............338MPS® Transfer Factory: The concept in detail ................................................340MPS® Transfer line ........................................................................................234MPS® Transfer System Ejection Module, pneumatic, workbook ......................69MPS® Transfer System Frequency Converter MM420, workbook ....................69MPS® Transfer System Measuring Module, analogue, workbook ....................69MPS® Transfer System Turning Module, workbook .........................................69MPS® Transfer system: Get moving with mechatronics and electronics training ...................................................................................228MPS® Transfer system: System overview ......................................................232MultiFMS: Decentralised control technology .................................................336

Index alphabetical


MultiFMS: Professional software...................................................................335MultiFMS: The mechatronics learning platform .............................................334Multi-pin plug distributor ..............................................................................257Multiple tubing holder strip set .....................................................................200

NNorthStar® Navigation System ......................................................................220

OOffers for fieldbus training ............................................................................191Oil drip tray for Learntop-S workstation ..........................................................87Oil spillage/protective mat .............................................................................84One-way flow control valve ...........................................................................201On-off valve with filter regulating valve .........................................................247On-off valve with filter/regulator, 5 μm .........................................................201Open- and closed-loop control, WBT ...............................................................24Operator Panel OP177B ................................................................................183Operator Panel OP177B EduTrainer® ............................................................187Operator unit ................................................................................................380

PPA workpiece set ...................................................................................312, 380Parts set “Cylinder end caps” ........................................................................312PC adapter ............................................................................................183, 211PC data cable RS232 .....................................................................................211Personnel management, WBT .........................................................................31PicAlfa module, electrical ..............................................................................257PicAlfa module, pneumatic............................................................................255Pick&Place module .......................................................................................273Pick&Place station: Small is beautiful ...........................................................272PID industrial closed-loop controller .............................................................380Pipe and tubing cutter ...................................................................................200Piston pallet ..................................................................................................263Plastic tubing ................................................................................................200PLC starter kit CoDeSys with CPX-CEC and EasyPort USB ..............................185Plug-in adapter set ..................................................................................87, 198Plug-in adapter, electrical .............................................................................211Pneumatic control technology, exercises and solutions ................................120Pneumatic control technology, exercises for trainees ...................................120Pneumatic drives, TP 220, training course documents ....................................53Pneumatic slide module ................................................................................251Pneumatics training packages ........................................................................96Pneumatics training packages: Innovative and practical, right down to the smallest details ...............................................................98Pneumatics, Advanced level TP 102, training course documents ....................52Pneumatics, Basic Level TP 101, book of exercises .........................................52Pneumatics, Basic Level TP 101, workbook .....................................................52Pneumatics, set of posters ..............................................................................56Pneumatics, WBT ............................................................................................17Poka Yoke, WBT ..............................................................................................30Portal Trainer 300 .........................................................................................241Power supply systems and protective measures, workbook ...........................63Power supply unit for mounting frame ..........................................................199PowerLab Driver ..............................................................................................95PowerLab Server .............................................................................................95Pressure filter................................................................................................205Pressure relief unit ........................................................................................203Pressure relief valve, piloted .........................................................................205Pressure sensor ............................................................................................271Pressure sequence valve ...............................................................................205Process automation and closed-loop control technology ..............................352Process automation, WBT ...............................................................................28

Process automation: Seminars and workshops.............................................379Process optimisation, training documentation ................................................70Processing station: Purely electrical .............................................................252Profibus cable ...............................................................................................211Profibus DP CP valve terminal .......................................................................269Profile plate connector ..................................................................................313Programmable logic controllers in practice .....................................................68Programmable logic controllers, basic level, textbook ....................................68Programmable logic controllers, basic level, workbook ..................................68Programmable logic controllers, basic level, workbook, solutions Allen-Bradley SLC500 ..................................................................68Programmable logic controllers, basic level, workbook, solutions Festo FPC 101 ..............................................................................68Programmable logic controllers, basic level, workbook, solutions Siemens S7-300 ..........................................................................68Project management, WBT ..............................................................................29ProLog Factory: Logistics – Communication – Mechatronics – Robotics ........314ProLog Factory: Package range .....................................................................316Proportional hydraulics, Advanced level TP 702, training course documents ..................................................................................................59Proportional hydraulics, Basic level TP 701, training course documents ..................................................................................................59Proportional hydraulics, Basic level, textbook ................................................57Protective cover for weight, 9 kg ...................................................................202Protective Measures to DIN VDE, workbook ....................................................61Protective Measures to DIN VDE, workbook, solutions ...................................61Punching station: Hydraulics power ..............................................................264

QQuality with a certificate ...................................................................................6Quick Star quick push-in fitting .....................................................................200

RReactor station ..............................................................................................370Recognition module ......................................................................................251References: University of Stuttgart, IFF .........................................................351Relay, time-delay relay ..................................................................................212Releasing tool for plastic tubing ....................................................................200Replacement filter cartridge ..........................................................................381Resistance hose line with quick release couplings ........................................203Retaining module ..........................................................................................261Retro-reflective sensor ..................................................................................267RFID module ..................................................................................................238Robot interface box ...............................................................................263, 313Robot RV-2SDB with Teachbox R32TB ..........................................................261Robot RV-2SDB with touch panel R56TB .......................................................261Robot station: Industrial quality ....................................................................260Robot Vision Cell KR5sixx ..............................................................................320Robot Vision Cell RV-2SDB ............................................................................320Robot Vision Cell RV-3SDB ............................................................................320Robot Vision Cell: Robotics trends in focus ...................................................318Robotino® .....................................................................................................214Robotino® project ideas ................................................................................223Robotino® SIM ..............................................................................................222Robotino® SIM Professional ..........................................................................222Robotino® training course document, book of exercises ...............................219Robotino® training course document, workbook ...........................................219Robotino®: Experiencing, understanding and using technology ....................216Rotary indexing table module .......................................................................253Rotary/linear transfer module .......................................................................271RSLogix 500 Starter, programming software ...................................................45Rubber feet ..................................................................................... 87, 198, 313

Index alphabetical


SSafety engineering, WBT .................................................................................27Safety in pneumatic systems, TP 250, training course documents ..................53Safety jumper plugs, 19 mm .........................................................................206Safety jumper plugs, 28 pieces, grey-black ...................................................206Safety jumper plugs, 42 pieces, red, blue, grey, grey-blue and green-yellow .............................................................................................206Safety laboratory cable, 3 m .........................................................................211Safety laboratory cables, 1000 mm ...............................................................206Safety laboratory cables, 106 pieces, red, blue and black .............................206Safety laboratory cables, 1500 mm ...............................................................206Safety laboratory cables, 300 mm .................................................................206Safety laboratory cables, 47 pieces, black ....................................................206Safety laboratory cables, 50 mm ...................................................................206Safety laboratory cables, 500 mm .................................................................206Safety laboratory cables, 52 pieces, grey and green-yellow ..........................206Safety laboratory cables, 98 pieces, red and blue .........................................206Safety relay from Pilz ....................................................................................311Safety relay from Sick ...................................................................................311Sealing ring for plug ......................................................................................203Sensor technology 1, WBT ..............................................................................22Sensor technology 2, WBT ..............................................................................22Sensor tester.................................................................................................210Sensors for object detection, training course documents, book of exercises .....................................................................................................67Sensors for object detection, training course documents, workbook ....................................................................................................67Sensors in pneumatics, TP 240, book of exercises ..........................................53Sensors in pneumatics, TP 240, workbook ......................................................53Sensors, transparency set ...............................................................................67Separating module (springs) .........................................................................263Separating station: Flexibility........................................................................274Separator module, pneumatic .......................................................................259Service with Value added ..................................................................................8Servo motor MTR-DCI ....................................................................................277Siemens documentation for S7/STEP 7 on DVD ..............................................66Siemens S7, STEP 7 and Festo valve terminals, instructional material ............66Siemens S7-300 manual .................................................................................66Silencer and sealing rings .............................................................................200SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer® Compact .................................................................179SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer® ET 200S ..................................................................180SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer® Start .......................................................................180Simulation box, digital ..................................................................................210Simulation box, digital/analogue ..................................................................210Sinamics G110 EduTrainer® ..........................................................................165Sinumerik key module ..................................................................................327Skills for the Electrical Industry, textbook .......................................................61Slide module .................................................................................................255Slotted mounting plate ...........................................................................87, 198Software for Amprobe 38XR-A .......................................................................207Software for Amprobe Telaris 0100 plus .......................................................208Software for Amprobe Telaris 0701/0702 .....................................................208Software for Fluke 1653B DMS 0100/INST ...................................................208Software for Fluke 6500 DMS 0702/PAT .......................................................208Software: Learning, controlling, simulating .....................................................14Sorting gate module, pneumatic ...........................................................237, 267Sorting gate/separator module, electrical ....................................................273Sorting gate/separator module, pneumatic ..................................................275Sorting station DP: Profibus ..........................................................................268Sorting station: Final .....................................................................................266Spare filter cartridge for the pressure filter ...................................................205Stacking magazine module ...................................................................236, 247

Stacking magazine module (end caps) ..................................................263, 265Starting current limiter ..................................................................................275Steady-speed cylinder with covers ................................................................202STEP 7 Fundamentals ......................................................................................66STEP 7 Fundamentals, Manual STL, LAD, FCH .................................................66STEP 7 Professional for Training, programming software ................................44STEP 7 Software for Students, programming software ....................................44STEP 7 Trainer Package, programming software .............................................44STEP 7 Trainer Package, upgrade, programming software ..............................44Stepper module, expansion ..........................................................................201Stopper module ............................................................................................267Storage plate ..................................................................................................84Storing station: In and out, electrically..........................................................276Supplementary equipment set Controlling using FC 100 EduTrainer/ CoDeSys ...................................................................................................107Supplementary equipment set Controlling using FluidSIM®/ EasyPort USB ....................................................................................107, 134Supplementary equipment set Controlling using LOGO! EduTrainer® Compact TP/LOGO! Soft Comfort ......................................................107, 134Supplementary equipment set TP 101 > TP 201 .............................................105Supplementary equipment set TP 201 > TP 301 .............................................190Supplementary equipment set TP 501 > TP 601 .............................................135Supplementary equipment set TP 501 and TP 502 > TP 601 ..........................135Swing, Basic and cabinet systems ...................................................................89Swing: Configuration example ........................................................................90Swing: Flexible solutions, configuration examples ..........................................92Systainer .......................................................................................................213Systainer/container inserts ...........................................................................213

TTable extension ...............................................................................................84Tabletop power supply unit ..................................................................199, 313T-connector BNC ...........................................................................................209T-distributor ..................................................................................................203Team performance, WBT .................................................................................31Tektronix TDS 1002B digital storage oscilloscope.........................................209Tektronix TDS 2004C digital storage oscilloscope .........................................209Terminal strip ................................................................................................212Testing module .............................................................................................253Testing station: Focus on sensors .................................................................250The amazing world of pneumatics, book .........................................................55The complete Robotino® package .................................................................218The fascination of technology, WBT ................................................................28The stations in the Modular Production System at a glance ..........................244The universal laboratory furniture ...................................................................76T-head nut M5 ...............................................................................................212Through beam sensor ...................................................................................259Time management, WBT .................................................................................29Tool set .................................................................................................313, 381Touch Panel FED ...........................................................................................363Touch Panel TP177B .............................................................................183, 363Touch Panel TP177B EduTrainer®..................................................................187TP 400 component set ..................................................................................194TP 401 supplementary equipment set DP .....................................................194TPM – Total Productive Maintenance, WBT .....................................................30Trainer package CPU315F-2 PN/DP – Profinet ...............................................182Trainer package ET 200S – Profinet ...............................................................182Trainer package F technology ET 200S – Profinet ..........................................182Trainer package F technology S7-300 – Profinet ...........................................182Trainer Package Internet link S7-300, CP343-1 Advanced with CD-ROM ............................................................................................183Trainer package SIMATC S7-1200 DC/DC/DC ................................................182

Index alphabetical


Index alphabetical

Trainer package SIMATIC Basic Panel for S7-1200 ........................................182Trainer Package WinCC flexible, upgrade, visualisation software ....................46Trainer Package WinCC flexible, visualisation software ...................................46Trainer Package WinCC/Web Navigator, visualisation software ......................46Training and Consulting ..................................................................................10Trolley ...................................................................................................313, 381Trolley for Systainer ......................................................................................213Tubing cutter .................................................................................................200Turning module .....................................................................................236, 309

UUniversal adapter ..........................................................................................201Universal bracket ............................................................................................84Universal connection unit, digital (SysLink) ..................................................210

VVacuum switch ..............................................................................................247Value stream analysis and mapping, WBT .......................................................30Valve terminal – Smart Cubic ........................................................................257Vernier caliper ...............................................................................................198

WWater – Bulk materials – Chemicals – Energy: Training in process automation.................................................................354Water-air cooler ............................................................................................381Weight, 9 kg for cylinder ...............................................................................202Wheel set for mounting on the tank ..............................................................204Win NC control software: Fanuc turning/milling ............................................327Win NC control software: Haidenhein milling ................................................327Win NC control software: Sinumerik turning/milling .....................................327WinCC, visualisation software .........................................................................46W-LAN access point .......................................................................................221Workpiece insert “Clock” ..............................................................................312Workpiece insert “Hygrometer” ....................................................................312Workpiece insert “Thermometer” .................................................................312Workpiece set “Cylinder bodies”...................................................................312Workpiece set “For cylinder assembly” .........................................................312Workpiece set “Housings” ............................................................................312Workpiece set “Reject bodies” ......................................................................312Workpiece set “Reject housings” ..................................................................312Workstation systems.......................................................................................74


2307............................................ 2004645 ........................................... 2007658............................................ 20014572 ......................................... 20418959 ......................................... 21018960 ......................................... 21033840 ......................................... 20034031 ......................................... 21134634 ......................................... 20034635 ......................................... 20335653 ......................................... 19853977 ........................................... 5554085 ........................................... 5556975 ........................................... 6780147 ......................................... 14680148 ......................................... 14690021 ........................................... 7390022 ........................................... 7390070 ......................................... 12090090 ......................................... 12090850 ........................................... 5490851 ........................................... 5491030 ......................................... 20092491 ......................................... 20593070 ......................................... 12293080 ......................................... 12293280 ........................................... 5793281 ........................................... 5793282 ........................................... 5793287 ........................................... 5793310 ........................................... 6893311 ........................................... 6893313 ........................................... 6893314 ........................................... 6893315 ........................................... 6893316 ........................................... 6893317 ........................................... 6893610 ........................................... 5793611 ........................................... 5793960 ........................................... 6794347 ........................................... 5494348 ........................................... 5994352 ........................................... 5994368 ........................................... 5994377 ........................................... 5794378 ........................................... 5794404 ........................................... 5994427 ........................................... 6894440 ........................................... 6894450 ........................................... 5994457 ........................................... 5994458 ........................................... 5994459 ........................................... 5494460 ........................................... 5994465 ........................................... 5494469 ........................................... 5994472 ........................................... 5994473 ........................................... 5994524 ........................................... 6894537 ........................................... 68

Order no. Page

151496 ....................................... 200151508 ......................................... 54152584 ....................................... 200152847 ....................................... 203152859 ....................................... 205152885 ....................................... 201152894 ....................................... 247152918 ....................................... 209152919 ....................................... 209152960 ....................................... 203152962 ....................................... 204152963 ....................................... 200152970 ....................................... 203152971 ....................................... 203152972 ....................................... 202152973 ....................................... 202153056 ....................................... 200153128 ....................................... 200153251 ....................................... 200153267 ....................................... 200153291 ....................................... 200153304 ....................................... 200153333 ....................................... 200153376 ....................................... 200158343 ......................... 87, 198, 313120856 ....................................... 313150768 ....................................... 27534035 ......................................... 273158352 ....................................... 203158357 ....................................... 209158419 ....................................... 200158481 ....................................... 210158962 ....................................... 211159298 ....................................... 209159328 ....................................... 204159331 ................................. 87, 198159333 ....................................... 198159382 ....................................... 199159386 ....................................... 203159395 ....................................... 203159396 ....................................... 199159409 ................................. 83, 198159410 ......................... 83, 198, 381159411 ........................... 83, 87, 198159662 ....................................... 200159663 ....................................... 200160786 ....................................... 211162228 ....................................... 313162231 ....................................... 210162239 ....................................... 312162240 ....................................... 312162267 ....................................... 201162305 ....................................... 211162340 ......................................... 73162341 ......................................... 73162352 ....................................... 265162353 ....................................... 265162360 ................................. 87, 198162380 ............................... 199, 313162381 ............................... 199, 313

162382 ............................... 199, 313162385 ....................................... 247162386 ............................... 198, 313162387 ....................................... 247162405 ....................................... 263162411 ....................................... 199162412 ....................................... 199162413 ....................................... 199162414 ....................................... 199162415 ....................................... 199162416 ....................................... 199162416 ....................................... 313162417 ............................... 199, 313162418 ............................... 199, 313162419 ............................... 199, 313167020 ....................................... 200167021 ....................................... 312167090 ....................................... 202167091 ....................................... 206167101 ....................................... 190167102 ....................................... 190167122 ....................................... 211167197 ....................................... 211167278 ....................................... 263170395 ............................... 198, 313170643 ....................................... 210177468 ....................................... 205178410 ....................................... 200178417 ....................................... 200178424 ....................................... 200184455 ....................................... 203184462 ....................................... 122184465 ....................................... 140184466 ....................................... 142184467 ....................................... 123184471 ....................................... 144184554 ....................................... 183184555 ............................... 183, 211184558 ......................................... 66184563 ......................................... 66184564 ......................................... 66184565 ......................................... 66184566 ......................................... 66184577 ......................................... 66185692 ....................................... 211186095 ....................................... 200186116 ....................................... 200186294 ....................................... 200192215 ....................................... 204192883 ......................................... 66193129 ......................................... 56193449 ......................................... 68194039 ......................................... 65194040 ......................................... 65194041 ......................................... 65194043 ......................................... 65195224 ....................................... 201195225 ....................................... 201195439 ......................................... 46195442 ......................................... 46

195760 ....................................... 248195761 ....................................... 268195764 ....................................... 308195765 ....................................... 308195766 ....................................... 308195767 ....................................... 308195769 ....................................... 311195773 ....................................... 253195777 ....................................... 255195779 ....................................... 251195780 ....................................... 246195781 ....................................... 250195782 ....................................... 252195783 ....................................... 254195784 ....................................... 258195786 ....................................... 266195787 ....................................... 264195789 ....................................... 262196083 ....................................... 249196948 ......................................... 60196959 ....................................... 259196960 ....................................... 259196962 ....................................... 259196968 ....................................... 267196969 ....................................... 267196971 ....................................... 267196973 ....................................... 247196974 ....................................... 253197118 ....................................... 200205284 ....................................... 203236302 ....................................... 205247661 ....................................... 199254490 ....................................... 212337617 ....................................... 203337618 ....................................... 203342047 ....................................... 203343616 ....................................... 203350337 ....................................... 203350362 ....................................... 199350363 ....................................... 199350364 ....................................... 199350366 ....................................... 199350367 ....................................... 199357283 ......................................... 87374038 ....................................... 204376931 ....................................... 206376932 ....................................... 206376934 ....................................... 206376935 ....................................... 206376936 ....................................... 206376937 ....................................... 206376938 ....................................... 206376939 ....................................... 206376940 ....................................... 206376941 ....................................... 206380707 ....................................... 199525953 ....................................... 202525954 ....................................... 202526206 ....................................... 308526212 ....................................... 255

Order no. Page Order no. Page Order no. Page

Index numerical


526213 ....................................... 271526215 ....................................... 255526217 ....................................... 251526218 ....................................... 253526228 ....................................... 259526230 ....................................... 267526337 ....................................... 201526504 ....................................... 211526505 ......................................... 45526506 ......................................... 66526507 ......................................... 66526714 ....................................... 213526715 ....................................... 213526716 ....................................... 213526717 ....................................... 213526814 ....................................... 213526847 ......................................... 87526850 ....................................... 251526853 ....................................... 183526861 ....................................... 263526863 ....................................... 210526879 ....................................... 261527424 ....................................... 179527425 ....................................... 180527433 ....................................... 181528612 ......................................... 66529141 ....................................... 211532929 ....................................... 249532952 ....................................... 273532954 ....................................... 251533014 ....................................... 213533018 ....................................... 179533019 ....................................... 179533020 ....................................... 179533021 ....................................... 179533022 ....................................... 179533023 ....................................... 179533027 ....................................... 183533030 ....................................... 183533035 ....................................... 211533036 ....................................... 211533039 ....................................... 211533499 ......................................... 54534270 ......................................... 68534271 ......................................... 68534272 ......................................... 68534273 ......................................... 68534362 ....................................... 241534363 ....................................... 241534364 ............................... 263, 313534367 ....................................... 275534368 ....................................... 312534619 ....................................... 312534620 ....................................... 312534621 ....................................... 312534622 ....................................... 312534623 ....................................... 312534630 ....................................... 311534631 ....................................... 311535239 ....................................... 249

Order no. Page

535242 ....................................... 269535243 ....................................... 269535245 ....................................... 311535246 ....................................... 272535247 ....................................... 273535248 ....................................... 270535249 ....................................... 271535250 ....................................... 181535251 ....................................... 271535255 ....................................... 180535811 ....................................... 181535812 ......................................... 84535812 ......................................... 87535814 ....................................... 308535829 ......................................... 45535832 ......................................... 82535833 ......................................... 82535834 ......................................... 82535835 ......................................... 82536200 ................................. 87, 198536740 ....................................... 183536905 ....................................... 179536906 ....................................... 179536907 ....................................... 179537465 ....................................... 277538236 ....................................... 277538487 ................................... 55, 57538913 ....................................... 277538957 ......................................... 70539006 ............................... 183, 211539007 ......................................... 55539021 ......................................... 83539022 ......................................... 83539023 ......................................... 80539025 ......................................... 80539026 ......................................... 82539028 ......................................... 78539030 ......................................... 78539032 ......................................... 82539033 ......................................... 83539111 ....................................... 278539265 ......................................... 64539308 ......................................... 70539311 ......................................... 70539729 ......................................... 84539731 ......................................... 82539733 ....................................... 204539734 ....................................... 204539735 ......................................... 82539736 ......................................... 84539755 ......................................... 83539767 ............................... 313, 381539797 ................................... 84, 87539934 ......................................... 70540668 ......................................... 86540669 ......................................... 86540670 ......................................... 86540671 ......................................... 52540672 ......................................... 52540673 ......................................... 52

540674 ......................................... 52540686 ......................................... 65540687 ......................................... 65540688 ......................................... 65540692 ......................................... 73540693 ......................................... 73540697 ......................................... 82540698 ......................................... 82540703 ....................................... 211540705 ....................................... 278540706 ....................................... 278540710 ....................................... 100540711 ....................................... 102540712 ....................................... 104540713 ....................................... 108540717 ....................................... 105540719 ....................................... 274540899 ......................................... 28540901 ......................................... 28540905 ......................................... 29540907 ......................................... 29540911 ......................................... 17540913 ......................................... 17540917 ......................................... 18540919 ......................................... 18540923 ......................................... 17540925 ......................................... 17540929 ......................................... 18540931 ......................................... 18540941 ......................................... 25540943 ......................................... 25540953 ......................................... 23540955 ......................................... 23540959 ......................................... 25540961 ......................................... 25541088 ......................................... 52541089 ......................................... 52541090 ......................................... 52541091 ......................................... 52541096 ....................................... 192541097 ....................................... 193541098 ....................................... 194541099 ....................................... 194541113 ....................................... 276541114 ....................................... 204541115 ....................................... 204541116 ....................................... 204541120 ....................................... 275541122 ................................. 87, 198541133 ......................................... 84541134 ....................................... 205541135 ....................................... 202541139 ....................................... 381541146 ....................................... 380541149 ......................................... 45541152 ....................................... 212541153 ....................................... 212541154 ....................................... 212541155 ....................................... 212541156 ....................................... 212

541157 ....................................... 212541158 ....................................... 212541161 ....................................... 284541162 ....................................... 284541163 ....................................... 284541164 ....................................... 284541165 ....................................... 286541166 ....................................... 288541167 ....................................... 290541168 ....................................... 290541169 ....................................... 290541170 ....................................... 290541171 ....................................... 292541172 ....................................... 294541173 ....................................... 294541174 ....................................... 294541175 ....................................... 294541179 ....................................... 210541184 ....................................... 112541499 ....................................... 210542503 ......................................... 52542504 ......................................... 52542505 ......................................... 52542506 ......................................... 52542507 ......................................... 52542508 ......................................... 52542509 ......................................... 52542510 ......................................... 52542682 ......................................... 26543068 ......................................... 71544143 ......................................... 34544145 ......................................... 34544146 ......................................... 34544147 ......................................... 34544149 ......................................... 34544150 ......................................... 34544151 ......................................... 34544153 ......................................... 34544154 ......................................... 34544155 ......................................... 34544157 ......................................... 34544158 ......................................... 34544246 ................................. 87, 198544248 ....................................... 374544249 ....................................... 374544250 ....................................... 374544251 ....................................... 374544253 ....................................... 366544254 ....................................... 368544255 ....................................... 370544256 ....................................... 372544293 ....................................... 380544294 ............................... 183, 363544295 ....................................... 183544303 ....................................... 381544304 ................................. 47, 377544306 ....................................... 219544307 ....................................... 219544317 ....................................... 200544336 ....................................... 205


Index numerical


544341 ....................................... 205544345 ....................................... 205544349 ....................................... 205544371 ....................................... 202544372 ....................................... 202544373 ....................................... 202544375 ....................................... 213544380 ....................................... 201544381 ....................................... 201544382 ....................................... 201548571 ....................................... 201548573 ......................................... 44548574 ......................................... 44548575 ......................................... 44548576 ......................................... 44548590 ......................................... 71548591 ......................................... 71548592 ......................................... 71548593 ......................................... 71548606 ....................................... 219548607 ....................................... 219548609 ....................................... 205548610 ....................................... 203548637 ....................................... 212548638 ....................................... 212548676 ....................................... 181548678 ......................................... 66548679 ......................................... 66548680 ......................................... 66548681 ......................................... 66548685 ....................................... 240548686 ....................................... 240548687 ......................................... 48549623 ......................................... 19549625 ......................................... 19549626 ......................................... 19549628 ......................................... 19549629 ......................................... 20549631 ......................................... 20549632 ......................................... 20549634 ......................................... 20549752 ......................................... 22549755 ......................................... 22549758 ......................................... 22549759 ......................................... 29549761 ......................................... 22549763 ......................................... 29549766 ......................................... 27549767 ......................................... 29549769 ......................................... 27549771 ......................................... 29549822 ....................................... 358549833 ....................................... 220549834 ......................................... 26549835 ....................................... 182549836 ....................................... 182549837 ....................................... 182549840 ....................................... 120549848 ....................................... 182549849 ....................................... 310

Order no. Page

549850 ....................................... 310549851 ....................................... 310549852 ....................................... 310549853 ....................................... 309549854 ....................................... 309549855 ....................................... 309549858 ....................................... 203549860 ....................................... 199549861 ....................................... 199549862 ....................................... 199549863 ....................................... 199549864 ....................................... 199549865 ....................................... 199549982 ......................................... 53550141 ......................................... 58550142 ......................................... 58550143 ......................................... 58550144 ......................................... 58550522 ....................................... 240550583 ....................................... 240550584 ......................................... 70550585 ......................................... 70550804 ......................................... 32550805 ......................................... 32551010 ......................................... 60551011 ......................................... 60551012 ......................................... 60551013 ......................................... 56551014 ......................................... 56551015 ......................................... 56551141 ......................................... 58551145 ......................................... 58551146 ......................................... 58551147 ......................................... 58551148 ......................................... 58551149 ......................................... 58551150 ......................................... 58551151 ......................................... 58551152 ......................................... 58551153 ......................................... 58551154 ......................................... 58551155 ......................................... 58554301 ............................... 312, 380555647 ....................................... 378555706 ....................................... 219555707 ....................................... 219555708 ....................................... 219555709 ....................................... 219556228 ....................................... 110556235 ....................................... 182556236 ....................................... 182556237 ....................................... 182556238 ......................................... 46556239 ......................................... 46556240 ......................................... 46556242 ......................................... 71556270 ............................... 107, 134556271 ............................... 107, 134556272 ....................................... 107556290 ....................................... 202

556292 ......................................... 84556293 ......................................... 84556928 ......................................... 34556930 ......................................... 34556931 ......................................... 34556932 ......................................... 34556934 ......................................... 34556935 ......................................... 34556937 ......................................... 34556939 ......................................... 34556940 ......................................... 34556941 ......................................... 34556943 ......................................... 34556944 ......................................... 34557688 ......................................... 26557689 ......................................... 26557691 ......................................... 27557692 ......................................... 27559880 ......................................... 53559881 ......................................... 53559882 ......................................... 53560159 ....................................... 201560621 ......................................... 32562474 ......................................... 73562481 ......................................... 73562482 ................................. 72, 279562483 ................................. 72, 279563358 ................................. 72, 279563359 ................................. 72, 279563969 ......................................... 71563971 ......................................... 71563973 ......................................... 71563975 ......................................... 71564179 ....................................... 220564623 ......................................... 30564624 ......................................... 30564631 ....................................... 359565018 ......................................... 30565019 ......................................... 30565020 ......................................... 30565021 ......................................... 30565025 ......................................... 70565026 ......................................... 70565440 ....................................... 200566435 ......................................... 84566900 ......................................... 36566902 ......................................... 36566903 ......................................... 36566908 ....................................... 116566909 ......................................... 53566910 ......................................... 53566912 ......................................... 53566913 ......................................... 53566914 ......................................... 53566915 ......................................... 53566916 ......................................... 53566917 ......................................... 53566918 ....................................... 188566919 ......................................... 67566920 ......................................... 67

566921 ......................................... 67566922 ......................................... 67566923 ......................................... 67566924 ......................................... 67566925 ......................................... 67566926 ......................................... 67567028 ......................................... 54567098 ....................................... 304567099 ....................................... 304567101 ....................................... 307567102 ....................................... 306567103 ....................................... 304567104 ....................................... 304567106 ....................................... 307567107 ....................................... 306567108 ....................................... 174567109 ....................................... 174567110 ....................................... 174567111 ....................................... 176567112 ....................................... 176567113 ....................................... 176567114 ....................................... 176567115 ....................................... 176567116 ....................................... 176567118 ....................................... 176567119 ....................................... 176567122 ....................................... 176567123 ....................................... 176567124 ....................................... 176567125 ....................................... 176567126 ....................................... 176567138 ....................................... 221567139 ................................. 47, 377567187 ......................................... 52567189 ......................................... 52567194 ....................................... 138567195 ....................................... 176567196 ....................................... 176567197 ....................................... 176567202 ....................................... 380567203 ....................................... 256567207 ......................................... 62567209 ......................................... 62567211 ......................................... 62567213 ......................................... 62567215 ......................................... 62567217 ......................................... 62567219 ......................................... 62567221 ......................................... 62567223 ....................................... 203567224 ................................. 47, 377567225 ................................. 47, 377567228 ....................................... 221567229 ....................................... 174567230 ....................................... 222567232 ....................................... 210567238 ....................................... 182567240 ....................................... 175567241 ....................................... 175567242 ....................................... 175


Index numerical


567243 ....................................... 175567244 ....................................... 154567245 ....................................... 257567255 ....................................... 257567257 ......................................... 53567258 ......................................... 53567259 ......................................... 53567260 ......................................... 53567264 ....................................... 118567265 ......................................... 53567266 ......................................... 53567267 ......................................... 53567268 ......................................... 53567271 ....................................... 184567272 ....................................... 184567273 ....................................... 185567274 ....................................... 305567275 ............................... 305, 380567276 ....................................... 185567280 ....................................... 211567281 ......................................... 62567283 ......................................... 62567285 ......................................... 62567287 ......................................... 62567289 ......................................... 62567291 ......................................... 62567293 ......................................... 62567295 ......................................... 62567297 ......................................... 61567298 ......................................... 61567299 ......................................... 61567300 ....................................... 218567303 ......................................... 61567304 ......................................... 61567305 ......................................... 61567307 ......................................... 63567309 ......................................... 63567311 ......................................... 63567313 ......................................... 63567315 ......................................... 63567317 ......................................... 63567319 ......................................... 63567340 ......................................... 31567341 ......................................... 31567342 ......................................... 31567343 ......................................... 31567344 ......................................... 31567345 ......................................... 31567426 ......................................... 46567427 ......................................... 46567705 ......................................... 28567706 ......................................... 28570691 ......................................... 52570693 ......................................... 52570695 ......................................... 52570697 ......................................... 52570699 ......................................... 52570701 ......................................... 52570901 ......................................... 63571118 ......................................... 21

Order no. Page

571119 ......................................... 21571120 ......................................... 23571121 ......................................... 23571780 ....................................... 152571781 ......................................... 63571783 ......................................... 63571785 ......................................... 63571787 ......................................... 63571789 ......................................... 63571791 ......................................... 63571793 ......................................... 63571795 ......................................... 63571797 ......................................... 64571799 ......................................... 64571801 ......................................... 64571803 ......................................... 64571806 ....................................... 206571807 ....................................... 206571808 ....................................... 206571809 ....................................... 206571811 ....................................... 156571813 ....................................... 199571817 ....................................... 211571818 ....................................... 155571819 ....................................... 155571820 ....................................... 155571821 ....................................... 155571822 ....................................... 155571823 ....................................... 155571824 ....................................... 158571830 ....................................... 207571831 ....................................... 207571832 ....................................... 207571833 ....................................... 207571834 ....................................... 207571835 ....................................... 207571836 ....................................... 207571837 ....................................... 208571838 ....................................... 208571839 ....................................... 208571840 ....................................... 208571841 ....................................... 208571842 ....................................... 208571843 ....................................... 208571844 ....................................... 208571845 ....................................... 209571846 ....................................... 209571847 ....................................... 209571848 ....................................... 209571849 ....................................... 166571850 ....................................... 167571851 ......................................... 64571853 ......................................... 64571855 ......................................... 64571857 ......................................... 64571859 ......................................... 64571861 ......................................... 64571863 ......................................... 64571865 ......................................... 64571867 ....................................... 160

571868 ....................................... 164571869 ....................................... 164571870 ....................................... 162571871 ....................................... 164571872 ....................................... 164571874 ....................................... 164571875 ....................................... 164572095 ....................................... 164572096 ....................................... 206572097 ....................................... 206572098 ....................................... 206572099 ....................................... 206572100 ....................................... 206572101 ....................................... 206572102 ....................................... 206572103 ....................................... 206572104 ....................................... 206572105 ....................................... 206572106 ....................................... 206572107 ....................................... 206572108 ....................................... 206572109 ....................................... 206572110 ....................................... 206572111 ....................................... 206572112 ....................................... 206572114 ....................................... 206572115 ....................................... 206572116 ....................................... 206572117 ....................................... 206572118 ....................................... 206572119 ....................................... 206572120 ....................................... 206572121 ....................................... 206572124 ....................................... 161572125 ....................................... 161572145 ....................................... 202572152 ....................................... 203572153 ....................................... 203572155 ......................................... 78572158 ....................................... 260572737 ......................................... 43572738 ......................................... 43572739 ......................................... 43572742 ....................................... 182572746 ....................................... 202572747 ....................................... 202572748 ....................................... 202572749 ....................................... 202572750 ....................................... 202572782 ....................................... 257572783 ....................................... 257573030 ......................................... 54573031 ......................................... 54573032 ......................................... 54573035 ....................................... 128573036 ....................................... 130573037 ....................................... 132573038 ....................................... 136573039 ....................................... 135573040 ....................................... 135

573041 ....................................... 114573233 ......................................... 38573234 ......................................... 40573235 ......................................... 40573236 ......................................... 43573237 ......................................... 43573238 ......................................... 43573253-A ...................................... 43573253-C ...................................... 43573253-D ...................................... 43573253-M ..................................... 43573253-P ...................................... 43573253-R ...................................... 43573253-S ...................................... 43573261 ....................................... 381573282 ....................................... 311573283 ....................................... 311573287 ....................................... 261573289 ....................................... 261573775 ......................................... 24573776 ......................................... 24573859 ....................................... 261573860 ....................................... 311573861 ....................................... 311573868 ....................................... 165573869 ....................................... 165653393 ....................................... 255654972 ....................................... 253660546 ....................................... 261660560 ....................................... 183669198 ....................................... 203679598 ....................................... 271683012 ....................................... 213683464 ....................................... 213687455 ....................................... 213687461 ....................................... 213687927 ....................................... 213687929 ....................................... 213687943 ....................................... 213687944 ....................................... 213689087 ....................................... 213689089 ....................................... 275696719 ....................................... 277701309 ....................................... 213709844 ....................................... 213722009 ....................................... 21311953101 ................................... 206

C04000 ....................................... 241C04001 ....................................... 241C04002 ....................................... 241C05500 ......................................... 95C05501 ......................................... 95C44000 ....................................... 381C44001 ....................................... 381C74051 ....................................... 186C74060 ....................................... 186C74070 ....................................... 186C74080 ....................................... 187C74081 ....................................... 187


Index numerical


Order no. Page

C93100 ....................................... 234C93101 ....................................... 234C93102 ....................................... 234C93104 ....................................... 234C93200 ....................................... 236C93201 ....................................... 236C93202 ....................................... 236C93203 ....................................... 236C93204 ....................................... 236C93205 ....................................... 236C93206 ....................................... 236

C93207 ....................................... 236C93208 ....................................... 236C93209 ....................................... 237C93210 ....................................... 237C93211 ....................................... 237C93212 ....................................... 237C93213 ....................................... 237C93214 ....................................... 237C93218 ....................................... 237C93219 ....................................... 237C93220 ....................................... 237

C93221 ....................................... 238C93222 ....................................... 238C93223 ....................................... 238C93224 ....................................... 238C93225 ....................................... 238C96100 ......................................... 69C96101 ......................................... 69C96102 ......................................... 69C96103 ......................................... 69C96104 ......................................... 69C96105 ......................................... 69

C96106 ......................................... 69C96107 ......................................... 69C96108 ......................................... 69C96109 ......................................... 69C96110 ......................................... 69C96111 ......................................... 69C96112 ......................................... 69C96113 ......................................... 69C96114 ......................................... 69C96115 ......................................... 69E78099 ........................................ 239


Index numerical


Publisher:

Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KGP.O. Box 10 07 1073707 EsslingenRechbergstraße 373770 DenkendorfGermanyTel. ++49 (0)711/3467-0Fax ++49 (0)711/34754-88500www.festo-didactic.com

Edition: January 2011

As a result of continuous develop-ment and research work technical specifications and illustrations are subject to change. They are not bind-ing. The specified data serves purely as a product description and is no guarantee in a legal sense.

All of the texts, diagrams, illustra-tions and drawings featured in this publication are the property of Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG and are thus protected under copyright.

Any reproduction, revision, trans-lation, microfilming in any form, or storage and processing in electronic systems can only be undertaken with the written permission of Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG.

415

Festo worldwide

ArgentinaFesto S.A.Edison 2392(1640) MartínezProv. Buenos AiresTel. +54 (11) 4717 82 00,Fax +54 (11) 47 17 82 82E-mail: [email protected]

AustraliaFesto Pty. Ltd.Head Office (Melbourne)179-187 Browns RoadP.O. Box 261Noble Park Vic. 3174Call Toll Free 1300 88 96 96Fax Toll Free 1300 88 95 95Tel. +61(0)3 97 95 95 55,Fax +61(0)3 97 95 97 87E-mail: [email protected]

AustriaFesto Gesellschaft m.b.H.Linzer Straße 2271140 WienTel. +43 (0)1 910 75-0, Fax +43 (0)1 910 75-250E-mail: [email protected]

BelarusIP Festo220035 MinskProspekt Masherova , 78Tel. +375 (0)17 204 85 58,Fax +375 (0)17 204 85 59E-mail: [email protected]

BelgiumFesto Belgium saRue Colonel Bourg 1011030 BruxellesTel. +32 (0)2 702 32 11, Fax +32 (0)2 702 32 09E-mail: [email protected]

BelgiumFesto Belgium nvKolonel Bourgstraat 1011030 BrusselTel. +32 (0)2 702 32 11, Fax +32 (0)2 702 32 09E-mail: [email protected]

BrazilFesto Brasil LtdaRua Guiseppe Crespi, 76KM 12,5 - Via Anchieta04183-080 São Paulo SP-BrazílTel. +55 (0)11 50 13 16 00,Fax +55 (0)11 50 13 18 68E-mail: [email protected]

BulgariaFesto EOOD1592 SofiaBul. Christophor Kolumb 9Tel. +359 (0)2 960 07 12,Fax +359 (0)2 960 07 13E-mail: [email protected]

CanadaFesto Inc.5300 Explorer DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 5G4Tel. +1 (0)905 624 90 00,Fax +1 (0)905 624 90 01E-mail: [email protected]

ChileFesto S.A.Avenida Américo Vespucio, 760PudahuelSantiagoTel. +56 2 690 28 00, Fax +56 2 690 28 60E-mail: [email protected]

ChinaFesto (China) Ltd.1156 Yunqiao Road,Jinqiao Export Processing Zone,Pudong,201206 ShanghaiTel. +86 21 60 81 51 00, Fax +86 21 58 54 03 00E-mail: [email protected]

ColombiaFesto Ltda.Autopista Bogotá - Medellín Km 6 (costado sur)Tenjo, CundinamarcaTel. +57 (1) 865 77 88,Fax +57 (1) 865 77 88 Ext.287E-mail: [email protected]

CroatiaFesto d.o.o.Nova Cesta 18110000 ZagrebTel. +385 (0)1 619 19 69,Fax +385 (0)1 619 18 18E-mail: [email protected]

Czech RepublicFesto, s.r.o.Modřanská 543/76147 00 Praha 4Tel. +420 261 09 96 11, Fax +420 241 77 33 84E-mail: [email protected]

DenmarkFesto A/SIslevdalvej 1802610 RødovreTel. +45 70 21 10 90, Fax +45 44 88 81 10E-mail: [email protected]

EstoniaFesto OY AB Eesti FiliaalLaki 11B12915 TallinnTel. +372 666 15 60, Fax +372 666 15 61E-mail: [email protected]

FinlandFesto OYMäkituvantie 9P.O. Box 8601511 VantaaTel. +358 (09) 87 06 51,Fax +358 (09) 87 06 52 00E-mail: [email protected]

FranceFesto E.U.R.L.ZA des Maisons Rouges8 rue du Clos Sainte Catherine94367 Bry-sur-Marne cedexNuméro IndigoTel. 0820 20 46 40, Fax 0820 20 46 41Tel. +33 (0)1 48 82 64 00,Fax +33 (0)1 48 82 64 01E-mail: [email protected]

GermanyFesto Didactic GmbH & Co. KGRechbergstr. 373770 DenkendorfGermanyTel. +49 (0)711 346 70,Fax +49 (0)711 34 75 48 85 00E-mail: [email protected]

GermanyFesto AG & Co. KGPostfach73726 EsslingenRuiter Straße 8273734 EsslingenTel. +49 (0)711 347 0, Fax +49 (0)711 347 26 28E-mail: [email protected]

GreeceFesto Ltd.40 Hamosternas Ave.P.C. 11853 AthensTel. +30 210 341 29 00, Fax +30 210 341 29 05E-mail: [email protected]

Hong KongFesto Ltd.6/F New Timely Factory Building,497 Castle Peak Road,Kowloon, Hong KongTel. + 852 27 43 83 79, Fax + 852 27 86 21 73E-mail: [email protected]

HungaryFesto Kft.Csillaghegyi út 32-34.1037 BudapestTel. +36 1 436 51 11, Fax +36 1 436 51 01E-mail: [email protected]

IndiaFesto Controls Private Ltd.237B,Bommasandra Industrial Area,Bangalore Hosur Highway,Bangalore 560 099Tel. +91 (0)80 22 89 41 00,Fax +91 (0)80 783 20 58E-mail: [email protected]

IndonesiaPT. FestoJL. Sultan Iskandar Muda No. 68Arteri Pondok IndahJakarta 12240Tel. +62 (0)21 27 50 79 00,Fax +62 (0)21 27 50 79 98E-mail: [email protected]

IranFesto Pneumatic S.K.# 2, 6th street, 16th avenue,Km 8, Special Karaj RoadP.O.Box 15815-1485Teheran 1389793761Tel. +98 (0)21 44 52 24 09,Fax +98 (0)21 44 52 24 08E-mail: [email protected]

IrelandFesto LimitedUnit 5 Sandyford ParkSandyford Industrial EstateDublin 18Tel. +353 (0)1 295 49 55,Fax +353 (0)1 295 56 80E-mail: [email protected]

IsraelFesto Pneumatic Israel Ltd.P.O. Box 1076Ha'atzma'ut Road 48Yehud 56100Tel. +972 (0)3 632 22 66,Fax +972 (0)3 632 22 77E-mail: [email protected]

ItalyFesto SpAVia Enrico Fermi 36/3820090 Assago (MI)Tel. +39 02 45 78 81, Fax +39 02 488 06 20E-mail: [email protected]

JapanFesto K.K.1-26-10 HayabuchiTsuzuki-kuYokohama 224-0025Tel. +81 (0)45 593 56 10,Fax +81 (0)45 593 56 78E-mail: [email protected]

Korea SouthFesto Korea Co., Ltd.470-1 Gasan-dongGeumcheon-guSeoul #153-803Tel. +82 (0)2 850 71 14, Fax +82 (0)2 864 70 40E-mail: [email protected]

LatviaFesto SIAA. Deglava iela 601035 RigaTel. +371 67 57 78 64, Fax +371 67 57 79 46E-mail: [email protected]

LithuaniaFesto UABKaraliaus Mindaugo pr. 223000 KaunasTel. +370 (8)7 32 13 14, Fax +370 (8)7 32 13 15E-mail: [email protected]

MalaysiaFesto Sdn. Berhad10 Persiaran IndustriBandar Sri DamansaraWilayah Persekutuan52200 Kuala LumpurTel. +60 (0)3 62 86 80 00,Fax +60 (0)3 62 75 64 11E-mail: [email protected]

MexicoFesto Pneumatic, S.A.Av. Ceylán 3,Col. Tequesquináhuac54020 TlalnepantlaEstado de MéxicoTel. +52 (01)55 53 21 66 00,Fax +52 (01)55 53 21 66 55E-mail: [email protected]

NetherlandsFesto B.V.Schieweg 622627 AN DelftTel. +31 (0)15 251 88 99,Fax +31 (0)15 251 88 67E-mail: [email protected]

New ZealandFesto Limited20 Fisher CrescentMt. WellingtonAuckland NZTel. +64 (0)9 574 10 94, Fax +64 (0)9 574 10 99E-mail: [email protected]

NigeriaFesto Automation Ltd.Motorways Centre, First Floor, Block CAlausa, Ikeja,LagosTel. +234 (0)1 794 78 20,Fax +234 (0)1 555 78 94E-mail: [email protected]

NorwayFesto ASOle Deviks vei 20666 OsloTel. +47 22 72 89 50, Fax +47 22 72 89 51E-mail: [email protected]

PeruFesto S.R.L.Amador Merino Reyna 480San IsidroLimaTel. +51 (1) 222 15 84, Fax +51 (1) 222 15 95E-mail: [email protected]

PhilippinesFesto Inc.KM 18, West Service RoadSouth Superhighway1700 Paranaque CityMetro ManilaTel. +63 (0)2 776 68 88, Fax +63 (0)2 823 42 19E-mail: [email protected]

PolandFesto Sp. z o.o.Janki k/Warszawyul. Mszczonowska 705090 RaszynTel. +48 (0)22 711 41 00,Fax +48 (0)22 711 41 02E-mail: [email protected]

RomaniaFesto S.R.L.St. Constantin 17010217 BucurestiTel. +40 (0)21 310 29 83,Fax +40 (0)21 310 24 09E-mail: [email protected]

RussiaOOO Festo-RFMichurinskiy prosp., 49119607 MoskowTel. +7 495 737 34 00, Fax +7 495 737 34 01E-mail: [email protected]

SingaporeFesto Pte. Ltd.6 Kian Teck WaySingapore 628754Tel. +65 62 64 01 52, Fax +65 62 61 10 26E-mail: [email protected]

SlovakiaFesto spol. s r.o.Gavlovicová ul. 183103 Bratislava 3Tel. +421 (0)2 49 10 49 10,Fax +421 (0)2 49 10 49 11E-mail: [email protected]

SloveniaFesto d.o.o. LjubljanaIC Trzin, Blatnica 81236 TrzinTel. +386 (0)1 530 21 00,Fax +386 (0)1 530 21 25E-mail: [email protected]

South AfricaFesto (Pty) Ltd.22-26 Electron AvenueP.O. Box 255Isando 1600Tel. +27 (0)11 971 55 00,Fax +27 (0)11 974 21 57E-mail: [email protected]

SpainFesto Pneumatic, S.A.U.Avenida Granvia, 159Distrito Económico Granvia L'H08908 Hospitalet de LlobregatBarcelonaTel.: 901243660, Fax: 902243660Tel. +34 93 261 64 00, Fax +34 93 261 64 20E-mail: [email protected]

SwedenFesto ABStillmansgatan 1Box 21038200 21 MalmöTel. +46 (0)20 38 38 40, Fax +46 (0)40 38 38 10E-mail: [email protected]

SwitzerlandFesto AGMoosmattstrasse 248953 Dietikon ZHTel. +41 (0)44 744 55 44,Fax +41 (0)44 744 55 00E-mail: [email protected]

TaiwanFesto Co., Ltd.Head Office24450No. 9, Kung 8th Road,Linkou 2nd Industrial ZoneLinkou Hsiang, Taipei Hsien,Tel. +886 (0)2 26 01-92 81,Fax +886 (0)2 26 01 92 86-7E-mail: [email protected]

ThailandFesto Ltd.67/1 Phaholyothin Rd.,T. Klong 1, A. KlongluangPathumthani 12120Tel. +66 29 01 88 00, Fax +66 29 01 88 30E-mail: [email protected]

TurkeyFesto San. ve Tic. A.S.Tuzla Mermerciler OrganizeSanayi Bölgesi 6/1834956 Tuzla - Istanbul/TRTel. +90 (0)216 585 00 85,Fax +90 (0)216 585 00 50E-mail: [email protected]

UkraineFesto UkrainaDP Festoul. Borisoglebskaya, 11Kiev, 04070Tel. +380 (0)44 239 24 33,Fax +380 (0)44 463 70 96E-mail: [email protected]

United KingdomFesto LimitedApplied Automation CentreCaswell RoadBrackmills Trading EstateNorthampton NN4 7PYTel. ++44 (0)1604 / 66 70 00,Fax ++44 (0)1604 / 66 70 01E-mail: [email protected]

United StatesFesto Corporation (New York)395 Moreland RoadP.O. Box 18023Hauppauge, NY 11788Call Toll-free 800/993 3786Fax Toll-free 800/963 3786Tel. +1(631) 435 08 00, Fax +1(631) 435 80 26E-mail: [email protected]

VenezuelaFesto C.A.Av. 23 esquina con calle 71N° 22-62, Edif. Festo.Sector ParaísoMaracaibo - VenezuelaTel. +58 (261) 759 11 20/759 41 20/759 44 38,Fax +58 (261) 759 04 55E-mail: [email protected]

VietnamFesto Co., Ltd (Cong Ty Tnhh Festo)No. 206 Tran Nao StreetWard Binh AnDistrict 2Ho Chi Minh CityTel. +84 (0)8 740 69 09, Fax +84 (0)8 740 69 10E-mail: [email protected]

didactic_katalog_2011_en_monitor_mi120.pdf

Documents

Transcript of didactic_katalog_2011_en_monitor_mi120.pdf